Fe ashe Sena eck aed ~ - i! 7H eens pt adept Jp tet Gerge) Qe bow os Le «tn bd iPwrud p — horbutpiketra ped etre tat % ; t Po as) | Kage \t é 7 6 = m i J \ -_ \ " ] + } , ie ir inn Si Thee oy ae i, } ee ce me est ees = | a Aas H iy a i: See i t y _ ‘ a ‘ ae i a ae ; Wig if x \ Wi ; Cpt hotter. ACrs ee PROCEEDINGS . OF THE California Academy of Sciences FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXI TED Gy r rg SAN FRANCISCO PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1933-1936 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Dr. F. M. MacFar_anp, Chairman Dr. CHARLES R. Camp “HT, ‘y. ay BALM 7 Rowe | u eurces Heel - I we Miner stor Dr. E. P. MEINECKE No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. 10. Al, yy We 13. CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXI The Templeton Crocker Expeditions of the California Academy of Sciences, 1932 and 1933 . Grunsky, C. E. Foreword. Published March 14, 1933.... . CROCKER, TEMPLETON. Introductory Statement. The Expe- dition on the Yacht Zaca to the Galapagos Archipelago and Other Islands and to the Coast of Central America and Mexico, March 10 to September 1, 1932. (Plate 1). Publishedv March: 14) A933iciAi) ae is (Rasen: . Howe, JoHN THomas. The Genus Mollugo in the Galapa- eusrtclands. Published March 14, W933. 0. 20 oe 2 eee s . Van Duzee, E. P. Characters of Twenty-Four New Species of Hemiptera from the Galapagos Islands and the Coast and Islands of Central America and Mexico. Published Planch sy gsi) 2) Oita 1. DI A eae aero nite Chalehar ofthe . HowE.., Joun Tuomas. The Cactaceae of the Galapagos Islands. (4 text figs. and Plates 2-3). Published March 14, . WHEELER, WILLIAM Morton. Formicidae of the Templeton Crocker Expedition. Published March 22, 1933......... . Van Duzer, Mitiarp C. Dolichopodidae and Phoridae. (Plate, 4)- Published April 75, 1933 ee. ot cua cginiene . BartRAM, Epwin B. Mosses of the Templeton Crocker Expedition collected by John Thomas Howell and Lists of the Mosses known from the Galapagos Islands and from Cocos Island. (3 text figs.). Published September 20, . Howe.t, Joun Toomas. The Amaranthaceae of the Galapa- gos Islands. Published September 20, 1933............ Stronc, A. M., Hanna, G. D., and Hertlein, L. G. Marine Mollusca from Acapulco, Mexico, with Notes on Other Species. (Plates 5-6). Published December 21, 1933.... BEQUEART, JOSEPH C. The Hippoboscidae of the Galapagos Archipelago (Notes on the Hippoboscidae. 8.) with an Appendix on the Tabanidae. Published December 21, Van Duzez, E. P. The Diurnal Lepidoptera of the Expedi- tion. ‘Published: December 21, 19337". ee. ee: Curran, C. H. Diptera. (4 text figs.). Published March 27, PAGES 1-2 3-12 13-23 25-40 41-54 57-64 65-74 75-86 87-116 117-130 131-138 139-146 147-172 No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. 14. FO. 16. eh < Rell 8 oA: 20: Ag AE izes tye 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. PAGES WHEELER, WILLIAM Morton. Formicidae of the Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1933. (1 text fig.). Published April 20, TOS4 2 0) CERI OIEC SRS Ee (EERIE, AP SAE atenanOe te cate incre taace 173-181 SLEVIN, JosePH R. Notes on the Reptiles and Amphibians, with the Description of a New Species of Sea-Snake. Published Octaber:16, 1934 coco t «ccevrseqeete ath’ oe ames 183-188 Davipson, M. E. McLe ian. Notes on the Birds. Published October: 16; 1984, : sa0n0)-aci3- at Hris chysnlak andaOh fares 189-198 Howe, Marsna.i A. The Hepaticae (Chiefly Riccia and Anthocerotaceae) of the Galapagos Islands and the Coast and Islands of Central America and Mexico. (Plate 7). Published: October:.26;°4934 .. 36 nets itt ce cle qetetopae > 199-210 LinverR, Davip H. Lichens. (1 text fig. and Plate 8). Pub- shed October 20, 1954.5 en hy, ork eee, ace eee ee 211-224 HorssurGuH, Davin B. A Revision of Two Species of Vinci- guerria, a Genus of Deep Sea Fishes. Published February ce LE JS ee ayn lee re nn Rae Sere 82) MEA Sh! 225-232 Licut, S. F. The Termites. (10 text figs. and Plates 9-10). Published April $5195. ool we ues sleight ree ee 233-258 SETCHELL, WILLIAM ALBERT. Some Marine Plants of South- eastern Melanesia. (Plates 11-15). Published April 3, 1935. 259-276 HoweEL., JoHN Tuomas. The Vascular Plants from San Nicolas Island, California. Published September 26, 1935. 277-284 DARBISHIRE, OTTO VERNON. The Roccellaceae with Notes on Specimens Collected During the Expedition of 1905-06 to the Galapagos Islands. (Plates 16-17). Published September 26;:1935i:) 0%. MOU, AyLOike. caeeO Pe: SHI Ie 285-294 Hircucock, ALBERT SPEAR. New Species of Grasses from the Galapagos and the Revillagigedo Islands. Published September 26; 1935ticrcscc kk od T Ce ae) KRG) ..LRO! 295-300 HertLeIn, Leo Grorce. The Recent Pectinidae. (Plates 18-19). Published September 26, 1935............00088 301-328 Howe Lt, JoHN Tuomas. New Flowering Plants from the Galapagos Islands. Published September 26, 1935....... 329-336 SEALE, ALvin. Fishes. (Plates 20-23). Published October 23, LOSS pay. & > ; P THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 1 FOREWORD BY C. E. GRUNSKY President and Acting Director California Academy of Sciences Early in 1932, under auspices of the California~Academy of Sciences, and in conformity with arrangements made with the late Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Museum and Stein- hart Aquarium, and Executive Curator of the Academy, Mr. Tem- pleton Crocker’s scientific expedition on his yacht Zaca left San Francisco for an extended cruise to the Galapagos Archipelago, and to other islands of the Pacific Ocean and to the coast of Central America and Mexico. The Zaca was thoroughly equipped for scien- tific work. The following members of the Academy’s staff of scientists were detailed to accompany the expedition: Mr. H. S. Swarth, Curator of the Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy, who, however, returned to San Francisco after the Galapagos Islands had been visited; Mr. H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator of the Department of Ichthyology; Mr. John Thomas Howell, Assistant Curator of the Department of Botany; and Mr. Robert J. Lanier, Assistant Superintendent of the Academy’s Steinhart Aquarium. To this scientific staff Mr. Crocker added an artist, Toshio Asaeda, to make water color records of birds, reptiles, crabs, fishes and other marine life. March 14, 1933 a A ORS 2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER, The expedition departed from San Francisco on March 10, 1932, and returned to the same port on the following September ist. It has come to be known as the ‘‘Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences, 1932.” Volume No. XXI of the Proceedings of the Academy has been set apart for the publication of the results of this expedition. It is anticipated that the examination and study of the large amount of material which has been secured will extend through several years. There is, in the circumstances, uncertainty both as to the number of pages which will be covered by the reports which are looked for- ward to, as well as to the rate at which the Academy’s financial resources will permit publication. It is, in consequence, not possible to indicate at the outset, whether a subdivision of this volume into parts, as now seems probable, will ultimately be found necessary. If this should prove to be the case provision will later be made for such subdivision. It remains to be noted that at a joint meeting of the Trustees and the Council of the Academy on September 19, 1932, Mr. Crocker was declared to be a ‘“‘Benefactor’’ of the Academy. To | this honor he had become entitled by reason of the fact that the entire expense of the expedition had been borne by him as a contri- bution to the scientific research activities of the Academy. The distinction thus conferred upon Mr. Crocker appears particularly appropriate in view of the fact that his grandfather, the late Charles Crocker, had endowed the Academy with $20,000 to aid it in its scientific research activities, and that the late Colonel Charles Frederick Crocker, the father of Templeton Crocker, had been President of the Board of Trustees of the Academy for some years, continuing in this office to the time of his death in 1897. f> # 4 aie (Santolomas) iste sere ee AMIE Dif Bratile rage seers siete as Eee ee seat enn April 30 Off Crossman. nb sno. ae nates oe ete Indefatigable (Academy Bay)............ Mayr it Charles (Black: Beach \Road)j2, 245.05 25 (Past Office Bayer. sy aces eink May 14 Albemarle (Touana \Cave) 4/29) 4): apatpantel. « CAVESEADORSH) Oh) cute's chinks fis ihe (Vicinity Elizabeth Bay)....... (Tags Cove) poss tls seiena pee] May Narborough (Northeast Coast)............ May Albemarle (Vicinity Cape Marshall)....... May Narborough (Northeast Coast)........... May James (Chimes Hay) ai pate gw oie ee June (POT VASC Oe Meee ter nme Ve a mene he ere Bes June Dineanicizzh. Worn Gb. Bea. ROL. June Indefatigable (Conway Bay)............. (North Coast)gcs. sever gcse hye ee Seymour (Southje. eod 24. Pee ek : June CINE ia a fede gs (ih rac ret pe June Jamies: (Salliven pay) 2. ei, ee ot ae fower (Darwin Bay) >. 720, CFG) st me Punta Avenasyr set sth ect ie hoa oie eerie June Cocos ‘Island (Chatham Bay) isi. 0 ult. (Weiter Bay) 3s ae lek io oa eae Pints Arena?) (6 tei20 oar Sees Sea iO Same June Pe Miba Batis cp ga Ly bled. Rimini oat een DWI July Murcielago (Bay 4) o bho a cmon tei NG Led July Port Parweor icon sees AU Me ee eee July Departure March 10 March 13 March 14 March 15 March 18 March 24 March 29 April. 7 April 15 April 16 April 16 April 19 April 22 April 27 April 30 April 30 April 30 May 14 May 20 May 28 May 29 May 31 fine 1.2 june 6 June 7 June 8 June 9 June 11 June 12 June 14 June 16 June 26 June 28 June 30 July 2 July 3 July 4 VoL. XXI] CROCKER—TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF 1932 9 Place Arrival Depariure COLI LOP EE Ee eee eo ae eS rere ne July 5 July 5 (Sy Lidros 0 35 122 Or YN eS ee er Oe July 6 July 9 Pee Maa MeN gm he ida PLR ye Sil 5 SS. el else aie oh U4 gs byl July 9 july 9 MU AMAA TIBOR Pile phe eS Spite a, tie Sos han ES July 18 July 18 MEV AG Rue Cee eye kc wa ai sole g wrainy wih Beahelerer MRR July 18 July 19 Banderas Bay, (Puerto Vallarta)... 225.50. e0b oak CPantar batta yeti. 2 ke ee July 20 July 22 Wy Mareten el ne sei cimy tes fos a.272 fant sue et xara “chinea cawyeksela stews July 23 July 525 eh Wal a Fee 0 ul (3178 Sag Sa A July 25 July 25 Niantan Vid ren islam Ga) ets = Fine oh. esis, 5.50 See eae july). 25 July, 227 sects iGl atch mete en get Kye cients) ss b+) od end e ee OG pethy 20 July 28 MEZA CARL! ies UM oe wcGey ai ehptssan: Cte rem p1c5,2 so oP Sma naneb rhe July 30 Ati.) 2 PAC aM MCAS a Picks, 2) its 3 seh OO Pgs 605 Aug. 7 MUN PIAELU CESARE oS ietetains ais joils P| > PROCEEDINGS SS ONar ae OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FouRTH SERIES Voi. XXI, No. 3, pp. 13-23 Marcu 14, 1933 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 3 THE GENUS MOLLUGO IN THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS BY JOHN THOMAS HOWELL Assistant Curator, Department of Botany California Academy of Sciences INTRODUCTION One of the genera early recognized in the midst of a strange insular flora was the genus Mollugo of the Carpetweed Family. At Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, the first locality in the Galapagos Islands visited by the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, this genus was brought to special atten- tion by the discovery of a broad-leaved form and a narrow-leaved form growing on sandy flats near the shore. Henceforth Mollugo was watched and collected with critical attention. Until the later days of exploration in the archipelago little seemed to be gained from this special consideration other than new distributional data for species well known, but in the last few weeks in the Galapagos Islands, several forms of Mollugo were found which were recognized immediately as different, either as new records for the archipelago or as plants new to science. Because of this special interest taken in the genus, it has been the first in the botanical collections of the Crocker Expedition to be studied critically, the results of the study being given in the following paper. Since a number of forms are described as new it has seemed proper to recount all that is known of the genus in the Galapagos Islands. As a result, the genus will probably come to be counted among the other genera having a notable endemic development in the islands. | The Galapagian species of Mollugo constitute a highly specialized group, perhaps most closely related to the North American species March 14, 1933 MA” 29 1039 14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. M. verticillata. From that species, the insular species are readily distinguished by the minutely but definitely tuberculate seeds. Although the island endemics are diverse in habit and floral char- acters, it is probable that they represent the differentiation and segregation of a single variable prototype, and hence are to be con- sidered closely related. Differentiation would seem to have followed two lines, originating in a glabrous annual form with three and five stamens, the one line developing a subshrubby perennial habit and large flowers, the other line developing a low woody caudex and strikingly glandular herbage. In both lines there is an increase in the number of stamens, approaching or equalling eight, the sum of the five stamens opposite the sepals and the three stamens alternate with the cells of the capsule, two staminal arrangements which occur in the M. verticillata type. The geographic separation of the several forms on the different islands has undoubtedly been an important factor in the segregation and maintenance of the specialized devel- opments. Besides the large collection in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, made on the Academy expedition to the Galapagos Islands in 1905 and 1906, the writer was privileged through the courtesy of Dr. B. L. Robinson of the Gray Herbarium and Dr. L. R. Abrams of the Dudley Herbarium to borrow the specimens in those institutions. The following symbols are used in citing specimens: C, herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences; D, Dudley Herbarium of Stanford University; G, Gray Herbarium of Harvard University. KEY TO THE SPECIES 1. PLants ANNUAL a. Seeds somewhat angular, microscopically ridged on back and reticulate on sides, very small; delicately branched glaucescent Plants 2229, - PEI, Le 1 LEE SOAR ee MBE Pee ne 1. M. Cerviana a. Seeds roundish-reniform or ovatish, not angled, finely tuberculate, sometimes ridged on back; plants more robust. b. Flowers small, sepals 1-2 mm. long. c. Seeds deeply ridged on back; style 0.5-0.75 mm. long; Stamens’ oo 0}! 6:0 Loe heen we ee ee 5. M. insularis c. Seeds not deeply ridged on back (somewhat ridged in M. striata and M. gracillima latifolia); style mostly less than 0.5 mm. long; stamens 3 (or 4). d. Seeds distinctly subreniform; annuals. e. Seeds generally brown and less than 0.5 mm. long; funiculus not prominent. . obitay «REDE ERENT. stl, MEE 2. M. gracillima e. Seeds generally black, 0.5 mm. or more long; funiculus prominent (ex- cept in M. flavescens intermedia) BPA h rnd seas Phe eta £ 3. M. flavescens d. Seeds subovate, striate-lineate, about 0.5 mm. long, the funiculus not prominent; prob- ably wetetinial 50 es cack e cs wok 4. M. striata b. Flowers large, sepals 2-3 mm. long; stamens 8..........7. M. floriana VoL. X XI) HOWELL—THE GENUS MOLLUGO 15 2. PLANTS PERENNIAL f. Stems, leaves, pedicels, and sepals not glandular-hairy. g. Flowers 2 mm. long; herbaceous plants with spreading or pros- trate stems. h. Stamens 5-8; style 0.5—0.75 mm. long; seeds subreniform, deeply ridged, funiculus prominent....5. M. insularis h. Stamens 3; style about 0.33 mm. long; seeds subovate, merely striate-lineate, funiculus short and not DEOMIINE|D HS | eye Eee Avon Ee tes SP Beats) & 4. M. striata g. Flowers 3-4 mm. long (2—2.5 mm. long in var.); twiggy plants with erect stems 1-4 dm. tall; seeds lineate on back. . iis Ne acta ot aaa a Mir PENS wi 38 ery RR a 8. M. Snodgrassii f. Stems, leaves, pedicels, and sepals glandular-hairy............6. M. Crockeri 1. Mollugo Cerviana (L.) Seringe in DC., Prodr. 1: 392 (1824) Pharnaceum Cerviana L., Spec. Pl. 1: 272 (1753). Delicate annual with erect, glabrous stems, 3-15 cm. long; leaves glaucous, linear; flowers 1-3 on divaricate pedicels at the summit of almost leafless branches; sepals 4, 1.5-2 mm. long, elliptic; stamens 4; seeds 0.25-0.33 mm. long, minutely reticulate, somewhat angular. Collections.—ALBEMARLE ISLAND: edge of lava flow at west base of Tagus Cove Mt., Howell No. 9588 (C); slopes just east of head of Tagus Cove, Howell No. 9603 (C). JAmMeEs ISLAND: dunes, Sullivan Bay, Howell No. 10017 (C). SoutH SeyMouR IsLaNnpD: sandy flat back of beach, middle western coast, Howell No. 9954 (C); Wheeler, Rose, and Beebe in 1923 (G). To find this small, widely distributed Mollugo so well established on the Galapagos Islands is of more than usual interest. The fact that the species has been found at some stations rarely visited by vessels would have it appear that this is a species not introduced by human agency, but rather one which has not been detected earlier because of its inconspicuous character. Its presence in the Galapagian flora adds a new note of strangeness to a distribution already remarkable. 2. Mollugo gracillima Ands., Stock. Akad. Handl. 226 (1854) Root annual; stems mostly diffusely branched, spreading or suberect, generally 1-4 dm. long, glabrous; leaves 2—5 at nodes, linear or linear-oblanceolate, to 2 cm. long, 0.5-5 (or 10) mm. wide, acute or mucronulate, rarely obtuse, glabrous, not notably fleshy; flowers 1-4 at nodes; pedicels erect, divaricate or reflexed, 2-7 mm. long, generally sparsely hairy; sepals 4 or 5, 1-2 mm. long, oblong, the center green-veined, the margin whitish; stamens generally 3 (or 4), a little shorter than the sepals; styles short, plumose, 0.2-0.3 mm. long; mature capsule shorter to slightly exceeding the sepals; seeds reniform, generally less than 0.5 mm. long, minutely tuberculate, more or less finely lineate on the rounded back, brown with coppery sheen or rarely blackish, the persistent portion of funiculus not prominent, sometimes almost none. 16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Mollugo gracillima is one of the common, widely distributed herbs in the lower regions of the archipelago during and shortly following the short rainy period. It is most abundant and characteristic in sandy areas immediately inland from beaches but it also occurs in gravelly soil, or among rocks, or even in clay Hollows, in the lower parts of the interior. It is variable in aspect and, to some extent, in technical characters, but it has not appeared best to segregate more than one of these variations taxonomically. Size and shape of leaves, length of pedicels, and size and color of seeds are variable, but the species can be rather readily distinguished from the closely related M. flavescens by the usually more diffusely branched spread- ing habit, by the tendency of the seeds to be lineate on the back, and by the less prominent funiculus. The figure of this species in Andersson’s second work on the flora of the Galapagos Islands (Om Galap. Veg. t. 15, f. 3,—1857) was misnamed M. gracilis. Key To Susspecigs oF M. gracillima Seeds minutely lineate on back; leaves 0.5-3 mm. wide...............2a. typica Seeds rather prominently lineate on back; leaves 5-10 mm. wide...... 2b. latifolia 2a. Mollugo gracillima typica Howell, nom. nov. Mollugo gracillima Ands., Stock. Akad. Handl. 226 (1854). M. gracilis Ands., Om Galap. Veg. t. 15, f. 3 (1857). Stems spreading or suberect; leaves linear or linear-oblanceolate, 0.5-3 mm. wide, generally acute; flowers 1-1.5 mm. long; seeds generally coppery-brown and less than 0.5 mm. long, minutely lineate on the back. Collections. —ALBEMARLE IsLanp: Villamil, Stewart No. 1469 (C, G), Howell No. 8965 (C); Iguana Cove, Stewart No. 1468 (C, G), Howell No. 9406 (C); Tagus Cove, Stewart No. 1470 (C, G), Howell No. 9511 (C). BartTHOLOMEW IsLAND: crevices of stratified ash, Howell No. 10061 (C). BINDLOE ISLAND: volcanic sand on north- west coast, Howell No. 8557 (C). CuHaries Istanp: Andersson in 1853 (type collection, G); Stewart No. 1472 (C); Post Office Bay, Howell No. 8803 (C); 2 or 3 miles south of Post Office Bay, Howell No. 9374 (C). CHatHaAM IsLanp: Wreck Bay, Howell No. 8588 (C). INDEFATIGABLE IsLAND: Academy Bay, Howell No. 9053 (C); Con- way Bay, Howell No. 9877 (C). James IsLANnD: James Bay, Howell No. 9691, 9692 (C); Orchilla Bay, Baur No. 153, in part (G); Sulli- van Bay, Howell No. 10022 (C). Jervis IsLaANnpD: north end, only one plant seen, Howell No. 9772 (C). Narsoroucu IsLanpb: north side on lava beds, Stewart No. 1476 (C, G). Several variants of subspecies typica are referred here and deserve mention. On Duncan Island (Stewart No. 1474, C, G, and Howell No. 9839, C), a form occurs with leaves shorter than usual and oblong-oblanceolate, and with the flowers glomerate at the nodes on very short pedicels. On South Seymour Island (Howell No. 9949, C) VoL. XX] HOWELL—THE GENUS MOLLUGO 17 is a form with leaves broader than usual, thus approaching subspecies latifolia which occurs on North Seymour Island, but in the southern plant the seeds are not conspicuously lineate. Rarely a plant assumes a perennial aspect, as not infrequently happens to annuals growing in desert regions, but such individuals are undoubtedly annuals affected by fluctuations of the seasonal rainfall. 2b. Mollugo gracillima latifolia Howell, subspec. nov. Ramis patentibus vel prostratis; foliis oblanceolatis vel oblanceolato-spathulatis, 5-10 mm. latis, obtusis; floribus 1.5-2 mm. longis; seminibus fuligineis, dorso striato- lineatis. Stems spreading or prostrate; leaves oblanceolate or oblanceolate-spathulate, 5-10 mm. wide, obtuse; flowers 1.5—2 mm. long; seeds dark black-brown, 0.5 mm. long, the back striate-lineate. Collections.—NortH SEyMouR IsLAND: marine bluffs, Crocker (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 199033); crevices and shelves of marine bluff, Howell No. 10001 (C); beach sand, Howell No. 9980 (C). The ridges on the backs of the seeds are prominent enough to impress the pattern on the closely enclosing walls of the capsule. In this seed-character M. gracillima latifolia resembles M. verticillata but differs from that species in the characters of flowers and fruit, and in the dull luster and the tuberculate sides of the seeds. With its broad leaves it might be placed in M. flavescens but its seeds are smaller and the funiculus less prominent. A specimen from Brattle Island (Stewart No. 1471, C) is old and nearly leafless but the seeds are rather prominently ridged so it is referred here until additional material can be studied. 3. Mollugo flavescens Ands., Stock. Akad. Handl. 226 (1854) Root annual; stems erect or prostrate, rather sparsely branched, 1-3 dm. long, glabrous; leaves at nodes 2-5 (or 9), linear-oblanceolate or spathulate, 0.5-2 cm. long, 0.5-7 mm. wide, obtuse or acute, glabrous, somewhat fleshy-thickened; flowers 3-7 or more at nodes; pedicels generally spreading but some erect or reflexed, 2-4 (or 5) mm. long, mostly glabrous; sepals generally 5, 2 mm. long or nearly, oblong, green-veined with whitish margin, sometimes brownish-tinged; stamens 3 (or 4), slightly shorter than the sepals; style 0.3-0.5 mm. long; capsule slightly shorter than the sepals; seeds turgid-reniform, a little more than 0.5 mm. long, scarcely lineate, black-brown or black, dull or with iridescent sheen, tuberculate, the persistent portion of the funiculus deflexed and prominent (except in subsp. intermedia). As compared to M. gracillima, M. flavescens and its subspecies have a most limited distribution. The typical subspecies would seem to occur only on Chatham Island and on the north side of Indefatigable Island. The two variants described here as new are confined to one island each, subsp. angustifolia being found on James Island and subsp. intermedia being found on Charles Island. The species as here defined seems to be a natural entity but one closely related to M. gracillima. 18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRroc, 4TH SER. Key To SuBsPEcIES OF M. flavescens a. Funciulus prominent. b. Stems spreading or prostrate; cauline leaves oblanceolate to oblanceolate-spathulate, mostly twice as long as the pedicels; style about 0.3 mm. long................ 3a. typica b. Stems strictly erect; cauline leaves linear or linear-oblanceolate, those subtending the upper flowers much-reduced; Style: 0.3-0.5 mms lang, 7, 25. t2) ne dagr yn nde 3b. angustifolia a. Funciulus not prominent; stems erect but somewhat spreading; upper leaves reduced but generally equalling the flowers....3c. intermedia 3a. Mollugo flavescens typica Howell, nom. nov. Mollugo flavescens Ands., Stock. Akad. Handl. 226 (1854). Stems spreading or prostrate, 1-2 dm. tall; basal leaves subspathulate 1-2 cm. long, 2-5 mm. wide, cauline leaves oblanceolate to oblanceolate-spathulate, 0.4-1 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide; pedicels loosely spreading or deflexed, subglabrous; style about 0.3 mm. long; funiculus prominent. Collections. —CuaTHam Istanp: Andersson in 1853 (type collec- tion, G); southwest end, Baur No. 154 (G); Wreck Bay, Howell No. 8574 (C). INDEFATIGABLE ISLAND: north side, Snodgrass and Heller No. 667 (D, G),-Howell No. 9904 (C). 3b. Mollugo flavescens angustifolia Howell, subspec. nov. Caulibus erectis, 2-3.5 dm. altis, ramis paucis, substricte ascendentibus; foliis basi spathulato-obovatis, caulinis linearo-oblanceolatis, 1-1.5 cm. long, circa 1 mm. latis, supremis brevioribus quam 0.5 cm. longis; pedicellis erectis, glabris, floribus subcongestis; stylo 0.3-0.5 mm. longo; funiculo prominenti. Stems erect, 2-3.5 dm. tall, the few branches almost strictly ascending; the basal leaves spathulate-obovate but the cauline leaves linear-oblanceolate, 1—1.5 cm. long and 1 mm. or less wide at the lower nodes, the uppermost reduced and mostly less than 0.5 cm. long; pedicels erect, glabrous, the flowers subcongested in small glomerules; style 0.3-0.5 mm. long; funciulus prominent. Collections.—JAmeEs IsLAND: in pockets and flats of volcanic sand on nearly barren lava flow, James Bay, Howell No. 9710 (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 199031); cinder gravel on lower slopes of high cone at Sullivan Bay, Howell No. 10032 (C). 3c. Mollugo flavescens intermedia Howell, subspec. nov. Caulibus erectis, subpatentibus, 1.5-2.5 dm. altis; foliis radicalibus spathulatis, basi cuneatis, caulinis oblanceolatis vel linearo-oblanceolatis, 0.5-1.5 cm. longis, 0.5-3 mm. latis; pedicellis patentibus, subglabris; stylo circa 0.3 mm. longo; funiculo brevi et non prominenti. _Stems erect but somewhat spreading, 1.5-2.5 dm. tall; basal leaves spathulate with cuneate base, cauline leaves oblanceolate or linear-oblanceolate, 0.5-1.5 cm. long, 0.5-3 mm. wide; pedicels spreading, subglabrous; style about 0.3 mm. long; funiculus short and not prominent. Vo. XXI] HOWELL—THE GENUS MOLLUGO 19 Collections.—CHARLES ISLAND: near Black Beach, Howell No. 9353 (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 199030); Snodgrass and Heller No. 441 (G). In appearance and in the technical characters of the seed, this plant is nearly intermediate between M. flavescens and M. gractllima. The plant is less diffusely branched than in M. gracillima and the leaves tend to be narrower than in typical M. flavescens. The per- sistent part of the funiculus is shorter and slenderer than that in most forms of M. flavescens but in the size and markings of the seed it is very near typical M. flavescens. 4. Mollugo striata Howell, spec. nov. Herba perennis?; caulibus laxe patentibus vel adscendentibus, 1-2 dm. longis, subglabris, viridibus; foliis linearo-oblanceolatis, 1-2 cm. longis, 1-2 mm. latis, glabris, acutis obtusisve; floribus 1-4 nodis; pedicellis patentibus, 1-3 mm. longis, minute pubescentibus; sepalis 5, 1.5-2 mm. longis, virescentibus, oblongis, glabris; staminibus 3, inclusis; stylo circa 0.3 mm. longo; capsula inclusa; seminibus tumidis, subovatis, parte inferiore ventre obliqua, nigris, 0.6-0.7 mm. longis, dorso striatis, lateribus tuberculato-lineatis, partibus persistentibus funiculi brevibus, prope de- flexis, non prominentibus. Root probably perennial; stems laxly spreading or ascending, 1-2 dm. long, subglabrous, green; leaves linear-oblanceolate, 1-1.8 cm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, glab- rous, acute or obtuse; flowers 1-4 at nodes; pedicels spreading, 1-3 mm. long, minutely hairy; sepals 5, 1.5-2 mm. long, greenish, oblong, glabrous; stamens 3, included; style about 0.3 mm. long; capsule equalling the sepals, much-knobbed by the seeds; seeds turgid, subovate with the lower ventral part oblique, black, 0.6-0.7 mm. long, striate on back, tuberculate-lineate on sides, the persistent part of the funiculus short, closely deflexed, not prominent. Collection. —WENMAN IsLanpb: Stewart No. 1477 (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 133519; G). From the rather poorly prepared specimens on which this species is based, it is not possible to state certainly whether the plant is perennial, but from the character of older stems which bear tufts of new growth near their ends as well as remains of dead twigs of earlier growth, it seems likely that the specimens are from a perennial plant. The character of the flower distinguishes it from M. insularis, and the large subovate seed marks it distinct from M. graczllima to which it is perhaps most nearly related. 5. Mollugo insularis Howell, spec. nov. Herba annua vel perennis; caulibus 0.5-2 (vel 3) dm. longis, prostratis, glabris. viridibus; foliis oblanceolatis ad linearo-oblanceolatis, 0.5—2.5 cm. longis, 1-3.5 mm. latis, succulento-crassis, glabris, obtusis acutisve; floribus 3-8 nodis; pedicellis erectis, patentibus vel deflexis, 1.5-3 mm. longis, minute pubescentibus; sepalis 5, albis, virescentibus vel subferrugineis, ellipticis, 1-2 mm. longis, glabris; staminibus 5-8, inclusis; stylo 0.5-0.75 mm. longo; capsula inclusa vel sepalis aequilonga; seminibus subcompressis, nigris, 0.6 mm. longis, dorso costatis, lateribus sub- costatis, costis transverse rugosis, partibus persistentibus funiculi prominentibus, deflexis. 20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. Annual or perennial herb; stems 0.5-3 dm. long, prostrate, glabrous, green; leaves oblanceolate to linear-oblanceolate, 0.5-2.5 cm. long, 1-3.5 mm. broad, fleshy-thickened, glabrous, obtuse or acute; flowers mostly 3-8 at nodes; pedicels erect, spreading, or deflexed, 1.5-3 mm. long, minutely hairy; sepals 5, white, greenish or light brownish, elliptic, 1-2 mm. long, glabrous; stamens 5-8, included; style 0.5-0.75 mm. long; capsule included or equalling the sepals; seeds subreniform, thinnish, black, 0.6 mm. long, deeply ridged on back, shallowly ridged on the sides, the ridges transversely rugose, the persistent part of the funiculis prominent, deflexed. Collections.—CuHARLES IsLaAnND: Black Beach, Howell No. 9378 ‘ (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 199029). CuatHam IsLanp: Sappho Cove, Stewart No. 1466 (C, G); Bassa Point, Stewart No. 1473 (C). This species should be considered a perennial but plants growing in sandy or gravelly soil bloom the first year and do not persist, those growing in crevices of lava becoming perennial and developing a woody caudex similar to that in M. Crockeri. The lack of glandular pubescence and the peculiar seeds differentiate it from M. Crockert, and the perennial base, flower, and seed mark it from M. flavescens and M. gracillima. 6. Mollugo Crockeri Howell, spec. nov. Herba perennis; caulibus ligneis et persistentibus, ramis annuis, late patentibus, 0.5-2 dm. longis, glanduloso-pubescentibus, ferrugineis vel virescentibus; foliis basi tenuiter oblanceolatis, 1-2 cm. longis, 1-3 mm. latis, glanduloso-pubescentibus in margine et infra in media costa, caulinis linearibus, 0.5—2 cm. longis, 0.5-1 mm. latis, dense glanduloso-pubescentibus, subacutis, margine subrevoluto; floribus paucis, 1-3 nodis; pedicellis patentibus vel deflexis, 0.5 cm. longis, glandulosis; sepalis 5, oblongo-lanceolatis, 2-3 mm. longis, carneis, exteriore glanduloso-pubes- centibus; staminibus 7, inclusis; stylo 0.6—0.7 mm. longo; capsula inclusa; seminibus circa 0.5 mm. longis, reniformibus, lateribus minute tuberculatis, dorso vix lineatis, partibus persistentibus funiculi prominentibus, deflexis. Perennial herb; lower part of stems woody and persistent, the branches of annual duration, loosely spreading, 0.5-2 dm. long, glandular-hairy, terra-cotta color or greenish; basal leaves slender-oblanceolate, 1-2 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, glandular- hairy on margins and lower side of midrib, cauline leaves of the same color as stems, linear, 0.5-2 cm. long, 0.5-1 mm. wide, densely glandular-hairy, acutish, the margin somewhat revolute; flowers rather few, 1-3 at nodes; pedicels spreading or deflexed, 0.5 cm. long, glandular; sepals 5, oblong-lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long, flesh- color, glandular-hairy outside; stamens 7, included in calyx; style 0.6-0.7 mm. long; capsule included; seeds about 0.5 mm. long, reniform, black, finely tuberculate on sides, scarcely lineate on back, the persistent part of the funiculus prominent and deflexed. Collection.—James IsLanp: crevices of lava, Sullivan Bay, Howell No. 10094 (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 199026). Mollugo Crockeri with its perennial woody base and highly glandu- lar herbage is one of the most distinctive species of this genus to be described from the Galapagos Islands. It was only found at a single station but there it was locally abundant on a lava flow of fairly recent age. The perennial part of the plant never grows beyond the lava crevices, the herbaceous stems forming a low, loosely Vor. XXI] HOWELL—THE GENUS MOLLUGO at spreading plant above the surface of the flow. It is an honor and pleasure to dedicate this distinctive species to Mr. Templeton Crocker, patron and commander of the latest expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands. 7. Mollugo floriana (Rob.) Howell, comb. nov. Mollugo flavescens var. floriana Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 143 (1902). Root annual; stems erect or somewhat loosely branching, 1.5-4 dm. tall, glabrous or finely glandular-pubescent; leaves linear-oblong or linear-oblanceolate, 1-3 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, glabrous or finely glandular-pubescent, herbaceous, 2-5 at a node, obtuse or acute; flowers 2-11 at nodes; pedicels erect or slightly divaricate, 0.4-1 cm. long, glabrous or glandular-pubescent; sepals 5, elliptic-oblong, 2-3 mm. long, glabrous or minutely puberulent, green-veined with white margins; stamens 8, nearly equalling or slightly exceeding the sepals; style 0.7-0.8 mm. long, stigmatic at the upper end; seeds turgid-reniform, nearly black, 0.4-0.7 mm. long, minutely tuberculate on sides, finely lineate on back, the persistent part of the funiculus deflexed and prominent. The size of the flower and the number of stamens are characters of the species which find a resemblance in M. Snodgrassii. But the annual habit, the difference of herbage, and the smaller size of most of the flower parts in M. floriana make it amply distinct from M. Snodgrassii. This species might be considered an intermediate in relationship between the M. flavescens-M. gractllima group and M. Snodgrassit. KEY TO SUBSPECIES OF M. floriana Stems, leaves, and pedicels glabrous; seeds a little more than 0.5 mm. long..7a. typica Stems, leaves, and pedicels more or less finely glandular-pubescent; seeds a dritlenessytaanyO: 5: mm. Longe ih cs somes uancleie sterseyche. 7b. gypsophiloides 7a. Mollugo floriana typica Howell, nom. nov. Mollugo flavescens var. floriana Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 143 (1902). Stems glabrous; leaves oblong-linear, glabrous; pedicels erect, glabrous; sepals glabrous; seeds about 0.6-0.7 mm. long. Collections.—CHARLES ISLAND: Cormorant Bay, Baur No. 157 (type, G), Stewart No. 1467 (C, G). 7b. Mollugo floriana gypsophiloides Howell, subspec. nov. Radice annua; caulibus erectis, subglabris vel glanduloso-pubescentibus; foliis linearo-oblanceolatis; pedicellis erectis, divaricatis, vel raro deflexis, glanduloso- pubescentibus; sepalis sparse et tenuiter glanduloso-pubescentibus, 2-3 mm. longis; staminibus 8; stylo 0.7-0.8 mm. longo; seminibus circa 0.4 mm. longis. Stems subglabrous or finely glandular-pubescent; leaves linear-oblanceolate, subglabrous or finely pubescent; pedicels erect, divaricate, or rarely deflexed, 22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. glandular-pubescent, tending to be densely so; sepals sparsely and finely glandular- pubescent; seeds about 0.4 mm. long. Collections.—Duncan IsLaNnD: crevices of rocks on east side, Howell No. 9828 (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 199032); Stewart No. 1475 (C). 8. Mollugo Snodgrassii Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 144 (1902) Suffrutescent perennial; stems erect, those near the base woody, the upper parts jointed and broom-like, green or brownish-tinged, 1-4 dm. tall, glabrous; leaves 2-5 at nodes, linear-oblanceolate, somewhat fleshy-herbaceous, 0.5-2 cm. long, 0.5-1 mm. wide, obtuse or acute, glabrous; flowers 1—3 at nodes; pedicels generally spreading, 0.5-2 cm. long, glabrous; sepals 5 or 6, 3-4 cm. long, oblong, greenish or brownish-tinged; stamens 7, nearly equalling or exceeding the sepals; style 1-2 mm. long, plumose-stigmatic at the end; mature capsule a little shorter than the sepals, irregular over enclosed seeds; seeds turgid-reniform, about 0.5 mm. long, finely tuberculate on sides and lineate on back, dark brownish-black or black, the persistent portion of the funiculus deflexed and prominent. Collections. ALBEMARLE ISLAND: Cowley Bay, Stewart No. 1478 (C); east side of island 3 miles south of equator, Rat:kan (C); 5 miles northeast of Webb Cove, Howell No. 9450 (C); Elizabeth Cove, Snodgrass and Heller No. 268 (D, G); Tagus Cove Mt., Howell No. 9523 (C). NArBorRouGH Istanp: Mangrove Point, Snodgrass and Heller No. 309 (type collection, D, G). Mollugo Snodgrassii var. santacruziana Christophersen, Nyt. Mag. Naturvidenskab. 70: 75 (1931) Cauline leaves to 3 cm. long; pedicels less than 1.5 cm. long; sepals 2—2.5 mm. long (ex char.) This variety was described from plants collected at Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, (type, Christophersen No. 123, Herb. Mus. Bot. Oslo), but no specimen has been seen from the island which can be referred here. Although the plant is described as a perennial, it would seem that it might be nearer M. floriana as the species of Mollugo are treated here. The longer leaves, the shorter pedicels, and the smaller flowers are exactly the characters which mark M. floriana as distinct from M. Snodgrassii when the duration of the plant is not considered. And, as has been pointed out in a discussion of M. gracillima, it is not unusual in deserts with a uni- formly mild climate for an annual species to assume a temporary perennial aspect if the sporadic rains of the region are properly spaced. It is of particular interest that the very specimens of M. gracillima which provoked the earlier remark were plants with a perennial aspect collected at Academy Bay. It is noteworthy in this regard to mention that the vicinity of Academy Bay is one of the few localities in the lowlands of the Galapagos Islands where Vou. XXI] HOWELL—THE GENUS MOLLUGO 23 truly desert conditions do not prevail, for here the more luxuriant development of the vegetation indicates that moisture borne on the southeast trade winds during the long dry period is precipitated not only at higher elevations in the interior but also occasionally in the lowlands. Intermittent but properly spaced rainfall during the dry season would undoubtedly produce the perennial effect that is noted. In connection with the distribution of Mollugos in the archipelago, the occurrence of a variety of M. Snodgrassii is scarcely to be expected on the south side of Indefatigable Island, but the occurrence there of M. floriana might have been anticipated since Academy Bay lies between the station for M. floriana on Charles Island and the station for M. floriana gypsophiloides on Duncan Island. Goryasihu & ’ Paar h Sy v denise guomt old, ied rod diawarg jon obama ince oy mo saxeK! otirtetour tudd e estavibin’ noitssagoy a3 Jorg te; nee “Ustaier Dinade Vis ‘fod dnavihneanis: tail! oof buanoisq on? soubor: igheeryariieg ods i 2onmiloy ari pctane ae ire oh -ylooraioa ab seo whore. NL to - ath sud Dsrelel gldaatts pulred: 120 Goin eon no baie e248 ya u oy Nya Ou f f a lep 4 ‘ hi 5 i A ‘ { . ), n . i aus , 7 Th) ao . ., . \ a .* ; i * i] ‘ , x“ ' ’ ay tH ¥ > , _ i. , , A = ) , ¥ er} ’ . wy i} ty i Vy \ wf h fi 4 aA Shr, ‘a e% i » a ¥e iy a Le 4 F ‘ J i ? La j fi i ‘ { ; Pe Ml " ¥ 4 PROCEEDINGS PST 1 Oi eas OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXI, No. 4, pp. 25-40 Marcu 14, 1933 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 4 CHARACTERS OF TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HEMIP- TERA FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS AND THE COAST ANDISLANDS OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND MEXICO BY E. P. VAN DUZEE Curator, Department of Entomology California Academy of Sciences A study of the Hemipterous Insects brought back by the Temple- ton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences has brought to light a number of forms new to science, the descriptions of which are given in the following pages. Of most interest are the sixteen new species from the Galapagos Islands. The relationships of these are entirely with the American fauna. Some are very close to well-known continental species, while others have become more strongly differentiated in response to their insular environment. Notable among these latter forms is that described below as Diaphnidia crockert which introduces striking coloration into a genus hitherto containing species that are only monochro- matic, or at most with a few fuscous or black markings. No trained entomologist accompanied this expedition, but Mr. Crocker very generously delegated his secretary, Mr. Maurice Willows Jr., to act as entomologist when not occupied with other duties. Mr. Willows’ efforts resulted in the addition of 2,400 insects to the collection of the Academy, among which were many species new to the Academy collection in addition to a number of new species described here and to be described in later papers. March 14, 1933 26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 41H SER. SPECIES FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 1. Geotomus murinus Van Duzee, n. sp. Apparently allied to obscurus Sign.; piceous with the legs and antenne paler and the puncturation of the elytra reduced. Length 5.5 nim. Head regularly rounded before; as long as its width immediately before the eyes; anterior margin a little recurved; tylus but slightly elevated, the cheeks scarcely meeting before it; surface but feebly wrinkled; marginal sete six in number with one below the margin either side the tylus, and another discal either side near the eye. Pronotum broader anteriorly, shaped as in Signoret’s figure 161, the sides subparallel and narrowly recurved, with a few bristles within the anterior angles; disk with a median are of confused punctures behind the ocelli and an irregular transverse row of coarse punctures behind the callosities, terminating either side in a field of more obscure punctures extending to near the anterior angle. Scutellum moderately convex with scattering punctures that omit the basal field. Elytra with a row of regular punctures either side of the claval suture and a partial second row on the corium; disk of corium with a few nearly obsolete punctures. Opaque area beneath shaped about as in Signoret’s figure 155 but with its marginal extension shorter and broader and the angles of the posterior field more acute; osteolar canal flattened and opaque like the adjacent surface, slightly widened and rounded at tip, the opening forming a small notch. Rostrum attaining intermediate coxe; hind femora with a few minute teeth before the apex; hind tibie terete, with their spines longer than their thickness. Antennal segments I, II and III subequal, the middle of II about reaching apex of head. Ocelli placed at about their own diameter from the eyes; tarsi pale. Holotype, a unique female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3625, taken by Mr. Willows at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 27, 1932. This is close to a species from Arizona and northern Mexico, but the latter has the eyes much narrowed inferiorly, the osteolar canal broader and more oblique at apex and the pronotum broader interiorly. 2. Thyanta similis Van Duzee, n. sp. Size and aspect of antiguensis Westwood and best distinguished from that species by comparative notes. Length 7 mm. Head a very little but obviously shorter proportionately than in antiguensts. Antennal segment III shorter than II, equal in the allied species. Sides of the pro- notum rectilinear in antiguensis, slightly emarginate in similis with the intra- humeral smooth vitta scarcely distinguished; the humeri a little more angled and marked with a slender black marginal line. Scutellum longer, the apex narrower and more angled. Membrane hyaline with a rather broad fuscous longitudinal vitta either side. Rostrum attaining apex of ventral II, a little shorter in antiguensis. Connexivum immaculate. Basal genital plates of female flat, convex or subtumid in antliguensis. Color dull green varied with paler and tinged with red in places as in antiguensis, the punctures concolorous or but little darker than the adjoining surface; pronotum and scutellum with a median pale line more or less distinct. Holotype, female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3626, taken on Jervis Island, June 6, 1932, by Mr. Maurice Willows. Paratype, one female taken on Charles Island at Post Office Bay, April 24, 1932, by Mr. Willows; Vor. XXI} VAN DUZEE—TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HEMIPTERA 27 the latter specimen is more croceous, marked with reddish areas and apparently is not fully pigmented. The ultimate tergal segment seems to have a fringe of pale hairs in this species. 3. Nysius (Ortholomus) naso Van Duzee, n. sp. A large species with the head porrect and strongly produced; testaceous to rufo-testaceous, with a vitta against each eye, a trans- verse band on the callosities and the disk of the scutellum black; elytra whitish veined with fuscous. Length 5 mm. Head as long as wide across the eyes, extended in the same plane as the pronotum, conically produced as far before the eyes as the width between the eyes. Antennz long, segment I scarcely attaining the apex of the tylus; II two and a half times as long as I; III two-thirds as long as II; IV as long as III, fusiform. Rostrum attaining third ventral segment; segment I reaching the base of the head; segments I, II and III subequal, each about twice the length of IV. Pronotum twice as wide on hind margin as on anterior, one-half wider than long, but little depressed anteriorly; callosities forming a narrow elevated ruga, median line broadly, very feebly, depressed. Scutellum with the usual Y mark feebly elevated. Elytra milky sub- hyaline, the veins slightly prominent, surface minutely sericeous pubescent. Color testaceous, becoming rufo-testaceous on the head, pronotum anteriorly, sides of the scutellum, tergum and beneath; marked with black as follows: head, except a broad dorsal vitta, a transverse line on the callosities, not attaining the margins, disk of the scutellum, sternum, a large spot on each of the pleural pieces, a large mark of the basal disk of the venter which sends a vitta either side to connect with a band on the sixth ventral segment, and the base of the genital segment. Legs pale testaceous, the femora dotted with black, apical tarsal segment black; antenne rufo-testaceous, the basal segment with a dusky spot; elytral veins, includ- ing commissure and apical margin, blackish. Membrane hyaline with a median fuscous vitta over a black vitta on the tergum. Holotype, a unique male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3627, taken on Charles Island, May 14, 1932, by Maurice Willows. 4. Creontiades castaneum Van Duzee, n. sp. A distinct chestnut-brown species with the pronotum and scu- tellum almost piceous; antenne and legs varied with paler, the hind margin of pronotum slenderly whitish. Length 5.5 mm. Male. Vertex between the eyes one-half the width of an eye, deeply sulcate; oblique frontal striz almost obsolete; clypeus prominent with a slight transverse depression before its base. Antenne: segment I stout, slightly shorter than the pronotum; II twice the length of I; III a little less than twice the length of I (15:26); IV equaltoI. Pronotum almost twice as wide as long, smooth and polished, without ruge, callosities moderately prominent. Scutellum nearly equilateral, minutely rugulose and depressed on disk at base, polished at apex and along the lateral margins. Elytra parallel, opaque, impunctate. Rostrum attaining apex of hind coxe. Color chestnut, becoming almost piceous on the pronotum, scutellum, pleura, base of abdomen and apical one-half of hind femora, basal two-thirds of antennal II and narrow base of III and IV pale, as is also the rostrum, apex of coxe, trochan- ters and base of femora; tip of rostrum and of the last tarsal segment and the tibial 28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc, 4TH SER. spines black; hind tibie brown, becoming pale at apex; hind edge of pronotum slenderly whitish and there is an obscure pale spot within the basal angles of the scutellum and another either side of its apex; genital segment pale. Whole upper surface clothed with decumbent pale hairs. Basal antennal segment with a sub- apical black bristle on its inner face. Membrane fuscous. Holotype a unique male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3628, taken by Mr. Maurice Willows on Chatham Island, April 17, 1932. 5. Creontiades willowsi Van Duzee, n. sp. Aspect of debilis V. D. but with larger eyes and much narrower vertex in the male, with segment I of antennz more slender and with the membrane enfumed about as in rubrinervis. Length 6 mm. to tip of membrane. Head small with very large prominent eyes, especially in the male; vertex narrow, but slightly convex, its width between the eyes but one-half the width of an eye; median sulcus distinct, oblique ruge somewhat obscure; tylus narrower and more prominent than in debilis. Pronotum polished, about twice as wide as long (32:17); hind tibiz a little longer than the elytra to tip of cuneus (85:75). Vestiture very fine, pale and deciduous, fully matured examples being nearly glabrous. Color yellowish testaceous, about as in femoralis and rubrinervis, a little darker than in debilis; hind submargin of pronotum usually with a slender fuscous line; tips of tarsi and rostrum and a minute dot on extreme base of hind tibiz and the eyes black; apex of hind femora very slightly darker; membrane distinctly enfumed. Described from a series of 24 specimens taken on Jervis Island, June 6, and Sullivan Bay, James Island, June 13, 1932, all taken by Mr. Willows, to whom I take pleasure in dedicating this inter- esting addition to the Mirid fauna of these islands. Holotype, male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3629, and allotype, female, No. 3630, from Jervis Island. 6. Peciloscytus vegatus Van Duzee, n. sp. Allied to cuneatus; a little more slender with the second antennal segment longer, the basal segment black and the legs darker. Length 3 mm. Head longer than wide (11:7). Pronotum with the sides more deeply sinuate, the hind margin distinctly impressed behind the prominent humeri; collar broader than in cuneatus. Antenne longer than in the allied species; segment I as long as width of vertex between the eyes, distinctly surpassing apex of tylus; II nearly five times as long as I (5:24); III and IV subequal, together one-third the length of IT. Rostrum attaining base of genital segment. _ Color fusco-testaceous as in cuneatus; basal segment of the antennz and the tylus piceous; the callosities and an indistinct ante-humeral spot infuscated; a median vitta on the vertex, bifurcate before, and the disk of the pronotum posteriorly slightly embrowned; antennal segments III and IV and apex of II darker; collar and narrow hind edge of pronotum paler. Legs pale brown with a paler subapical spot on the femora beneath; apices of tibie and tarsi infuscated; coxe and venter pale brown; genital segment yellowish; rostrum testaceous, black at tip; basal Vou. XXI] VAN DUZEE—TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HEMIPTERA 29 angles and narrow sides of scutellum brown and a brownish cloud covers the clavus and inner field of the corium; cuneus reddish, pale at base and tip; membrane lightly infuscated, with paler nervures. Holotype, a unique male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3631, taken at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 27, 1932, by Mr. Willows. 7. Fulvius geniculatus Van Duzee, n. sp. Aspect of tmbecilis Say but with shorter antenne, white coxe and fuscous legs with pale knees. Length 3.5 mm. Head as long as broad across the eyes. Eyes produced on the gula. Antenne short, segment I scarcely as long as width of head across the eyes; II twice as long as I, very slightly clavate at apex; III a little longer than I, linear (IV wanting); II nearly as long as posterior width of pronotum. Rostrum attaining fifth ventral segment. Pronotum nearly as long as head; shaped as in tmbecilis, with similar prominent callosities. Color fuscous brown becoming piceous on pronotum anteriorly and on the head; basal lobe of scutellum with an obscure reddish mark either side; corium with a transverse whitish band opposite middle of clavus which is extended along the costal margin; extreme tip of clavus touched with pale; base of cuneus with a yel- lowish white lunule; antenne rufo-fuscous; apical third of segment II white; ros- trum testaceous brown; coxe white, narrow base and apex of I and broader base of II and III brown; legs fuscous brown, paler on the tibie and tarsi, the knees narrowly whitish; membrane moderately enfumed, darker in the cell, nervures brown, venter brown, more or less tinged with rufous. Chatham Island, April 18, 1932, one male (holotype, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3632); James Island, June 4, 2 males; Jervis Island, June 6, 1 female; Narborough Island, May 28, one female (allotype, C. A. 5.’ Ent: No.'3633): The shorter antenne, partly white anterior coxe and fuscous legs will distinguish this species from imbecilis Say. In Reuter’s key of 1895 and in Poppius’ key of 1909 this runs to quadristillatus Stal from Brazil, but the white anterior coxe will distinguish it. 8. Diaphnidia crockeri Van Duzee, n. sp. Pale yellowish testaceous, polished, elytra faintly green, beauti- fully marked with red. Length 3 mm. Head half as wide as the pronotum; front and vertex together convex, polished; the front tumidly projecting above base of tylus, with a few erect pale bristles; viewed from above scarcely projecting before the eyes. Anterior margin of pro- notum one-half as long as the posterior; sides straight, sharp but scarcely carinate on posterior lobe; transverse sulcus distinct, not attaining the margins; hind edge broadly excavated. Scutellum large, the lobes but poorly differentiated, exposed portion of basal nearly as long as the posterior lobe. Elytra diaphanous, parallel, the costa but feebly arcuate posteriorly; cuneus as long as greatest width of corium. Basal segment of antennz short, stout, scarcely exceeding apex of tylus; II linear, four times the length of I (III and IV covered in mounting). Color pale yellowish testaceous, polished; elytra obviously tinged with bluish green, the costal and subcostal nervures green; commissure with a broad Y-shaped red mark the forks of which reach to the middle of the scutellar margin; corium 30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. with a row of three large red dots, one on basal third, another opposite apex of clavus, the third at middle of apical margin; a similar red dot occupies the basal angle of the membrane, and the apex of the membranal nervures are red; the male has a red mark behind the inner angle of the eye, and two divergent spots are indicated on the posterior lobe of the pronotum; antennal IT slightly infuscated in male; tips of tarsi blackish. Described from one male (allotype) and one female (holotype) taken on James Island, June 4, 1932. Holotype, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3634, and allotype, No. 3635. This is the first brightly colored species known to me in this genus. It is a most beautiful insect under a lens and it gives me pleasure to dedicate it to Mr. Templeton Crocker whose generosity and per- sonal interest in the scientific aspects of the expedition made possible these large and valuable additions to the collections of the California Academy of Sciences. 9. Platymetopius equinoctialis Van Duzee, n. sp. Related to cinereus but with the colors darker, the lines of the vertex broad and continuous, the elytra tinged with fulvous, and the apical areoles mostly black. Length 4 mm. Vertex nearly twice as long as its basal width (12:7); depressed along the median line, anterior edge sharp, apex subacute. Pronotum as long as basal width of vertex, broadly arcuate behind. Median third of ultimate ventral segment produced for one-third the length of the segment, truncate at apex; pygofer with a few scattering short bristles. Color fulvo-testaceous becoming darker on elytra apically and more grey on pronotum and apex of vertex; median line of vertex anteriorly, an arcuate vitta either side attaining base of vertex and a slender line just behind the apical margin, briefly reflected on to the vertex above the ocelli, whitish. Pronotum with seven longitudinal lines, the median less distinct; scutellum with three such lines. Elytra greyish fulvous, deeper colored apically; round white dots wanting across middle of elytra, those adjacent to apical transverse veinlets edged with black, or mostly so, with a short white marginal vein beyond the costa; face and below pale yellow; dots at base of tibial spines a little darker and there is a brown cloud on the apex of the ultimate ventral segment. Holotype a unique female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3636, taken by Maurice Willows at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 24. The percurrent pale lines of the vertex and the black apical areoles will roughly distinguish this from the many allied North American species. A single male from James Island, June 4, has the entire vertex eaten away so it cannot safely be placed. 10. Deltocephalus insularis Van Duzee, n. sp. Allied to signatifrons V. D. but a little larger and darker with the apex of the head a little more rounded, and different markings on the vertex. Length 4 mm. Vor. XXI) VAN DUZEE—TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HEMIPTERA 31 Vertex a little shorter than its basal width (6:8); surface feebly convex, not at all depressed, apex in a blunt almost rounded angle; front slightly longer than wide (12:10); clypeus large, flat, almost parallel-sided.. Elytral venation essentially the same as that of obesus but with the nervures more prominent, the costal areole broader and the sutural areole of the clavus furnished with one or two transverse veinlets connecting the apex of the adjoining nervure with the suture. Ultimate ventral segment of the female essentially truncate across its entire width. Male valve small, obtuse at apex; plates scarcely longer than the valve, narrow, truncate at apex, hardly more than passing the middle of the pygofers, the latter heavily armed with stout bristles. Color testaceous-grey, becoming more yellowish on the head, anterior margin of the pronotum and scutellum; vertex with a transverse blackish vitta behind the ocelli that is notched at the middle anteriorly and before which are two subapical brown points; behind this vitta are two small brown dashes; pronotum with four or six brown points behind the pale anterior margin and showing five obscure pale longitudinal vitte; elytral nervures pale, mostly edged with fuscous, the transverse veinlets often thickened and white; scutellum with the basal angles, two points between them, and the impressed line fuscous; front slightly suffused with brown, with pale arcs; hind femora with one apical brown point beneath, the tibie in the male about thrice annulate with fuscous; base and apex of tergum with a whitish band. Holotype, male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3637, taken April 17 on Chatham Island. Allotype, female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3638, taken April 24, on Charles Island. This species pertains to subgenus Hebecephalus of DeLong’s Monograph of Deltocephalus. 11. Scaphoideus discalis Van Duzee, n. sp. Size and form of neglectus Osb. but with the elytral markings nearly as in sanctus Say; face heavily marked with black. Length 4 mm. Vertex about as in neglectus, its length one-fourth less than its basal width (7:10); eyes wider posteriorly than in any of our related species, not obviously narrowed there. Pronotum as long as basal width of vertex. Elytra shorter and less flaring at apex than in neglectus. Apex of last ventral segment of female truncate with a slight angle either side. Valve of male subacutely triangular; plates narrower and more acute at apex than in sanctus, the pygofers more heavily fringed with bristles. Color white slightly tinged with yellow; vertex mostly immaculate, the ocelli, a wide pair of minute points before the apex, a close pair on hind margin either side against the eyes and the incised median line basally, fuscous or black; pronotum immaculate but darkened by the black mesonotum showing through; scutellum tinged with yellow, the basal angles a little darker; elytra polished, subopalescent white, marked with a common broad transverse brown band the basal margin of which is parallel with the scutellar margin of the clavus, its apical margin slightly concave; this band becomes obscure on the costal areole and.carries a large semi- circular white spot either side and a smaller median white spot divided by the com- missure and broken out slenderly either side to the claval suture; the margin above the white areas bordered with blackish; a narrow blackish band covers the apical transverse nervures and margins the outer apical areole, the apical nervures being pale; apical submargin with a narrow fuscous line; face tinged with yellow with a broad basal black band in which is a narrow sinuate white line; a narrow black band crosses the entire face at lower margin of the eyes; apex of clypeus and cheeks black . 32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4TH SER. and there may be a black line across the base of the clypeus; legs pale with the fore and middle femora and a series of minute dots at the base of the tibial spines fuscous; abdomen pale yellow with the tergum, a line on the base of the male plates, the base of the female pygofers, a mark on the apex of the connexival segments and the basal ventral segment, black; male valve, except its extreme edge, and the oviduct and apex of the last ventral segment of the female piceous. Described from two pairs taken on Chatham Island, April 17, by Mr. Willows. Holotype, male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3639, and allotype, female, No. 3640. This is a strongly marked species like cruciatus but the form of the elytral saddle recalls sanctus. 12. Athysanus digressus Van Duzee, n. sp. Allied to obscurinervis Stal but wanting the two round spots on the anterior margin of the head. Length 4 mm. Vertex more than twice broader than long (15:7), rounded before as in exitiosus; pronotum a little longer than the vertex (10:7); front as long as its basal width, its sides rather abruptly narrowed to the base of the clypeus, nearly rectilinear below in the related species; anterior femora with a series of short spines on basal two- thirds, terminating in two longer ones. In obscurinervis the small spines are smaller and there are three longer ones on apical one-third. Ultimate ventral segment of female feebly sinuate, in the related species broadly subangularly emarginate. Valve of male subacutely triangular; plates long, exceeding the pygofers; sides sinuate before the middle, apex obtuse, about as in obscurinervis. Color as in obscurinervis but with elytral nervures paler; transverse black band of vertex produced anteriorly in a triangle, more or less developed; marginal round black spots wanting but certain dark individuals of digressus show a pale brown crescent on the front of the vertex superior to the location of the round black spots; front with the median line and lateral arcs brown; legs and beneath pale, the latter more or less infuscated in the darker males; pronotum with about six black dots on anterior submargin; basal angles of scutellum with the usual black marks. Described from nine males and nine females taken by Mr. Willows as follows: Chatham Island, April 17; James Island, June 4; Jervis Island, June 6; Sullivan Bay, James Island, June 13, and North Seymour Island, June 12. Holotype, male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3641, and allotype, female, No. 3642, from Chatham Island. This species seems to be widely distributed on the islands and to show the same variation in color as is found in obscurinervis Stal. The want of the black spots on the front of the head, the abruptly narrowed frontal apex and the form of the ultimate ventral segment of the female are certainly of specific value and will, perhaps, best distinguish this species. For the purpose of comparison I have con- sidered the neotropical obscurinervis and our well known exitiosus as specifically distinct as I do not feel entirely satisfied that they are identical. Vot. XXI] VAN DUZEE—TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HEMIPTERA 33 13. Oliarus galapagensis Van Duzee, n. sp. Aspect of excelsus Fowl., smaller with longer and narrower vertex; elytra with heavy punctate veins; apical cross-veins bordered with fuscous. Length 5 mm. Vertex nearly twice as long as wide at base, its bounding carine arcuate rather than angulate; front about as in franciscanus Stal, including the clypeus one-half longer than wide (22:14); frontal ocellus small but distinct. Mesonotum with five evident carine. Elytra hyaline with strong punctate nervures; the transverse nervures and those separating the apical areoles bordered with fuscous; clavus with an irregular subbasal sutural brown spot and a smaller discal mark; costa slightly and evenly arcuate; wings feebly hyaline, with fuscous nervures; legs pale brown, lighter on the tibiz and tarsi, the coxe and incisures whitish, spines tipped with black; pleure and ventral segments fuscous, the latter slenderly edged with pale; hind tibiz with one small spur before the middle. Apical angles of front, as in franciscanus, without pale spots. Holotype, a unique female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3643, taken by Mr. Willows seventeen miles northwest of Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 22, 1932. Apparently the Galapagos Islands show no such development of this genus as we find in the Hawaiian Islands. The relationships of the present species are entirely with those of the North American fauna, to some species of which it is quite closely allied. 14. Philates breviceps Van Duzee, n. sp. A small species with short vertex, more broadly tumid meso- notum, and unicarinate front. Length 4 mm. Vertex two-thirds as long as wide at base (8:12); surface depressed, obliquely rugose, ecarinate; anterior margin sharp, but slightly reflexed, the sides more ele- vated posteriorly against the eyes. Front a little shorter than its greatest width (16:18); obviously carinate. Pronotum as long as the vertex, ecarinate. Meso- notum broadly tumid, not as abruptly depressed posteriorly as in the other species; carinate on basal one-half; the lateral carine short, diverging posteriorly; commis- sural margin of elytra, viewed from the side, distinctly concavely arcuate. Hind edge of ultimate ventral segment with a small notch either side of the broad median lobe. Color lurid brown more or less irrorate and marked with blackish on either side the vertex at base and on the angles and base of the mesonotum; elytra with a broad whitish vitta above the bullz, bordered below by a blackish cloud that may be extended to the apical angles; apical margin with the usual brown dashes; femora, at least the posterior, infuscated; antenne and their sockets infuscated; extreme tip of the head with a pale spot. Holotype, female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3644, taken by Mr. Willows at Black Beach Road, Charles Island, April 25, 1932. A male taken at the same time is too immature to be made a type. Two nymphs also were taken. 34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES |Proc. 4TH SER. 15. Philates servus Van Duzee, n. sp. Allied to productus but with the carine of front and vertex obsolete or nearly so; notch of last ventral segment of female shallow and straight. Length, male 4-5 mm., female, 5-5.5 mm. Vertex almost as long as its basal width between the lateral carine (11502); median carina obsolete or slightly indicated anteriorly, the margins carinately elevated, oblique rugz obsolete. Front distinctly widened opposite the antenne, median carina obvious, at least below; lateral carine obsolete. Pronotum little more than one-half the length of the vertex (7:12); scarcely carinate but with the disk depressed behind the vertex. Mesonotum distinctly tumid before the depressed apex; median carina strong, lateral slender, obsolete anteriorly. Elytra not quite twice as long as wide (7:4). Last ventral segment of female with a broad shallow median notch, its fundus or base rectilinear. Color testaceous-brown obscurely irrorate or varied with darker; apical margins of elytra with the usual brown dashes distinct; tibie and tarsi more obscure, the tarsal claws and tip of rostrum black; hind femora dusky brown; male with a black subapical point either side the mesonotum and there is a blackish cloud from middle to apex, scarcely indicated in the female, with a suggestion at inner angle of clavus; there may also be black irrorations on sides of mesonotum, on the pleure, sides of face and apex of front. In both sexes there is an impressed black point at base of elytra that apparently is characteristic of the genus. Hind femora of male dis- tinctly infuscated. Holotype, male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3645, and allotype, female, No. 3646, from Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 25. Two males taken on James Island, June 4, together with nymphs, may belong here but more material is needed to decide the matter. In all the species of this genus known to me the elytra of the males are dis- tinctly produced :to the obtusely angled apex, not truncate as in the females, a character not mentioned by either Stal or Osborn, both of whom record males. 16. Philates vicinus Van Duzee, n. sp. Allied to servus but with the apex of head a little more rounded and the surface of mesonotum between the lateral carine polished. Length 6 mm. Vertex slightly longer than wide at base between the carinate edges (12:11); surface depressed, flat, obliquely rugose, the margins strongly acutely reflexed anteriorly, apex obtusely rounded; front distinctly carinate, its sides obtusely angled at the antenne, rectilinear either side, its apex tumidly produced leaving the profile somewhat arcuate. Pronotum long, but slightly shorter than the vertex (10:12) the obtuse lateral carine distinguished by a deep groove exteriorly. Meso- notum with a very prominent median carina, the adjoining compartments polished. Ultimate ventral segment of female deeply notched, its fundus feebly arcuate. The hind tarsi in this genus are short and broad, in this type they are flattened and ragged, probably through some accident. Color testaceous-brown, obscurely irrorate with fuscous; subapical points on mesonotum and a dot near the basal angles black; antenne and anterior and inter- mediate tarsi brown, the latter and the rostrum tipped with black; on either side Vor. XXI] VAN DUZEE—TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HEMIPTERA 35 at base of clypeus with a brown line; apical elytral margin with the usual brown dashes; base of front slightly infuscated. Holotype, a unique female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3647, taken on Jervis Island, June 6. The extent of fuscous coloring varies much in this genus, one specimen of major taken by the expedition being almost black with a broad pale dorsal vitta. All the known species are represented in the present material and most of them show darkened specimens, while two males of productus are pale testaceous and one is a clear light green, these three perhaps immature. The subapical impressed points on the mesonotum may be infuscated or concol- orous. KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES OF PHILATES Vertex one-half as long as wide at anterior angle of eyes; distinctly obliquely StgiatewOnarlesulSlan” o....5 a) 4 sts se Ski CieD Ralliaean Ree sae ePiEeS n. sp. Vertex about two- thirds as long as wide at anterior angle of eyes...... 1 1, Ultimate ventral segment of female deeply notched either side of a MOM ial WUC CIAM MODE. oo cise u co bse Rea Gin ol SS ate! og dieraie: wyslaey eve 2 OL EG WISC cya Maat adie Ment 2.) Sits op vs Lea depo, bop umber a Gaeataretesac S slate end hoes 3 2. Front and vertex with distinct median carina; lateral carine of front distinct at base; tip only of tarsi black; North Seymour Island. productus —. Carine of front obsolete, of vertex nearly so; Tower Island......... cinerea 3. Median notch of ultimate ventral segment of female deep, its fundus MeanlVeStLaIgMte CATS! INLUSCALCG. cm euys eveueidinin amp leo mete suo VICINUS —. Median notch of ultimate ventral segment of female shallow........ + 4. Median notch of ultimate ventral segment of female with its fundus RAI SES SEMEN a A cous © ce awig slopes teres paced Bae esis, SRE Te eee, Grea ees servus -. Median notch of ultimate ventral segment of female with its fundus miimiuibelysnotehedhts Mt Asie, SS ee, AR RW) OE ae major SPECIES FROM THE ISLANDS AND COAST OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND MExIco 17. Parajalysus punctipes Van Duzee, n. sp. Honey-yellow with the pronotal spines, dots on legs and antennz and a line on apical margin of corium black. Length 5 mm. to tip of elytra. Head nearly vertical before; vertex convex, polished, with the median line and a spot either side obviously paler, anteriorly prominent above base of tylus. An- tennz as long as entire body from tip of tylus to apex of membrane; segment I longer than II and III together, slender, briefly clavate at apex; IV fusiform, equal to III but a little shorter than II. Pronotum with a golden sheen; anterior lobe with four smooth pale granules either side; pronotal spines long, black, the median posterior spine preceded by a short pale carina. Scutellum small, smooth and tuberculate posteriorly. Elytra hyaline with a black line on the costal half of the apical margin. Beneath paler, the venter and a callous on each side of the pleural pieces whitish. Antenne and tibie obscure castaneous, indistinctly dotted with black; femora pale distinctly dotted with black, their clavate apices pale castaneous, antennal incisures pale, apex of tarsi black. Rostrum attaining intermediate coxe. 36 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. Holotype, a unique male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3648, taken at Cose- guina, Nicaragua, July 7, 1932, by Mr. Maurice Willows. This seems to be nearest to P. concivis Horvath from Peru but it is smaller and the proportionate lengths of the antennal segments are different. 18. Arphnus tripunctatus Van Duzee, n. sp. Soiled whitish testaceous with a point at tip of scutellum, one at apex of each elytron and apical segment of antenne black. Length 4 mm. Head one-half longer than its width at base of antenna; tylus short as in ¢ristis, projecting before the bucculz as far as one-half the length of the buccule. Segment I of antenne as long as one-half the width of vertex between the eyes; II one-half longer than I in female, a little shorter in male (5:4), distinctly clavate, especially in the male; III equal to I and II together; IV scarcely longer than I, fusiform, its apical one-half clothed with minute pale hairs. Eyes small. Pronotum as long as head, a little shorter than its basal width (15:18); median carina distinct on anterior lobe. Rostrum scarcely attaining intermediate coxe in male, a little longer in female. Color whitish testaceous, paler on the elytra, coarsely, closely punctate, the punctures concolorous on the elytra, more luteous on the pronotum and pleure; vertex with four longitudinal lines whitish farinose; median area of scutellum more fulvous; tip of clavus and of corium, the eyes and the apical segment of antenne black or nearly so; apex of membrane with three pale fuscous marks; venter ob- scurely punctate and rugulose; coxe castaneous; lower surface of head, a lateral vitta on the pleure and a shorter one next the base of the elytra pale farinose. Holotype, male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3649, and allotype, female, No. 3650, and two male paratypes taken on Isabel Island, Mexico, July 27, 1932, by Mr. Maurice Willows. The large size, short tylus and pale color will distinguish this species. 19. Lygus keiferi Van Duzee, n. sp. Aspect of rubicundus but narrower with longer antenne and less Opaque elytra. Length 4 mm. Vertex about one-fourth narrower than an eye (5:7), the eyes much more deeply notched for the reception of the antennz; apex of head less produced than in rubz- cundus, the tylus scarcely exceeding the cheeks. Segment I of antenne much longer than in rubicundus, a little longer than the width of an eye viewed from above (8:7); II as long as from front of head to tip of scutellum, three and one-half times as long as I; III one-half longer than I; IV equal to I. Pronotum not quite twice as wide as long (13:23); narrower anteriorly than in the allied species, the anterior angles broadly rounded; surface polished, obscurely rugose. Scutellum a fourth wider than long, feebly convex and minutely shagreened. Elytra about a fifth longer to tip of corium than their greatest combined width (32:26). Rostrum just passing hind coxe. Hind tibie nearly a third longer than the corium (40:32). Whole upper surface clothed with short pale hairs. _ Color teddish testaceous, at times almost sanguineous or again subhyaline and tinged with green, especially along the costa; pronotum paler anteriorly; scutellum Vor. XXI] VAN DUZEE—TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HEMIPTERA 37 with an abbreviated pale vitta at apex; inner margin of cuneus and sometimes the apex of the corium narrowly sanguineous; antenne and legs testaceous, the apical half of hind femora more or less red, with an obscure pale subapical annulus; coxe and disk of venter whitish, sides more or less sanguineous including a pale longi- tudinal vitta; tip of rostrum and tarsi blackish; membrane faintly enfumed, a pale spot at apex of areoles, apex of veins sanguineous. Described from three females taken on Socorro Island, March 27, by Mr. Willows, a long series of both sexes taken on the same island, May 4-9, 1925, by Mr. H. H. Keifer, and two taken by Mr. Keifer, April 30, 1925, on Clarion Island. Holotype, male, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3651, and allotype, female, No. 3652, taken by Mr. Keifer at 2,000 feet elevation on Socorro Island, May 9. The slender antenne and anteriorly strongly narrowed pronotum recall olivaceus Reuter. 20. Aligia plena Van Duzee, n. sp. Aspect of jucunda Uhler, with the elytra strongly marked as in some Scaphoideus. Length 5.5 mm. Vertex as in jucunda, its length one-third its width; transverse impression deeper than in its ally; margin subacute as in that species. Front broader than in jucunda, nearly as wide at base as long (15:18); clypeus scarcely widened at apex; cheeks broadly angled below the eye above which is a deep sinuation. Elytra much more than twice longer than broad (72:28); venation similar to that of jucunda, the costal node with three recurved veins, the radial connected to the claval suture by about sixteen transverse veins; second transverse vein incomplete in the type. Last ventral segment of female obtusely angularly produced at apex. Color strongly contrasting, about as in Scaphoideus lobatus V. D.; vertex whitish, four marks on anterior margin, two dots against each eye and a basal dash either side the middle black, incised line brown, abbreviated before, basal field with a large fulvous spot on either side; face black; frontal arcs and disk of lore fulvous; cheeks white varied with ferruginous. Pronotum fulvo-testaceous edged with whitish and varied with blackish, these marks leaving two white spots behind each eye. Scutellum white; lateral areas and median vitta of anterior lobe fulvous, two dots on anterior lobe and two marginal dots on posterior black, this posterior lobe with a discal yellowish cloud. Elytra pale fulvous becoming whitish hyaline on the costal and apical areas and on the scutellar margin; veins and some irregular marks on the clavus and disk of corium blackish; clavus with a large common median white spot and a smaller one on the suture on basal one-third; corium with a row of about four white spots along the disk; apical margin blackish. Wings smoky hyaline with fuscous veins. Abdomen and pectus black varied with yellowish on the disk of the venter, connexivum, disk of pygofers and margin of propleure. Legs black; anterior and intermediate tibie and tarsi, spines of hind tibia and base of hind tarsi pale. Holotype, a unique female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3653, taken by Mr. Willows at Port Parker, Costa Rica, July 4, 1932. 38 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. 21. Acanalonia clarionensis Van Duzee, n. sp. Testaceous-brown, green when teneral, more or less irrorate and marked with fuscous; front with strong median carina; vertex very short, distinguished from front by a carina; costa strongly arcuate. Length, male 5, female, 7 mm. Male: vertex very short, its median length one-fifth its width; median carina about as wide as long; anterior edge distinctly carinate. Front scarcely longer than wide, its greatest width at the antennz is to its length either side the base of the clypeus as 20:22; median carina strong, not continued on the clypeus; sides parallel at the eyes, a little arcuate from there to the antenna, then abruptly converging to the clypeus. Pronotum about as long as the width of the vertex, ecarinate. Scutellum twice as long as the pronotum; median carina wanting, lateral more or less distinct; disk convex before the apex. Elytra not twice as long as wide (80:55), the costa broadly arcuate from base to apex of clavus. The females are longer and have the elytra more truncate at apex. Last ventral segment of female cut out nearly to its base either side of a broad lingulate median tooth, this tooth nearly twice as long as wide (8:5) and rounded at apex. Color testaceous-brown, more or less irrorate with fuscous, especially on the inner and apical areas and in a wide longitudinal vitta below the bulle, the darker specimens showing a short whitish radial vitta just above the bulle and a more or less distinct pale dorsal vitta covering the vertex, the pro- and mesonotum between the lateral carine, and the commissural areole; usually there are a few blackish marks along the outer two areoles on the corium, the apical dashes nearly obsolete in pale specimens. Immature individuals are green while adults vary much in the extent of infuscation. Described from two pairs taken by Mr. Willows on Clarion Island, March 22, 24, 1932, and a long series taken by Mr. H. H. Keifer on Clarion Island, April 26 to May 1, 1925. Among Mr. Willows’ material is one male labeled Socorro Island, March 26. Holotype, female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3654, and allotype, male, No. 3655, taken on Clarion Island, March 24, by Mr. Willows. 22. Acanalonia excavata Van Duzee, n. sp. Allied to conica Say but with shorter vertex and very distinct genital characters. Length 9 mm. to tip of elytra. Vertex one-half as long as wide between the eyes, flat, ecarinate, in the same plane as the pronotum, separated from the front by an obscure carina that does not reach the eyes. Front slightly wider than its greatest length (23:20), ecarinate, sides parallel as far as the antenna, rectilinear from there to the apex; clypeus ecarinate. Pronotum as long as vertex, ecarinate and without impressed points. Mesonotum about four times as long as pronotum, median carina obsolete, lateral nearly so, as are the subapical impressed points. Elytra nearly twice as long as wide (140:75). Last ventral segment of female trisinuate, the median sinus broad and sme than the lateral, and separated from them by a sharp black-tipped tooth. Color clear light green, irrorate with paler on dorsum and with a pale median area, narrowed to a line on the vertex. Mesonotum with four vague fulvous clouds anteriorly, the lateral carina indicated by green lines; costal edge and veins in part paler; apical brown dashes nearly obsolete; beneath pale, the tarsi fulvo-testaceous; eyes castaneous. ial Vot. XXI) VAN DUZEE—TWENTY-FOUR NEW SPECIES OF HEMIPTERA 39 Holotype, female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3656, taken July 7, 1932, by Maurice Willows, on Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua. This seems to be close to decens Stal but that is larger with the vertex as long as its basal width according to Melichar. But he says the front has a distinct middle keel reaching to the clypeus while Stalin his original description says ‘‘front not longitudinally carinate.’’ Following Stal this might well be decens except for its much smaller size. It seems best for the present at least to consider it as distinct. 23. Dascalia tumida Van Duzee, n. sp. Form nearly of edax V. D.; larger, with the pronotum tumidly elevated anteriorly and the elytra rounded at apex. Length 7 mm. to tip of elytra. Vertex at middle line about one-third its basal width (5:14); medially depressed. Front as long as broad, flat, ecarinate; sides feebly arcuate, base depressed, leaving the basal edge subacute medially; clypeus ecarinate, its base rectilinear. Pronotum ecarinate, as long as vertex, its edge slightly elevated. Mesonotum 5.5 times as long as pronotum, tumidly elevated anteriorly above the vertex to a height equal to the basal width of the clypeus; disk behind the prominence flattened and longi- tudinally feebly sulcate. Elytra a little more than twice longer than its greatest width (11:5); a little narrowed toward the rounded apex; clavus scarcely elevated at base, leaving the commissure straight; costal area opposite the bulle nearly one-third the total width of the elytra (15:50); venation heavy but obscured by the coriaceous texture of the elytra, with one prominent vein from the bulla, that curves out at the apex of the node and then in to join the apical series of transverse veins. Wings smoky hyaline with fuscous veins. Hind tibie with two subapical teeth. Color dark yellowish varied with fuscous-brown, especially on the base of the clavus, on the costal margin below the bulle to the node, and on the inner apical field from before the apex of the clavus, the disk of the pronotum becoming piceous. Beneath pale with the coxe and clypeus, its base excepted, fuscous; legs varied with brown. Holotype, a unique female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3657, taken by Mr. Willows at Acapulco, Mexico, April 3, 1932. This runs to grisea Fabr. in Melichar’s key but is quite a distinct species. It has much the aspect of my edax from Lower California but the longer and tumid pronotum and rounded apex of the elytra will at once dis- tinguish it. 24. Euidella grossa Van Duzee, n. sp. Aspect of altamazonica Muir but much larger, more deeply colored and with longer basal segment of antennez. Length to tip of elytra 6 mm. Macropterous female; vertex as in altamazonica, scarcely exceeding the eyes, its length to front of head as seen from above equal to its width between the eyes; carine distinct. Front moderately convex, its length nearly twice its greatest 40 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. width (15:8); its width at apex over one-half its greatest width (5:8), median carina distinct; clypeus flat, tricarinate. Antenne passing apex of front; segment I slender, about one-half the length of II. Pronotum not wider than head; lateral carine diverging, straight, terminating at hind angle of eye far from hind margin; meso- notal caring equally prominent, lateral rectilinear and slightly diverging. Elytra long, surpassing abdomen by one-third their length; wings fully developed. Basal segment of hind tarsi twice as long as II and III together; spur flat, the arcuate edge armed with very minute black teeth. Color testaceous-brown; pleure with a pale area; elytra fuscous; clavus whitish, infuscated at base and apex; costal areole and outer two apical areoles whitish; veins obscurely granulate, with minute hairs; wings somewhat infuscated apically, with fuscous veins. Holotype, female, C. A. S. Ent. No. 3658, taken by Mr. Willows at Port Parker, Costa Rica, July 4, 1932. The large size and deep fuscous vitta covering the whole median area of the elytra, will dis- tinguish this species and will justify its description from a unique female. 4 Ks ~ PROCEEDINGS Xe ce OF THE Die re sole CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FoOuRTH SERIES Vor. XXI, No. 5, pp. 41-54; plates 2-3, figs. 4 Marcu 14, 1933 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF) THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 5 THE CACTACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS BY JOHN THOMAS HOWELL Assistant Curator, Department of Botany California Academy of Sciences FOREWORD The Cactaceae of the Galapagos Islands are among the most inter- esting plants of the archipelago, not only scenically because of their size and aspect but also botanically because of their peculiar mor- phologic characters and local distribution. This study on their taxonomy has been based mainly on the collections obtained by the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences and by Alban Stewart, botanist on the Academy Expedition of 1905-1906. Through the kindness of Dr. J. M. Greenman, it has been possible to study critical specimens of the Galapagian Cactaceae in the Herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden: In the citation of specimens under each species, the specimen is in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences unless otherwise indicated. March 14, 1933 42 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. OPUNTIA Introduction. Although the members of the genus Opuntia are among the most conspicuous floral features in the lowlands of the Galapagos Islands, the group has been one of the, least understood from a taxonomic point of view. The reason for this is, of course, the meagre material prepared for study by the earlier explorers in the islands, explorers who, with a single exception, were nonbotanical in their major interests and who cannot be criticized for neglecting so difficult and time-consuming a task as the preparation of cactus specimens. So it is that in Robinson’s Flora of the Galapagos Islands (1902) only five specimens of Galapagian Opuntia were known on which studies in the genus could be based. Stewart, as botanist of the California Academy of Sciences Expedition of 1905-1906, ob- tained a series of eighteen specimens in the genus, and while it was by far the best collection that had been made, it is to be regretted that specimens were not prepared on every island where he observed and studied plants growing. In this collection only one new species was distinguished and, due to incomplete specimens, the true floral characters of O. galapageia were confused and misinterpreted. This confusion was responsible in part for the course of Britton and Rose who recognized only a single species on the islands in their mono- graphic study of the Cactaceae (1919), reducing the other species to synonomy. During the visit of the Templeton Crocker Expedition to the Galapagos Islands in the past year, a second large series of Opuntia totaling forty-two specimens was obtained for the Academy collection. Due to exceptionally favorable rains, the desert lowlands were blooming as had never before been seen by a botanist, and one of the advantages reaped was Opuntia in abundant flower and fruit. As in the recent study of Galapagian Mollugos, what is attempted in this account of the genus Opuntia in the Galapagos Islands is as accurate and complete a taxonomic representation of this complex group as is possible at the present time. But as yet no collections are known from Bindloe, Chatham, Culpepper, Duncan, and Nar- borough islands (on all of which Opuntias have been recorded in field accounts), while from the large island of Albemarle, very inadequate collections have been made, so that with further exploration, a fuller picture of the genus will probably be attained. However a single specific complex as proposed by Britton and Rose is scarcely tenable in the light of the diverse floral and fruiting characters that have been disclosed, and the almost perfect geographic isolation afforded the several entities insures the relative morphologic stability which is believed to mark the species here presented. Vou. XXI] HOWELL—CACTACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 43 KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Opuntia a. Fruit 1.5-5 cm. long, mostly rounded at the base, the ovary-cavity extending nearly or quite throughout the fruit at maturity. b. Fruit without spines or with few, mostly inconspicuous spines; spines of branch-joints bristly or somewhat stiffish; north- central and northern islands. c. Arborescent; perianth-segments less than 1.5 cm. long; fruit 1.5—2.5 cm. long; James, Jervis, and Abingdon islands. RR DOS Re PUI SOR . BABA SS a SEN A coe ATS 1. O. galapageia ce. Shrubby; perianth-segments 2 cm. long; fruit 3-5 cm. long; Tower and Wenman islands:...... 2... 665.66 00:45 2. O. Helleri b. Fruit conspicuously spiny; spines of branch-joints rigid and stiff; Albemarle Island. d. Perianth-segments 1-1.5 cm. long; areoles of branch- joints 1.5-2 cm. apart, very numerous; north- erm Alberiaric’ sian 7.7 oi 2 ss aielg ise: ches 3. O. insularis d, Perianth-segments 2-2.5 cm. long; areoles of branch- joints 2-3 cm. apart; southern and south- western Albemarle Island................ 4. O. saxicola a. Fruit 5-17 cm. long, turbinate or obconic, the oyary-cavity filling only the upper part of the fruit at maturity. e. Seeds more than 5 mm. long; spines of the branch- joints mostly bristly; arborescent; southern ASIAN GS? orc) pede ret se Premera epee: 5. O. megas perma e. Seeds less than 5 mm, long; spines stiff and gen- erally rigid; south-central islands. f. Shrubby; spines 1 cm. or less long; North Sey Mout islands) «acme yeti 6. O. Zacana f. Arborescent; spines of branch-joints 2-13 cm. long; southern Albemarle, Indefatiga- ble, Barrington, and South Seymour ISIN St ye opeioeacieeckeeier rote Ecean ds. Chel ae as 1. Opuntia galapageia Hensl., Mag. Zool. and Bot. 1: 467 (1837) Arborescent or subarborescent, 2.5-4 m. tall, always with a distinct trunk, the trunk to 2 m. tall and in mature specimens covered with flaky bark of ruddy- brown, the crown generally rather dense and rounded, the branches rarely drooping; branch-joints light green, elliptic or elliptic-obovate to round, 2.5-4 dm. long, 1.5-3 dm. wide; leaves not known; areoles 2—-4,5 cm. apart, copiously filled with brown hairs and with very few or no glochids; spines varying from nonpungent bristles to acicular pungent spines, bright straw-yellow, generally more than 20 but rarely almost lacking, 3.5-6 cm. long; flowers small, perianth-segments about 1.3 cm. long (from Hensl., loc. cit., pl. 14); fruit oblongish or round, 1.5-2.5 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. in diameter, the fruit-areoles generally not spiny but with glochids, the ovary-cavity almost completely filling the fruit at maturity; seeds 2.5-4 mm. long. Collections.—ABINGDON ISLAND: Stewart No. 3001. BarTHOLO- MEW IsLAND: Howell No. 10058. JamES IsLAND: James Bay, the region of the type locality, Howell No. 9733; north side, Stewart No. 3012; Sullivan Bay, Howell No. 10006 and 10009 (trunk-joint). Jervis IsLanp: near north end, Howell No. 9783, 9784 (joints spine- less), 9785, and 9786 (trunk-joint); Stewart No. 3013. GALAPAGOS Istanps: L. Agassiz in 1872 (Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). 44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4TH SER. Opuntia galapageia was not found in flower but from the very small size of the fruits it seems certain that the perianth-segments are small as they were originally described and figured by Henslow. In his studies in Galapagian Cactaceae (1911), Stewart confused O. galapageia, which he obtained neither in flower nor fruit, with the large-flowered species, O. megasperma, here described as new. Britton and Rose (1919) follow Stewart in misinterpreting the orig- inal description. The Agassiz specimen cited above was obtained on either James or Jervis Island as can be determined from the account of the route of the Hassler in the Galapagos Islands (1875). 2. Opuntia Helleri K. Sch. in Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 180 (1902) Shrub, 0.3-2.5 m. tall, forming thickets 3-7 m. across, mostly without a distinct trunk; branch-joints pale yellowish-green or glaucous blue-green, elliptic to broadly oblanceolate, rather narrowly obtuse above and somewhat cuneate at the base, 2.5-3.5 dm. long, 1-1.8 dm. wide; leaves slender, 8-9 mm. long; areoles 2—3.5 cm. apart, with brown hairs and with few or no glochids; spines nonpungent bristles or stiffer and somewhat acicular, brown or yellowish-brown, generally 20 or more but rarely almost lacking, to 3-5 cm. long; flowers large, perianth-segments about 2 cm. long, yellow; fruit round to broadly oblong, 3—5.5 cm. long, 2-4 cm. in diam- eter, fruit-areoles with glochids and usually with 1, 2 or more spines, the ovary- cavity almost completely filling the fruit at maturity; seeds rather large, 4.5-6 mm. long. Collections.—ToweEr IsLanp: Stewart No. 3005; near Darwin Bay, Howell No. 10099, 10100 (joints nearly spineless), 10101 (trunk- joints). WeEnMAN IsLanp: Stewart No. 3006 (type locality). Opuntia Hellert is mainly distinctive for its shrubby habit and bristly spines, large flowers and relatively small fruit. On Tower Island where the species was studied in the field, the plants grow in localized colonies, forming low dense thickets. When such thickets grow along the edge of rocky escarpments as they do on the east side of Darwin Bay, the stems hang in pendent masses 2 m. or more in length. On the bluffs of Wenman Island the species has the same pendent habit according to Stewart (1911, p. 113). 3. Opuntia insularis Stewart, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., 1: 113 (1911) Shrubby, 0.6-2 m. tall, or becoming arborescent and 3-4 m. tall, almost always with a distinct trunk, the trunk developing flaky ruddy-brown bark in age, the crown with few large joints; branch-joints dull green, ovate to oblong or oblong- elliptic, 3-5.5 dm. long, 2-3 dm. wide; leaves slender and pungently acute, 6-9 mm. long; areoles 1.5-2 cm. apart, prominently raised, copiously hairy, glochids numer- ous; spines rigid and pungent, sordid yellow, 2-4 cm. long, generally more than 25 in number; flowers small, perianth-segments yellow, 0.8-1.5 cm. long; fruit roundish, 2-4 cm. long, 2~3 cm. in diameter, the fruit-areoles with slender spines and glochids, fee ovary-cavity almost completely filling the fruit at maturity; seeds 3-4 mm. ong. Vor. XXI) HOWELL—CACTACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 45 Collections. ALBEMARLE IsLAND: Tagus Cove, Stewart No. 3041 (type, C. A. S. Herb. No. 1275); Tagus Cove, Howell No. 9516, 9601 (trunk-joints), and 9605; summit of Tagus Cove Mt., 4000 ft., Howell No. 9577, 9578 (young plant); east shore, 3 miles south of Equator, Howell No. 9626. Opuntia tnsularis is a well marked and distinctive species readily distinguished from all other Opuntias on the islands by its rigid spines and small flowers, fruits, and seeds. It is also remarkable in the large joints, numerous areoles, and very long slender cauducous leaves. The distribution of the species as it is now known on the northern part of Albemarle Island is a highly natural one. With future exploration to the southward it is not unlikely that forms intermediate between O. insularis and O. saxicola might be found and might even be expected in the vicinity of the Perry Isthmus. South of the isthmus O. saxicola appears to be the dominant species, at least on the west side of the island, as O. insularis is to the north. An interesting phenomenon was observed in the orientation of the branch-joints of O. insularis growing on the slopes of Tagus Cove Mt. The branch-joints of an individual almost always grow in one plane so that a fan-shaped plant-crown is developed; and further, the crowns of all the plants tend to develop along parallel: planes, so that in looking across the mountain slope one looks on the broad side of the cactus crowns, while in looking up or down the mountain one sees crowns only slightly wider than the thickness of the joints. This development of the crowns is probably the effect of a constant wind on the branch-joints, which are among the largest in the genus Opuntia. Exceptions to the prevailing scheme do occur but the whole effect is generally noticeable and impressive. 4. Opuntia saxicola Howell, spec. nov. Plate 2, fig. 1 Fruticosa vel subarborescens, 1-3 m. alta, corona rotunda, trunco semper dis- tincto, fere brevi, maturo cortice lamelliformi, ferruginea, ramis non pendulis; articulis ramorum viridibus vel griseo-viridibus, obovatis, ellipticis vel rotundis, 2.5-3 dm. longis, 2—2.5 dm. latis; foliis caducis 3.5-4 mm. longis; areolis 2-3 em. separatim, lanuginibus fuscis, glochidiis; spinis subrigidis, pungentibus, ochraceis, ad 9 em. longis, interdum sparsis, fere pluribus quam 20; floribus magnis, segmentis perianthii 2—2.5 cm. longis, citrinis; fructu late turbinato, basi vix angusto, 3-4 cm. longo, 2.5-3 cm. diametro, areolis fructuum glochidiis et spinis gracilibus, maturo fructu prope complito caverna ovarii; seminibus 3-3.5 mm. longis. Shrubby or subarborescent, 1-3 m. tall, always with a distinct trunk but the trunk generally short, at maturity covered with flaky bark of ruddy-brown, the crown generally rounded, the branches not drooping; branch-joints light green or grey-green, obovate to elliptic and round, 2.5-3 dm. long, 2-2.5 dm. wide; leaves 3.5-4 mm. long; areoles 2-3 cm. apart, brown-hairy, with glochids; spines subrigid, pungent, brownish-yellow, to 2 or 3 (or to 9) cm. long, sometimes sparse but gen- erally more than 20; flowers large, perianth-segments 2—2.5 cm. long, bright lemon- 46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. yellow; fruit broadly turbinate, only slightly narrowed at base, 3-4 cm. long, 2.5-3 em. in diameter, fruit-areoles with slender spines and glochids, the ovary-cavity almost completely filling the fruit at maturity; seeds 3-3.5 mm. long. Collections. -ALBEMARLE ISLAND: near the shore on rather recent lava flow, five miles northeast of Webb Cove, Howell No. 9453 (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 200894), 9452 (joint with very long spines), 9454 (joint with very short spines), 9455 (trunk-joints); Villamil, Howell No. 8963. Opuntia saxicola, with its small fruit filled with seeds at maturity, is probably nearest to O. insularis and these two species should per- haps be closely related to O. galapageia. On the coastal rocks of the southern part of Albemarle Island O. saxicola is the most abundant cactus and it is probably the only Opuntia on the southwestern coast. At Villamil on the southeast coast it is associated with O. Echios but on the lava pavements a short distance inland where specimens of the two species were obtained, plants of O. saxicola were much more numerous. It is not unlikely that the Opuntia forest traversed by the trail to Santo Tomas was of O. Echios but no specimens were obtained to settle this question. Also there are no specimens at hand to name the Opuntia reported by Stewart as growing at an elevation of 2,700 ft. in the crater of Villamil Mt. (1911, p. 113). A specimen of a seedling three joints high, collected at Villamil, Howell No. 8964, can be referred to O. saxicola since it grew in a nearly pure stand of this species. One specimen from South Seymour Island, Howell No. 9918, seems referable to O. saxicola but is an anomaly in the distribution of the species. Only one such plant was seen on South Seymour Island. 5. Opuntia megasperma Howell, spec. nov. Arborescens vel raro fruticosa, 1-5 m. alta, corona rotunda, ramis adscendentibus densis compactisque, trunco fere distincto, 2-3 m. alta, 1 m. diametro, maturo cortice lamelliformi ferruginea; articulis ramorum viridibus, obovatis vel late ob- lanceolatis, 2-4 dm. longis, 1.5—2 dm. latis; foliis caducis, 7 mm. longis, acuminato- triangularibus; areolis 2-4 cm. separatim, lanuginibus copiosis fuscis, glochidiis nullis; spinis stramineis vel ochraceis, capillaro-echinatis vel 1-5 subrigidis, 30-40 vel spinis prope nullis, 2-3.5 cm. longis; floribus magnis, segmentis perianthii 2-3 cm, longis; fructu oblanceolato-turbinato vel obovato-turbinato, 5-17 cm. longis, 3-7.5 cm. diametro, areolis fructuum glochidiis nullis, caverna ovarii complenti solum superiore parte fructus maturi; seminibus 6-13 mm. longis, compressis vel crassiusculis et fere angularibus. Arborescent or shrubby, 1-5 m. tall, generally with a distinct trunk, the trunk to 2 or 3 m. high and to 1 m. in diameter, in mature specimens covered with flaky, checkered bark of ruddy-brown, the crown rounded, densely and compactly branched, the branches ascending; branch-joints light green, obovate to broadly oblanceolate, 2-4 dm. long, 1.5-2 dm. wide; leaves 7 mm. long, acuminate-tri- angular; areoles 2-4 cm. apart, copiously filled with brown hairs, glochids lacking; spines straw-yellow to brownish-yellow, all bristly or with 1-5 stiffer spines inter- mixed, the bristly spines 30-40 or sometimes almost none, 2—3.5 cm. long; flowers large, perianth-segments 2-3 cm. long; fruit oblanceolate-turbinate to obovate- ’ : Vor. XXTJ HOWELL—CACTACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 47 turbinate, 5-17 cm. long, 3-7.5 cm. in diameter, fruit-areoles bristly but without glochids, the slender base of the fruit sterile at maturity; seeds 6-13 mm. long, compressed or thickened and somewhat angular. Type of Opuntia megasperma Howell: Black Beach, Charles Island, Howell No. 9360, C. A. S. Herb. No. 200889. Opuntia megasperma is remarkable in the genus Opuntia for the extreme sizes attained by diameter of trunk, length of fruit, and size of seed. The trunk of the largest specimen seen on Hood Island measured 2.9 m. in circumference or 0.92 m. in diameter, although Stewart (1911, p. 111) reports that extreme sizes of ‘‘as much as 4.5 ft.’’ are reached. This is probably the thickest trunk attained by any Opuntia although it is approached by O. Echios gigantea in the cactus forests of Indefatigable Island in the vicinity of Academy Bay. The largest fruit seen is in the type of the species and measured 17.5 cm. in length and 5.5 cm. in diameter when fresh. Two fruits - somewhat smaller measured 13 x 7.5 cm. and 9.5 x 6.5 cm. The thickened seeds found in the type are probably the most massive seeds in the genus. Only two species of Opuntia are recorded by Britton and Rose with seeds attaining a length of 10 mm., while in the type of O. megasperma, seeds 11-12 mm. long are not uncom- mon and the average length is at least 10 mm. This extreme diam- eter and thickness of seeds found in subspecies typica are due to the unusual development of the bony marginal band, and the irregu- larities of shape result from the crowded packing of the seeds within the ovary-cavity. KEY TO THE SUBSPECIES OF O. megasperma eds er alsa thine META. OO) DT LOOK. ed. Wks Ohh sucaepou ape Maal eo t¥ ticles, ope a. typica peedso—e tnim broad, s—4 mm. thick. 2 osc.) odes dachehee le «ols bees » OFZENLOILS 5a. Opuntia megasperma typica Howell, subspec. nov. Segmentis perianthii ad 3.5 cm. longis; fructu 8-17 cm. longis; seminibus 9-13 mm. longis, 5—9 mm. crassis. Perianth-segments to 3.5 cm. long; fruit 8-17 cm. long; seeds 9-13 mm. long, 5-9 mm. thick. Collections.—CHAMPION IsLAND: Stewart No. 2098. CHARLES IsLanD: Neboux in 1838 (Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.); Black Beach, Howell No. 9360 (type), 9361 (an old joint nearly spineless), 9362 (possibly the first branch-joint at top of trunk, with stiff and bristly spines intermixed), 9363 (trunk-joint); Black Beach, Stewart No. 2099; small crater south of Post Office Bay, Howell No. 8845 (trunk- joint), 8846; southeast side, Stewart No. 3000. 48 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {[Proc. 47H SER. 5b. Opuntia megasperma orientalis Howell, subspec. nov. Segmentis perianthii ad 2.5 cm. longis; fructu 6-8 cm. longis; seminibus 6-8 mm. longis, 3-4 mm. crassis. Perianth-segments to 2.5 cm. long; fruit 6-8 cm. long; seeds 6-8 mm. long, 3-4 mm. thick. Collections. —GARDNER IsLAND (near Hood Island): Howell Ne. 8784; Stewart No. 3002. Hoop Isytanp: near Gardner Bay, Howell No. 8725, 8724 (trunk-joint) ; Stewart No. 3003 (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 50219); Stewart No. 3004 (seedling). 6. Opuntia Zacana Howell, spec. nov. Plate 2, fig. 2 Frutex, 1-1.5 m. (raro 2.5 m.) altus, trunco nullo, ramis patentibus et radicanti- bus; articulis ramorum viridibus, obovatis, basi nonnihil cuneatis, 3.5 dm. longis, ' 2.5 dm. latis; foliis caducis ignotis; areolis 2.5 cm. separatim, lanuginibus fuscis, glochidiis paucis; spinis brevissimis, rigidis, flavescentibus, ad 1 cm. longis, circa 10 paucioribusve; floribus ignotis; fructu turbinato, 5.5—8.5 cm. longis, 3.5—4.5 cm. diametro, areolis fructuum glochidiis sed spinis raris, paucissimis brevissimisque, caverna ovarii complenti parte solum superiore fructus maturi; seminibus 4 mm. longis. Shrub, 1-1.5 m. tall (rarely to 2.5 m.), without a trunk, the branches spreading and rooting along the ground; branch-joints light green, obovate, somewhat cuneate at base, 3.5 dm. long, 2.5 dm. wide; leaves not known; areoles 2.5 cm. apart, filled with brown hairs and with few glochids; spines very short and rigid, pale yellow, to 0.8 or 1 cm. long, about 10 or fewer; flowers unknown; fruit turbinate, 5.5-8.5 cm. long, 3.5-4.5 cm. in diameter, fruit-areoles with glochids but only rarely with very few short spines, the cuneate base of the fruit sterile at maturity; seeds 4 mm. long. Collection.—NortH SEymMouR IsLtanp: Howell No. 9957 (type, C. A. S. Herb., No. 200890). This is the first truly shrubby Opuntia with stiff spines to be described from the Galapagos Islands. A short trunk is discernible only in very young plants but it is early concealed in the develop- ment of the bushy spreading habit. Opuntia Zacana is closely related to O. Echios of which it might be considered a subspecies if there were not such great differences in habit, spines, and fruit. Furthermore the habit and the characters of joints, spines, and fruits are nearly without variation, the species everywhere presenting a more uniform aspect than is found in any other Galapagian Opuntia. It is remarkable that O. Zacana on North Seymour Island is so very different from the Opuntia occurring on South Seymour Island and on the north side of Indefatigable Island. This new Opuntia further emphasizes the very local endemic cast which marks the florula of North Seymour Island. In naming this species it is a pleasure to associate with it the name of the Zaca, the yacht of Mr. Templeton Crocker which was such an agreeable home during the six months of scientific exploration. Vou. XXI] HOWELL—CACTACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 49 This also serves as an opportunity to express appreciation to the members of the party and especially to the crew of the Zaca for their helpful consideration of inconveniences attendant on the prep- aration of large botanical collections and especially their tolerance and codperation during the trying preparation of the extensive series obtained in Cactaceae. 7. Opuntia Echios Howell, nom. nov. Opuntia myriacantha Weber in Bois, Dictionn. d’Horticult. 894 (1898); Bull. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris 5: 313 (1899). Not O. myriacantha Link et Otto in Steud., Nom., ed. 2, 2: 221 (1841). Arborescent, 2-8 m. tall, always with a distinct trunk, the trunk to 4 m. tall, and in mature specimens covered with brown flaky bark, the crown rather irregu- larly and openly branched, the branches sometimes drooping; branch-joints light green, elliptic to narrowly obovate, 3-5 dm. long, 1.5-2.5 dm. wide; leaves 3 mm. long; areoles 2-3 cm. apart, filled with brown hairs and glochids; spines varying from acicular to slender-subulate and rigid, pungent, straw-yellow to brownish- yellow, generally 15-20 or rarely lacking, generally to 5 or 6 cm. long or to 13 cm. long; flowers large, perianth-segments 2.5 cm. long; fruit turbinate, 5-9 cm. long, 3-4 cm. in diameter, fruit-areoles with acicular spines and glochids, the narrowed base of the fruit sterile at maturity; seeds 3-4 mm. long. Opuntia Echios is the arborescent Opuntia of the Galapagos Islands with stiff spines and large flowers and fruits. The original identity of Weber’s species, O. myriacantha, is not certain. His first description published in 1898 is obviously taken from a growing plant with no flowers and from the characters described it is not possible to distinguish the plant from the several species in the Galapagos Islands. Moreover no specimens were cited which can serve to identify the name. The second and more ample account published by Weber in 1899 is also taken from a growing plant which bore flowers and fruits, and two specimens are cited which were intended to be representative of the species. Because of the incompleteness of the first description, the second description which definitely places the species is here accepted as the one on which O. myriacantha Weber is established. The first specimen cited by Weber in the second description is the collection made by Neboux in 1838 which, according to Weber, was taken on Charles Island, but since O. myriacantha Weber has not since been detected on that island, the specimen would appear to have been either misdetermined or misplaced. The material of Neboux’ collection in the Herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden which has been available for study through the kindness of Dr. J. M. Greenman consists only of fascicles of spines. Fragments of bark adhere to several of the fascicles so it is evident that the spine-bundles are from trunk-joints, and a close examination of the pad of copious brown hairs at the base of the spines discloses the 50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. complete absence of glochids. This fact almost positively places the material as O. megasperma, for, among the other unusual characters of that species, the nearly or quite complete suppression of glochids is to be counted. Examination of the trunk-joints of all the other species in the islands discloses the presence of glochids in the trunk- areoles of each. Soin this work the Neboux collection is referred to typical O. megasperma of Charles Island. The second specimen cited by Weber in the later description, as well as the living plant on which the second description is based, were from the collection made by Louis Agassiz on the Hassler Expedition in 1872, material said to have been collected on Albe- marle Island. But an examination of the route of the Hassler while in the Galapagos Islands (1875) shows that the only stop made on Albemarle Island was at Tagus Cove where it is quite certain no Opuntia grows except O. insularis Stewart. That O. insularis is not the same as O. myriacantha Weber is apparent from the description of the flowers and fruit of the latter species, O. insularis having small flowers and globular fruit, O. myriacantha being described with large flowers and obconic fruit. Furthermore the narrative of the Hassler Expedition (1875) states that after leaving Jervis Island on June 16, the following days were spent on Indefatigable Island before sailing for Panama on June 19. This means that the Hassler Expedition visited Conway Bay on the northwest side of Indefatigable Island which, with Post Office Bay, Tagus Cove, and James Bay, was one of the usual anchorages. Undoubtedly it was at Conway Bay where Agassiz collected the specimens of O. myriacantha Weber, the flowers and fruit of which according to Weber so well correspond to the flowers and fruits of the plants abundant near the shore of the anchorage. It is interesting however that the Agassiz specimen in the Herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden is a roundish joint 9 cm. long, smaller than any normal joints seen from the islands, and the areoles are even nearer together than are the areoles in O. insularis. It would appear that Weber preserved no material from the living plant he described, a conjecture supported by a com- munication concerning some of Weber’s material from Monsieur H. Humbert at the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris. _ Because of the element of uncertainty which accompanies the cited specimens of O. myriacantha Weber and because it seems desirable to establish beyond doubt the new name proposed here, a type is definitely named from Conway Bay on the northwest side of Indefatigable Island. The giant Opuntia of the south side of Inde- fatigable Island is indicated as a subspecies with the appropriate name gigantea. Type of Opuntia Echios Howell: Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, Howell No. 9847, C. A.S. Herb., No. 200895 and 200896. Vor. XXI) HOWELL—CACTACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 51 KEY TO THE SUBSPECIES OF O. Echios Branches not noticeably drooping; spines of branch-joints becoming 11-13 Sil PO TIPLE. AR. yoy oe Be ee AW Pe Oe rae a. typica Branches generally drooping; spines of branch-joints generally 2—3.5 cm. TOO MIGUNAT ©2742. 520800... See) SAR iy Ce he Mae b. gigantea 7a. Opuntia Echios typica Howell, nom. nov. Plate 3, fig. 3 Opuntia myriacantha Weber, loc. cit. Opuntia sp. Stewart, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 1: 115 (1911). Crown not loosely or openly branched, the branches not noticeably pendant; branch-joints 3-5 dm. long, about 2 dm. wide; spines of branch-joints reaching 11-13 cm. long, stiff or rigid. Collections.—INDEFATIGABLE ISLAND: Conway Bay, Howell No. 9847 and 9848; L. Agassiz in 1872 (perhaps a young trunk-joint, Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). SoutH SEyMour ISLAND: Stewart No. 3015; middle western part, Howell No. 9919. Besides the collection cited above from South Seymour Island, a specimen representative of most of the plants of the island, two other collections were made on the island which deserve special mention. One, Howell No. 9920, has narrow oblongish joints and elongate fruit in which the ovary-cavity is centrally placed with sterile tissue above and below, the only fruit of the sort found on the Galapagos Islands. Until it can be studied further the form is referred to typical O. Echios to which it is most nearly allied. Only a single plant of this variation was seen. The second collection from South Seymour Island deserving particular mention is Howell No. 9918, from a plant which differed from all others seen on the island in its low shrubby habit, short spines, and short fruit in which the ovary-cavity extends nearly to the base of the fruit leaving almost no sterile tissue. These characters, which would be incongruous in O. Echios, definitely belong to O. saxicola of Albemarle Island and the plant is tentatively referred to that species as an anomaly in distribution. 7b. Opuntia Echios gigantea Howell, subspec. nov. Plate 3, fig. 4 Ramis coronae fere patentibus, laxis, pendulisque; articulis ramorum circa 3 dm. longis, 2 dm. latis, spinis acicularibus, 2-3 cm. longis, fere sparsis vel nullis. Crown rather loosely and openly branched, the branches generally more or less pendant, sometimes drooping to the ground; branch-joints about 3 dm. long and 2 dm. wide; spines of branch-joints acicular, 2-3 cm. long, generally sparse, some- times lacking. Collections. —ALBEMARLE IsLAND: Villamil, Stewart No. 3008; near Villamil, Howell No. 8962 (joints nearly spineless). BARRING- 52 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {[Proc. 4TH SER. TON IsLanp: Stewart No. 3007. INDEFATIGABLE IsLAND: Academy Bay, Stewart No. 3009, 3010; Academy Bay, Howell No. 9112 (type, C.A.S. Herb., No. 200893), 9/11 (trunk-joint), and 9113; southeast side, Stewart No. 3011 (young plants). This form of O. Echios is to be counted among the tallest species in Opuntia. Plaats are commonly 3-4 m. tall wherever they occur but at Academy Bay on the south side of Indefatigable Island, trees 6-8 m. (or perhaps even 10 m.) tall are not infrequent. These trees are impressive and grotesque features of the landscape with their few ponderous and jointed branches pendant even to the ground. CEREUS Introduction. From the evidence at hand, which includes a series of fifteen specimens obtained on the Templeton Crocker Expedition, it would seem that the specific names used by Britton and Rose (1920) for the two Galapagian cacti of the Cereus-relationship are not correct. From the evidence obtained in the field supplemented by extensive collections, it has been possible to interpret the older and rather meager specimens and descriptions in a way which would not be possible except through a perfect intimacy bred in the field. Furthermore it seems evident that the two Cereus-like plants of the Galapagos Islands are representative of two distinct generic types, but without a wide and intensive study of the numerous genera segregated from Cereus, it is not possible here to confirm Jasmino- cereus and Brachycereus, the two monotypic and endemic genera proposed by Britton and Rose for the Galapagian species (1920). Since just now there is not time for as detailed a study as the situa- tion requires, the plants are again referred to the old and broadly conceived genus Cereus with the specific names believed to be correct. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Cereus Arborescent, plants generally with a distinct trunk, attaining a height of 8-10 m.; stem with 12-18 ribs, generally 13-16; perianth-tube and fruit without spine-bundles; seeds finely tuberculate..1. C. Thouarsii Subcaespitose, the stems erect, 0.3-0.6 m. long, sometimes as many as 300 in a colony; stem with 17-22 ribs, generally 20 or 21; peri- anth-tube and fruit stellate-spiny; seeds quite smooth....2. C. nesioticus 1. Cereus Thouarsii Weber, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. 5: 312 (1899) C. galapagensis Weber, loc. cit. C. sclerocarpus K. Sch, in Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 179 (1902). Jasminocereus galapagensis (Weber) B. & R., Cactaceae 2: 146 (1920). Not Brachycereus Thouarsii B. & R., Cactaceae 2: 120 (1920). Collections.—Garapacos Istanps: L. Agassiz in 1872 (photo- graphs of specimen, Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). ALBEMARLE ISLAND: Vor. XXJJ HOWELL—CACTACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 53 5 miles northeast of Webb Cove, Howell No. 9457; east side, 3 miles south of Equator, Howell No. 9628; Villamil, Stewart No. 2095. CHARLES IsLAND: near Post Office Bay, Howell No. 8847; Black Beach, Howell No. 8916; Stewart No. 2090. CHATHAM ISLAND: Wreck Bay, Stewart No. 2091. INDEFATIGABLE ISLAND: Academy Bay, Howell No. 9296, Stewart No. 2096; Conway Bay, Howell No. 9849. JAMES ISLAND: James Bay, Howell No. 9734, Stewart No. 2097; Sullivan Bay, Howell No. 10007. Both the specimen cited by Weber and the data given by him from the record of Du Petit-Thouars indicate that Cereus Thouarsii is the arborescent Cereus of the Galapagos Islands. Weber’s descrip- tion of the fruit (after Du Petit-Thouars, 1841) is exactly that of the arborescent Cereus. The Engelmann data mentioned by Weber are based on the specimen collected on the Hassler Expedition, photo- graphs of which have been available for study from the Herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden. These photographs show a rela- tively low cylindrical stem, clothed with stiff, somewhat divaricate spines which are not so dense but that the ribs are easily discernible between them. It is evident that there are only 7 rows of spines visible on the half of the stem exposed to view, or, at most, 14 rows of spines in the whole circumference. Since in C. nesioticus K. Sch. there are usually 20 or more rows of spines (very rarely 17 or 18), and since the spines are always so dense that ribs can never be seen in that species, it seems undeniable that the photographs are of a young specimen of C. Thouarsit Weber and not C. nesioticus K. Sch., names considered synonymous by Britton and Rose. This conclu- sion is borne out by a comparison of the photographs with Howell No. 8916, a specimen of a young plant of C. Thouarsii collected on Charles Island. No specimen of C. nesioticus in the large series seen from the islands resembles the photographs which, in the absence of other material, must serve as the basis for the identity of C. Thouarsit. 2. Cereus nesioticus K. Sch. in Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 179 (1902) Brachycereus Thouarsti B. & R., Cactaceae 2: 120 (1920), not Cereus Thouarsit Weber, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. 5: 312 (1899). Collections. ABINGDON ISLAND: south side, Stewart No. 2092. ALBEMARLE IsLaNnpD: 5 miles northeast of Webb Cove, Howell No. 9456. JamES IsLAND: James Bay, Howell No. 9709; Sullivan Bay, Howell No. 10008. NarsBorouGH IsLanp: northeast side, Howell No. 9607, 9608, Stewart No. 2093; southeast side, Howell No. 9630 9631, 9631A. ToweR IsLanp: Stewart No. 2094. 1841. 1875. 1902. 1911. 1919. 1920. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. BIBLIOGRAPHY Voyage Autour du Monde sur la Fregate La Venus..... by Abel du Petit-Thouars. The visit to the Galapagos Islands is described in vol. 2, pages 279 to 322. Voyage of the Steamer Hassler..... , by L. F. Pourtales in Report of Superintendent of U. S. Coast Survey for year 1872. The route of the Hassler in the Galapagos Islands is in Appendix 11, page 221. Flora of the Galapagos Islands, by B. L. Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 38. The genus Opuntia is treated on pages 180 and 181. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands, by Alban Stewart, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 1. The genus Opuntia is considered on pages 110 to 115. The Cactaceae, by N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose, Carnegie Inst. of Wash. Publ. No. 248. Opuntia galapageza is given with synonyms and discussion in vol. 1, pages 150 to 152. The Cactaceae, by N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose, Carnegie Inst. of Wash. Publ. No. 248. The genus Brachycereus is proposed in vol. 2, page 120, and the genus Jasminocereus in vol. 2, page 146. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 5 | HOWELL] Plate Fig. 1. Opuntia saxicola Howell, spec. nov. Plant from which the type specimen was collected, 5 miles northeast of Webb Cove, Albemarle Island. Photographed by J. T. Howell. Fig. 2. Opuntia Zacana Howell, spec. nov. Plant from which type specimen was collected, North Seymour Island. Photographed by J. T. Howell. [HOWELL] Plate 3 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 5 ‘epoesy o1ysoy, Aq poydeis -0OJ0Yg ‘“purysy e[qesyejopuy ‘Aeg Awapeoy ‘Aou ‘sadsqns ‘[[JaMOPT DajUDs1s solyay DYUNdQ “F ‘BIy ‘emo “pL ‘f Aq poydeiz0,0yg ‘“purysy a[qesiyejopuy ‘Aeg AeMUOD ‘payooyjoo sem uoutoeds odAq ay} YOM UWOIF YURTq “Aou ‘wou ‘TJaMoPY v1I17K] sorysy DIYUNIQ “¢ “Bly ne inca ; te ward ee he Ip Wa ba ne se nim, 1 ie ered se, aria’’ co fpr ions ae wwen ou Lia PON. uockes ek ‘ot ie Pha. LOAD MY CF ak bagi ih re ; RECS 7 é iA; tae : i crcinth an hi baat elvan: ilove eer.’ iP eit iT AU ee Rie Not Sac ras Bae BL iusge ea Reais | sigh thangs ake rae Fest fas Wily Tae a i binds see Mee Kpemiene aye) of pert Moines tt a | nee, Aseria teen wah ner rat Aas Lente Cuber shivnd 19d A Mr erent Pie eater | CE aie eer! petieentis 5 getins 1:5 8any tee pe aah {ook Pape en ‘ ; Mh aad Janke sR aoe Rapapeattng Fegvet tae thai. sd. ity Cag Lah apie hdtv Aba aban 10h) Fenty ee ‘ ni: mony peonit: pitas an ‘fn paces fame Oe: yalieTA a eR es Bia iacete. Gptins ag ek pile Ae ek a No A Beit” Ghisoteye awit: i baer Pelee sheet kp acc aes ana ki wa alae eh hake: Rega ne: tain? Hei Kegs site? ite B che x Moen Wo f* di- anum from Costa Rica. Vou. XX] BARTRAM—MOSSES OF THE CROCKER EXPEDITION 85 Thuidium involvens (Hedw.) Mitt. Wafer Bay, June 28, 1932, No. 25. Although meagre, the specimen is fortunately in fruit. The scab- rous setae identify it clearly with this well known species of the mainland. It seems to be the only Thuidium reported so far from either Cocos Island or the Galapagos. Sematophyllum galipense (C. M.) Mitt. Wafer Bay, June 28, 1932, No. 31. Taxithelium planum (Brid.) Mitt. Wafer Bay, June 28, 1932, Nos. 28, 38. Both of these collections are typical of this familiar species in all respects. I have seen a scrap of the type collection of T. laxiusculum R. & C. through the kindness of Mr. Williams and must confess my inability to separate it from the common T. planum which, like most widely distributed types, is subject to some variation within rea- sonable limits. Isopterygium tenerum (Sw.) Mitt. Wafer Bay, June 28, 1932, Nos. 33, 120. NICARAGUA Calymperes Richardi C. M. Near the shore of the Gulf of Fonseca, Coseguina Volcano, July 1, 5932,No. 40. Stereophyllum leucostegium (Brid.) Mitt. East base of Coseguina Volcano on west shore of Gulf of Fonseca, Filly, 6, 18325 No. 39. 86 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. A summary of the mosses of the Galapagos Islands and Cocos Island is given below. The additions to the flora found in Mr. Howell’s collections are preceded by an asterisk. GALAPAGOS ISLANDS Sphagnum erythrocalyx Hampe *Sphagnum cuspidatum Ehrh. var. ser- rulatum Schlieph. *Fissidens Howelli Bartr. Campylopus Anderssonii (C. M.) Jaeg- Campylopus introflexus (Hedw.) Mitt. (C. lamellatus Mont.) *Campylopus subleucogaster (C. M.) Jaeg. *Campylopus insularis Bartr. Campylopus Sprucei Mitt. Octoblepharum albidum Hedw. Syrrhopodon incompletus Schwaegr. Syrrhopodon Guadichaudii Mont. *Syrrhopodon parasiticus (Sw.) Besch. Tortella caespitosa (Schwaegr.) Limp. *Hyophila Tortula (Schwaegr.) Hampe Funaria calvescens Schwaegr. Orthodontium confine Hampe Brachymenium imbricatum Schp. *Philonotis gracillima Aongstr. Macromitrium mucronifolium (Hook. & Grev.) Schwaegr. Macromitrium longifolium (Hook.) Brid. Micromitrium fragile (Mitt.) Jaeg. Schlotheimia Jamesoni (W. Arn.) Brid. Squamidium nigricans (Hook.) Broth. Squamidium leucotrichum (Tayl.) Broth. Squamidium Caroli C. M. Meteoriopsis Anderssonii (C.M.) Broth. Papillaria nigrescens (Sw.) Jaeg. Daltonia longifolia Tayl. (D. robusta Aongstr.) Daltonia Lindigiana Hampe (D. Stew- artii Williams) Cyclodictyon albicans (Sw.) Broth. *Sematophyllum galipense (C. M.) Mitt. *Isopterygium tenerum (Sw.) Mitt. Cocos ISLAND Fissidens Garberi S. & L. Octoblepharum albidum Hedw. Syrrhopodon Bernoullii C. M. *Calymperes Donnellii Aust. Rhizogonium spiniforme (Hedw.) Bruch. Philonotis gracillima Aongstr. *Squamidium leucotrichum (Tayl.) Broth. *Meteoriopsis patula (Sw.) Broth. Pilotrichum obtusatum Williams *Pilotrichum rugifolium C. M. Callicostella depressa (Sw.) Jaeg. Hookeriopsis diffusa (Wils.) Jaeg.* Lepidopilum crassisetum Williams *Crossomitrium Oerstedianum C. M. Leucomium cuspidatifolium (C. M.) Mitt. *Thudium involvens (Hedw.) Mitt. Sematophyllum galipense (C. M.) Mitt. *Taxithelium planum (Brid.) Mitt. (T. laxiusculum Ren. & Card.) Glossadelphus cocoensis (Williams) Bartr., comb. nov.°. (Hookeriopsis cocoensis Williams; Glossadelphus longisetus Bartr.) *Isopterygium tenerum (Sw.) Mitt. Vesicularia vesicularis (Schwaegr.) Broth. ‘ Collected by Mr. H. K. Svenson, in connection with the Astor Expedition, along brook flowing into Wafer Bay, alt. approx. 1000 ft., April 19, 1930. A rare species previously known only from Panama. 5 T have seen a part of the type collection of Hookeriopsis cocoensis through the courtesy of Mr. Williams, It is evidently a Glossadelphus and seems to be identical with the plant I described from Costa Rica as G. longisetus. As Mr. Williams’ name has priority the new combination will stand as noted above. This species will be readily separated from G. truncatulus (C. M.) by the nearly smooth leaf cells with minute papillae over the upper ends. In G. truncatulus the leaf cells show several sharp salient papillae over the lumens giving the surface of the leaf a peculiar rasp-like appearance under the microscope. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Voi. XXI, No. 9, pp. 87-116 SEPTEMBER 20, 1933 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 9 THE AMARANTHACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS BY JOHN THOMAS HOWELL Assistant Curator, Department of Botany California Academy of Sciences INTRODUCTION Several months have been spent in the study of the Amaranthaceae of the Galapagos Islands; and, because of the difficulty encountered in the limitation of many of the species and because in nearly all of the genera new names are being proposed, it has appeared best to present the results in a synoptical study of the family as it occurs in the archipelago. Moreover, a special interest attaches itself to this family because of its highly endemic development in the islands. The study was begun when a determination of the extensive collec- tions made by the writer on the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences was attempted. This collection and the material obtained by the expedition of the Academy to the Galapagos Islands in 1905 and 1906 formed the basis for the study. From the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, critical specimens of Galapagian Amaranthaceae, including numerous types and iso- types from the collections of Andersson, Baur, and Snodgrass and Heller, were available for study. From the United States National September 20, 1933 88 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Herbarium and from the Field Museum, specimens of Amaranthus were borrowed; and from the Herbarium of the University of Cali- fornia specimens of Alternanthera ficoidea from South America were studied. Specimens obtained in the Galapagos Islands by Snodgrass and Heller on the Hopkins-Stanford Galapagos Expedition were available from the Dudley Herbarium of Stanford University. To the officers of these institutions, the writer expresses grateful appre- ciation for the privileges he has enjoyed in studying the specimens. Particular thanks are due to Dr. B. L. Robinson and to Mr. C. A. Weatherby of the Gray Herbarium who have been helpful in many ways, to Dr. Paul C. Standley of the Field Museum who determined several species of Amaranthus and answered questions concerning others, to Dr. H. K. Svenson of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden who loaned specimens and notes on Alternanthera, and to Miss Ruth D. Sanderson, Librarian, Gray Herbarium, who has sent transcripts of early descriptions and photographs of figures. Distributional data for species extending beyond the Galapagos Islands have been obtained almost entirely from Standley’s work on the A maranthaceae in the North American Flora (21: 95-169. 1917). Exeept in the genus Alternanthera in which only type collections and specimens examined are cited, all collections that have been reported from the island for the family are listed. An exclamation point follows the collector’s name if a specimen has been examined. KEY TO THE GENERA a. Leaves alternate; anthers 4-celled. b. Shrub, about 1 m. tall; fruit a many-seeded berry. ..1. PLEUROPETALUM bb. Annual herbs; fruit a 1-seeded utricle................. 2. AMARANTHUS aa. Leaves opposite; anthers 2-celled; perennials. c. Perianth-segments distinct or nearly so, not becoming modified in fruit. d. Heads numerous and small, disposed in an open panicle; perianth terete; anthers 5; stigma 2-3-lobed..... 3. IRESINE dd. Heads fewer and larger, these solitary or glomerate, ter- minal or axillary; perianth generally compressed. e. Leaves mostly basal, more or less crowded on the crown of the thick vertical root; anthers 2, stamin- odia 3, pseudostaminodia lacking; stigma 2- lobed: te ciiorredob., a fead we cpsad 28 4. LITHOPHILA ee. Leaves cauline; stamens with anthers 5. f. Leaves rigid, pungently mucronate; pseudostam- inodia none; stigma 2-lobed....... 5. PHILOXERUS ff. Leaves herbaceous or coriaceous, not pungently mucronate; pseudostaminodia 5; stigma CAPIPATE Aa .3.2 CNM ene ole ste, clues 6. ALTERNANTHERA cc. Perianth-segments united at least to the middle into a tube, the tube becoming hardened and variously modified in PUI AS EIA, DIRT, OIG BALBY SB 7. FROELICHIA VoL. XXI] HOWELL—A MARANTHACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 89 1. PLEUROPETALUM Hook. f. Pleuropetalum Darwinii Hook. f., London Jour. Bot. 5: 108 (1846) Type locality. James Island. Insular distribution. ALBEMARLE: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller; Villamil, Stewart! JAMES: Darwin; Stewart! Endemic. 2. AMARANTHUS L. KEY TO THE SPECIES a. Perianth-segments 1-5, generally 3, oblong to oblanceolate, never spathulate-expanded, rarely corky-thickened at base. b. Utricle dehiscent (Amaranthus proper). c. Spines lacking. d. Sepals shorter than utricle; bracts usually shorter than the sepals. e. Stems erect; flowers nearly confined to terminal inflorescences 2) 4-1. 9. Pa eyed oees 12 be 1. A. dubtus ee. Stems diffuse; flowers common in axillary clusters below the terminal inflorescence..2. A. celosioides dd. Sepals longer than utricle; bracts longer than the Sepdlsisty cea tar ach}. Aaeeebiwsh tesa is | 3. A. quitensis cc. Spines present at nodes and in inflorescence......... 4. A. spinosus bb. Utricle indehiscent (Euxolus). f. Stems mostly erect or spreading; leaves broad. g. Utricle smooth; stems spreading..... 2 ee 5. A. viridis gg. Utricle rugulose; stems erect................... 6. A. gracilis ff. Stems prostrate, rarely ascending; leaves linear. h. Sepals 3-5; utricle buff or brown,..........7. A. sclerantoides hh. Gepal 2; utricle black-brown. 27. 6 Vode % «6. 8. A. furcatus aa. Perianth-segments spathulate, the blade largely scarious, in fruit becoming indurated at the base or coalescing below into a thickened spongy cushion (Amblogyna). i. Stems erect, glabrous; leaves linear to narrowly lanceolate; cy- mules becoming elongate; base of bracts becoming thickened in fruit; base of perianth-segments scarce- ly spongy-coalescing, more indurated and nearly dis- {ET OVS) He CPR CSG a a RAT 7 UN 9. A. squamulatus ii. Stems spreading or erect, villous; leaves elliptic to obovate; cy- mules condensed, not elongating; bracts unchanged in fruit; base of perianth-segments coalescing to form an enlarged spongy base in fruit.............. 10. A. Andersson 90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 1. Amaranthus dubius Mart., Pl. Hort. Erlang. 197 (1814) A. caracasanus of reports on the Galapagian flora, perhaps A. caracasanus HBK., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 2: 195 (1817). The species was named from cultivated plants originating in trop- ical America. Insular distribution. ALBEMARLE: southern part, Baur; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller; Villamil, Stewart!, Howell!; Cowley Bay, Stewart! CHARLES: Darwin; Andersson; Snodgrass & Heller; Stewart! CHATHAM: Andersson; Snodgrass & Heller; Wreck Bay, Stewart’, Howell! Hoop: Gardner Bay, Howell! INDEFATIGABLE: Andersson; Academy Bay, Stewart!; Conway Bay, Howell! JamMEs: James Bay, Howell! Further distribution. Widespread as a weed in tropical America. 2. Amaranthus celosioides HBK., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 2: 194 (1817) This can be distinguished from A. dubius Mart. by the spreading habit, the stouter terminal inflorescence, and the axillary flower- clusters which extend to the base of the plant. In the Galapagos Islands, A. celostoides was reported by Hooker f. and by Andersson from Charles Island (Darwin, Andersson) and from Chatham Island (Andersson). No specimen of this species has been seen in the col- lections of Amaranthus from the islands, but, since the plant is one of the common species of northern South America, it is to be ex- pected on the islands as a weed about dwellings and in cultivated ground. Amaranthus celosioides was first described from plants collected at Cumana, Venezuela. 3. Amaranthus quitensis HBK., Nov. Gen. & Spec. 2: 194 (1817) Type locality. Near Quito, Ecuador. Insular distribution. ALBEMARLE: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller!, Stewart!, Howell! CHarues: Stewart!; Post Office Bay, Howell!; Black Beach, Howell! INDEFATIGABLE: Sierra la Jacres, Rorud; Turtle Bay, Rorud. Further distribution. Northern South America; introduced into Europe. Standley, who examined the specimens collected by the writer, and Blom, who examined the specimens collected by Rorud, refer the plants to a form of A. quitensis HBK. as that species is inter- preted by Thellung in Ascherson and Graebner’s Synopsis der Mit- Vor. XXII] HOWELL—A MARANTHACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 91 teleuropaischen Flora, a form with bracts shorter than in the type. The collections by Snodgrass and Heller (No. 77 and 108) and by Stewart (No. 1355) are placed here, but the specimens are very immature and possibly should be referred to A. dubius Mart. 4. Amaranthus spinosus L., Sp. Pl. 991 (1753) Type locality. India. Insular distribution. ALBEMARLE: Villamil, Howell! CHARLES: in cultivated ground, Andersson. Further distribution. Tropical and subtropical Asia, Africa, and North and South America. 5. Amaranthus viridis L., op: Pl.!ed? 2,°4405'(1763) Type locality. Jamaica. Insular distribution. ALBEMARLE: Villamil, Stewart! Further distribution. Widespread in tropical and subtropical lands, occasionally adventive in temperate countries. 6. Amaranthus gracilis Desf., Tabl. Bot. 43 (1804) Type locality. Guinea. Insular distribution. BARRINGTON: Snodgrass & Heller! Cuar- HAM: Wreck Bay, Stewart! INDEFATIGABLE: Academy Bay, Howell! Further distribution. Common in tropical regions around the world, occasionally adventive in temperate regions. Here, too, probably belongs the collection of Snodgrass and Heller, made on Chatham Island and reported by Robinson as A. viridis L. The determination of the specimen from Academy Bay was con- firmed by Standley. 7. Amaranthus sclerantoides (Ands.) Ands., Om Galap.-éarnes Veg. 59 (1857) This Amaranthus is one of the plants characteristic of the lowlands of the Galapagos Islands in the vicinity of the shore, commonly growing in the higher reaches of bright calcareous beaches or a bit farther inland on sandy coastal flats. Only rarely was the species seen in the interior away from the sea. 92 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. Amaranthus sclerantoides presents several marked aspects because of the variation in leaf-shape, the leaves varying from linear and scarcely expanded at the apex to cuneate and rather widely dilated at the apex. When names were originally proposed for these forms, they were believed to be variants geographically isolated and were named for the islands where they were first collected. More recent and extensive field studies and collections have not only shown that the several forms are not confined to certain islands, but that they are dispersed through the archipelago and that occasionally several forms grow together in one colony. Thus at Academy Bay a form with gray-green, linear leaves grew with one marked by red-purple, cuneate leaves; on Tower Island the same pair occurred not far distant from each other, and at each locality no intergrades were seen. There is also considerable variation in the development of spongy tissue at the base of the fruiting sepals and in the wrinkling of the utricle, variations which tend to be correlated. While all of the forms that have been named heretofore have been based on the striking foliar variations in the different plants, the form rugulosus is here proposed to take care of plants with sepals spongy at the base and with much-wrinkled utricles. There is some variation also in the length and width of the sepals, but generally the sepals equal or slightly exceed the utricle. The seemingly artificial and deliberate segregation of the forms of this species in the key that follows belies the naturalness of the arrangement and the distinctive appearance of the segregates. As always in a key of this sort, care must be taken to distinguish between senescent plants and mature plants, and between puny starved seedlings and vigorous robust seedlings. The measurements in the key have been taken from the primary leaves of plants just reaching maturity. KEY TO THE Forms oF A. sclerantoides a. Sepals not prominently corky-thickened at the base; utricle not prom- inently rugulose. b. Leaves dilated at the apex, the primary leaves more than 1 mm. wide at apex, frequently emarginate, obcordate, or truncate. c. Leaves 1-2 mm. wide, emarginate or obcordate....... 7a. f. typicus ce. Leaves 2-3 mm. wide, truncate or angularly obcordate.... Bins Batis ‘as cikasergs a8 Cave Tape ele Mu eM cc hye es a 7b. f. chathamensis bb. Leaves not dilated at apex, the primary leaves mostly 1 mm. or less wide at apex, generally obtuse or truncate, rarely CMIATRINACS es ey) ars nae a ee 7c. f. abingdonensis aa. Sepals in fruit rather prominently corky-thickened at the base; utricle TUBIUIOSE He) es ah ya TP OP A ee ee 7d. f. rugulosus Vor. XXI] HOWELL—A MARANTHACEAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 93 7a. Amaranthus sclerantoides f. typicus Howell, nom. nov. Euxolus sclerantoides Ands., Stock. Akad. Handl. 163 (1854). Amaranthus sclerantoides Ands., Om Galap.-éarnes Veg. 59 (1857). i" ] t ¢} = ed ie a % wal My % Pig 4) x ‘ mt si Ag : tank : ty ian. PA Es saa ee 7) ay ‘ \ pone Previn: Bs ee AYE Pune Te as k he " j _ b iy J p BY Aa , fa is aa Ve aie fi iN ; Woe wha bs : TPE RD hoe, a ah ancl aot i we ae pou Teva? shad Lah ae ae RO SEN ah Rr Bc NY 1 Bhut ie Se: yt POA a Mit tek ‘ ‘ . . #¢ oy tA 7a A f . a 4 PE ke oo we Pad PS ae ae CR Ae OR ne ee . [ : wap ; a) 4 ky | pint,” 2M . OR yay Seca: white ct eee ' i er ey , ‘ : ; E OCR ORS “OR Rete ct 3 peony 4 Da Pee 2a teit Tae Fhe , i eh * i ve ae Ne avhen: 2 4 Alas 2 ; i re My) v) } 3 z oe f Asi red ug it vt re Me ii tay cee i ste. MET ay Mf ink ny! Hie vig ea ee uke s%.. ria sh gy i ‘ h Peal ' , h Sh F Tot Skah a ae + , ? VE ote 1 i 5 jhe Aad + “fy A r 7 ay ua s A / ; Cages ilete ry hy ty Ly HA Cah! 4 eXogn th ae : # i" * Dirs, BAe oy, ce vale LenS 8 tne’ he rat We orm Reva raek elms «CE e ee. thea, hn ‘ ‘ Ny ule cae f i nek is ii re rk Cae i ivy 4 ¢ Nae + Foie int i Rie, te Ta ‘ ' ea ‘ Py Boy h ee ar tig ‘ t ¢ “et : D ~, a “ an ae i AIAN tis] i Vie Zeanso Tig P ROCEEDINGS n i JAN 9 10" xs OF THE evuty CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF sce SE Tomar muss FourRTH SERIES Vor. XXI, No. 12, pp. 139-146 DECEMBER 21, 1933 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 12 THE DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OF THE EXPEDITION BY E. P. VAN DUZEE Curator, Department of Entomology California Academy of Sciences 3 No special effort was made to secure Galapagos Lepidoptera on é the Templeton Crocker Expedition of 1932 as that order of insects had been systematically collected by F. X. Williams while on the Academy Expedition of 1905-06. However a few interesting things were taken, including three still undetermined. The present paper records the Diurnal Lepidoptera of the expedition, numbering 42 species. All were taken under Mr. Crocker’s direction by his secretary, Mr. Maurice Willows, Jr. PAPILIONID& 1. Papilio philenor Linnzus One male of the typical form of this species was taken at Acapulco, Mexico, April 5, and one female was found on Clarion Island. 2. Papilio photinus Doubleday Another Central America butterfly of which one insipwiciiial was taken on Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 6. a December 21, 1933 140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 3. Papilio thoas autocles Rothschild and Jordan Three specimens of the Central American form of thoas were taken on Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 6-7. 4. Papilio epidaus Doubleday One of the most beautiful of the white papilios. Two fresh speci- mens were taken on the Costa Rica coast July 2. PIERIDZ 5. Ascia monuste Linngus This large white butterfly was taken at Mazatlan, Mexico, July 28, at Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 21, and on Isabel Island, Mexico, July 27. The latter a dark female. 6. Itaballia calydonia Boisduval Costa Rica, July 3. This is a Central American form of the South American demophila Linn. 7. Catopsilia eubule Linnzus Indefatigable Island, May 3-8; Chatham Island, April 7; Iguana Cove, Albemarle Island, May 21; Villamil, Albemarle Island, April 28. Apparently common on the Galapagos Islands as it is in North and South America. Here we call it the cloudless sulphur. 8. Catopsilia stetira Cramer Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 27. The paler outer half of the wings will serve to distinguish this from the preceding. 9. Catopsilia argante Fabricius Two examples of this large bright orange butterfly were taken with the preceding. 10. Gonepteryx merula Fabricius Banderas Bay, Mexico, July 22. A large orange yellow butterfly with a conspicuous black dot on the wings. 11. Gonepteryx chlorinde Godart Two individuals of this large white butterfly with a square lemon- yellow spot on the forewing, were taken in Costa Rica, July 2, and one on Isabel Island, Mexico, July 27. *~ Vor. XXII] VAN DUZEE—DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OF THE EXPEDITION 141 12. Terias westwoodi Boisduval Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 7, four specimens. 13. Terias lydia Felder Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 6. DANAID& 14. Danais berenice Cramer Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 7. A common species in tropical America. 15. Mechanitis lycidice Bates Coseguina Slope, Mexico, July 7-8. SATYRIDE 16. Eupytcha hermes Fabricius Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 6. HELICONID& 17. Heliconius petiverena Doubleday Acapulco, Mexico, April 5. The broad orange band on the fore- wing and narrow lemon-yellow one on hind wing will distinguish this insect. NYMPHALID& 18. Colenis delila Fabricius Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 7. A bright orange narrow- winged butterfly. 19. Agraulis vanille galapagensis Holland Albemarle Island, April 28. This is a small dark form of our com- mon vanille that well deserves subspecific distinction. It seems to be common on the islands. 20. Euptoita claudia Cramer Costa Rica, July 1; Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 21; Isabel Island, Mexico, July 27. Common in the southern United States. 142 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 21. Chlosyne, sp. Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 21, two examples. This insect in wing form and style of marking seems nearest to tellias as figured in Seitz, but it is a narrower winged form and both specimens lack the white spot behind the cell of the forewing, while one wants the red on the hind wing above. 22. Melitza theona Menetres Acapulco, Mexico, April 3, one damaged specimen. 23. Microtia elva Bates Costa Rica, July 2, one female. 24. Vanessa carye Hubner San Martin Island, Lower California, August 19. This is our common western painted lady. 25. Anartia jatrophe Linnzus? One small pale specimen, probably not distinct, was taken at Acapulco, Mexico, April 28. 26. Anartia venusta Fruhstorfer Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 27. In this specimen the red band on the hind wings consists of about seven intervenular spots. 27. Eunica modesta Bates Isabel Island, Mexico, July 27. A small black butterfly with about five white subapical spots on forewings. 28. Victorina steneles biplagiata Fruhstorfer Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 21. 29. Megalura chiron Fabricius Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 27, three examples; Punta Arenas, Costa Rica (H. S. Swarth). Vou. XX] VAN DUZEE—DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OF THE EXPEDITION 143 30. Megalura peleus Sulzer Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 21, one male. 31. Chlorippe kallima Staudinger Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 7, one example. 32. Zaretes ellops Menetres Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 7, one large female much resembling Seitz’ figure of strigosa female. LIBYTHID& 33. Libythea carinenta Cramer Banderas Bay, Mexico. July 22, one specimen. ERYCINIDE 34. Nymphidium mycone Hewiston Acapulco, Mexico, April 5, one female. LYCHNIDE 35. Leptotes parrhasioides Wallengren Indefatigable Island, June 8, fiveexamples. These are smaller and darker than our marina which they much resemble. Williams gives an interesting account of this insect in Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (Ser. 4) I, p. 300, 1911. 36. Thecla melinus clarionensis Heid, n. subsp. At my request Mr. Graham H. Heid has studied this insect. Two specimens were taken by the Templeton Crocker Expedition. The types, however, are selected from a series taken by Mr. H. H. Keifer on the Academy expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands in 1925, as some of these are in more perfect condition. Mr. Heid’s description follows. Thecla melinus clarionensis Heid. Subsp. new Resembles melinus Hbn. except in following particulars: Ground color of both wings dorsally black-brown; ground color of both wings ventrally light cinnamon-brown. 144 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Secondaries dorsally with a large, orange-red submarginal spot in area 2, this spot being carried over into area 3 as a red suffusion, often forming a distinct spot. Secondaries ventrally with a row of spots in the discal area forming a transverse line, as in typical melinus Hbn. However, with the row of red spots along the basal edge of this line, always broad and distinct. The spot in area 6 never nearer to the base than the others, so the line is nearly straight from vein 4 to vein 8. Submarginal red spots in areas la, 1b, 2 and 3; those in 2 and 3 large and confluent. The spot in area 2 extends basally to meet the transverse line, which it partially obscures. The general appearance of the insect is more brownish than in typical melinus, with the red marking greatly exaggerated and tending toward confluence. Holotype, male (No. 3749, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.) Clarion Island, Mexico, April 30, 1925, collector, H. H. Keifer. Allotype, female (No. 3750, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.) Clarion Island, April 29, 1925, H. H. Keifer, collector. Paratype 1 o& (author’s collection) Clarion Island, April 30, 1925. Paratype 2? (author’s collection) Clarion Island, April 29, 1925, H. H. Keifer, collector. Paratypes 3-9, all males, April 29 to May 1st, 1925, collector, H. H. Keifer. Paratypes 10-11, females, Clarion Island, April 29-30, H. H. Keifer, collector. Paratype 12, female, Clarion Island, March 24, 1932, Templeton Crocker Expedition, M. Willows, Jr., collector. The characters mentioned in the jase: peace above are constant throughout the entire series. HESPERID& 37. Eudamus galapagensis Williams Post Office Bay, Charles Island, April 24; Black Beach Road, Charles Island, April 25; Chatham Island, April 15-18; Tower Island, June 15; Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 21; Summit Mt. Crocker, 2000 ft., Indefatigable Island, May 10, nineteen specimens in all. In his description of this insect (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, I, p. 303, 1911) Williams reports this as common, especially on Chatham and Albemarle islands. 38. Heteropia sp. near imalena Butler Albemarle Island, April 28, 1 pair. This species has the blue blush on the base of the forewings found in imalena but the white markings consist of but two quadrate white spots representing the transverse band, one other distad of the second, and three minute white points near the apex. The female is labeled Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco, Mexico, July 21. One of these labels undoubtedly is wrong, but there is no way now of deciding which until more material has been secured. Vor. XXI] VAN DUZEE—DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OF THE EXPEDITION 145 39. Thanaos persius Scudder Chatham Island, April 15, one rubbed example. It is possible that this label is also in error. The determination of this and the follow- ing two species is subject to some uncertainty until fuller series have been secured. 40. Thanaos sp. near funeralis Clarion Island, March 22, three examples. 41. Camptopleura theramenes Mabe Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 6, one example. 4O (Pellicia licisea Plies Coseguina Slope, Nicaragua, July 6; Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco Mexico, July 21. - kone De “Al Lari st FT eT i ¢ ‘oi 2 Sit ts SOR Bip it” ‘ A PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vor. XXI, No. 13, pp. 147-172; 4 text figures Marcu 27, 1934 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 13 DIPTERA BY or C. H. CURRAN American Museum of Natural History, New York City The Diptera collected by the Crocker Expedition to the Galapagos form a noteworthy addition to our knowledge of the insects from this interesting group of islands and it has been a pleasure to prepare this report on the collection. In 1932 a report on the Diptera of the Wollebek Expedition! was published and a list of all species known from the Islands included. In this report the Tipulide and Culicide were omitted and references to three species were overlooked. In April, 1933, Mr. M. C. Van Duzee? published a report on the Dolicho- pide and Phoridze of the Crocker Expedition, but all of the specimens of these families were not included, and additional records are in- cluded in the present report, together with references to the original descriptions of species from the Galapagos. Owing to the fact that I have so recently presented a review of the Diptera from this region I have not repeated all of the records and the student will find it necessary to use my two reports together in order to obtain a com- plete survey of the known Dipterous fauna of the Galapagos Islands. 1 Curran, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidens., Ixxi, pp. 347-366, 1932. 2Van Duzee, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., xxi, pp. 65-74, 1933. March 27, 1934 148 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. While the Crocker Expedition secured a large number of specimens a glance at the present report will acquaint the reader with the fact that additional material in the California Academy of Sciences, the collection made by Dr. F. X. Williams in 1905 and 1906, constitutes no little part of the material studied. Dr. Williams secured a number of species not obtained by the Crocker Expedition, including two of the species described as new. Most of the material is in good condi- tion and as a result I am able to correct some errors in my previous report. I must express my appreciation to Mr. E. P. Van Duzee for the privilege of examining the collections upon which this report is based, to Messrs. Marston Bates and H. G. Barber for bringing to my notice descriptions of species which had been overlooked, and to Miss Daphne Aubertin and Mr. Tams for their assistance in the identifi- cation of Oxyna esia Walker. The types of the new species and all uniques are in the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes and duplicate specimens, where available, are in the American Museum of Natural History. FAMILY TIPULIDE I am indebted to Dr. C. P. Alexander for the identification of the specimens belonging to this family. 1. Limonia (Geranomyia) tibialis (Loew) A porosa tibialis Loew, Linn. Ent., v, p. 397, 1851. Seven specimens of both sexes: Black Beach Road, Charles Island, April 25 and May 14, 1932, and Chatham Island, April 18, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). According to Dr. Alexander this species has a wide range in the Neotropical region. Evidently the specimens reported by Coquillett and Johnson belong to this species. FAMILY CHIRONOMIDA Two species belong to this family. 2. Galapagomyia longipes Johnson Galapagomyia longipes Johnson, Zoologica, v, p. 86, 1924 (f). Female, Indefatigable Island, May 6, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). This specimen is much smaller than any of the others I have seen. Vor. XXIJ CURRAN—DIPTERA 149 3. Chironomus sp. A single male specimen in poor condition, Chatham Island, April 17, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). A species of Chironomus has been recorded from the Island but no material in sufficiently good condition to be named has been secured. FAMILY CULICID& Only one species is represented in the collection and this has been identified by Dr. Stanley Freeborn. 4. Aedes teniorhynchus (Wiedemann) Culex teniorhynchus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., p. 43, 1821. Nine females, Chatham Island, April 17, 1932; five females, Charles Island, April 23, 25, 1932; one female, Indefatigable Island, May 5, 1932; one female, James Island, June 4, 1932, and one female, Jervis Island, June 6, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). Also two females, Charles Island, October 3, 1905 (F. X. Williams). In addition to the specimens enumerated above the Academy has additional material from Indefatigable, Charles and Chatham islands which was not forwarded. FAMILY CERATOPOGONIDZ One species has been described from the Islands. 5. Dasyhelea galapagensis (Coquillett) Ceratopogon galapagensis Coquillett, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., iii, p. 372, 1901. Nine males and three females, Gardner Island, April 22, 1932; one male, Indefatigable Island, May 7, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). FAMILY SCIARIDZ This family is represented by four females of a very small species of Sciara. Since the identification of females in this genus is very difficult, and little is known about the Neotropical species I have made no effort to name the specimens. The specimens are from South Seymour Island, July 11, 1932 (M. Willows Jr:). 150 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. FAMILY STRATIOMYIDE Two species were taken on the Islands by F. X. Williams, one of them undescribed. 6. Pelagomyia dubia Curran Pelagomyia dubia Curran, Nyt Mag. Naturvidens., Ixxi, p. 348, 1932. Two females, Chatham Island, February 8, 1906; female, Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, March, 1906; female, Indefatigable Island, November, 1905; female, South Seymour Island, July 25, 1906; female, Hood Island, October 1905; male, James Island, July 28, 1906; male, Charles Island, October, 1905, all collected by F. X. Williams. The female from Hood Island was reared from pupa in cactus and a male from James Island is labelled ‘‘cactus fly.”’ 7. Merosargus insularis Curran, new species Related to elatus Curran but differs in having the posterior femora and tibie wholly reddish. Length, 7 mm. Male.—Head black, the front and vertex metallic green; front yellow anteriorly, darker immediately above the antennez; hair black, yellowish on the vertex, whitish on the occiput. Proboscis and palpi yellow. Antenne reddish, black haired; arista, black. Thorax metallic green, the upper border of the sternopleura and most of the pteropleura yellowish; humeri, posterior calli and upper edge of the mesopleura yellow. Hair yellow, rather tawny on the disc of the mesonotum, becoming whitish on the pectus. Legs reddish, the apical four segments of the posterior tarsi brownish and bearing black hair; middle and posterior femora and the upper surface of the posterior tibiz with very short black hair, the hair otherwise yellow. Wings cinereous hyaline. Squame pale yellowish. Halteres reddish yellow. Abdomen black, the incisures broadly yellowish, the first segment green laterally, the hair black, yellow on the apices of the segments and on the sides. Venter wholly reddish yellow. Genitalia reddish, the cerci brown. Holotype, male, No. 3795, C. A. S. Ent., Cocos Island, September 3, 1905 (F. X. Williams). FaMILy TABANIDZ Representatives of the single species known from the Islands were secured by F. X. Williams. 8. Tabanus vittiger Thomson Tabanus vittiger Thomson, Eugenies Resa, p. 451, 1868. Four females, Chatham Island, January 24, 1906, and October 12, 1906; female, Charles Island, October 3, 1905; two females, Albe- AS eee Vor EX 4. CURRAN—DIPTERA 151 marle Island, March and April 24, 1906; four females, Indefatigable Island, November, 1905, and July 11, 1906. One of the specimens bears a label ‘‘feeding on turtles.” FAMILY BoMBYLIIDZ One species was collected by the Crocker Expedition and another by Dr. F. X. Williams. 9. Lepidanthrax tincta (Thomson) Anthrax tincta Thomson, Eugenies Resa, p. 483, 1868. Female, Bartholomew Island, June 14, 1932. The specimen is in fairly good condition and there can be no doubt that the species belongs to Lepidanthrax. It is possible that Anthrax brachialis Thomson also belongs to this genus. 10. Villa primitiva (Walker) Anthrax primitiva Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus., ii, p. 257, 1849. Five specimens collected by F. X. Williams on Barrington Island, October 20, 1905. FAMILY EMPID2 11. Drapetis zonalis (Curran) Drapetis zonalis Curran, Nyt Mag. Naturvidens., Ixxi, p. 351, 1932. Female, Indefatigable Island, May 5, 1932. The female differs from the male in having the basal three seg- ments reddish yellow with brown lateral spots, the apical segments black. FAMILY DOLICHOPID2 Most of the material belonging to this family has been examined and reported upon by Mr. M. C. Van Duzee (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., xxi, pp. 65-69, 1933). However, the collection contains two species, one of them new to the Islands: A list of the species known from the Galapagos is given for the convenience of students. Condylostylus dentaticauda Van Duzee (1933). Anchineura tibialis Thomson (1868). Chrysotus brevicornis Van Duzee (1933). Chrysotus brevispina Van Duzee (1933). Chrysotus latifacies Van Duzee (1933). 152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Asyndetus versicolor Johnson (1924). Asyndetus interruptus (Loew) (1861). Aphrosylus setosus Curran (1932). Paracleius pusillus (Macquart ?) Coquillett (1901). 12. Chrysotus brevispina Van Duzee Chrysotus brevispina Van Duzee, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. xxi, p. 68, 1933. One male, Chatham Island, April 18, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). 13. Asyndetus interruptus (Loew) Diaphorus interruptus Loew, Wien. Ent. Monatschr., v, p. 37, 1861. One male, Abingdon Island, September 18, 1906 (F. X. Williams). FAMILY PHORIDZ One specimen was overlooked when the material was sent to Mr. M. C. Van Duzee. In his report on this family Mr. Van Duzee described Dohruniphora willowst and crockert. The specimen in the collection agrees perfectly with crockert Van Duzee and it also agrees perfectly with specimens of venusta Coquillett taken on my office windows in New York City. The venation is identical and I do not think there can be any doubt about the synonymy. 14. Dohrniphora venusta (Coquillett) Phora venusta Coquillett, Can. Ent., xxvii, p. 107, 1895. Phora divaricata Aldrich, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 437, 1896. Dohrniphora crockert Van Duzee, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., xxi, p. 70, 1933. Female, South Seymour Island, July 11, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). This specimen was taken at the same time as the type of crockert. The species varies in color, the mesonotum and abdomen varying from reddish brown to black. I have previously recorded the species from the Galapagos. FamMILy PIPUNCULID& 15. Pipunculus galapagensis Curran, new species A small, black species with partly yellowish legs, yellow third antennal segment and cleft hypopygium. Length, 2.25 mm. Male.—Face, frontal triangle and posterior orbits silvery white pollinose; ver- tical triangle and vertex shining black, the occiput thinly pale pollinose; labellz and palpi yellowish. Eyes touching for a distance equal to half the length of the frontal triangle. Basal antennal segments brown, the third yellow, acutely pointed below. Vor. XXI] CURRAN—DIPTERA 153 Thorax black, the humeri yellow in ground color. Mesonotum and scutellum thinly brownish pollinose, the pleura with cinereous pollen; scutellum with fine, dark hair. Legs black; tips of femora and broad bases of the tibie yellow, the apices of the tibiz and the tarsi reddish, the tarsi becoming brown apically; posterior four tibie silvery in front from basal view. Wings cinereous hyaline, without stigma; fourth vein without appendage. Squame whitish. Halteres yellow. Abdomen greenish black, thinly brown pollinose, the first segments and sides of the apical ones with rather thin whitish pollen, the bristly hairs on the sides of the first segment whitish, the hair otherwise inconspicuous. Genitalia rather small from dorsal view, broadly cleft toward the right, half as long as the abdomen from ventral view. Female.—Front moderately wide, shining black on the upper half; anterior eye facets very large; sixth abdominal segment almost all whitish pollinose, the genitalia small, the piercer about as long as the basal section and reddish in color. Holotype, male, No. 3796, C. A. S. Ent., Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 25, 1932; allotype, female, No. 3797, C. A. S. Ent., Gardner Island, near Hood Island, April 22, 1932. Paratypes: two males, Charles Island, April 24 and May 14, 1932, and male, James Island, June 4, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). This species is perhaps related to acuticornis Malloch, from Panama, but the absence of pale abdominal fasciz will distinguish it. FAMILY SYRPHID& The Crocker Expedition obtained three species, all previously recorded from the Islands. One of these is undescribed while a second has been erroneously placed in Spherophoria. KEY TO GENERA l, Abdomen-elongate and spatulatésj23 2c). Luma teieeue Baccha Fabricius. Abdomen not spatulate, never narrowed basally......6.0 20.02... 050 ceeee Zs Wee wacerwholly bldekiti: 24 ii den td 24 sient ase. & Xanthandrus Verrall. Bacesparthynyellow sisi. id Pe eiy LAn EI erates A) dokebeteee debtor Nels 3: 3. Mesonotum with a median cinereous or metallic vitta; face strongly Produced in the midlets h): NGL Aah Te eee tena Mesogramma Loew. Mesonotum shining black, without median vitta; face weakly tubercu- late below the middle, almost straight to the tip of the tubercle EE Eta HREM A LS Ust cher oi evacuate s) hecene armiteretay onal omega Allograpta Osten Sacken. 16. Allograpta splendens (Thomson) Syrphus splendens Thomson, Eugenies Resa, p. 501, 1868, Spherophoria splendens Coquillett, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., iii, p. 374, 1901. Four females, Chatham Island, April 17, 18, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). One female, James Island, July 3, 1906 (F. X. Williams). This species agrees with obliqua Say in having a continuous yellow band on the pleura, the hypopleura being crossed by a yellow spot. 154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. It differs greatly from obliqua in the abdominal markings, the black vittz being absent, the pale fascie arched and more or less tridentate behind on the fourth and following segments, as well as in having a black vittate face. 17. Baccha clavata (Fabricius) Syrphus clavatus Fabricius, Ent. Syst., iv, p. 298, 1794. Female, Chatham Island, April 17, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.).. Male, Albemarle Island, April 24, 1906 (F. X. Williams). This species is common over the whole of tropical America and is easily recognized. 18. Mesogramma crockeri Curran, new species Mesogramma duplicata Coquillett, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., ili, p. 374, 1901 (not Wiedemann). Related to duplicata Wiedemann but with the mesonotum wholly black pilose and the black abdominal fascie in the female strongly produced forward laterally. Differs from producta Curran in having the face much less strongly produced and in the shape of the abdom- inal fascie in the female. Length, 5 to 6 mm. Male.—Face and frontal triangle yellowish; vertical triangle very long, black, thinly brownish pollinose in front of the ocelli, the pile black. Vertex brown pol- linose, the occiput yellowish pollinose on the upper half, white pollinose and pilose on the lower half. Cheeks black. Face rather strongly produced. Antenne reddish yellow, the third segment somewhat darkened above; arista blackish. Mesonotum dark in ground color, reddish brown pollinose, the sides broadly yellow on their whole length; a median vitta and one at either side bordering the yellow bright bluish or steel-blue. Scutellum yellowish, sometimes a little darkened basally. Pleura bluish black, with large yellow spots on the mesopleura and sterno- pleura and a small one above the front coxe. Pile black on the dorsum, yellow on the pleura. Legs yellowish; apical segment of the middle tarsi and the posterior tarsi brown, the posterior tarsi sometimes paler on the intermediate segments. Black hair on under surface of posterior femora extending almost to the base. Wings cinereous hyaline. Squamez whitish. Halteres yellow. Basal abdominal segment bluish black with the sides yellow. Second segment black with a little more than the median third reddish yellow or yellow. Third segment reddish, with a little less than the apical third black, the black expanding laterally to occupy about half the length of the segment, vary narrowly interrupted in the middle and emitting a pair of slender black vitte which are rather triangu- larly expanded in front. Fourth segment with similar markings to those on the third, the fifth with an oval or roundish opaque black spot in the middle basally. Genitalia reddish with a large shining black spot on the right side. Pile black, yellow ventrally. The lateral margins are wholly pale or nearly so and the dark markings vary greatly, often being almost absent on the third and following segments. Vou. XXI] CURRAN—DIPTERA 155 Female.—Front black or steel blue, the sides rather narrowly yellow to above the middle, thinly brownish pollinose, in some lights the median black stripe appears yellowish pollinose; pile black. Occiput cinereous yellow pollinose. Pale fascia on second abdominal segment more than half as wide as the length of the segment, the black on the following segments much more strongly produced forward at the sides and reaching the basal fourth of the segment, apex of fifth segment more or less blackish, the sixth shining brown. Holotype, No. 3798, and allotype, No. 3799, C. A. S. Ent., Charles Island, April 25, 1932. Paratypes, six males and four females, Charles Island, April 25 and May 14, 17, 1932; two females, Chat- ham Island, April 17, 1932; two males and two females, Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 25, 1932; two males, James Island, June 4, 1932, and one male, Indefatigable Island, May 7, 1932, all collected by Mr. M. Willows Jr. Also two males, Albemarle Island, March, 1906 (F. X. Williams). ; One of the specimens collected by Dr. Williams is very dark, the yellow fasciz are mostly separated from the lateral margins and the posterior femora are brown apically. 19. Xanthandrus species A single female of a small, undescribed species belonging to this genus was collected by Dr. F. X. Williams on Abingdon Island, September 8, 1906. The head is missing so it must remain nameless until perfect specimens are available. It cannot be the same as the following species. 20. Syrphus albomaculatus Smith Syrphus albomaculatus Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1877, p. 84. Originally described from Charles Island. This species evidently does not belong to Syrphus but I am unable to place it from the brief description although it appears to belong to the genus Xanthandrus. The name is preoccupied by albomacu- latus Loew, which was attributed to Wiedemann, stated to be the same as pyrastri Linneus. Unfortunately, I was unaware of the description of this species until long after I had sent specimens of Paroxyna crockeri to the British Museum and for this reason I have no definite information as to the generic position. 156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. FAMILY PLATYSTOMIDZ The collection contains two species of Euxesta, one of them undescribed. Genus Euxesta Loew The following key separates the species recorded from the Islands. TABLE OF SPECIES 1.” ‘Bemora, lackish. 2c 0000 ic a iene eyes ae ms Meet ere ha i hs ee eee ee 2s Memorasred Gish... con coc oo cee ere tne Bete OE aera ae ener nitidiventris Loew. 2.\Costal border with) two! blackish spots.) (nh ece sche ree notata Wiedemann. Costal border brown on the whole length................. galapagensis, n.' sp. 21. Euxesta nitidiventris Loew Euxesta nitidiventris Loew, Mon. N. Amer. Dipt., ii, p. 157, 1873. Female, Indefatigable Island, May 6, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). 22. Euxesta galapagensis Curran, new species Blackish green, the parafacials and front reddish; wings broadly brown along the anterior border. Length about 3.5 mm. Front reddish, the vertex blackish green, the dark color extending more than one-third the distance along the orbits and also over the ocellar triangle; hair mod- erately abundant. Vertex and occiput rather thinly cinereous pollinose. Cheeks, face and clypeus cinereous white pollinose. Palpi opaque black. Antenne dull black, the third segment only a little longer than wide; arista black. Frontal lunule dull brown, a dark triangle lying between the antenne. Thorax blackish green, thinly pale pollinose, black haired. Legs black; front coxz mostly reddish; trochanters, knees, tips of the tibie and the tarsi reddish, the anterior tarsi becoming brown apically. Wings cinereous hyaline, brown in front of the second vein and on the broad apex in front of the fourth vein. Anal cell moderately produced posteriorly. _Abdomen blackish green, thinly pale pollinose. The apical abdominal segments are missing so it is impossible to determine the color of the apical segments and the sex of the specimen. Holotype No. 3800, C. A. S. Ent., Hood Island, October 1905 (F. X. Williams). This species is so distinct from any described that I do not hesitate to describe it despite the condition of the abdomen. Vow. XXIJ CURRAN—DIPTERA 157 FAMILY TRYPANEIDZ 23. Paroxyna crockeri Curran, new species Black, thickly pale pollinose, the head and legs mostly yellowish. Length, about 3 mm. Figure 1 Male.—Head reddish yellow, the occiput blackish on the upper half; parafrontals, parafacials, cheeks and lower half of the occiput white pollinose, the upper half of the occiput with cinereous pollen; bristles of the front black, the upper pair of reclinate frontals white; bristles of occiput and cheeks white. Proboscis and palpi reddish. Antenne reddish yellow, the arista black. Mesonotum rather yellowish pollinose, with three brownish yellow vitte which coalesce on the posterior half; scutellum brownish yellow, with darker border. Pleura cinereous pollinose. Hair whitish, the bristles black. Scutellum with one pair of strong marginals and a very weak apical pair. Legs reddish, the posterior four coxe and all the femora black, the femora cinereous pollinose and with the apices broadly reddish; apical tarsal segment somewhat brownish. Wings brown with about twenty clear spots as shown in the figure, the color somewhat variable; third vein bare. Squamez and halteres yellowish. Abdomen cinereous pollinose, the dorsum with two rows of very large, brownish spots which may cover most of the dorsum and form almost entire, narrowly separated, vittez, or the spots may be more or less orbicular and separated. Hair yellow. Genitalia brown. Female.—Brown abdominal vitte usually narrower; ovipositor shining black. Holotype, male, No. 3801, and allotype, female, No. 3802, C. A.S., Ent., Indefatigable Island, June 8, 1932. In the male the third and fourth abdominal segments have rather weak marginals laterally, in the female these are stronger and extend across the fourth segment. Three specimens, Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 24, 25, 1932; eleven specimens, Charles Island, May 14, 1932; seven specimens, James Island, June 4, 1932; female, South Seymour Island, July 11, 1932; four specimens, Jervis Island, June 6, 1932; four specimens, Duncan Island, June 7, 8, 1932; eleven specimens, Indefatigable Island, Conway Bay, June 8, Sullivan Bay, June 13, 1932, all col- lected by M. Willows Jr. 158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER 24. Paroxyna ? esia Walker Oxyna esia Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, p. 1006, 1849. _. This species was described from the Galapagos and the type is in the British Museum (Natural History). It is in poor condition and Miss Daphne Aubertin, who compared specimens of crockert with it, was unable to decide the genus to which it belongs, so its exact Figure 2 position must remain in doubt until additional material is obtained. It seems probable that @sia is a true Paroxyna and it is at once evident that it differs markedly from the species described as crockert. I am indebted to Mr. Marston Bates for the reference to the species and to Miss Aubertin and Mr. Tams for examining the type and furnishing a photograph of the wing. FAMILY BORBORID# In my report on the Diptera of the Wollebek Expedition I re- ported Leptocera discalis Malloch from St. Charles Island. This is the only species of Borboride recorded up to the present time, but the collection contains an undescribed species of Spherocera. 25. Spherocera galapagensis Curran, new species Related to binotata Williston but with the femora extensively black. Length, 2.25 mm. Female.—Head black, thinly pale pollinose; hair and bristles absent. Antenne situated in oval depressions, transverse, reddish, the depressions with thinned margins below and laterally. Face receding, the clypeus large and on a level with the posterior edge of the antennal pits. Proboscis brownish red. Eye-facets rather large. ' Thorax black, thinly yellowish brown pollinose; mesonotum with tiny brownish setule forming two acrostical rows, dorsocentral rows and a wide row above the wings. Disc of scutellum with tiny setula and a small tubercle on either side. Vor. XXI] CURRAN—DIPTERA 159 Pleura without hairs. Hypopleura produced and terminating in a mammiform process. Legs reddish; coxe, basal two-thirds of the anterior and basal half of the posterior four femora black; tibie darkened toward the apex. Hair pale and very short. Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins yellowish basally; fifth vein reaching the _ wing margin; anal vein short. Squame yellowish. Halteres yellow. Abdomen black, thinly brown pollinose, the dorsum with two large, yellow, membranous areas, that on the second segment subrectangular, widest behind, the corners rounded, the spot lying between the second and third segments, fully as large as the preceding one but more oval and with sharp outer ends. Venter yellowish, with only the apical sternites black and chitinized. Holotype, female, No. 3803, C. A. S. Ent., Chatham Island, April 15, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). S. galapagensis belongs to a group of neotropical species in which the antennz are horizontal and situated in well defined pits. The abdomen in most of the species is black with yellow, membranous markings above and the sternites quite small or partly missing. The yellow markings on the dorsum of the abdomen vary in size and shape in bimaculata Williston and perhaps in all the species. S. pal- lipes Malloch, from Panama, differs from the remaining species in the group in lacking the yellow markings. S. bimaculata is widely distributed in the American tropics. FAMILY CHLOROPIDZ This family is represented in the Islands by four species. The genera are separable as follows. i Lesterion tibize with 2 long, ventral terminal spine... .0.------. 054-5285 Ze POStertor tibic without apical Spmely ot 2.5 cue oie ete ot Oscinella Becker. 2. Scutellum long and flattened; frontal bristles strong....Prohippelates Malloch. Scutellum shorter and convex; frontals hair-like, very poorly developed 9 Gah ic ERNE PERE ROTC ecu nN ea RENN URE Sheth glare Ne 2 Hippelates Loew. 26. Prohippelates pallidus (Loew) Hippelates pallidus Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeit., ix, p. 184, 1865. Four males and twelve females, South Seymour Island, June 11, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). There is some variation in the color of the tarsi. In some speci- mens the posterior tarsi are black below or clothed with black hair, while the anterior tarsi may be brown and the tip of the anterior tibiz also darkened. 160 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. FAMILY CANACEIDZ Coquillett described a species belonging to this family, of which there are two described genera. Before me is a third genus repre- sented by a species from the Panama Canal Zone and one from Albemarle Island. The genera are separable as follows. KEY TO GENERA 1. Antenne fully as long as the short, slightly convex face (Europe)... . (Sel) a RN NORE e oth Sa ty Chien GBR ont aoe Dinomyia Becker. Antennz much shorter thansthe face. \. yi Pte. ee. «tie mieted.- ante ws beeiedeet De 2. PAce CONVEX : RRR Pees 6 RE eae eevee EATER Tne EDULE ger Canace Haliday. Face concave below the middlexe sac 4.) eee eee Procanace, new genus. Genus Procanace Curran, new genus Front wide, the ocellar triangle dull but extending practically to the anterior margin of the front; three or four pairs of strong, divergent frontals with quite weak ones between; frontal vitta with a strong bristle toward either side opposite the anterior ocellus; ocellars strong, divergent; postocellars weak, parallel or slightly divergent; outer verticals divergent; cheeks about one-third as wide as eye-height, with two or three strong upturned bristles; face convex above, concave at or below the middle, the oral margin slightly projecting; clypeus prominent. Acrostical bristles and hairs absent; four pairs of dorsocentrals and an irregular row of hairs immediately inside each row; two pairs of marginal scutellars; one or two sterno- pleurals, the mesopleura with a downwardly directed bristle below the middle. Wings normal. Ovipositor of female with the apical lamelle diverging and with short, erect bristles apically. Genotype, P. panamensis, new species. I have named panamensis the genotype because the species should be more easily secured than galapagensis, the coast near Panama City being more accessible than the Galapagos Islands. I found the species in tide pools in the lava formation east of Panama City during low tide. Unfortunately the rising tide made further collect- ing impossible at the time but additional material should be secured without difficulty. 27. Procanace galapagensis Curran, new species Black; wings brownish; face and cheeks gray pollinose. Length, 3 mm. Female.—Front almost half as wide as the head anteriorly, greatly widening posteriorly; three pairs of strong, divergent frontals and weak ones between them; postocellars parallel; front and occiput dull blackish. Occiput with black hairs. Cheeks with a strong, upcurved bristle near the middle and another one anteriorly toward the oral margin, the vibrisse scarcely weaker than these. Face concave a little below the middle, prominent above; clypeus narrow but distinctly protruding. Proboscis thinly grayish pollinose. Palpi brown, with apical bristle. Antenne black; third segment somewhat longer than wide, rounded apically; arista pubescent. Vor. XXIJ CURRAN—DIPTERA 161 Thorax dull black, in some lights with pale brown tinge; scutellum bare except for the marginals; two pairs of sternopleurals; mesopleura with scattered short bristly hairs, with a strong bristle near the middle below and another near the posterior margin. Legs wholly black. Wings brownish. Squame and halteres brown. Abdomen black, with dull greenish tinge; lamellz of the ovipositor moderately long and with three short, stout bristles on the outer side apically. Holotype, female, No. 3804, C. A. S. Ent., Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 27, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). 28. Procanace panamensis Curran, new species Differs from galapagensis in its smaller size, lighter color, pale halteres, etc. Length, 1.75 mm. Male.—Front pale brownish, but in some lights appearing mostly dark grayish, the anterior border more or less gray pollinose; frontals between the strong bristles rather strong; ocellars long; postocellars gently diverging; outer verticals strong. Cheeks with three strong upwardly curved bristles. Face and cheeks whitish pollinose; face concave well below the middle, the clypeus moderately projecting. Proboscis grayish pollinose; palpi yellowish, the apical bristle rather weak. Antenne black; third segment about as wide as long, obtusely rounded apically; arista pubescent. Thorax black, cinereous pollinose, the dorsum brownish. Scutellum with a pair of discal hairs. Mesopleura with a single downwardly directed bristle; only one sternopleural. Legs blackish, the femora rather paler and cinereous pollinose. Wings tinged with brown. Squame brown. Halteres yellow. Abdomen greenish black, with pale brownish pollen, the hair appressed but moderately long. Genitalia small. Holotype, male, Patilla Point, Canal Zone, January 15, 1929 (Curran), in American Museum of Natural History. FamMILy EpHYDRID2& There is a single representative of this family in the collection, representing an apparently undescribed species of Scatella. The only other species recorded from the Islands is Ephydra gilvipes Coquil- lett. 29. Scatella galapagensis Curran, new species Related to stagnalis but with four pairs of dorsocentral bristles, the anterior two pairs much weaker than the others; front polished metallic black. Length, 3 mm. Male.—Face yellowish brown pollinose; the lowest and a median bristle in the facial rows strong and directed outward. Front shining metallic black, the lowest fourth with brown pollen, the middle very lightly and finely punctured; ocellars 162 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. rather strong. Cheeks about one-sixth as wide as the eye-height, rather thickly pollinose and with the usual strong bristle behind the middie. Antenne black, the third segment obtusely rounded apically; arista pubescent. Thorax black, moderately brown pollinose, the pollen becoming grayish on the pectus, the dorsum somewhat shining. Two pairs of strong dorsocentrals and two much weaker pairs in front of the suture, the presutural acrosticals only a little stronger than the third pair of dorsocentrals. Four scutellars, the basal pair about half as long as the apicals. Legs blackish; femora grayish pollinose basally and brown pollinose on about the apical half. Coxe with grayish pollen. Wings light brown, with five whitish spots on the disc as in stagnalis. Squame whitish. Halteres reddish yellow. Abdomen greenish basally and bronzed on the apical half and sides, rather thinly yellowish brown and cinereous pollinose. Venter blackish. Holotype, male, No. 3805, C. A. S. Ent., Chatham Island, April 17, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). FAMILY PHYLLOMYZID& This family has not been recorded from the Islands. One specimen is in the collection. 30. Desmometopa M-nigrum (Zetterstedt) Agromyza M-nigrum Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., vii, p. 2743, 1848. Female, South Seymour Island, July 11, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). This species occurs in Europe, North America and the West Indies. FAMILY DROSOPHILID The two specimens in the collection represent species previously recorded from the Islands. 31. Drosophila immigrans Sturtevant Drosophila immigrans Sturtevant, N. Amer. Sp. Drosophila, p. 83, 1921, (f). One specimen, James Island, June 4, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). 32. Diastata costalis (Coquillett) Rhicnoéssa costalis Coquillett, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., iii, p. 378, 1901. Male, Hood Island, October, 1905 (F. X. Williams). | Vou. XXI] CURRAN—DIPTERA 163 FamILy AGROMYZIDA& The collection contains two species belonging to this family. 33. Cerodontha dorsalis (Loew) Odontocera dorsalis Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeit., vii, p. 54, 1863. Two specimens, Charles Island, April 25, 1932, and Indefatigable Island, May 1, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). 34. Odinia williamsi Johnson Odinia williamsi Johnson, Zoologica, v, p. 90, 1924. Male, Indefatigable Island, May 7, 1932; male, Jervis Island, June 6, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). Male and two females, Barrington Island, November 20, 1905, and female, Abingdon Island, April 8, 1906 (F. X. Williams), the last recorded as ‘‘ovipositing on cactus.”’ FAMILY MuScIDz Six species have previously been recorded from the Islands, and three additional ones are contained in the material before me. A key to the genera is presented. KerEy To GENERA 1. Arista pectinate; proboscis long and strongly broadened basally..... beeen ey el cece cRh icy 2.5 02 ’m sisiegy ae ia: a dia |e. Sheeler oer apa Re EMER Stomoxys Geoffroy. Arista bare, pubescent or plumose; proboscis shorter and not broadened aa Salli Peete Slept isc: Soap since shomesie Ae Sih PNET POL Re ena Rea ane eee Dre 2s One) presutural dorsocentralis? ac) 4. 53Ase eee ese Xenocenosia Malloch. WOR pLestburalmdoOrsocentrals. vr, .c'e oo ce kein ah Cl ets cae cee eae se rote ete Se Sey COSCERMUTAT ITEM ee ht tra SI aki e Ose enn EONAR Sheeran chet ce chara Sala ahs 4, BFOSCSEULIMIMD ATEN tints oe coe oe ccshaie. 9 eieleeee Mate eee at mrcicma seekers eematceie. seer nan ts 5: oie M 0 Pn snes la ine: mace raat ES eS Synthesiomyia Brauer & Bergenstamm. Be CRAG t WER MIONE OAV Sao oc See tes eyo eie coerce tn atanahe stele fa Musca Linneus. 5. Anal vein short, the following vein curved so as to cut across its apex Fannia Desvoidy. ROLE WRENS IGTHE Ren en SONNET. ch ce nee gels El AMER OES able atest wale st Be 6. PSR MMIC i fo 8c oles) oo !a be ge: ace ices. co RAINS URED CTeey & «wid eet eo apn te oety 7: Ptsroplegra, wits Natt. Ps sa, sie ered sno eRe gyeye a ele 6 oa lake ase Lispe Latreille- im BodgishwmnetaGkisht .oss.2). fsuslodh- a erihepis Shed ete) ess Ophyra Desvoidy. emdw pollinose acd dill oe 2 se. ave 2a) s eee tae ans, age Limnophora Desvoidy. 164 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SEr. 35. XKenoceenosia devia Curran, new species Agrees with ovata Stein in having a median anteroventral bristle on the posterior tibiz but the base of the abdomen is broadly yellow. Length, 3.5 to 4 mm. Male.—Front rather wide, brownish, the orbits, a median vitta and the vertex dull yellowish; ocellars long; occiput, face and cheeks cinereous pollinose, the upper part of the occiput and face with yellowish tinge. Palpi reddish yellow; proboscis brown. Antenne blackish with almost the basal half of the second segment reddish; arista black, with moderately long rays. Thorax black, densely cinereous pollinose, the dorsum more or less brownish in the middle or almost wholly tinged with brownish yellow. Acrostical hairs paired, in four rows behind the suture. Scutellum with four equally strong bristles. Legs reddish yellow, the tarsi brownish. Anterior and middle tibie with posterior bristle near the middle, the middle tibiz with anterior median bristle. Posterior femora with an entire row of anterodorsal bristles, three posteroventrals, three or four strong anteroventrals and as many very poorly differentiated ones basally, a preapical posterodorsal and another on the posterior surface. Posterior tibie with a strong anterodorsal near the middle, a weak anteroventral below it, a strong dorsal bristle on the apical fourth and a slightly weaker anterodorsal near the apex. Apex of hind femora with brown spot. Wings cinereous hyaline; veins brownish, becoming reddish basally. Squamz white. Halteres pale yellow. Abdomen brownish in ground color, yellowish on about the basal half except in the middle, densely covered with cinereous pollen ventrally and cinereous yellow pollen above; dorsum with a narrow, median brown vitta on the apical three seg- ments and a round spot at the lateral third of the posterior border. First segment entirely yellow, the second with a broad black triangle extending to the base in the middle. Fourth segment with row of discals and marginals, third with marginals only, the basal two with only lateral bristles. Female.—Yellowish median vitta of the front in the form of a triangle extending two-thirds the distance from the ocelli to the anterior border of the front. Dorsal bristle on posterior tibie situated half way between the anterodorsal and apex. Median dark vitta on abdomen less distinct. Holotype, male, No. 3806, and allotype, female, No. 3807, C. A. S. Ent., Chatham Island, April 17, 1932. Paratypes, three females, Chatham Island, April 17, and male and female, James Island, June 4, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). 36. Fannia species Two females, Chatham Island, April 17, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). As there is no male available I am unable to identify these speci- mens but think they are probably pusio Wiedemann. I have female examples of the same species from British Guiana and Panama Canal Zone, but have no males associated with them. 37. Ophyra eznescens Wiedemann Anthomyia enescens Wiedemann, Aussereur. Zweifl., ii, p. 435, 1830. Two females, South Seymour Island, June 11, 1932 (M. Willows Jey! Vou. XX] CURRAN—DIPTERA 165 38. Lispe species A single female, in only fair condition, belongs to this genus. It is impossible to identify the species without a male and it is to be hoped that this sex may be secured. The specimen was taken by F. X. Williams on Charles Island, October, 1905. 39. Musca domestica Linnzus Musca domestica Linneus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., i, p. 596, 1758. One female, South Seymour Island, June 11, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). 40. Stomoxys calcitrans (Linnzus) Conops calcitrans Linneus, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., i, p. 604, 1758. Two females, South Seymour Island, June 11, 1932, and one female, Chatham Island, April 17, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). 41. Morellia ochricornis (Wiedemann) Musca ochricornis Wiedemann, Aussereur. Zweifl., ii, p. 408, 1830; F. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 84, 1877. This species was collected on Charles Island during the visit of H. M. S. ‘‘Peterel’’ in 1875. FAMILY METOPIIDZ I employ this name for the group which has been known as the Sarcophagide, Calliphoride, Miltogrammine, and Muscide (Town- send), since Metopia is the oldest included generic name. The family is fairly well represented on the Islands. Key TO GENERA MMV AEESG A PIGTIOSE Sc. '5 so. 20s) sw + bose 6 4,4 ayes s cues) gn ele DELS =e erode pee ek ett De 2. Arista long pubescent above, very short below....... Opsophytopsis Townsend. Pee prasdiatal MUSE DATE... es os, eho epapugicn sie ea ee agseain alee me eel ism event = Si. Suprasquamal ridge with long hairs... . 25.6). 6 seine ei Viridinsula Shannon. 3. Palpi long and more or less swollen apically... ...... 22. : 5 see eee eee ee 4, Palpi short and wholly slender; face and cheeks yellow in ground color Weg tae Lhd Ser ey d cay NR TOE OO UE vee A es 14 8) CR a2 oo) Cochliomyia Townsend. 4. Two sternopleurals; female with a single proclinate orbital................5. At least three sternopleurals; female with two proclinate orbitals.... Se EAs petccitedas Facoh icles Gl er opehsnn lat Vater a Mopac ose = Sarcophaga Meigen. 5. Posterior crossvein situated more than its length from the bend of the iSA oH aL AES ba a ee IRE NE ee boot obieidten wee Sarcophagula Wulp. Posterior crossvein situated much less than its length from the bend of HAD TROUERE TE SHEER Ota oR Uae Males Heine ba Cad, oo oe Prosthetocirca Townsend. 166 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. 42. Cochliomyia macellaria (Fabricius) Musca macellaria Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 776, 1775. Three females, Chatham Island, April 17, 18, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). Six females, Charles Island, October, 1905; female, Barrington Island, October 20, 1905; two males and six females, Hood Island, October, 1905 (F. X. Williams). Genus Viridinsula Shannon At the time I examined the Diptera of the Wollebek Expedition I had only alcoholic specimens belonging to this genus and I was misled into placing the material studied under the name pionia Walker. There are two species belonging to the genus and I am now describing the dark colored form. They are separable as follows. Bright green; eyes of male approximate above................ pionia Walker, Blackish with bronze and dull greenish reflections and rather thickly pollinose; eyes of male widely separated................ deceptor, n. sp. 43. Viridinsula pionia (Walker) Musca (Lucilia) pionia Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, p. 880, 1849. Female, Indefatigable Island, May 6, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). Female, Charles Island (F. X. Williams). 44. Viridinsula deceptor Curran, new species Viridinsula pionia Curran, Nyt Mag. Naturvidens., Ixxi, p. 361, (not of Walker). Dark green and bronzed but so thickly grayish pollinose that the insect appears blackish to the naked eye; front of male moderately wide. Length, 5 to 8 mm. Male.—Head black in ground color, thickly cinereous pollinose, the frontal pollen with brownish tinge. Front one-fifth of the head-width, the frontal vitta dull red- dish on the anterior half; seven or eight pairs of rather weak frontals; ocellars long; outer verticals moderately long. Occipital cilia black, the pile with yellowish tinge. Cheeks almost one-third as wide as the eye-height, yellowish haired below and posteriorly, with coarse black hair above and anteriorly. Parafacials about as wide as the antenne; oral margin produced. Palpi reddish yellow, the apices infuscated. Antennz brownish, the apex of the second segment and base of the third more or less reddish; arista black, with long rays above and short ones below. Thorax densely gray pollinose, the mesonotum with three poorly defined dark vittz, the ground color dull green beneath the pollen, on the mesonotum somewhat bronzed. Acrosticals 2-2; dorsocentrals 3-3; posterior sublateral absent; two intra- alars; sternopleurals 2-1; four pairs of marginal scutellars and a discal pair. Hair black. Vor. XXI] CURRAN—DIPTERA 167 Legs blackish, the femora gray pollinose. Anterior femora with a row of strong posterodorsal bristles, a slightly weaker row immediately below them and a row of very strong posteroventral bristles; middle femora with three or four anteroven- tral bristles on the basal half, a row of strong posteroventral bristles on the basal two-thirds and short fine bristles on the apical third; posterior femora with row of antero- and posteroventral bristles and a row on the anterodorsal surface. Anterior tibiz with a posterior bristle near the middle, the middle tibiz with two short posterodorsal bristles, the posterior tibie with a row of very short anterodorsal bristles. Wings cinereous hyaline. Squamz yellowish. Halteres reddish yellow. Abdomen mostly green in ground color, the dorsum bronzed, the apices of the segments and a median vitta on the second and third segments blackish, the cinereous pollen quite thick. Hair black, yellow on the venter. Third and fourth segments each with a row of marginals, the fourth with erect bristly hairs. Fifth sternite divided on practically its whole length, the lobes very broadly separated, jong and conspicuous, with bristles apically. Genitalia blackish, grayish pollinose. Female.—Front about two-fifths as wide as the head; basal antennal segments sometimes reddish. Sternopleura with yellowish pile. Hair of fourth abdominal segment shorter and appressed; venter with black hair except basally. Holotype, male, No. 3808, North Seymour Island, June 12, 1932; allotype, female, No. 3809, C. A. S. Ent., Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 27, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). Paratypes, male and female, Hood Island, October, 1905, January, 1906; two females, Cocos Island, September 3, 1905 (F. X. Williams); four males and ten females, Floreana or Charles Island (Wollebek Exp.). 45. Opsophytopsis inoa (Walker) Sarcophaga inoa Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, p. 832, 1849. Opsophytopsis insularis Townsend, Ins. Ins. Mens., v, p. 163, 1917. Wohlfahrtia inoa Johnson, Zoologica, v, p. 88, 1924. Female, James Island, July 28, 1906; female, Chatham Island, October 14, 1905, and female, Indefatigable Island, November, 1905, all collected by F. X. Williams. 46. Sarcophagula occidua (Fabricius) Musca occidua Fabricius, Ent. Syst., iv, p. 315, 1794. Male and female, Charles Island, April 23 and May 14, 1932; female, James Island, June 4, 1932; seven males and the same num- ber of females, Chatham Island, April 17, 1932. All the specimens were collected by Mr. M. Willows Jr. The synonymy of this species is given in my previous paper on the Galapagos Diptera. 168 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 47. Prosthetocirca cana Townsend Prosthetocirca cana, Townsend, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxx, p. 196, 1917. Sarothromyiops cincta Townsend, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxx, p. 196, 1917. Male, Hood Island, January, 1906 (F. X. Williams). Female, Indefatigable Island, May 5, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). I am not certain that the female belongs here as it has black palpi while the male has these organs brownish red. However, it is not likely that there are two species on the Islands. The posterior forceps of the male are peculiar: basally there is a pair of transverse, foliate appendages, the basal half is thick while the apical half is in the form of a slender, tapering, slightly curved, cylinder. Despite its shape the forceps are not united and the lower edges of the thickened part bears abundant very short, fine hairs on the inner.surface. Genus Sarcophaga Meigen 1. Fourth abdominal segment with golden yellow pollen........ taitensis Schiner. Fourth abdominal segment without yellowish pollen...................... Pa PUM Aales URL GAIN. AA NOR Te PE OE 28 Dad eR Rs Daye a SAN Rha ae 3 Remales tia scd) eysehs yh t. Sepaiehen ede 6 oe Qa ee es Bey eia Pee Beane 7. 3... Genital segments, blackish... 40-2... $e tel eae ae - oe eet oc williamsi, n. sp. At least the second genttalsepment reddish= oa. cie coe cise alee ieee 4, 4. Palpi mostly reddish; posterior forceps with four arms. . plinthopyga Wiedemann. Palpi blackish; posterior forceps with only a single arm on either side....... De 5. First genital segment blackish; posterior forceps with stout, short setu- lesin)-the middle behind. San ep ieee ies eer eets ener violenta Walker. First genital segment brownish only on apical half....................... 6 6. Posterior forceps with tiny setule on most of their length and without yellow pubescence on their inner margin................ reversa Aldrich. Posterior forceps without setule, their inner margins with dense yellow pubescence on the’ basal hale 4 2s. eh hone ceieesich agai isla, n. sp. 7. Fifth abdominal segment brownish, cinereous pollinose........ violens Walker. Fitth abdominal ‘segment:reddish: . 40. . (424. ashi Gata. BOs eae ap eieeee es oe 8. 8. Bristles on fifth tergite almost equally strong and almost contiguous along the whole apex...) :\1i:R(N so at tte. OR ee eee ee isla, n. Sp. Bristles not all equally strong, those in the middle quite weak........ BaSEME Baie, Sceohcs hcl co's cz alike RCTS EAR TORE plinthopyga Wiedemann ?. 48. Sarcophaga taitensis Schiner Sarcophaga taitensis Schiner, Novara Reise, Dipt., p. 314, 1868. Four males, Charles Island, April 17 and 25, 1932 and May 14, 1932; male, James Island, June 1, 1932; two females, Chatham Island, April 17, 1932; female, Iguana Cove, Albemarle Island, May 21, 1932; female, Duncan Island, May 7, 1932, all collected by Mr. M. Willows Jr. Two females, Albemarle Island, March, 1906 (F. X. Williams). VoL. XX] CURRAN—DIPTERA 169 49. Sarcophaga plinthopyga Wiedemann Sarcophaga plinthopyga Wiedemann, Aussereuropiische Zweifliigelige Insecten, ii, p. 360, 1830. S. robusta Aldrich, Sarc. & Allies., p. 207. S. quadriforceps Curran, Nyt Mag. Naturwisen., Ixxi, p. 363, 1932. A female collected by F. X. Williams on San Martin Island, off the coast of Lower California, July 2, 1905, is referred here with some doubt as I do not have available authentic females of this species. 50. Sarcophaga violenta Walker Sarcophaga violenta Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, p. 826, 1849. Gigantotheca galapagensis, Townsend, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxx, p. 195, 1917. S. violenta Aldrich, Proc. U.S. N. M., Ixxviii, Art. 12, p. 16, 1930, (fig.). Two males and one female, Indefatigable Island, November, 1905; male, Barrington Island, October 20, 1905 (F. X. Williams). 51. Sarcophaga isla Curran, new species Resembling violenta Walker but the first genital segment is red with brownish apex and the genitalia are very different. Length, 9 to 11 mm. Male.—Head white pollinose; front one-fifth as wide as the head; frontals diverging below; ocellars weak; outer verticals scarcely developed; an incomplete row of black hairs behind the occipital cilia; pile of occiput white; cheeks with fine 170 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRroc. 4TH SER. black hair; hair of parafacials rather fine. Palpi brown. Antenne brown, the basal segments reddish; arista brown, its rays of moderate length. Thorax cinereous pollinose, the three black vitte of moderate width. Prescu- tellar acrosticals weak; presutural dorsocentrals weak, the posterior series with only the posterior one strong, the anterior three or four very weak; apical scutellars absent; sternopleurals 1-1-1; propleura bare in middle. Legs black, the femora with cinereous pollen; middle femora with comb of short, stout bristles apically on posteroventral surface and with two preapical postero- dorsal bristles, villous on the basal half below; posterior femora villous below, their tibiz short villous on the apical half of ventral surface; claws and pulvilli elongate. Wings cinereous hyaline. Squamze white. Halteres mostly brownish. Abdomen cinereous pollinose, a median vitta and the apices of the segments black or brown, each segment toward the side with a blackish spot in some lights; no marginals except on the fourth segment and sides of the others. Genitalia red- dish, the basal segment with the apex brown above; posterior forceps expanded and red on the basal half, black and curved on the apical half, outer forceps narrow; posterior claspers long and rather narrow, the anterior claspers not developed; penis robust, the end expanded and very thin. Female.—Front one-fourth the head-width; normally two pairs of proclinate orbitals; ocellars rather weak; outer verticals weak. Dorsocentrals not longer but more conspicuous. Abdomen more tessellate, the median vitta narrower, the apices . of the segments not clearly black or brown. Fifth tergite reddish, with a row of strong, almost contiguous apical bristles, its sternite bright red, with an irregular row of rather short, appressed bristles near the apical third, its apex rather trans- verse with a shallow U-shaped median emargination, the basal two-thirds convex; apex of ovipositor yellowish and with black bristles. Holotype, male, No. 3810, and allotype, female, No. 3811, C. A.S. Ent., Gardner Island, September, 1905. Paratypes, two males, Gardner Island, September, and four males and four females, Hood Island, October, 1905, all collected by F. X. Williams. 52. Sarcophaga williamsi Curran, new species Hind tibiz villous; genitalia wholly blackish; two strong post- sutural dorsocentrals. Length, about 7.5 mm. Male.—Front two-elevenths of head-width; frontals diverging below; ocellars and outer verticals absent; two partial rows of black hairs behind the occipital cilia; occipital pile white; cheeks with black hairs, almost one-third as wide as the eye-height; parafacial hairs sparse; head white pollinose. Palpi brownish red, dark below. Antenne brownish, the basal segments brownish red. Thorax black, cinereous pollinose, the mesonotum with four moderately wide blackish vitte. Dorsocentrals weak, the two posterior pairs strong; sternopleurals 1-1-1; no apical scutellars. Legs black, the femora with grayish pollen. Middle and posterior femora with long hair below, the middle pair with weak, comb-like row of bristles apically. Middle tibie with the hair on the apical half of the lower surface hardly as long as the tibial thickness, the posterior tibie villous. — Wings cinereous hyaline. Squame whitish. Halteres yellowish with the base of the knob brownish. Vou. XXJ] CURRAN—DIPTERA i Wy gE Figure 4 Abdomen black, with cinereous pollen, rather strongly tessellate, the black median vitta narrow. Lobes of fifth sternite very broadly separated, with very short black bristles along their inner edges, the base perpendicular and with a deep U-shaped incision in the middle. Posterior forceps reddish on the basal half, black apically, near their middle with short, coarse setule along the inner side, and for some distance beyond the base with dense yellow pubescence on the inner margin. Holotype, male, No. 3812, C. A. S. Ent., Charles Island (F. X. Williams). FaMILy TACHINIDZ This family has not been recorded from the Islands and the single specimen in the collection represents an apparently undescribed genus. Genus Galapagosia Curran, new genus In Townsend’s Key to Genera traces to Stomatodexia Brauer and Bergenstamm but the palpi are smaller, the arista quite bare, cheeks somewhat narrower, etc. Front almost one-fifth as wide as the head; with six pairs of frontals, the upper pair reclinate, the lower two pairs situated below the base of the antenne; ocellars of moderate length; verticals rather weak. The occipital cilia extend to the cheeks and the occiput is pale haired. Cheeks about one-seventh as wide as the eye-height, with coarse, sparse hairs. Face almost as long below as at the base of the antenne, gently receding, the oral margin somewhat produced; facial ridges bare; parafacials about half as wide as the third antennal segment, bare. Proboscis blackish, the apical section about three-fourths as long as the head-height; palpi rather slender, gently enlarged apically, of moderate length and bearing a few short, black bristly hairs below. Antenne reaching almost to the vibrisse, the third segment scarcely twice 172 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. as long as the second, with parallel sides, the apex obtusely rounded; arista prac- tically bare, thickened on the basal fifth. Eyes bare. Acrosticals wholly absent although two of the presutural hairs are somewhat stronger than the others; dorso- centrals 3-3, although the anterior pair is very weak; posterior sublateral absent; posthumeral weak; two weak intra-alars; two pairs of marginal scutellars; three sternopleurals, the lower one very weak. Propleura and prosternum bare; infra- squamal setule absent. Legs normal, the tibial bristles short. Wings with the apical cell ending a little in front of the wing tip, narrowly open; bend of fourth vein without appendage; base of third vein with one or two weak basal bristles; costal spine very short. Abdomen long, narrow, subcylindrical and tapering; first segment without dorsal bristles, the second with a pair of marginals, the third and fourth each with a row; discals absent; genitalia small, wholly concealed from dorsal view. Genotype: G. minuta, n. sp. 53. Galapagosia minuta Curran, new species Black, the antenne, legs and abdomen partly yellowish or reddish. Length, 3.5 mm. Male.—Head white pollinose; frontal vitta narrower than either parafrontal and brown in color. Antenne black with the basal segments yellowish; palpi yellow. Thorax cinereous pollinose, the mesonotum with four brown vittz, the median pair approximate, replaced a little behind the suture by a single median vitta, the outer ones short and broadly interrupted at the suture; behind the outer ends of the suture a short, brownish black stripe. Scutellum brown, with the base and broad sides cinereous. Legs brown; trochanters and tips of the femora reddish, the tibie more or less broadly reddish basally. Wings cinereous hyaline; squame large, with yellowish tinge. Halteres yellow. First abdominal segment brown with the sides very broadly yellow except apically and basally on the dorsum, wholly yellow on the under side; second seg- ment broadly brown in the middle and posteriorly, the yellow in the form of large basal triangles and occupying the whole of the under side of the tergites; fourth segment much less extensively yellow, the posterior two-fifths black on the under side, the yellow triangles extending onto the dorsum narrow and reaching only about one-fourth the distance across; fourth segment wholly black. Basal half of the tergites thickly cinereous pollinose, the apical portion brownish, the brown extend- ing slightly forward on the median portion; on the fourth segment the gray pollen is more extensive and the apex is shining black. Genitalia quite small, brownish behind, reddish anteriorly, the brown area thickly cinereous pollinose. Holotype, male, No. 3813, C. A. S. Ent., Indefatigable Island, May 5, 1932 (M. Willows Jr.). PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FouRTH SERIES Voi. XXI, No. 14, pp. 173-181; 1 text figure APRIL 20, 1934 No. 14 Gens Sitar FORMICIDAE OF THE TEMPLETON CROCKER” 'Y $8 1934 EXPEDITION, 1933! ut) pa a life: Né, 1 BALISS . BY | WILLIAM MORTON WHEELER Professor of Entomology, Harvard University The following ants collected by Mr. Maurice Willows Jr. in the Solomon, Santa Cruz and Danger islands comprise several forms not hitherto recorded from the Papuan region. One of the species represents a new and very interesting genus, Willowsiella, quite unlike any known Myrmicine ant. FAMILY FORMICID2 SUBFAMILY PONERINZ Odontomachus hematoda (Linn.) Solomon Islands: Northwest end of Bellona Island (VI.9.33; Whine so” V.123.53) 3. Santa Cruz Islands: Nupani Island (V.8.33) 8—Mohawk Bay, Matema Island (VII.9.33; VII.10.33) 8 —Anuda Island (VII.15.33) 8 —Tevia Bay, Vanikoro Island (V.6.33) 8. 1 Note: Vol. XXI of Proceedings was originally planned to contain only the results of the Crocker Expedition of 1932. However, his expedition of 1933 (not solely in the interest of the Academy) has added more new material from places in the Pacific Ocean to the Academy’s collections. It has seemed but natural to incorporate the reports upon this later material with the reports on that collected on the Expedi- tion of 1932 Consecutive numbering has been adhered to.—£ditor. April 20, 1934 174 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Odontomachus hematoda var. fuscipennis Forel Solomon Islands: Kungava Bay, Rennel Island (VI.14.33) 8 9. Numerous workers and three females, two of which are dedlated. In this variety, originally described from Ceylon and Sumatra, the female has deeply infuscated wings, but the worker is indistinguish- able from that of the typical hematoda. Perhaps, therefore, some or all of the workers above referred to the typical form of the species may really belong to this variety, which is not recorded by Mann from the Solomon Islands. SUBFAMILY MyRMICIN& Pheidole megacephala (Fabr.) Santa Cruz Islands: Anuda Island (VII.18.33) 8 —Mohawk Bay, Matema Island (VII.8.33) 8. Danger Islands: Puka Puka Island (IV.9.33) 8. This pantropical ant is not recorded by Mann from the Solomon Islands. Willowsiella Wheeler, gen. nov. Worker. Monomorphic; integument smooth, hard and thick. Head rather large; eyes well-developed, near the middle of the sides; ocelli absent. Mandibles rather small, triangular, with oblique masticatory border bearing a well-developed apical tooth and a few poorly developed basal teeth. Palpi very short, the maxillary pair apparently 3-jointed. Clypeus with a raised plate-like median portion which is marginate on each side, extending forward as a subrectangular lobe and backward between the frontal carine as a blunt point. Posterior clypeal suture distinct; lateral portions of clypeus short and much depressed so that the anterior prolonga- tions of the antennal fovee are very deep. Frontal carine well-developed but short, rather far apart and feebly diverging posteriorly. There are no scrobes for the antenne. Frontal area and groove absent. Antenne stout, 11-jointed; first funicular joint well-developed, joints 2-7 short and transverse, 8-10 forming an enlarged and very distinct 3-jointed club, which is longer than the remainder of the funiculus. Thorax high, evenly arcuate above, without any traces of promesonotal and mesoépinotal sutures. Epinotum sloping without distinct base and declivity, armed with a pair of broad spines which are placed very low; metasterna well- developed, auriculate and compressed. Petiole very large, with a short, stout peduncle provided on each side with a blunt rectangular protuberance. Postpetiole very small compared with the petiole, very broad and very short. Gaster lenticular, consisting very largely of the first segment which is as broad as long and constitutes the whole dorsal surface; remaining segments very small and retracted; sting very long, exserted. Legs stout, hind tibia with delicate, hair-like, vestigial spurs; hind metatarsi as long as the tibie. Genotype: Willowstella dispar sp. nov. VoL. XXI] WHEELER—FORMICIDAE OF THE CROCKER EXPEDITION 175 Willowsiella dispar Wheeler, sp. nov. (Fig. 1) Worker. Length very nearly 2.5 mm. Head trapezoidal, slightly longer than broad, with nearly straight, anteriorly converging sides and feebly and evenly convex posterior border; in profile mod- erately convex above and subtruncate behind, with concave occipital border. Eyes slightly in front of the middle of the sides, moderately large, convex, semi- circular, with straight inferior orbit. Mandibles with straight external borders and two or three blunt teeth in addition to the acute apical tooth. Antennal scapes reaching to the posterior fourth of the head, curved at their bases; first funicular joint one and one-half times as long as broad; joints 2-7 fully twice as broad as long; eighth nearly as long as the three preceding joints together; the ninth as long as broad, the terminal distinctly longer than the combined eighth and ninth. Thorax in profile convex and evenly rounded above; seen from above slightly more than twice as long as broad, broader in front than behind, with broadly arcuate anterior border, subrectangular humeri and straight sides which gradually converge pos- teriorly to the epinotal region where they become subparallel. Epinotal spines as broad at the base as long, acute, strongly compressed, subparallel, directed back- ward and slightly upward, the space between them sloping and feebly concave. Petiolar node in profile higher than long, truncated anteriorly and posteriorly and Fig. 1. Willowsiella dispar gen. et sp. nov. a, lateral aspect; b, head, dorsal aspect, c, thorax and abdomen, dorsal aspect. 176 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. rounded dorsally; seen from above transversely subelliptical, broader than the epinotum, with very bluntly angulate sides, nearly one and one-half times as broad as long. The peduncle bears on each side a blunt rectangular projection and at its anteroventral border a blunt tooth. Postpetiole anteroposteriorly compressed and cuneate in profile, with straight anterior and posterior surfaces and blunt superior border; from above much narrower than the petiolar node, broadly trapezoidal, fully twice as broad as long, its anterior and lateral borders straight, the latter strongly converging posteriorly. First gastric segment subquadrate, with broadly rounded anterior and posterior corners and deeply excised ante1ior border. Shining; body and legs regularly, very finely and delicately reticulate, with sparse umbilicate punctures, distinctly coarser on the mandibles, head, thorax and petiole than on the postpetiole and gaster, which are smoother and more minutely and sparsely punctate. Frontal carine and clypeus granular, the raised median portion of the latter with a few longitudinal ruge on each side. Cheeks coarsely reticulate-rugose; lower portion of epinotal declivity with several transverse ruge. Hairs yellowish, very short, erect only on the clypeus and tip of the gaster, else- where appressed and arising from the umbilicate punctures. Pubescence short, even, appressed, confined to the antenne and legs. Black; mandibles, antenne, legs and terminal segments of gaster yellowish brown; femora dark brown, except at their bases and tips; median portion of antennal scapes somewhat infuscated. Described from a single specimen taken by Mr. Maurice Willows Jr. at the northwestern end of Bellona Island, Solomons (VI. 23.93) The genus Willowsiella evidently belongs to Emery’s tribe Mera- noplini, which has hitherto included only five genera: Promeranoplus Emery, Prodicroaspis Emery, Mayriella Forel, Calyptomyrmex Emery (with the subgenus Dicroaspis) and Meranoplus F. Smith. Mayriella, Calyptomyrmex and Meranoplus have deep scrobes for the accommodation of the antenne and a different number of an- tennal joints, except in certain species of Calyptomyrmex. Willowsi- ella is more closely related to Promeranoplus and Prodicroaspis, which are known only from New Caledonia, but both have 12-jointed antenne and a very differently shaped thorax and pedicel. The new genus is therefore more specialized than these two but much less so than the three other genera. Emery (Les Fourmis de la Nouvelle- Calédonie et des iles Royalty, 1914, p. 14, nota) expressed the fol- lowing opinion concerning the phylogeny of the Meranopline genera: “The two genera Promeranoplus and Prodicroaspis are apparently very closely allied. They arose from an unknown primitive type of the tribe Meranoplini and suggest transitions to two existing groups, one of which is represented by the single genus Meranoplus, the other by the genera Calyptomyrmex, Dicroaspis and Mayriella. The mesonotum is very prominent and armed with appendages in Promeranoplus and Meranoplus but unarmed in the others, and, since the epinotum tends to become abbreviated, the basal surface is very short and the spines (if present) are at half the height on VoL. XXI] WHEELER—FORMICIDAE OF THE CROCKER EXPEDITION 177 the declivity.”’ Willowsiella in all probability departed from the unknown ancestral Meranopline along a third independent line of phylogenetic development in which the head failed to develop an- tennal scrobes, the thorax acquired no appendages and the antenne retained a more primitive number of joints (eleven) than Mayriella, which has ten, and Meranoplus, which has only nine joints. Tetramorium guineense (Fabr.) Solomon Islands: Tai Lagoon, Malaita (V.30.33) 8. Santa Cruz Islands: (Anuda Island (VII.15.33) 8. Danger Islands: Puka Puka Island (IV.9.33) 8. Palmyra Island (IV.1.33) 8. This ant is now widely distributed throughout tropical and sub- tropical countries. Tetramorium pacificum Mayr A single worker from the northwestern end of Bellona Island, Solomons (VI.23.33). Though common in Indonesia and Oceania this species is not recorded by Mann from the Solomons. Tetramorium melanogyna Mann var. pallidiventre Wheeler, var. nov. Worker. Differing from the typical melanogyna in having the gaster yellow instead of fuscous. The mandibles and legs are of the same yellow color as the gaster, the knees, however, are infuscated. The petiolar and postpetiolar nodes are as coarsely reticulate-rugose as the thorax and their lateral marginations are less distinct. A single specimen from the northwestern end of Bellona Island, Solomons (VI.19.33). Xiphomyrmex costatus Emery subsp. willowsi Wheeler, subsp. nov. Worker. Resembling the subspecies flavescens Emery but the femora and abdo- men are yellow and paler than the rufotestaceous head and thorax, the antennal scrobes are not continued beyond the eyes, there are six rather sinuous longitudinal ruge between the frontal carine and the thoracic ruge are irregular and vermiculate. Antennal scapes extending fully one-fourth their length beyond the posterior corners of the head; funicular joints 3-5 as broad as long; epinotal spines shorter than in the typical costatus and either straight or slightly curved upward; meta- sternal spines two-fifths as long as the epinotal spines; petiolar peduncle only slightly longer than the node; postpetiole nearly twice as broad as long. 178 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Two workers; one from Uras Cove, Malaita Island, Solomons (type locality, V.28.33) and one from Star Harbor, Cristoval Island (VII.1.33) in the same group. Mann records only the subsp. flavescens from the Solomons and states that it lives in hollow twigs. SUBFAMILY DOLICHODERIN& Iridomyrmex myrmecodie Emery Solomon Islands: Uras Cove, Malaita Island (V.28.33) 9 #—Ugi Island (VI.28.33) 9. Iridomyrmex anceps Roger subsp. papuanus Emery Santa Cruz Islands: Matema Island (VII.7.33) 8 —Mohawk Bay, Matema Island (VII.8.33) 8. Turneria pacifica Mann A single worker from Matema Bay, Santa Cruz Island (VII.8.33). This species was originally described from a single specimen taken by Dr. Mann at Graciosa Bay on the same island. Only four other species of the singular genus Turneria are known, frencht Forel and bidentata Forel from Queensland, Australia, dahli Forel from the Bismarck Archipelago and butteli Forel from Sumatra. These, too, seem to be known from very few worker specimens. Tapinoma melanocephalum Fabr. A single worker from Anuda Island, in the Santa Cruz group (VII.15.33). A widely distributed pantropical species. SUBFAMILY FoORMICID& Anoplolepis longipes (Jerdon) Solomon Islands: Santa Catalina Island (VII.2.33) 8—Kau Kau Plantation, Guadalcanar Island (V.20.33; V.23.33) 8 9—Star Har- bor, San Cristoval Island (VII.3.33) 8. Santa Cruz Islands: Nupani Island (V.8.33) 8—Mohawk Bay, Matema Island (VII.10.33) 8 —Matema Island (VII.7.33) 8. A well-known species widely distributed in Southern Asia, Indo- nesia and Oceania. It has even established itself in Mexico. VoL. XXT] WHEELER—FORMICIDAE OF THE CROCKER EXPEDITION 179 Oecophylla smaragdina Fabr. subsp. subnitida Emery Solomon Islands: Star Harbor, San Cristoval Island (VII.1.33) 8 —Kau Kau Plantation, Guadalcanar Island (V.20.33) 8. A rather smooth variety of the common East Indian ‘‘red tree ant,’’ which uses its larve in spinning the silken webs that form the sutures of its leafy nests. Camponotus (Myrmamblys) reticulatus Roger subsp. bedoti Emery Solomon Islands: Malaita Island (V.28.33) 8 —northwestern end of Bellona Island (V.28.33) 8 —Santa Catalina Island (VII.2.33) 8 —Kau Kau Plantation, Guadalcanar Island (V.20.33) 8 —Kungava Bay, Rennell Island (VI.14.33) 8. Sikaiana Island, east of Solomons (V.15.33) 8. Santa Cruz Islands: Nupani Island (V.8.33) 8 —Anuda Island (WIL.13.33) 8. All the numerous specimens are minor workers and vary some- what in the sharpness of the fine striolation of the body. This ant was recorded by Mann from many localities in the Solomons and by Emery from Ternate, the Sula and Morty Islands. It also has a wide distribution in Indonesia (Borneo, Java, Sumatra). Polyrhachis (Myrma) relucens (Latr.) subsp. andromache F. Smith var. nesiotis Mann. Eight workers from Tevia Bay, Vanikoro Island, Santa Cruz group (V.6.33). This variety was originally described from Graciosa Bay, Santa Cruz. Polyrhachis (Myrma) relucens subsp. ithonus F. Smith A single worker from Mohawk Bay, Matema Island, Santa Cruz Islands (VII.2.33). Hitherto recorded only from the Moluccas. Polyrhachis (Myrma) labella F. Smith var. brunneipes Wheeler, var. nov. Worker. Like the var. obliqua Stitz from Bougainville Island, Solomons, in the shape of the epinotum which has a more oblique declivity than in the typical labella. The pubescence on the thorax 180 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. is grayish and not very long, abundant only on the pleura, finer and rather sparse on the gaster. Legs, excluding the coxe, castaneous, the tibiz scarcely paler than the femora and not yellow as in the typical labella and the var. obliqua. A single worker from the northwestern end of Bellona Island, Solomons (VI.21.33). Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma) rere Mann Six workers from Anuda Island in the Santa Cruz group (VII. 18.33). Originally described from Rere, on Guadalcanar Island, Solomons. Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma) kaipi Mann A single worker from Anuda Island (VII.15.33). Originally de- scribed from Malaita Island, Solomons. Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma) arcuata Le Guillou var. acutinoda Forel One worker from the Kau Kau Plantation, Guadalcanar Island, Solomons (V.23.33). This variety was originally described from the Bismarck Archipelago. Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) anne Mann Solomon Islands: Northwestern end of Bellona Island (VI.23.33) 8—Kau Kau Plantation, Guadalcanar Island (V.20.33) 9 —Kun- gava Bay, Rennell Island (V1,94.33> VI-16:33): 3 "e.: Santa Cruz Islands: Mohawk Bay, Matema Island (VII.9.33) Dale a Female (undescribed): Length 6-6.5 mm. Resembling the worker; pronotal teeth shorter than broad at their bases and less acute; epinotal spines shorter and subparallel, petiolar spines straight and less divergent. Mesonotum as long as broad, semicircular in front. The dense golden pubescence covering the body the same as in the worker but somewhat less silvery on the head and thorax, the pale erect hairs slightly more numerous on the thorax and gaster. Graciosa Bay, Santa Cruz Island is the type locality of this beau- tiful species, which was taken by Mann also in several localities in the Solomons. Ryd Vor. XXI] WHEELER—FORMICIDAE OF THE CROCKER EXPEDITION 181 Polyrhachis (Myrmatopa) ose Mann A single worker from the Kau Kau Plantation, Guadalcanar Island, Solomons (V.20.33). The species was originally described from Ugi Island and recorded from three localities on San Cristoval. Paratrechina longicornis (Latr.) A single worker from Puka Puka Island in the Danger group (1V.19.33). Mann found this pantropical species in all the localities which he visited in the Solomons. Nylanderia vaga (Forel) Solomon Islands: Sikaina Island (V.15.33) 8 —Santa Catalina Island (VII.2.33) 8 —eastern end of Bellona Island (VI.19.33) 8. Nupani Reef Island, east of Solomons (V.8.33). Santa Cruz Islands: Matema Island (VII.7.33) 8 —Mohawk Bay, Matema Island (VII.8.33) 8 —Anuda Island (VII.15.33) 8. The large number of specimens are rather uniform in color and pilosity and close to the form which Santschi has recently called subsp. crassipilis from Samoa, Fiji and Tahiti. Nylanderia obscura (Mayr) var. A single worker from Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, Solomons (VI.14.33), which agrees well with the Australian type of the species except in its somewhat less robust stature and deep black coloration. Mandibles, antenne and legs reddish yellow, with the apical halves of the scapes and the femora and tibie, except their bases and tips, black. I hesitate to introduce a new name for this form without additional material. Nylanderia dichroa Wheeler, sp. nov. Worker. Length about 2.7 mm. Closely resembling N. rose¢ Forel of Australia in form and sculpture but of very different color. Head broader, with more convex eyes and distinctly concave pos- terior border; antennal funiculi longer and more slender; base of epinotum more convex and rounded. Petiolar node with more rounded and less truncated superior border, inclined forward asin rose. Gaster anteriorly with a deep concavity for the accommodation of the petiole. Yellow, with jet black gaster; anal segment reddish. Smooth and shining. Pilosity much as in rose, with the erect hairs long and coarse, but longer and more numerous on the mesonotum and sides of the pronotum. The hairs are dark brown but appear partially pale in some lights. Pubescence on epinotum and legs rather conspicuous, white and appressed. A single specimen from the Kau Kau Plantation, Guadalcanar Island, Solomons (V.20.33). ws a ee "1 Britkee beady Aya: vionaaigttol bedi oe NRO ENE rs en | eh tee hate) le W asian: ann ihe okie me . Sanity wna Beh Sais et hehe Foahinceaarecg eG) aston Afi CER Bi : si hy eennoe a nt no Lines ‘el er rs mys year Aree rere a ‘a ¥ d * eipoh § a fenlay BR i ahaa dy, 2 aa abla n a Pus ¥ Bik : 5 wv Peet me eae titi lardgit Pir aaa RB BP PY: Cipitay: ieee te. “alviieted (a aN Morn > Na tS Ay A RM SF | afk at Oty: beg bureau heaters Be hee s& ae ‘hes! Be, ae ALSO Huts hone: toi st tail 2 ah ‘x! Bi. Ramla aa BA os bo 8 TY ) bac a eee ath ah, od / IN Roa NA ny sbulthes - ee CoB he + ‘ . , ‘ rf eae DAO pee tie then aks rah) acres =o ith pe je or) Postips meiorty: Au ff is pee spe ah ce Seek Ot. wetrhiny hits, Ba: aur Saha bininbe: iach | . Ra ) r 4 Be. eR MOURNS eth AP iepaiel ssa ale aes be bres Ty Boe i. SURG Cie TY PAYS Some Dan ee meme ES Ta cee vay ahs TE, Ses actos Te i iit ae SPACE ehkeh >) Sitar hob cere Reagan eee phe td Garett ce ded orate “lj OG Pali kps Ott Che weotehy (Bee pat Karp apertod ne Bt Weve ny) bala boyaeak ae cet Tete eh Mei ANN, re ay ns ‘ Se 3 Bets pad . eet | SOA rtG lt cua Fert. oe re ae anh oy Saber tt Oa 9 NRO RYAN Ce RARL ee Hokie ites Ax any saat aie Batley Visas ; Pei airmen, iA Ree ae Wave HPO Pema ct Rat Rone eben Yatr ca can vataied: NAIA a eugc) ca oh Sa dae Ce Rae te : pelyene cupticay ah tad {ive ee A a LENE Mphicaeh Leatren nn SD seit Re ED sana ite: Wed RAF 8 io 8,22 ey HO ba leinh i yoatue ATO Hat 4 ae sine det this it es PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FouRTH SERIES VoL. XXI, No. 15, pp. 183-188 OcTOBER 16, 1934 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION TO WESTERN POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN ISLANDS, 1933 No. 15 NOTES ON THE REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF SEA-SNAKE BY JOSEPH R. SLEVIN Curator, Department of Herpetology California Academy of Sciences The following paper is based on a collection of reptiles and am- phibians made on the Templeton Crocker Expedition to the Solomon Islands on board the yacht Zaca in 1933 and very generously donated by Mr. Crocker to the California Academy of Sciences. While the bulk of the collection is from the Solomon Islands the Santa Cruz Islands, Palmyra Island, lying to the south and west of the Hawa- iians, and Danger or Pukapuka Island, lying to the north and east of the Samoans, are also represented. The thanks of the author are due Mr. Crocker and the crew of the Zaca for the privilege of studying this interesting collection, and especially to Mr. Maurice Willows Jr. upon whom fell the work of caring for and preserving the specimens. The collections of Guppy and Woodford first brought to the notice of herpetologists the unique character of the reptile and amphibian fauna of the Solomons. At various times collectors have visited the group, the Whitney South Sea Expedition making in- vestigations on some thirty-five islands. Since the collections made by the Crane Pacific and the Whitney South Sea expeditions no new species have been discovered until the Templeton Crocker Expedi- tion secured a new species of sea-snake from Lake Tungano, Rennell Island. Several islands, from which there seem to be no records, in October 16, 1934 184 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. both the Solomon and Santa Cruz groups were visited, thus in- creasing our knowledge of the distribution of the reptiles and am- phibians of this most interesting region. Like the previous collections made in the Solomon Islands the present one substantiates the theory that the reptile and am- phibian fauna shows a Papuan rather than an Australian origin. List of species from the SoLomon and Santa Cruz groups, includ- ing additional records in distribution. Hyla thesaurensis Peters Malaita, 1 specimen. Ceratobatrachus guentheri Boulenger Malaita, 65 specimens. Rana bufoniformis Boulenger Ugi, 1 specimen. Rana guppyi Boulenger Malaita, 19 specimens. Rana solomonis (Boulenger) Malaita, 1 specimen. Rana krefftii Boulenger Guadalcanar, 1 specimen; Malaita, 4 specimens. Gonocephalus godeffroyi (Peters) Ugi, 2 specimens; Santa Anna, 1 specimen. Gehyra oceanica (Lesson) Bellona, 3 specimens; Guadalcanar, 1 specimen; Lomlom, 1. Gekko vittatus Houttuyn Bellona, 1 specimen; San Cristoval, 1; Ugi, 1; Rennell, 2 speci- mens. Vor. XXI] SLEVIN—NOTES ON REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 185 Lepidodactylus guppyi Boulenger Rennell, 1 specimen. Cryptoblepharus boutonii poecilopleurus (Wiegmann) Rennell, 5 specimens. Dasia smaragdina perviridis Barbour Lomlom, 1 specimen; Nupani, 1; Nalago, 1. Emoia cyanogaster (Lesson) San Cristoval, 5 specimens; Lomlom, 3; Malaita, 4; Anuda 2; Santa Anna, 1 specimen; Ugi, 1. Emoia cyanura (Lesson) Guadalcanar, 5 specimens; Bellona, 14; San Cristoval, 14; Ugi, 3; Rennell, 7; Malaita, 8; Anuda, 3; Matema, 6; Lomlom, 2; Vanikoro, 1 specimen. Emoia nigra (Hombron and Guichenot) Guadalcanar, 7 spec mens; Bellona, 16; Rennell, 14; Lomlom, 14; Malaita, 14; Anuda, 2; Matema, 13; Vanikoro, 2; Nupani, 2; Nalago, 1 specimen. Emoia atrocostata (Lesson) Bellona, 1 specimen. Emoia werneri (Vogt) San Cristoval, 2 specimens. Leiolopisma anolis (Boulenger) Ugi, 1 specimen. Leiolopisma noctua (Lesson) Guadalcanar, 1 specimen. Sphenomorphus concinnatus (Boulenger) Malaita, 3 specimens. 186 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Varanus indicus (Daudin) Rennell, 2 specimens; Guadalcanar, 1 specimen; Malaita, 1. Enygrus australis (Montrouzier) Lomlom, 10 specimens. Enygrus carinatus (Schneider) Malaita, 8 specimens; Bellona, 1 specimen. Boiga irregularis (Merrem) Guadalcanar, 2 specimens. Laticauda colubrina (Schneider) Malaita, 2 specimens; Lomlom, 1 specimen. Laticauda crockeri Slevin, new species. Diagnosis.—Body compressed, markedly so posteriorly; head scarcely distinct from neck; snout elongate, rounded at tip; nasal large, occupying most of the posterior part of the nasal plate; no azygous prefrontal present; tip of third labial touching the eye, the fourth broadly in contact; rostral as high as broad; genials equal in length, the posterior ones not broadly in contact; gastrosteges two and one-half times as broad as long, with lateral keel anteriorly. Scales smooth, in 21 rows; gastrosteges 199; urosteges 39; anal divided; upper labials 7-7; lower labials 8-8; preoculars 1-1; postoculars 2-2; sex o’. Color uniform dark-brown, with yellowish anal plate. Total length 479 mm.; tail 64 mm. Type: No. 72001 Mus. Calif. Acad: Sci., Lake Tungano, Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. Collected by the crew of the yacht Zaca June 8, 1933 and named for Mr. Templeton Crocker, Patron of the Academy. This species may be readily distinguished from the other members of the genus by the elongate head, the uniform coloration and the more rounded snout. Lake Tungano, situated about two miles inland from the east point of Rennell Island, is described as a body of water about ten miles in length and entirely separated from the sea. Visitors to the island found the water too salty for drinking purposes though it is used for drinking by the natives. Soundings taken have shown no bottom at thirty fathoms. The elevation of the lake is supposed to be about sea-level. Mr. L. A. Penn, of the Associated Oil Company, very kindly examined a water sample from the lake and gives the following analysis: VoL. XX] SLEVIN—NOTES ON REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 187 Radicles Parts per Million SOG AR ter iak oF ipeie ih aRy te ail a CA DOA aoe rl aA 1870.0 CO UNTERTITEL Vi ecey hal ota abies awa a SCT th map eRe 110.0 Magnesium.... 24, 23020 COUT OD VENT Eyes chi HE ne A ce aE Eo RU OT Eells 460.0 @hlorrdes ste. Fat bb OMS SEE oS | Lo OA 3400.0 Bicarbonate..... 2 &t0n0 Colloids SHIDTCEL../ 88 AUR Mee ett an BA OR tT oer PRE MUR Ginette. 10.0 lirereyan rewaig | VANE Hach cee eget ee pe RRA Monsen chilies Lay gd ol 20.0 Mineral Contents 2. ea es, OG BO ee TO S16 210810 EGtal Solidsh 446 tM ee he ot tars 6650.0 Hydrophis ornatus (Gray) Guadalcanar, 1 specimen; Malaita, 1. Hydrophis faciatus atriceps (Smith) Malaita, 1 specimen. DANGER AND PALMYRA ISLANDS DANGER ISLAND Gehyra oceanica (Lesson) 7 specimens. Peropus mutilatus (Wiegmann) 1 specimen. Lepidodactylus lugubris (Duméril and Bibron) 2 specimens. Emoia cyanura (Lesson) 21 specimens. Leiolopisma noctua (Lesson) 4 specimens. PaLtMyRA ISLAND Lepidodactylus lugubris (Duméril and Bibron) 5 specimens. 188 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER Those who are interested in the herpetology of the Solomon Islands should refer especially to the following papers: Barbour, T. 1921. Reptiles and Amphibians from the British Solomon Islands. Proc. New England Zool. Club, Vol. VII, pp. 91-112, pls. 2-6. Kinghorn, J. R. 1928. Herpetology of the Solomon Islands. Records of the Australian Museum, Vol. XVI, No. 3, pp. 123-178, figs. 1-35, pls. 13-15. Burt, Charles E. and May Danheim. 1932. Herpetological Results of the Whitney South Sea Expedition.:. | VI. Bull. (Amer. Mus. (Nat. Hist) Vol: LXIII, Art. 5. mS PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FouRTH SERIES Vou. XXI, No. 16, pp. 189-198 OcTOBER 16, 1934 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION TO WESTERN POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN ISLANDS, 1933 No. 16 NOTES ON THE BIRDS BY M. E. MCLELLAN DAVIDSON Assistant Curator, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy California Academy of Sciences In the year 1933, Mr. Templeton Crocker, in his yacht Zaca, visited several groups of western Polynesian and Melanesian islands for the purpose of acquiring collections of natural history and eth- nological material. The natural history specimens were destined for the California Academy of Sciences, and included ornithological representations from several rarely visited islands. Bird skins secured by the expedition were taken on the following islands: SOLOMON ISLANDS: Malaita Santa Catalina Guadalcanar Santa Ana San Cristoval Rennell Ugi Bellona SWALLOW GROUP, SANTA Cruz ISLANDS: Lomlom Nupani Anuda Matema PALMYRA October 16, 1934 190 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Adequate collections from certain of the more interesting of the Solomon Islands have not been available until recently. Material secured in recent years by the Whitney South Sea Expedition has aided in the consolidation of the work previously accomplished by Tristram, Ramsay, Rothschild, Hartert, Stresemann, and others, and made possible Mayr’s several studies! in distribution and differentiation. The avifauna of Rennell Island has been shown to be an important link in the distribution chain, and, although the material under examination appears to include no new forms, the California Academy of Sciences is fortunate in having such a valuable representation in its collections. Sula dactylatra personata Gould Nos. 38261-63: male and females, April 2; Palmyra Island. The bills of these specimens yield the following measurements: Length of culmen Breadth of culminicorn Depth of bill at base at base IV Vrail essere ait tian pene Rocio 107.0 mm. 2o0e5: 38.5 etm all ese uen evan. Saye eaten 101.5-104.0 25.5-30.0 36.5-38.0 Butorides striatus macrorhynchus (Gould) No. 38264: male, July 10; Mohawk Bay, Lomlom, Swallow Group, Santa Cruz Islands. From this example, a bird in fresh adult plumage, the following measurements were obtained: Wing, 180.0 mm.; tail, 63.0; culmen, 64.0; tarsus, 48.5; middle toe, 42.0. White tips are absent from the primary coverts, and only faintly indicated on the inner primaries and secondaries. The elongated dorsal plumes are strongly suffused with gray. . Demigretta sacra (Gmelin) Nos. 38265-66: male and female, July 19; Bellona Island, Solomon Islands. Both birds are in white plumage and lack any indication of dark color. Plumage renewal is in progress in both examples, contour and flight feathers being involved. Much of the body plumage is new, but partially developed feathers are present on all the feather tracts. All the rectrices are newly acquired, and all but the second and third primaries have been replaced. The measurements are: Male.—Wing, 308.0 mm.; tail, 111.0; culmen, 88.0; tarsus, 79.0; middle toe, 61.0. Female.—Wing, 292.0; tail, 110.0; culmen, 83.5; tarsus, 76.0; middle toe, 58.5. 1Am. Mus. Novit. Nos. 469, 486, 488, 502, 504, 516, 522, 531. Vor. XXI]_ DAVIDSON—NOTES ON POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN BIRDS 191 Threskiornis zthiopicus pygmzus Mayr Nos. 38267-70: males and females, June 18; Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. Unworn rectrices are Cinnamon Buff (Ridgway, XXIX)?, and the ruff feathers are also tinted with the same color. Elsewhere the white plumage is strongly suffused with Light Vinaceous-Cinnamon (Ridgway, XXIX). In all the examples the dark tips of the inner secondaries are much varied with white. The measurements of the series are: Male Male Female Female [ Female ?] NiO Meee anathema oe OO .Ormms 1) StGuO 311.0 330.0 AUZBUS birch USS teh ole BERRA, toon aan ed ee fe BU 119.0 116.0 117.0 116.0 ( CEL TRENT SS TRG ihe ee 32/0 90.0 112.0 115.0 SUSE MN etree asi A a OKO 65.0 72.0 79.0 MHC ntOG ris esis sce aids lace « 67.0 57.0 62.0 67.0 Sterna bergii cristata Stephens No. 38271: male, July 1; Star Harbor, San Cristoval, Solomon Islands. The example is that of an immature bird, passing into adult plumage. The primaries have been newly acquired. The bird measures, as follows: Wing, 336.0 mm.; tail, worn; tarsus, 28.0; culmen, 59.0. Megalopterus minutus minutus (Boie) Nos. 38272-73: females, July 15; Anuda Island, Santa Cruz Is- lands. In both birds feather renewal is nearly complete. Heteractitis incanus (Gmelin) No. 38274: female, July 8; Nupani Island, Swallow Group, Santa Cruz Islands. The bird, in worn summer dress, is acquiring some of the feathers of winter plumage on the back and wings. Cirrepidesmus mongolus mongolus (Pallas) No. 38275: female, July 8; Mohawk Bay, Lomlom, Swallow Group, Santa Cruz Islands. 2 Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 192 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Ptilinopus rhodostictus rhodostictus (Tristram) No. 38278: immature male, June 30; Santa Ana, Solomon Islands. Ptilinopus rhodostictus cyanopterus (Mayr) Nos. 38276-77: adult and immature males, June 18 and 19; Ren- nell Island, Solomon Islands. The older bird is just acquiring adult mmane: The measure- ments of this specimen are: Wing, 137.0 mm.; tail, 79.0; culmen, 13.5, Corypheenas crassirostris (Gould) No. 38279: male, July 1; Star Harbor, San Cristoval, Solomon Islands. Eos grayi Mathews & Iredale Nos. 38280-82: males, May 21; Kau Kau Harbor, Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Islands. Trichoglossus hematodus ceruleiceps D’Albertis & Salvadori Nos. 38286-89: males and female, July 8; female, July 10; Mo- hawk Bay, Lomlom, Swallow Group, Santa Cruz Islands. Birds from the Swallow Group are tentatively placed under this head. The blue of the forehead and crown covers but a slightly greater area than in aberrans, and there is little more blue on the cheeks. A renewal of the contour and flight feathers is complete or nearly so in all the individuals. Trichoglossus hematodus aberrans Reichenow Nos. 38283-85: males and female, May 21; Kau Kau Harbor, Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Tetende. The plumage of the adult male and female is greatly abraded, but replacement has begun on the feather tracts of the head, Pad in the flight feathers. Eclectus pectoralis salomonensis Rothschild & Hartert No. 38290: female, June 16; Tai Bay, Malaita, Solomon Islands. The plumage is greatly worn, especially the flight feathers, but inner primaries and outer secondaries are fresh and many new feathers are present among the interscapulars and on the rump. Vor. XXI]_ DAVIDSON—NOTES ON POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN BIRDS 193 Collocalia fuciphaga vainkorensis (Quoy & Gaimard) No. 38291: female, May 31; Tai Bay, Malaita, Solomon Islands. This example is in almost fresh feather. Hemiprocne mystacea woodfordiana (Hartert) No. 38292: female [male], May 31; Tai Bay, Malaita, Solomon Islands. This bird wears the plumage of the male and probably has been incorrectly sexed. Halcyon chloris solomonis Ramsay No. 38299: male, July 6; Star Harbor, San Cristoval, Solomon Islands. This individual lacks any indication of the pale occipital spot which is present in a specimen, received previously, from Guadal- canar. Halcyon chloris amcena Mayr No. 38298: unsexed, June 20; Bellona Island, Solomon Islands. This is probably an example of a female not quite fully adult. Halcyon sancta Vigors & Horsfield Nos. 38293-97: males, June 20; Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. Males and one unsexed, June 21; Bellona Island, Solomon Islands. Twoimmatures are in badly abraded plumage, and feather renewal is only just commenced on the body feather tracts. Two older birds are in almost fresh feather. One example has newly acquired cen- tral rectrices, and the next pair and the outermost are not fully grown. Coracina luneata gracilis Mayr Nos. 38414-17: female, June 18; male, July 21; Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. Female and unsexed bird, July 21; Bellona Island, Solomon Islands. In all the examples the rectrices are narrowly fringed with white, and the lateral ones tipped with that color. In one female the outer rectrix has a white shaft line extending 11 mm. from the apex. The measurements obtained from these specimens are: Male Female Female Unsexed NOTICH AE ge te kn, 20.5 mm. ZO) 20.0 20.0 POLE cies Sidi ats OME ERE MAS HL tHe 141.0 143.0 138.0 140.0 “LPI e a Oa ae ee ae DH 109.0 107.0 99.0 105.0 SES UES ER ET ene ares een ideor sayy 250 24.0 24.0 22.0 MeetTOR Datei 5 dss cose 2000 210 20.0 20.0 194. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Mino dumontii sanfordi Hartert No. 38299: female, May 31; Tai Bay, Malaita, Solomon Islands. This specimen measures: Length of culmen, 33.0 mm.; breadth of bill at nostril, 10.0; wing, 151.0; tail, 100.0; tarsus, 35.0; middle toe, 28.5. Aplonis cantorides cantorides (Gray) Nos. 38304-05: unsexed, May 26; Auki Bay, Malaita, Solomon Islands. Female, July 6; Star Harbor, San Cristoval, Solomon Islands. The museum is fortunate in having acquired specimens of this rather uncommon bird. The birds are in unworn plumage, and the second primary in the unsexed example is only partially developed. The wing formula of the female is3>4>2>5> 6. The measurements of the specimens are: Culmen Wing Tail Tarsus Middle toe Piemialen cg ei wre cote Ne 19.25 mm. 94.25 61.50 PNES10) 19.00 Wrseredecr att so ae 19.75 96.00 65.25 23.50 19.00 Aplonis tabuensis fortune Layard Nos. 38306-09: female and males, July 7; Matema Island, Swallow Group, Santa Cruz Islands. The measurements obtained from this series are : Males. —Length of culmen, 20.0-21.0 (av. 20.5) mm.; breadth of bill at base, 7.0-7.5 (7.25); wing, 109.5-112.5 (110.6); tail, 64.0-70.0 (66.3); tarsus, 25.0-28.5 (27.0); middle toe, 20.0-20.0 (20.0). Female.—Length of culmen, 20.0; breadth of bill at base, 7.0; wing, 106.0; tail, 60.0; tarsus, 27.5; middle toe, 20.0. Aplonis metallica nitida (Gray) Nos. 38301-03: female, May 31; Tai Bay, Malaita, Solomon Islands. Males, June 28; Ugi Island, Solomon Islands. The moult of the two males is practically complete. The female wears the dress of an immature. Pinarolestes hamlini Mayr Nos. 38314-16: female, June 18; unsexed bird, June 20; male, June 21; Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. The examples are in fresh plumage. They seem to measure rather less than those in Mayr’s? series. > Am. Mus. Novit. No. 486, 1931, p. 24. VoL. XXI]_ DAVIDSON—NOTES ON POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN BIRDS 195 Male Female Unsexed SumMentitrom TNOstril 2 sf so coco o gle ewe as ott 20.5 19.0 BAS: DEMIR GRPGSER ir eee ee, 28.5 26.5 29.0 \AVSTIIE Pic s Che UUs SPEIRS Rea oat a a 93.5 86.0 89.5 ianlmeee meen! Tele 9 OS Safle Oh O LS Li5e5 76.5 TEAS INS 3 CN GEN ee iT, Sed D335 22.0 20.0 JyrilricG VOLE HOYER ses ae oR eR Mi 16.5 16.0 16.5 Monarcha ugiensis (Ramsay) Nos. 38310-11: male and female, June 30; Santa Ana Island, Solomon Islands. These specimens measure: Culmen Wing Tail Tarsus Middle toe We SE SE ik 20.75 mimi! (83:25 TRS 20.5 14.0 Hemalet.)-scagiiikoie.:. 21.00 83.00 74.5 2025 13.5 The female has the feathers of the lower abdomen and crissum narrowly tipped with rusty. This species has not been recorded previously save from Ugi Island. Monarcha vidua (Tristram) No. 38313: female, June 30; Santa Ana Island, Solomon Islands. The measurements are: Culmen, 14.5 mm.; wing, 74.0; tail, 67.0; tarsus, 18.0; middle toe, 11.5. This species is known from San Cristoval, but has not been re- ported before from Santa Ana Island. Myiagra ferrocyanea malaite Mayr No. 38312: female, May 31; Tai Bay, Malaita, Solomon Islands. The specimen measures: Culmen, 15.0 mm.; wing, 72.5; tail, 62.5; tarsus, 15.5; middle toe, 12.5. Rhipidura leucophrys melaleuca (Quoy & Gaimard) Nos. 38317-18: female, June 28; Ugi Island, Solomon Islands. Male, July 3; Star Harbor, San Cristoval, Solomon Islands. Both birds are in somewhat worn plumage, but have a few un- developed feathers present on the occiput and nape. The measurements are as follows: Male.—Culmen, 17.0 mm.; wing, 102.0; tail, 101.5; tarsus, 26.5; middle toe, 15.5. Female.— Culmen, 16.5; wing, 98.0; tail, 99.0; tarsus, 25.5; middle toe, 14.75. Rhipidura rennelliana Mayr Nos. 38319, 38410-11: females, June 20 and 21; Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. 196 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The measurements of the two adult birds are: Culmen, 13.50-13.75 mm.; wing, 76.0-88.0; tail, 91.0-100.5; tarsus, 19.5-20.0; middle toe, 11.0-12.0 One adult is in almost fresh feather, the other is nearly so, but one lateral rectrix is still in the sheath. Rhipidura rufifrons kuperi Mayr Nos. 38412-13: male, July 2; Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Islands. Male, July 3; Santa Ana Island, Solomon Islands. The Santa Ana specimen is in almost fresh feather, but that from Santa Catalina has feather replacement still in progress on nearly all areas. The birds measure: Santa Ana.—Culmen, 11.75 mm.; wing, 70.5; tail, 81.0; tarsus, 19.0; middle toe, 11.0. Santa Catalina.—Culmen, 11.5; wing, 66.0; tail, 77.5; tarsus, 19.0; middle toe, 10.5. In coloration both individuals appear to conform to Mayr’s* de- scription of his new subspecies. Pachycephala pectoralis feminina Mayr No. 38418: male, June 18; Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. The specimen is a bird in unworn plumage, and yields the follow- ing measurements: Culmen, 18.0 mm.; wing, 85.5; tail, 57.0; tarsus, 25.0; middle toe, 16.0. Pachycephala pectoralis ornata Mayr No. 38419: female, July 8; Mohawk Bay, Lomlom, Swallow Group, Solomon Islands. This bird appears to correspond very closely to Mayr’s® descrip- tion, save that the middle of the abdomen is more nearly Buff- Yellow (Ridgway, IV) than Lemon Yellow. The edge of the wing is Lemon Yellow. The measurements are: Wing, 88.0 mm.; tail, 64.0; tarsus, 26.0; middle toe, 14.0 Myzomela cardinalis sanfordi Mayr Nos. 38420-22: male, June 6; Kungava, Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. Male and female, June 20; Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. Myzomela cardinalis pulcherrima Ramsay Nos. 38423-24: males, June 28; Ugi Island, Solomon Islands. 4 Am. Mus. Novit. No. 502, 1931, p. 18. 5 Am. Mus. Novit. No. 531, 1932, p. 8. VoL. XXI]_ DAVIDSON—NOTES ON POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN BIRDS 197 Myzomela cardinalis sanctecrucis Sarasin Nos. 38425-28: male May 8; Nupani Island, Swallow Group, Santa Cruz Islands. Male, July 7; Matema Island, Swallow Group, Santa Cruz Islands. Males, July 8; Mohawk Bay, Lomlom, Swallow Group, Santa Cruz Islands. Although the nomenclature employed by Mayr has been followed here, specimens of Myzomela cardinalis from Rennell, Ugi, and the Swallow Group fail to conform to his descriptions® of the subspecies sanfordt, pulcherrima, and sanctecrucis. Birds in the Crocker col- lection from Ugi have the reddish color of the under parts Scarlet (Ridgway, I), the scarlet margins are broader than those of the Swal- low Group and Rennell Island birds, and the reddish areas are quite as extended as those of sanfordi. In coloration, the reddish parts of the Rennell Island and Swallow Group series approach quite closely. The adult bird from Rennell Island is in worn plumage. In consequence, the reddish margins are somewhat narrow and the bird appears rather darker than the actual coloration of the feathers warrants. A specimen of sanctecrucis, in fresh plumage, has broad Scarlet-Red (Ridgway, I) margins to the feathers, the basal black not being evident in the under parts. A female sanford: has some of the interscapulars margined with reddish, and the bases of the feathers of the head slaty, not olive gray. The measurements of the birds under examination are as follows: M. c. pulcherrima (Ugi Island) Culmen Wing Tail Tarsus Middle toe INNIS AS ee ae ee 18.00-18.25 68.0-68.5 45.0-46.0 17.0-18.5 13.0-13.0 M. c. sanfordi (Rennell Island) Milemercatlty vee oo. es 18.25 69.0 47.5 19.00 a8) Male, immature........ 18.00 61.5 42.5 19.00 1225 Bemale; adult... .. 2.02. 18.00 64.0 43.0 19.25 125 M. c. sanctecrucis (Mohawk Bay, Lomlom, Swallow Group) IMIS. Saale Ae 20.0-20.5 74.0-77.5 50.0-54.0 20.0-20.0 13.25-14.00 M. c. sanctecrucis (Nupani Island, Swallow Group) Berets Ney hash ceo thats vse 208s T3020 5329 20.75 13.0 M. c. sanctecrucis (Matema Island, Swallow Group) “ol EL LS NCIS RS 19.0 (230 50.0 20.0 13.5 Myzomela nigrita tristrami Ramsay No. 38429: male, July 3; Santa Ana Island, Solomon Islands. From this specimen were obtained measurements, as follows: Culmen, 20.0 mm.; wing, 68.0; tail, 48.5; tarsus, 18.25; middle toe, 12.0. pe ee 6 Am. Mus. Novit. No. 486, 1931, p. 27; No. 516, 1932, pp. 22-24. 198 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Woodfordia superciliosa North Nos. 38430-33: male and female, June 6; Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. Male and female, June 6; Rennell Island, Solomon Islands. Culmen Wing Tail Tarsus Middle toe Males....... 21.0-21.0 75.50-76.25 50.00-50.25 21.25-22.00 13.5-14.0 Female, adult 20.5 142s 48.75 23.0 15.0 Female, immature... 21.0 73.0 47.75 23.5 14.0 The immature female is just commencing to moult, but replace- ment in the adult is practically complete. PROCEEDINGS OF THE | CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXI, No. 17, pp. 199-210; plate 7 OcTOBER 26, 1934 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 17 THE HEPATICAE (CHIEFLY RICCIA AND ANTHOCERO- TACEAE) OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS AND THE COAST AND ISLANDS OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND MEXICO BY MARSHALL A. HOWE Assistant Director, The New York Botanical Garden In a list of eighteen Hepaticae from the Galapagos Islands (in- cluding two referred to genus only), determined by Professor A. W. Evans and published in Dr. B. L. Robinson’s ‘‘Flora of the Gala- pagos Islands’, one was a Riccia, ‘“‘sterile and indeterminable”’ from Iguana Cove, Albemarle Island, and another from Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, was referred to the North American Notothylas orbicularis (Schwein.) Sulliv. Of the 36 numbers of supposed Ricciae (including 3 collected on Guadalupe Island by Mr. John Thomas Howell in November, 1931) and Anthocerotaceae sent to the present writer for determination, one turned out to contain a sterile Plagiochasma. Following is the list of species collected: RICCIACEAE Riccia sorocarpa Bisch. North end of Guadalupe Island, Howell No. 160; No. 145 (sterile), from slopes above N. E. Anchorage, Guadalupe Island, may be a very reduced condition of this species. 1 Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. $8: 100, 101. Oct. 1902. October 26, 1934 200 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Riccia nigrella DC. Guadalupe Island, Howell Nos. 142, 146, 164, and 168; Ensenada, Lower California, Howell No. 181. Riccia trichocarpa M. A. Howe Slopes above N. E. Anchorage, Guadalupe Island, Howell No. 138; Ensenada, Lower California, Howell No. 183. Riccia Elliottii Steph. Puerto Vallarta, State of Jalisco, Mexico, Howell No. 236. On moist shaded soil, Braxilito Bay, Costa Rica, Howell No. 238; same locality, Howell No. 239; on soil among rocks on steep bank, on largest island in Murcielago Bay, Costa Rica, Howell No. 240. Riccia sp. Three collections (Howell Nos. 174, 175, and 177) were made on Socorro Island, March 26, 1932, two of them in stream-bed above Braithwaite Bay. No spores have been found. The occasional or rather numerous purple papillae or short cilia on the thallus margins suggest affinity with a species of the Galapagos Islands and Mexico described below as new under the name Riccia iodocheila, but the thalli are usually broader, both actually and in relation to height, and the superficial cells are larger. Riccia sp. Howell No. 259, Camp 1, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos Islands, alt. 1700 ft., growing on decaying fragments of wood, presumably moist. The plants belong in the Ricciella section of the genus and bear some resemblance to the terrestrial condition of Riccta fluitans L., but are probably not referable to that species. They are ap- parently sterile and for that reason are not accurately determinable. Riccia iodocheila M. A. Howe, sp. nov. Thallis parvis, 3-6 mm. longis, plerumque 1-3-plo dichotomis, irregulariter gregariis aut radiantibus, viridibus, firmis, levibus, nigro-violaceis in marginibus et plus minusve infra; segmentis primariis oblongis aut oblongo-ellipticis, 0.4- 1.2 mm. (saepius 0.6-0.8 mm.) latis; segmentis apicalibus similibus aut obovatis, obtusis; marginibus acutis aut subobtusis, erectis vel paullum inflexis, papillas paucas violaceo-purpureas aut hyalinas vel cilias breves obtusas 25-60 w longas Vor. XXTJJ HOWE—THE HEPATICAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 201 ferentibus; papillis apicali-dorsalibus raris; sulco in apice manifesto; squamis parvis, violaceis, cellulis paucis formatis; sectionibus transversalibus semiorbicularibus, plano-convexis, aut concavo-convexis, tam altis quam latis ad bis latioribus, in partibus mediis 18-25 cellulis crassis; epidermide dorsali e cellularum seriebus duobus contexta, cellulis primariis mammiformi-hemisphericis, cito collapsis, nullis eminentiis conspicuis relictis, cellulis subjacentibus 15-25 win diam. max.; monoica; ostiolis antheridiorum laeviter aut haud elevatis; sporis nigro-brunneis, cito opacis, 70-105 w in diam. max., rotundati-subangulatis vel interdum plane angulatis, non-alatis, facie exteriori lineis permultis irregularibus anastomosantibus notata, eis aliquando areolas parvas irregulares 3-5 u latas formantibus, faciebus interioribus similibus aut paulum minus fortiter notatis, marginibus laevibus aut subtiliter submammillatis. In solo argillaceo, in loco ‘‘Wreck Bay, Chatham Island’’ dicto, Insularum Gala- pagensium, Oceani Pacifici, specimen typicum (n. 201) John Thomas Howell, Apr. 18, 1932, legit. Species Ricciae violaceae M. A. Howe affinis est, sed in spora- rum sculptura, probabiliter in characteri monoico, thalli ciliis marginalibus pauci- oribus, etc., differt. Typus: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 215005. Thallus small, 3-6 mm. long, mostly 1-3 times dichotomous, irregularly gre- garious or forming rosettes, green above, compact, firm, smooth, deep violet on margins and the higher ventral parts; main segments oblong or oblong-elliptic, 0.4-1.2 mm. (mostly 0.6-0.8 mm.) wide; terminal segments similar or obovate, obtuse; margins acute or subobtuse, erect or slightly inflexed, bearing occasional violet-purple or hyaline papillae or short obtuse cilia 25-60 uw long, rarely with papillae on dorsal surface in younger parts; median sulcus obscure except near apex; scales small, violet, few-celled; transverse sections as high as broad to one half as high, semi-orbicular, plano-convex, or concavo-convex, 18-25 cells thick in median parts; dorsal epidermis 2-stratose, the cells of the primary stratum mammi- form-hemispheric, soon collabent, leaving no conspicuous cusps, the cells of the succeeding stratum 15-25 » in maximum diameter, rather obscurely defined when seen from above; monoicous; antheridial ostioles slightly or not at all elevated; spores dark brown, soon opaque, obscurely or sometimes distinctly angled, desti- tute of margins, 70-105 » in maximum diameter, the outer face marked with very numerous low irregularly anastomosing ridges, these sometimes forming small irregular areolae 3-5 w wide, the inner faces similarly but a little less strongly marked, the spores appearing smooth or very minutely mammillate in profile. On moist clay flat, Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, Galapagos Islands, Howell No. 201 (holotype), April 18, 1932. Riccia iodocheila is evidently allied to Riccia violacea M. A. Howe, of the West Indies, type from Mona Island, off Porto Rico, but it differs in being apparently monoicous rather than dioicous, in having fewer and smaller marginal papillae or cilia, and in the smoother more angular spores, which have smaller and much less perfect areolae. The areolae of the spores of R. violacea, as stated by the present writer in The Bryologist (20: 36. 1917) are 7-11 uw wide, while those of R. iodocheila, when formed, are 3-5 w wide. In the writer’s treatment of R. violacea in North American Flora (14: 20, 21. 1923), the measurements were reduced to include two Mexican collections (Lerdo, Jared G. Smith, Jan. 2, 1892, and Magdalena, Sonora, David Griffiths, Aug. 18, 1904). These two Mexican collec- tions are now identified with Riccia iodocheila, described above, with type from the Galapagos Islands. 202 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Riccia Howellii M. A. Howe, sp. nov. Thallis parvis vel mediocribus, 3-10 mm. longis, plerumque 2-4-plo dichotomis, irregulariter gregariis aut aliquando radiantibus, pallidi-viridibus, glaucescentibus, vel albescentibus, supra minute reticulatis, in siccitate saepe aliquanto papyraceis aut rugulosis, infra pallidi-viridibus, saepius (marginibus quoque) violacei-brun- neis; segmentis primariis oblongis aut obovatis, 0.75-3 mm. (saepius 1-2 mm.) latis; segmentis primariis oblongis aut obovatis, 0.75-3 mm. (saepius 1-2 mm.) latis; segmentis apicalibus similibus, 0.6-1.5 mm. latis, obtusis aut subacutis; marginibus tenuibus et acutis aut latius membranaceis vel subpapyraceis, saepe albescentibus, ascendentibus aut aliquando deflexis, integris aut cellulis marginalibus saepe papilliformibus; sulco in partibus junioribus profundo et acuto; squamis parvis, hyalinis aut brunnei-violaceis marginem attingentibus; sectionibus transversalibus semiorbicularibus, planoconvexis, aut arcuati-subfusiformibus, aliquando tam altis quam latis, saepius duplo-triplo (-sextuplo) latioribus quam altis,in partibus mediis 12-20 cellulas crassis; epidermide dorsali e cellularum seriebus duobus contexta, cellulis primariis plerumque mammiformi-hemisphericis, cito collapsis, parietibus plerumque persistentibus et parietes exteriores cellularum subjacentium fortiores facientibus, rarius fugacibus et calyces humiles reliquentibus, cellulis subjacentibus 25-30 uw (-50 w) in diam. max., a superficie visis; monoica; ostiolis antheridiorum 40-70 » altis aut aliquando aegre elevatis; capsulis plerumque multis; sporis brun- neis, interdum violaceis tinctis, deinde saepe fuscis et opacis, 75-130 uw (plerumque 95-120 ») in diam. max., rotundati-subangulatis, ubique paene uniformiter foveo- lati-areolatis, faciei exterioris areolis plerumque 10-15 yu latis, saepe papillas obtusas humiles vel trabeculas truncatas 3-5 uw altas ostendentibus. In loco ‘‘Iguana Cove, Albemarle Island’’ dicto, Insularum Galapagensium, Oceani Pacifici, specimen typicum (n. 209) John Thomas Howell, Jun. 4, 1932, legit. Quoque in insulis alteris Archipelagi Galapagensis Howell legit. Species Ricciae Elliottii Steph. affinis est, sed in characteribus epidermalibus, etc. differt. Typus: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 215008. Thalli small to medium-sized, 3-10 mm. long, mostly 2-4 times dichotomous, irregularly gregarious or sometimes forming imperfect rosettes, light green, glau-. cescent, or albescent, minutely reticulate above, often somewhat wrinkled or papy- raceous when dried, concolorous or more often violet-brown below and on margins; main segments oblong or obovate, 0.75-3 mm. (mostly 1-2 mm.) wide; terminal segments similar, 0.6-1.5 mm. wide, rounded-obtuse or subacute; margins thin and acute or rather broadly membranous, subpapyraceous, or scarious-albescent, ascending or the edge sometimes deflexed, entire or marginal cells often papilliform; median sulcus deep and acute in younger parts; scales small, obscure, hyaline or brownish violet, reaching the margin; transverse sections semi-orbicular, plano- convex, to arcuate-subfusiform, sometimes as high as broad, more often 2-3 (-6) times as broad as high, 12-20 cells thick in median parts; dorsal epidermis 2-stratose, the cells of the primary stratum mammiform-hemispheric to cylindric-domeshaped, soon collabent, their walls usually persistent and reinforcing the outer walls of the subjacent layer (secondary epidermis), rarely fugacious and leaving obscure cups, the cells of succeeding stratum 25-35 u (-50 ») in maximum diameter in surface view; monoicous; antheridial ostioles 40-70 » high or sometimes scarcely elevated; cap- sules moderately abundant; spores brown, sometimes tinged with violet, often be- coming opaque, 75-130 uw (mostly 95-120 ») in maximum diameter, obscurely angled, margins commonly wanting, outer and inner faces almost equally foveolate- areolate, the areolae mostly 10-15 » wide, commonly showing in profile obtuse or truncate processes or lamellae 3-5 yw high. GaLapaGos IsLanps: Iguana Cove, Albemarle Island, Howell Nos. 199 and 209 (holotype); shaded by rocks, west base of Tagus Cove Mountain, Albemarle Island, Howell Nos. 219 and 220; James Vou. XXJ] HOWE—THE HEPATICAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 203 Bay, Howell No. 187 (p. p. max.), June 4, 1932; on moist earth, James Bay, Howell No. 188; on moist surfaces of shaded rocks, Hood Island, Howell No. 184; Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, Howell Nos. 203, 204 and 205; on clay-gravel soil, about 500 ft. elevation, along trail, Charles Island, Howell No. 247. Type and cotypes divided between the California Academy of Sciences and The New York Botanical Garden. Riccia Howelli is closely allied to the West Indian, Mexican, and Central American R. Elliotti: Stephani? but seems distinguishable by the closely reticulate rather than coarsely alveolate character of the dorsal epidermis, which shows itself in a cross section of the thal- lus by the essential absence of thickened cusps representing the walls of the collapsed cells of the primary epidermal layer. The cells of the final (secondary) epidermis average considerably smaller than those of Riccia Elhiottii; and the plants themselves average smaller. The Galapagos Islands plants cited above vary in vegeta- tive characters, but are remarkably uniform in size, form, color, and markings of their spores and it is believed that they represent only one species. A peculiar feature of some of the specimens with con- Sspicuous albescent margins is that these margins become fuscous after being soaked out with New York tap-water. MARCHANTIACEAE Plagiochasma sp. Socorro Island, Howell No. a ea ey sterile and unde- terminable. ANTHOCEROTACEAE Notothylas galapagensis M. A. Howe, sp. nov. Planta olivacea, parva, radianti, 5-10 mm. in diam., aliquanto tenui et levi, lobis paucis rotundatis aut truncatis instructa; cellulis paginae dorsalis irregulariter 5- vel 6-gonis, oblongis, aut quadrati-suborbicularibus, 25-65 win diam. max.; in- volucris 0.8-1.5 mm. altis, in longitudinem plicatis vel alatis, alis plus minusve cristatis aut ciliati-denticulatis, ore lacinulati-fimbriatulo vel irregulariter ciliato; capsulis brevi-cylindricis, 1.5-2 mm. longis, parietibus cellularum exteriorum maxime incrassatis; sporis pallidi-flavis, deinde paulum fuscis, levibus, 40-50 u diam. max.; elateribus ca. 40-50 » diam., aliquando i abe spira notatis; columella bene ernie et persistenti. Cum Riccia Howellii.in loco ‘‘James Bay’’ dicto, Insularum Galapagensium, Oceani Pacifici, John Thomas Howell (n. 187, p. p. min.) Jun. 4, 1932, legit. Species fortasse N. dissectae Steph. affinis, sed in sporis majoribus, elateribus paene sine spiris, etc., differt. Typus: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 215004. 2 Type from Dominica, B. W. I. Riccia Elliotii appears to be the legal name for a group of somewhat variable plants, including R. Breutelii Hampe, type from St. Jan, R. Brittonii M. A. Howe, type from Mona Islend, and R. Gaumeri Underwood Ms., type from Yucatan. 204 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRroc. 4TH SER. Thalli small, olivaceous, forming rosettes 5-10 mm. in diameter, rather thin and smooth, with a few truncate or rounded-obtuse marginal lobes; cells of dorsal sur- face irregularly 5- or 6-sided, oblong, or quadrate-suborbicular, 25-65 «in maximum diameter; involucre 0.8-1.5 mm. high, longitudinally plicate or alate, the wings more or less cristate or ciliate-denticulate, the mouth lacinulate-fimbriate or irregularly ciliate; capsule short-cylindric, 1.5-2 mm. long, abruptly constricted below to a pedicel 75-150 yw long, bivalved, the exterior cells very thick-walled, their walls (at least of the more elongated cells) mostly 10-16 uw thick (i. e., the two collateral walls) commonly wider than the lumen of the cell, the valve-margins reddish brown; spores pale yellow, becoming more or less fuscous, 40-50 » in maximum diameter, with cell wall finally 2-3 » thick, smooth or very nearly so; elaters of about the same size, with traces of very irregular spiral thickening; columella well developed and persistent. Growing with Riccia Howellit at James Bay, Howell No. 187 (p. p. min.), type, June 4, 1932. Also, James Bay, Howell Nos. 193 and 195, and Charles Island, Howell No. 197. Notothylas galapagensis is closely allied to N. dissecta Steph., from Guatemala, in the thick-walled cells of its capsule and its essen- tially smooth spores, but its spores are larger (40-50 uw vs. ‘'27 w’’), its elaters are nearly devoid of any spiral thickening instead of being trispiral, and its smaller thallus is sparingly round-lobed instead of being profoundly dissected. From the North American Notothylas orbicularis, it differs chiefly in the much thickened walls of the exterior cells of the capsule. There is considerable range in the thickness of the cell-walls in N. orbicularis, but no such thickness as is shown in our photograph of the valve surface of Notothylas galapagensis has ever been ob- served in the North American species. The specimen collected by the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition, at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, and referred by Evans to N. orbicularis, the writer has not been able to examine, but it is assumed that it would now be identi- fied in N. galapagensis. Anthoceros simulans M. A. Howe, sp. nov. Thallis parvis, caespitosis, cavernosis, profunde laciniati-lobulatis, crispatis, superficie lamellati-cristata vel irregulariter proliferante, cellulis superficialibus plerumque 35-85 » in diam. max., marginalibus saepe mammiformi-hemisphericis; monoica (?); involucris cylindricis truncatis, 1-1.5 mm. altis, 0.3-0.45 mm. latis, levibus, aut sublevibus; capsulis numerosis, 1-3 cm. altis, fusco-nigris, valvis siccitate laeviter tortis aut rectis, stomatiferis; sporis fuscis, demum opacis, 44-51 u in diam. max., facie exteriori dense muricati-papillata, papillis conico-acutis aut subtruncatis, 1.5-3 » longis, faciebus interioribus sublaevibus aut papillis valde humilioribus praeditis; pseudo-elateribus fuscis, 40-150 u longis, 5-16 uw latis, plerum- que 1-3 cellulis constitutis, raro furcatis; columella levi. Terricola in loco umbroso humido, alt. 1,000 m., in monte ‘‘Tagus Cove’’ dicto insulae ‘‘Albemarle’’ Insularum Galapagensium, Oceani Pacifici, specimen typicum (n. 213) John Thomas Howell Maio 26, 1932, legit. A A. fusiformi Aust. involucris brevibus cylindricis (1-1.5 mm. longis et 0.3-0.45 mm. latis vs. 2-9 mm. longis et 0.35-1.2 mm. latis), capsulis brevioribus tenuioribus (1-3 cm. longis et 0.12-0.175 mm. latis vs. 2-9 cm. longis et 0.25-0.5 mm. latis), Vou. XXI] HOWE—THE HEPATICAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 205 et papillis sporarum plus opacarum longioribus crassioribus minus acicularibus differt. A A. punctato L. et A. crispulo (Mont.) Douin, A. simulans capsulis tenuioribus et papillis sporarum plus opacarum valde congestis, minus acutis, plerumque brevioribus differt. Typus: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 215006. Thalli small, cespitose, terricolous, cavernous, deeply laciniate-lobulate, crispate, the surface lamellate-cristate or very irregularly proliferate, the surface cells mostly 35-80 w in maximum diameter, the marginal often dome-shaped or hemispheric- protuberant; monoicous*; involucre cylindric, truncate, 1-1.5 mm. high, 0.3-0.45 mm. broad, smooth or nearly so, truncate; capsules numerous, 1-3 cm. long, 0.12- 0.175 mm. broad, dark brown or black, the valves very slightly, if at all, twisted on drying, freely provided with stomata; spores fuscous, becoming opaque, 44-51 p in maximum diameter, outer face densely muricate-papillate, the papillae conic-acute or subtruncate, 1.5-3 » long, the inner faces with much lower irregular papillae; pseudo-elaters fuscous, 40-150 uw long, 5-15 » wide, mostly of 1-3 cells, rarely branched; columella smooth. On ground in a moist shady spot, Tagus Cove Mountain, at eleva- tion of 3,300 feet, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, Howell No. 213 (holotype), May 26, 1932. Anthoceros simulans is perhaps most nearly allied to A. fusiformis Aust., of the Pacific Coast of North America, from which it differs in its short-cylindric involucre (1-1.5 mm. long and 0.3-0.45 mm. wide vs. 2-9 mm. long and 0.35-1.2 mm. wide), in the shorter and slenderer capsules (1-3 cm. long and 0.12-0.175 mm. wide vs. 2-9 cm. long and 0.25-0.5 mm. wide), and in the longer stouter less acicular papillae of the more opaque spores. From Anthoceros punctatus L. and A. crispulus (Mont.) Douin, A. simulans differs in the more slender capsules and especially in the much more crowded, less acute, and usually shorter papillae of the more opaque spores. Of the numerous species from tropical America described by F. Stephani, Anthoceros turbinatus of Mexico, if we may judge by description alone, may appear to be the most closely allied to the Galapagos plant, but there is nothing turbinate or carnose about the thallus of A. simulans. Anthoceros vegetans M. A. Howe, sp. nov. Thallo mediocri, olivaceo, cavernoso, terricola, aliquanto carnoso, dissecto vel laciniati-lobulato, lobis plerumque flabelliformibus aut sublinearibus, saepe lobulis pyriformibus vel subglobosis marginalibus, deinde ut propagulis disjunctis, praedi- tis; superficie vulgo rugosa vel canaliculata, cellulis paginae dorsalis plerumque 30-50 » in diam. max.; monoica; androeciis saepe involucris approximatis; involu- cris brevi-cylindricis, interdum geminatis, carnosis, 1.4-2.1 mm. altis, 0.75-1.1 mm. latis, rotundati-truncatis, ore subintegro vel subcrenato, superficie fere cristas vel lamellas humiles ferente; capsulis paucis, 5.5-8 mm. longis, 0.2-0.35 mm. latis, 3 Antheridia have not been identified with certainty, but cavities, looking as if they had been occupied by antheridia occur on the same plant as the capsules. 206 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. olivaceis, deinde brunneis, stomatibus passim paucis, oblongo-ellipticis, plerumque 52-65 uw longis, 31-47 uw latis; sporis pallidi-flavis, translucentibus, 26-40 uw in diam. max., facie exteriori dense et minute papillati-muriculata, papillis interdum lineas irregulares aut areolas imperfectas formantibus, faciebus interioribus similariter sed minus fortiter notatis aut paene levibus; pseudo-elateribus paucis et inconspicuis, plerumque cellula una constitutis; columella conspicue filis pluri-cellularibus ramen- taceis fibrillata, eis fortasse officiis pseudo-elaterum fungentibus. In ripis humidis in loco ‘‘Wafer Bay, Cocos Island” dicto specimen unicum (n. 234) John Thomas Howell, Jun. 28, 1932, legit. Anthoceros vegetans A. laevi affinis est, sed habitu propagulifero, capsulis brevibus (5.5-8 mm. vs. 10-35 mm.), columella fibrillata, sculptura sporarum, defectu pseudo-elaterum veri simili, etc., facile distinguitur. Species fortasse A. propagulifero Steph. chilensi sterili affinis est, sed thallo non lamellifero. A Anthoceroti bulbifero Steph. peruviano in sculptura sporarum A, vegetans longe distat. . Typus: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 215007. Thallus medium-sized, olivaceous, cavernous, terricolous, rather carnose, dis- sected or laciniate-lobulate, the lobes commonly flabelliform or sublinear, often with pyriform or subglobose marginal lobules detachable as propagula; surface commonly rugose or canaliculate, the surface cells mostly 30-50 w~ in maximum diameter; monoicous; androecia often at base of involucre; involucres short-cylindric, some- times geminate, carnose, 1.4-2.1 mm. high, 0.75-1.1 mm. broad, rounded-truncate, the mouth subentire or somewhat crenate, the surface commonly bearing low crests or lamellae; capsules few, 5.5-8 mm. long, 0.2-0.35 mm. broad, olivaceous, becoming brown, rather few, oblong-elliptic, mostly 52-65 uw long, 31-47 uw wide; spores pale yellow, translucent, 26-40 » in max. diam., the outer face densely and minutely papillate-muriculate, the papillae sometimes forming irregular ridges or imperfect areolae, the inner faces similarly and less strongly marked or nearly smooth; pseudo-elaters few and inconspicuous, mostly 1-celled; columella con- spicuously fringed with pluricellular branching filaments, these perhaps taking the place of pseudo-elaters. On moist steep banks of a stream, Wafer Bay, Cocos Island, Howell No. 234 (holotype), June 28, 1932. Anthoceros vegetans belongs to the A. laevis group, but is easily distinguished from those species by its propaguliferous habit, its short capsules (5.5-8 mm. vs. 10-35 mm.), its fibrillate columella, its apparently almost deficient pseudo-elaters, and by the spore- markings, the papillae often showing a pronounced tendency to be confluent into ridges and imperfect areolae. The capsules as found are not dehiscing and it is probable that they are not fully mature. Of the numerous American species of this group proposed by Stephani, Anthoceros vegetans is possibly allied to the sterile A. propaguliferus from Chile but the thallus in that species is said to be ‘“‘antice lamellifera, lamellis confertis’’, while in the Cocos Island plant, lamellae are very weakly developed or wanting. Anthoceros bulbiferus Steph., from Peru, has spores that are “‘grosse remoteque spinosae’’, words that could never be applied to the spores of A. vegetans. 3 j 9 ; == oe ae ce Lite Vor. XXI] HOWE—THE HEPATICAE OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 207 Dendroceros crispus (Sw.) Nees On decaying wood, with foliose Hepaticae, lichens, etc., Inde- fatigable Island, Howell No. 255. The specimens have not the long smooth involucres attributed to this species by Stephani (Sp. Hep. 5: 1015), but in this respect they are very similar to West Indian specimens referred to D. crispus (type from Jamaica) by Evans and others. The involucres are 4-4.5 mm. long and bear a moderate number of small irregular appendages. In West Indian specimens seen, the involucres are 3-5 mm. long, although Stephani describes them as 8 mm. long. The capsules of the Indefatigable Island plant are about 1 cm. long, the spores are 40-50 win maximum diameter and minutely granulate, and the elaters are about 300 uw long. Possibly the capsules average shorter than in typical D. crispus, but the writer does not find any reliable characters for specific distinction. Many species have been described in this genus without satisfactory diagnostic characters. In the Mitten Herbarium, now in the possession of The New York Botanical Garden, is a fragment of the type of Monoclea crispata Hook. [Dendroceros crispatus (Hook.) Nees], from the island of St. Vincent, and also what is apparently a part of the original of Antho- ceros brasiliensis Raddi [Dendroceros brasiliensis (Raddi) Nees]. The Raddi plant has immature capsules included in the involucres (which are about 6 mm. long), though Raddi’s figures show mature dehiscing capsules. Stephani makes Dendroceros crispatus a synonym of D. brasiliensis and describes the involucres of the composite as 10 mm. long, the spores 72 yw, and the elaters 360 w long. In the au- thentic specimen of Monoclea crispata Hook., the involucres are 4-5 mm. long (‘‘vix duas lineas longus’’, according to Hooker), the spores are 45-65 w in maximum diameter and minutely muriculate, and the elaters are 160-300 » long. The species of Dendroceros are in need of critical revision, with a reexamination of the type speci- mens, beginning with Anthoceros crispus Swartz. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 7 FiGurEs 1-4, Riccia Howellit M. A. Howe, sp. nov. Plants (James Bay, no. 187, p. p.), natural size. Cross section of holotype (Albemarle Island, no. 209), showing spores, etc., % 38. Cross section of holotype (Albemarle Island, no. 209), showing epidermis, etc., X 70. Outer face of spore of holotype (Albemarle Island, no. 209), « 246. FicureE 5, Riccia iodocheila M. A. Howe, sp. nov. Outer face of spore of holotype (Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, mo. 201), x 246. FicurEs 6 and 7, Anthoceros vegetans M. A. Howe, sp. nov. A lobe of the thallus of holotype (Cocos Island, no. 234), somewhat more bulbiferous than is normal, * 25. Spores of holotype, X 319. Pseudo-elaters are scarcely recognizable. FIGuRE 8, Anthoceros simulans M. A. Howe, sp. nov. Spores and pseudo-elaters of holotype (Albemarle Island, no. 213), K 246. FicureE 9, Notothylas galapagensis M. A. Howe, sp. nov. A part of the capsule wall of holotype (James Bay, no. 187, p. p.), showing thickenings, < 246. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 17 [ HOWE] Plate 7 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vo. XXI, No. 18, pp. 211-224, plate 8, 1 text fig. OcToBER 26, 1934 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 18 LICHENS! / BY DAVID H. LINDER Curator, Farlow Herbarium During the course of an expedition to the Galapagos Islands in 1932 and to Guadalupe Island in 1931, Mr. John Thomas Howell, botanist of the expeditions, made incidental collections of lichens to the extent of a little over fifty numbers, for the most part from the Guadalupe Island off the coast of Lower California and from the islands of the Revillagigedo group. Among the families represented, excluding the Rocellaceae which are being studied by Professor O. V. Darbishire, members of the Usneaceae appear to be dominant. The family is represented by sixteen numbers which include eleven different species and among them are one species of Alectoria, seven species, one variety and one form of Ramalina, and two species of Usnea. The next largest family, so far as the number of species is concerned, is the Physiaceae which includes one new species of Anaptychia and six species of Physcia, in which genus one species is described as new. The third largest family is the Parmeliaceae, represented by eight numbers but with only one species of Cetrarza and four species of Parmelia. The remainder of the families are represented by from one to three species. Among these is the interesting species Pertusaria bispora (Farlow) Linder which, originally named Pertusaria letoplara f. 1 Contribution from the Laboratories of Cryptogamic Botany of Harvard University, No. 130. October 26, 1934 212 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {[PRroc. 4TH SER. bispora by Farlow’ but without a description, was listed from Tower Island of the Galapagos group. This second collection was made on Socorro Island, off the west coast of Mexico, nearly twenty degrees north of the type locality. The systematic portion of this paper, which follows immediately, is arranged according to the system of Zalbruckner in the ‘‘ Natiir- lichen Pflanzenfamilien.’’ SPHAEROPHORACEAE Sphaerophorus coralloides Pers. Pine forest, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 15, 1931, J. T. Howell (34)4. Determined by Dr. D. N. Voigtlaender- Tetzner. PyRENOPSIDACEAE Psorotichia squamulosa Zalbr. Summit of Clarion Island, June 28, 1932, J]. T. Howell (20). COLLEMACEAE Leptogium mollucanum (Pers.) Wainio Wafer Bay, Cocos Island, June 28, 1932, /. T. Howell (7). Deter- mined by Dr. J. Lowe. Leptogium sp. Lower limits of forest above Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, March 27, 1932, J]. T. Howell (8). This specimen is sterile. The thallus, however, would seem to place the species near L. mollucanum. LECIDEACEAE Lecidea (Psora) crenata (Taylor) Nyl. On cypress, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, March 17, 1932, dod Fogel (5): Although it is stated on the label that this specimen was growing “on cypress,’ the substratum is, in fact, reddish volcanic earth. There is apparently some doubt about the differences between this species and L. decipiens; for there is a fairly large series of both species which intergrade to such an extent as to cause Dr. Farlow to make a notation questioning the status of the species. 2 Farlow, W. G. in A. Stewart, Notes on the lichens of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ser. IV. 1:431-446. 1912. 4 3 Zalbruckner, A. Lichens (Ascolichens, Hymenolichens), in Engler & Prantl, Die Natiirlichen Pflanzen- familien, 2nd ed. 8:61-263. jigs. 32-127. 1926. 4 The numbers cited in parentheses are those assigned by the writer. Vor. XX]] LINDER—LICHENS 213 Lecidea (Psora) globifera Ach. Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 26, 1932, J. T. Howell (6, 45). Although the collection is sterile, number 45 is tentatively assigned to this species. Fig. 1. Pertusaria bispora (Farlow) Linder. On the left an ascus with two im- mature ascospores. Note the extreme thickening of the ascus wall. Upper middle: a mature ascospore with definitely thickened lateral walls. On the right a section through a verruca showing two locules, the distribution of the algal symbionts, and the thin cortex which becomes thicker above the verruca. PERTUSARIACEAE Pertusaria bispora (Farlow) Linder, comb. nov. Fig. 1; Plate 8, figs. 1 and 2. Pertusaria letoplaca f. bispora Farlow (I. c.) Thallus ‘‘Sea foam green’’ (Ridgway), laevis, demum parce fissuratus, KOH+ laeviter lutescens; cortice supero exili; apotheciis 1-5 in verrucis irregulariter hemi- sphericis, disculis parvis, punctiformibus, indistinctis; paraphysibus tenuissimis, 214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. ramosis; ascis 150 u + longis, 30-38 yw latis; hyalinis, parietibus crassis, bisporis vel interdum unisporis; sporis 47-65 uw longis, 18.5-25.5 uw latis, ellipsoidalibus, laevibus hyalinisque. Thallus ‘‘Sea foam green’’ (Ridgway), smooth, becoming sparsely fissured, KOH + faintly yellowish, only the upper surface corticate and the cortex poorly developed; apothecia 1-5 in irregularly hemispherical elevated verrucae, the disc small, punctiform, indistinct; paraphyses slender (less than 1 uw), branching; ascis thick-walled, hyaline, about 150 » long, 30-38 u» wide, 2-spored, occasionally 1-spored; spores 47-65 yw long, 18.5-25.5 yw wide, hyaline, smooth, ellipsoidal. Galapagos Islands: Tower Island, on trunks and branches of Bursera graveolens, Alban Stewart, 153, type, in the Farlow Her- barium, and cotype in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, No. 119734. Revillagigedo Islands: Socorro Island, March 27, 1932, fi: G.fowell (17). In contrast with P. leioplaca which produces from four to eight spores in an ascus, and of which the thallus, according to Hasse§, reacts positively to KOH, changing to yellow and then to pale violet, this species produces two spores, or occasionally one, in an ascus and gives but a faint yellowish reaction with KOH. The extended range of the plant would also indicate that this lichen is more than a local variant of P. leioplaca. LECANORACEAE Lecanora Hageni Ach. On rocks, summit of Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 23, 1932, J. T. Howell (38). The apothecia of this specimen are larger than are those of the majority of the specimens in the Farlow Herbarium, especially of those occurring on rock, but it agrees with material occurring on wood. The spore sizes agree with those given for the species. The reaction with KOH is positive, the thallus turning yellow. PARMELIACEAE Cetraria scutata Poetsch Pine forest, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 15, 1931, J. T. Howell (3). Parmelia conspersa (Ehrb.) Ach. South end of Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 16, 1931, J. T. Howell (9). 5 Hasse, H. E. The lichen flora of Southern California. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 17(1):1-132. 1913. Vou. XXI] LINDER—LICHENS 215 Parmelia perforata (Wuli.) Ach. Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 27, 1932, J. T. Howell (10). Parmelia perlata (L.) Ach. Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 26, 1932, J. T. Howell (13). Parmelia physodes (L.) Ach. Pine forest, Guadalupe Island, November 15, 1931, J. T. Howell (11, 14, 15); on cypress, Guadalupe Island, March 17, 1932, J. T. Howell (12); on the ground, Guadalupe Island, March 17, 1932, J. T. Howell (16). In specimen number 15, the laciniae are inflated and thus approach those of P. enteromorpha Ach. USNEACEAE Alectoria sarmentosa Ach. Near the village, Chatham Island, Galapagos Islands, April 18, 1932, M. Willows (1). Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 27, 1932, J. T. Howell (21). Ramalina calicaris var. canaliculata Fr. Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 27, 1932, J. T. Howell (22). Ramalina ceruchis (Ach.) DeNot. Pine forest, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 15, 1931, J. T. Howell (23, 24). Collection number 24 was mixed with R. homalea and was apparently growing with that species. 216 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Ramalina ceruchis forma cephalota Tuck. South end of Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 16, 1931, fe TiHowell (25). Ramalina combeoides Nyl. ere Bay, Cedros Island, August 17, 1932, Templeton Crocker, 26). This specimen, which is fertile, shows variations in the thallus from smooth to shallowly concave-pitted, and from terete to slightly flattened. According to Howe'®, the southernmost range of this species is San Diego. This specimen therefore represents a southerly extension of the range. Ramalina complanata (Sw.) Ach. Summit of Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 23, 1932, Jul vdtowell (27). Ramalina farinacea (L.) Ach. On oak above Northeast Anchorage, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 14, 1931, J. T. Howell, (32). So far as the writer has been able to ascertain, this species has not been reported south of Santa Monica, and Santa Cruz Island, California, hence it would appear that this specimen represents another southern extension of species range. Ramalina homalea Ach. San Nicolas Island, California, March 13, 1932, J. T. Howell (31, 33); pine forest, Guadalupe Island, November 15, 1931, J. T. Howell, (28, 29); south end of Guadalupe Island, November 16, 1931, J. T. Howell, (24, 30). According to Howe (I. c.), Santa Barbara and San Diego are listed as the southernmost stations for this species. Ramalina usneoides Fr. Socorro Island, March 27, 1932, J. T. Howell (48). 6 Howe, R. H. North American Species of the genus Ramalina. The Bryologist 16:65-74. 1913. Vor. XX] LINDER—LICHENS 217 Usnea duriuscula J. Motyka Pine forest, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 15, 1931, J. T. Howell (36). Although this specimen is sterile, it agrees in thallus characters with material from Mexico which was determined by J. Motyka, and accordingly is so listed. Usnea florida (L.) Web. On oak above Northeast Anchorage, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 14, 1931, /. T. Howell (37). CALOPLACACEAE Caloplaca cirrochroa T. Fr. On rocks, Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 22, 1932, J. T. Howell (2). This specimen, growing with Physcia stellaris (which see) and the following species, is sterile but its general appearance and the re- action of the thallus to KOH would indicate that it belongs here. Caloplaca murorum (Hoffm.) T. Fr. On rocks, Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 22, 1932, ar owe (ZY: THELOSCHISTACEAE Theloschistes flavicans Norm. Pine forests, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 15, 1931, J. T. Howell (35). Determined by Dr. D. N. Voigtlaender- Tetzner. PHYSCIACEAE Anaptychia ciliatomarginata Linder, sp. nov. Plate 8, figs. 3 and 4. Thallus applanatus apice assurgens, usque 2-3 cm. radio, sursum albidus vel cinereo-albidus, infra albidus, laxe ramosus; laciniis angustis, raro 1.5 mm. latis, KOH + luteis, utrinque corticatis, margine ciliatis, ciliis albis apice nigrescentibus; 218 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. apotheciis usque 3 mm. diametro, breve stipitatis, discis planis vel concavis, atris vel pruinosis, excipulis albis integris, externe longe ciliatis, hypotheciis hyalinis; para- physibus 72-108 y longis, 3-3.5 uw latis, simplicibus vel interdum apice breve ramosis, sursum fuscis, sensim inflatis et epithecium formantibus; ascis 48.5-75.5 yu longis, 9-14.5 yw latis, clavatis, monostichis vel irregulariter distichis, octosporis; sporis . 14.5-16.5 w longis (vel raro 12-18 pw longis), 7-8 yw latis, fuscis, ellipsoidalibus vel subinaequilateraliter ellipsoidalibus bilocularibus, parietibus crassis. Thallus up to 2-3 cm. in radius, spreading, the tips ascending, whitish to grayish- white above, whitish below, loosely branching, the laciniae narrow, seldom more than 1.5 mm. broad, KOH+ yellow, corticate on both sides, the medulla KOH-, the margin ciliate with long fibrils which are white but become dark at the ends; apothecia up to 3 mm. in diameter, short-stipitate, the disc flat or concave, black or pruinose, the thalline exciple white and entire, the outer periphery long-ciliate; hypothecium hyaline; paraphyses 72-108 yw long, 3-3.5 «4 wide, simple or occasionally short-branched at the apex where they are slightly inflated and fuscous; asci clavate, 48.5-75.5 uw long, 9-14.5 w wide, 8-spored, monostichous or irregularly dis- tichous; the spores 14.5-16.5 w long (or rarely 12-18 uw long), 7-8 yw wide, ellipsoidal or subinequilaterally ellipsoidal, biloculate, thick-walled. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 215010, co-type in Farlow Herb., Harvard University; south end of Guadalupe Island, Lower Califor- nia, November 16, 1931, J. T. Howell (47). This beautiful species resembles and is closely related to A. erinacea in its general lacy appearance, but differs from that species in its consistently lighter thallus, the narrower laciniae, and the long ciliations on the outer edge of the exciple, the last character suggest- ing the specific name. The spores also are somewhat smaller than those of A. ertnacea since Herre’ states that those of the latter species measure 15-23 wu long and 7.5-11 w wide, and Hasse (1. c.) that they measure 16-32 w long and 7.5-15 w wide. Anaptychia comosa, although resembling this species in the ciliate margins of the thallus, lacks the ciliations on the outer periphery of the exciple. It may also be readily separated from this species by its much broader thallus which is conspicuously gray above. Physcia adscendens Fr. Physcia hispida var. adscendens Fr. On oak above Northeast Anchorage, Guadalupe Island, Lower California, November 14, 1931, J. T. Howell. Physcia aegilata (Ach.) Nyl. Summit of Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 23, 1932, J.T. Howell (18). 7 Herre, A. W.C.T. The lichen flora of the Santa Cruz Peninsula, California. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. 12(2):27-269. 1910. i Vor. XXI LINDER—LICHENS 219 Physcia aipolia (Ach.) Nyl. On twigs and bark, Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 27,1932, J. T. Howell (44). This specimen appears to be young and poorly developed. The margins of the few apothecia that are present in the specimen are minutely crenulate, and the thallus is colored below and gives rise to dark rhizoids, hence the specimen would appear to belong in this species. Physcia (Euphyscia) Howellii Linder, sp. nov. Plate 8, fig. 3. Thallus parvus, usque 1-2 cm. radio, applanatus, sursum laevis, esorediatus, KOH ~+ luteus, irregulariter pauce ramosus, extremis rotundatis vel lobatis, infra albidus pauce rhizoidigerus, medulla KOH-; apotheciis usque 2.5 mm. diametro, sessilibus vel subsessilibus, discis planis vel laeviter concavis, atris; excipulis dis- tincte crenatis; hypotheciis hyalinis; paraphysibus 60-70 x 2 yu, apice inflatis, 3.6 » diam., fuscis et epithecium fuscum formantibus; ascis clavatis, 90 wu vel 99-128 yu longis, 27-35 yw latis, 2-8 sporis, monostichis vel irregulariter distichis; sporis ellip- soidalibus vel late rotundato-biconicis, 25 uw vel 28-32.5 uw longis et 12-14.5 yp latis (vel raro 11-16.5 yu latis) in ascis octosporis vel 29-34 uw longis et 18-20 yu latis in ascis bi- vel quadrisporis, uniseptatis raro unicellularibus, fuscis, parietibus crassis. Thallus small, up to 1-2 cm. in radius, adnate, the upper surface smooth, esore- diate, greenish or greenish-gray, KOH+ yellow, irregularly few-branched, the ends - rounded or lobate, the under side whitish with few concolorous rhizoids, medulla KOH-; apothecia up to 2.5 mm. in diameter, sessile or subsessile, the dise flat or slightly concave, black, the margin distinctly crenate; hypothecium hyaline; para- physes 60-70 » long, 2 u wide, inflated and 3.6 » in diameter at the tips where they are colored, forming a dark epithecium; asci clavate (90 uw or) 99-128 pw long, 27-35 p wide, 2-8-spored, irregularly distichous or monostichous; spores ellipsoidal or broadly rounded, biconical, nonseptate or 1-septate, in the eight-spored asci 28- 32.5 w long, 12-14.5 uw wide, or rarely 25 w long and 11-16.5 » wide, or in the two or four-spored asci the spores 29-34 uw long and 18-20 » wide. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 215009, co-typein Farlow Herb., Harvard University; growing on bark among hepatics, lower limits of forest above Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, March 27, 1932, J.T. Howell (a). The dimensions of the spores of this species immediately separate it from the related species such as P. stellaris, P. aipolia, P. Leana, and P. crispa. Because of its broad thallus it resembles the last three species, and because of the crenate margin of the exciple, the second and last species. From P. aipolia, it is separated by the pale under surface and the concolorous rhizoids, while only the large spores separate P. Howellit from P. crispa. There are other char- acters to be found in the thallus, but the writer hesitates to stress them, since the scanty type material does not allow sufficient obser- vations on the range of variation to be found in this new species. Nevertheless, because of the spore-size and the distinctly crenate margin of the apothecium, the specimen is worthy of recognition under the new name. 220 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H SER. Physcia picta (Sw.) Nyl. Summit of Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 22, 1932, J.T. Howell (19). The reaction of the thallus to KOH is positive, the color changing to yellow and then to yellowish-green. The hypothallus is black, and the spores are 10-15 wlong and 5-7 uw wide. Physcia stellaris Nyl. Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Islands, March 22, 1932, J. T. Howell (2). This specimen, growing on rock with Caloplaca cirrochroa and C. murorum, is somewhat doubtfully referred to this species since the thallus is somewhat broader than the usual forms and is less well developed. In contrast to these characters, which appear to be more or less variable in the species, the reaction to KOH is positive, and the spores measure 13.5-16 w long and 5-7.5 uw wide. HYMENOLICHENS Dictyonema sericeum (Fr.) Mont. Dichonema sericeum (Fr.) Mont. On wet slope near the summit of Indefatigable Island, Galapagos Islands, May 10, 1932, J. T. Howell (4). This species has not hitherto been reported from the Galapagos Islands although it is not uncommon in tropical or subtropical countries. The distribution and occurrence of the lichens of the Galapagos Islands has already been summarized by Stewart (1. c.) and hence little can be added by the writer, since among those specimens al- ready listed above, only Alectoria sarmentosa from Chatham Island and Dictyonema sericeum from Indefatigable Island were collected in the Galapagos group. However, in order that the lichen flora of the more northern islands may be compared with that of the Galapagos, there follows a tabulated list of species arranged alpha- betically according to genus and without regard to families. Vor. XXT] Anaptychia ciliatomarginata............. @aloplaGa Curocnrogejces cs seine Sess say es Waloplaca murorum; 2)... 2... Wetrania SCutatay icon, sh ores becanonaylagenin wid. ee. ce cNK as «che. od) as Lecidear crenata. 2/335 2. oe Parmelia physodes.......... Pertusaria bispora.......... Physcia adscendens......... Physciayaeeilatan, sere atte Physetaratpolaaie 227. 055, cise 2 Physcia Howellii............ Bhyseia pietaias yi secdpueis: Wises 2 Physeia.stellaris?/ 4 $i S.as/h.i8 - Psorotichia squamulosa...... Ramalina calicaris.......... 7 Also collected on San Nicolas Island. R.-ceruehis-t, cepnalota. 0 oi... eles Ramalina combeoides....... Ramalina complanata....... Ratmalina'farinacea -0') 72.. Ramalina) homaleat oo... Ramalina usneoides......... Sphaerophorus corralloides. . . Theloschistes flavicans...... Usneavduriuscula i] ve ke Usneatlonidarcc.s is 64th LINDER—LICHENS Guadalupe Island (ee Pea ame a A Pa | Peter lesiert| ++++ 1441 Cedros Island 221 Clarion Socorro Island aaa Sect Island ea a De po ei FR cea lle es gyre re le | 222 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRroc, 4TH SER. PLATE 8 Fig. 1. Pertusaria bispora (Farlow) Linder. Photomicrograph to show the one- to four-pored hemispherical verrucae, and the slightly fissured thallus. X 9.2. Fig. 2. Pertusaria bispora (Farlow) Linder. Photograph to show the relatively even thallus and the distribution of the verrucae. X 34. Fig. 3. Anaptychia ciliatomarginata Linder, spec. nov. Photograph to show the manner of branching of the thallus and the elongate-ciliate margin of the slender laciniae. The under surface of the plant is shown by the lower specimen. X 34. Fig. 4. Anaptychia ciliatomarginata. Linder, spec. nov. Photomicrograph to show more clearly the elongate cilia on the margins of the apothecia, and the black, slightly granulose surface of the disc. X 9.2. Fig. 5. Physcia Howellii Linder, spec. nov. The upper specimen illustrates the characteristic type of branching of the thallus with its broad, inconspicuously lobed laciniae. X 2.5. The lower figure is a photomicrograph of a fruiting body to illus- trate the crenulate margin of the apothecium. X 10.2. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 18 | LINDER ] Plate 8 PROCEEDINGS tees OF THE "45 ras CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _ — FouRTH SERIES Vor. XXI, No. 19, pp. 225-232 FEBRUARY 6, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 19 A REVISION OF TWO SPECIES OF VINCIGUERRIA, A GENUS OF DEEP SEA FISHES BY DAVID B. HORSBURGH Hopkins Marine Station, Pacific Grove, California The genus Vinciguerria comprises at present six generally accepted species, namely, V. powertae (Cocco); attenuata (Cocco); nimbaria (Jordan and Williams); lucetta (Garman); raoulensis (Waite); and sanzot Jespersen and Taning. Of these, the first four species appear to be valid. On the other hand, V. raoulensis is somewhat doubtful, McCulloch suggesting its identity with V. lucetia. It was described from a single specimen, checking in all details with the latter species with the exception of the number of dorsal and anal rays. Consider- ing the fragility of these structures it is possible that an injury eaused the loss of a few of the rays. Furthermore, V. sanzoz is identical with V. nitmbaria, as will be demonstrated. In distinguishing the various species of this genus, a number of features have been used. A pronounced short-coming of most of these characters is that they exhibit wide ranges of variation and a striking degree of overlapping. Two exceptions to this general rule were apparently formed by the number of gill rakers on the first branchial arch, and by a pair of photophores occurring on the chin February 6, 1935 ai ts JANA ARILIO™ = et tides beta el 226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. of certain species. These two characters have been carefully examined in the course of the present investigation. The result of this study shows the former character to be an excellent and reliable differentiating feature, while the latter is of questionable systematic value. These photophores are evidently the anterior members of the upper lateral rows of organs, separated by a relatively wide space from the second organs, but still an integral part of these rows. Therefore, no great importance can be attached to the presence or absence of these members, but such inconstancy must rather be considered as a simple numerical variation at the anterior end of a linear series. No comparable systematic significance has been attributed to similar variations commonly found posteriorly in these rows. The presence or absence of any single organ in such a varying series cannot be taken as a non-intergrading difference of any appre- ciable importance. This conclusion is based upon the fact that among the specimens of Vinciguerria lucetia examined, one indi- vidual had but one photophore, on the right side of the symphysis with no indication of any such member on the left, while an addi- tional two specimens entirely lacked these photophores at the sym- physis. These three specimens were mature individuals and were identical in every other respect with the other members of the species. Because of lack of material of Vinciguerria powertae and V. attenuata it is impossible to venture a discussion of the status of these two forms. However, it was deemed advisable to give a redescrip- tion of V. lucetia and V. nimbaria to clarify their relationships and status in the genus. It will be noticed in the following descriptions that V. nimbaria possesses fewer gill rakers, a slightly greater number of photophores in the upper lateral row, and a slightly greater body depth than V. lucetia. | For convenience the two lateral rows of photophores are divided into the following natural series: symphysis to pectorals, (S-P); isthmus to pectorals, (I-P); pectorals to ventrals, (P-V); ventrals to anal, (V-A); anal to caudal base, (A-C). Vor. XXI] HORS BURGH—VINCIGUERRIA 227 Vinciguerria lucetia (Garman) Maurolicus lucetius Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 24, 1899, p. 242, pl. J, fig. 2. Zalarges lucetius Brauer, Wiss. Ergebnisse Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp. ‘‘Valdivia,’’ 1906, 1, p. 96, fig. 40; 2, p. 186, taf. 36, fig. 9; Gilbert, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 26, 1908, p. 237; Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Arch., 2, 1913, p. 119, fig. 44; Weber, ‘‘Siboge’’ Fische, 1913, p. 21; Regan, Larval Fish. ‘‘Terra Nova,” 1916, p. 137, figs. 6, 7; Jesperson and Taning, Vid. Medd. Dansk. Nat. For., 70, 1919, p. 219; McCulloch, Rec. Austral. Mus., 14, 1923, p. 115; Jesperson and Taning, Rep. Danish Ocean. Exped. 1908-10, 2A, 12, 1926, pp. 22, 23, 27-30; Jordan, Evermann and Clark, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish., 1928, 2 (1930), p. 73; Norman ‘‘Discovery”’ Reps., 2, 1930, p. 290-291; Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Inst., 2, 4, p. 11. DESCRIPTION: Mature specimens, 25 mm. to 52 mm. standard length. Depth of body increasing with age, greatest depth immediately behind posterior margin of opercle, 5.9 (5.5-6.7) in standard length. Depth at anus 8.3 (7.7-9.1) in standard length. Least depth of caudal peduncle 2.8 (2.3-3.2) in greatest depth. Length of head 3.8 (3.3-4.2) in standard length. Horizontal diameter of orbit 0.7 (0.5-1.0) in length of snout, 3.0 (2.6-3.7) in head. Maxillary 1.4 (1.3-1.8) in head. Lower jaw extending slightly beyond upper. The entire edge of maxillary and dentary studded with subulate teeth which are compressed laterally and curved posteriorly; on the maxillary one or two short teeth, sometimes directed anteriorly, occur between regularly spaced longer ones; those on dentaries irregularly unequal in length and crowded together. Four or five teeth on palatines. One tooth on each side of vomer. Snout to origin of dorsal fin 1.7 (1.6-1.8) in standard length; fin of 14-15 rays; first ray 1.9 (1.7-2.1) in fourth, which is longest, being 2.1 (2.1-2.3) in head; succeeding rays decreasing regularly in length. Origin of anal fin vertically below eighth, ninth or tenth ray of dorsal; fin of 15 (14-16) rays; first ray 1.9 (1.8-2.0) in third or fourth, which is longest, being 2.9 (2.7-3.0) in head; remaining rays de- creasing evenly in length. Pectoral base vertically below posterior edge of opercle; fin of ten rays, one specimen with nine. Pelvics located about midway between tip of snout and base of caudal; fin of seven rays, with distal third of each split; longest ray 2.4 (1.6-3.0) in head. Adipose fin located vertically above last anal ray; its length from anterior edge of base to tip 1.9 (1.6-2.0) in horizontal diameter of orbit. Caudal lunate; the fragility of the caudal rays makes comparative measurements doubtful. The deciduous nature of the scales makes it improbable that a preserved specimen with complete squamation will be observed. On those specimens examined, how- ever, several scattered groups of cycloid scales indicate complete covering of body in life. All photophores are directed ventrally; the lens increasing in size with age and appearing as a silver sphere, its dorsal half surrounded by a layer of black pigment. A photophore on preorbital at lower anterior margin of orbit; one at lower posterior margin of orbit; a third immediately behind margin of preopercle, approximately on horizontal through center of orbit. Two rows of organs along each side of ventral part of body. Origin of lower row on vertical of anterior margin of orbit, extending to base of caudal. Upper row with origin at symphysis of dentary, ex- tending to base of anal fin. The S-P, I-P, and P-V series in the individual speci- mens are usually constant in the number of organs on the right and left sides. It is interesting to note that, in case the number of organs in one of the series varies from the average for the species, an equalizing variation is likely to occur in the following series. For example, if 228 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc, 4TH SER. the V-A series has nine organs (one below average), the A-C series 3 may have fifteen organs (one above average). The result is that the variation in any one series may be greater than that for the row. MEASUREMENTS: The following table shows ray counts and measurements in hundredths of body length, representing twenty- two specimens. Den pth Ob ead. ok) co Maun ae NM Ake) Ri a 26 (24-30) DIR DE MOL DOGG Ce auc his oe ee RNa acd Sic 2 amen Saeed De Gals Depth at ANUS s cen hob ee aos ee ease ce a 12 (11-13) Depth at caudal. padmncle gegn hlae pie; pos, ahs oe 6.(.S-..7) engeth OF SHOU ica tit. aes 9 PE ae aes, cs eeseys 7 ( S- 8) Horizontal diameter oforbit estrecho ae ee OR nO) Length of maxillary. oon pena aoe see 19 (17-20) Snoutitovanal wy oe ay ne pee et ne ue oe OO ).-o 5k rs Cee is Brg eles Ae 0.70 Type.—C. A. S. Ent. No. 3912. Systematic A ffinities.—This species seems most closely related to Neotermes castaneus (Burmeister) as defined by Snyder (1924) but differs from it in that the head of the alate is smaller and relatively narrower and longer and the pronotum relatively shorter, while the head of the soldier is shorter and broader and the pronotum quite different in shape. This group of species is in need of careful revision. Subgenus Cryptotermes Banks Kalotermes (Cryptotermes) darwini Light, new species Plate 9, figs. 1 and 2; figs. 7 and 8. Material.—Seven collections of this species by the Zaca Expedi- tion are all from the Galapagos Islands, four from Albemarle Island, two from Charles Island and one from Sullivan Island. In addition I am able to report a collection of soldiers made by Dr. Beebe on Gardner Island available through the kindness of Dr. Alfred Emer- son and Dr. Harold Kirby, Jr. Several of the colonies were in stand- ing dead trees, others in fallen branches. One colony contained alates on May 25th and dealates were taken in other collections. DIAGNOSIS Alate.—Generally brown with pale, faintly brown wings: a dark V-shaped band across head behind frons, head parallel-sided; antennae of 15 segments; eyes and ocelli large for genus; eyes separated from lower margin of head by slightly less than their own short diameter; ocelli about half as wide as eyes; median vein not bent up to join radius sector but sending several branches to it beyond middle of wing. Ratio length of pronotum to length of fore wing scale about 0.6. Vor. XXI] LIGHT—TERMITES 243 Soldier.—Frontal rim bilobed, widely flaring; dorsal surface of head black, excavated, tuberculate and wrinkled, surrounded by a raised margin, flat above; head relatively long, low and narrow, somewhat constricted behind frontal rim. DESCRIPTIONS Alate.—Brown above, yellow-brown below; frons dirty yellow with a dark V-shaped band across head behind it. Head squarish, sides parallel, postero-lateral corners, broadly rounded. Antennae of 15 segments, 13th and 14th longest, each twice as long as 3rd which is about as long as 2nd and 8th and longer than 4th, 5th, 6th, or 7th. Eye large for genus, separated from lower margin by somewhat less than its own short diameter; ocellus large, about as high as half the short diameter of eye; nearly as high as long; touching eye. Pronotum widely but very shallowly concave in front and faintly but widely emarginate behind, sides rounded, receding into biconvex posterior border. Wing strongly narrowed at base; membrane pale, delicate, with very fine orna- mentations; radius joining costal margin near origin of first branch of radius sector; radius sector with four chitinized anterior branches; median closer to cubitus than to radius sector; running to tip of wing but sending several vertical branches to the radius sector. Fig. 7. Dealate of Kalotermes (Crypiotermes) darwini Light, new species. X 13. Soldier.—Back and lower sides of head, cervical sclerites and anterior margin of pronotum yellowish brown; frons, top and upper sides of head black; antennae white, abdomen pale brownish; in life ‘‘a bright yellow thoracic area separates the deep black head from the pale brownish abdomen” (Larsen in lit.). Blackened areas of head (pl. 9, figs. 1 and 2) rugose, tuberculated. Head with widely flaring bilobed frontal rim, followed by an irregular lateral constriction be- hind which the sides swell out again, minimum width being found at about the anterior third and maximum width at about the posterior third behind which the margins round into the flatly convex posterior margin. Dorsal concavity (pl. 9, figs. 1 and 2) roughly quadrangular, anteriorly some- what indented by median notch in frontal rim, bounded laterally by upraised longi- tudinal ridges, which end anteriorly in the frontal rim, and are connected posteriorly by a somewhat convex transverse ridge. Head relatively long and narrow for the genus, greatest width about two-thirds of greatest length. Frontal rim elevated and projecting, frons making less than a right angle with the horizontal plane of head; frontal cavity deep and regular, separated by an inconspicuous median ridge running down from the notch; frontal rim thickened above the antennae (pl. 9, fig 2) which lie in a longitudinal groove in the outer lower portion of this thickening. Antennae (pl. 9, fig. 2) of 13 or 14 segments; 3rd narrowest, clavate, somewhat chitinized, often incompletely separated from 4th. 244 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Pronotum with broadly but very shallowly convex posterior margin; postero- lateral corners rounded; sides convex, strongly contracted anteriorly; anterior margin deeply, roundly, and broadly, concave; antero-lateral corners sharp, pro- jecting forward over head, set off from lateral margins by a notch. Measurements in millimeters of soldier of Kalotermes (Cryptotermes) darwini Light, new species. Curt VET GUN. St ae tists Wem GraeeeMeya sna! asia ste eeee or oie 5.40 eneth or head to: center of tronser 4... se aoe ee ihe?) Length -of head to side Of fromsoce.-.. tse eee ete 1.44 Minimum width of nead sg: = craeracs cis tee 4 ae inate 0.97 Maximum width behind middle.................... 1.14 Width of head across center of frons......:....,... 1.10 Maxinium ‘heirnutiat DGau. .0 wees csp ose ss eaaa tp 0.86 Minin Deiat Gl Head 5. crmier ae. ye a cle eae oe ales 0.81 With OL SICOMOLIGN . cra. a0. e 5 etaeeevae tyiiccs et visa emt 1.20 Maxim Jengtn of pronotitiieasme sc scn ee 6 scene 0.88 Minimum Jengtn Of FieOUOLUum. cee, ou 6 cee onc ese me es 0.63 Fig. 8. Left fore wing of Kalotermes (Cryptotermes) darwini Light, new species. ... 1.50 1.62 1.26 Wadthiof head’ iy wt: 0.90 0.92-1.02 0.78 Length of left mandible,. 1.05 125 0.99 Width of pronotum..... 0.69 0.78 0.61 Head index)... ...... 4010460 0.61 0.64 Head mandible index.... 0.70 0.70 0.71 Head pronotum index... 0.77 0.77 0.76 0. 0. 0. Vor. XXI] LIGHT—TERMITES 249 Nasutitermes (Nasutitermes) guatemalae (Holmgren) Material.—One colony from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico; one from Braxilito Bay, Costa Rica; and two from Port Parker, Costa Rica. Discussion.—The black headed nasutes of the subgenus Nasuti- termes present a very difficult taxonomic problem which will only be settled by a careful comparative study using great numbers of ex- tensive colony collections taken over large areas. It will be necessary to determine the nature and extent of intracolonial variation, which undoubtedly is great, the intercolonial variation within given locali- ties and the geographical variation within a species. At present identifications must be considered tentative and be based when possible upon both alate and soldier characters. The collections here considered to belong to N. guatemalae show considerable variation in characters of the nasutes. The alates present in the collection from Tres Marias (June 25) and those from Port Parker (July 5) agree perfectly with alates from Guerrero col- lected by von Hagen and identified as N. guatemalae by Emerson (in lit.) after comparison with type alate material. These alates differ from N. (N.) nigriceps (Haldeman) (Light 1933) in the much larger eye and the close approach of the ocellus to the eye. The nasutes are characterized by darker color, generally larger heads, which are relatively broader and with shorter rostra. Since this nasute has not been described a brief diagnosis with measurements follows. Nasute of Nasutitermes (Nasutitermes) guatemalae (Holmgren) Tergites and nota light brown, antennae somewhat darker, sternites and legs lighter, head black-brown, lightest below and just above antennae. Rostrum dense black in basal two-thirds shading into reddish apical zone. Head very broadly ovate in dorsal view; minimum width (anterior) more than half of maximum width; contraction index 0.62. Dorsal profile of head flat in general but with a distinct median convexity set off by two narrow concavities, Rostrum short, not at all uplifted. Measurements in millimeters of Nasute of Nasutitermes (Nasutitermes) guatemalae, Length of head with rostrum. .,.5)5<£,.. ch 4 “bye yess: 1.68 WengehomHesy die oc, 2 (62 orl. steel! - Ase rie ters .89 Width of head at antennae.......------ eee errr .69 Width of pronotum. ......- ses sne reste e esters .54 Maximum width of gula.........--+ essere tees 5 re Minimum width of gula..... 2... -6 seer eee eres yea Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Figs. 9-10. Head of soldiers of Microcerotermes. 9. Microcerotermes struncki (Sérensen) (?). X 29. 10. Microcerotermes bouvert (Desneux) (?). X 29. 252 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES { Proc. 41TH SER Microcerotermes bouveri (Desneux) (?) Figure 10. A single collection from Acapulco taken from a beehive-like mound which extended a foot above the ground and a foot below it around the root of a dead shrub has been determined as belonging to this species. Desneux’s (1904) description is scanty and without illustrations but there are no outstanding differences. The 10 degrees separating the two localities, Acapulco in Mexico and Mariquita in Colombia, makes the identification questionable. Measurements in millimeters of Microcerotermes bouveri (Desneux) (?) from Acapulco, Mexico: 1D tos RS PN om Spe aereles ane dy Oe, aay ae 5.58 Length of head without mandibles................. 1.88 Lengthset manda bles ooo. oc oe eer hs is Bee el a cs 1.03 Wittig Tad. noah 8 so. Wk eee tee acne teen shes: gunm 1.14 Width of head at anipanmac see ee oie 2. onic mn eohe 98 Width of pronotam AE oa he aie, st eee ee i738 Maximum ‘width of- sul iT ae aes ok Fak amooenres . 36 Minimum width rpms) is") a wages 6 wich eo eerie as .18 Vor. XXI] LIGHT—TERMITES 253 PAPERS CONSULTED Banks, N. 1901. Papers from the Hopkins Stanford Galapagos Expedi- tion 1898-1899. Thysanura and Termitidae. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 3: 541-546. Desneux, J. 1904. Trois termites nouveaux. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 48: 286-289. Holmgren, N. 1909. Termitenstudien. I. Anatomische Untersuchungen. K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., 44(3): 1-215, pls. 1-3, 76 figs. in text. Light, S. F. 1930. Termites collected by T. T. Craig on Socorro Island. Pan.-Pac. Entom., 6: 178-180. ——1932. Termites of the Marquesas Islands. Bull. B. P. Bishop Museum, 98: 73-86, pls. 1-3, 5 figs. in text. ——1933. Termites of Western Mexico. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 6: 79-164, pls. 7-11, 33 figs. in text. Silvestri, F. 1903. Contribuzione alla conoscenza dei termitidi e termito- fili dell’ America meridionale. Redia, 1: 3-234, pls. 1-6, 57 figs. in text. Snyder, T. E. 1924. Descriptions of new species and hitherto unknown castes of termites from America and Hawaii. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 64: 1-40, pls. 1-5. ——1926. Five new termites from Panama and Costa Rica. Proc. Entom. Soc. Wash., 28: 7-16, 3 figs. in text. Soérensen, W. 1884. Traek af nogle sydamerikanske Insecters Biologi. Ent. Tidskr:, 5::1=25, pi. 1. Sumner, Ethel Craig. 1933. The species of the termite genus Zootermopsis Emerson (=Termopsis Hagen) Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 6: 197-230, pls. 12-13, 23 figs. in text. 254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 9. Fig. 1. Head of soldier of Kalotermes (Cryptotermes) darwini Light, new species, in oblique lateral view. X 22. Fig. 2. Same in dorsal view. X 22. Fig. 3. Head and pronotum of soldier of Kalotermes (Neotermes) larseni Light, new species, in dorsal view. X 9. Fig. 4. Head of soldier of Kalotermes (Cryptotermes) fatulus Light, new name, in dorsal view but with head uplifted in front to show frons. X 22. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 20 [LIGHT] Plate 9 al B ' PALER ATR OAL AAS aro a aot). hplasrsiowg, Jf pa eatin fd RY VA ae aN Ped eatin if i itt Seed. eee 1 di hee PRET Saas ke tO a 256 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ; [Proc. 47H SER. PLATE 10. Photographs of work of Nasutitermes (Nasutitermes) guatemalae (Holmgren) taken by Dr. A. E. Larsen at Port Parker, Costa Rica. Fig. 1. Carton nest. Fig. 2. Runways on tree. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 20 [LIGHT] Plate 10 oie \, ; ( \ - oe i i ‘ P a : t ; / ' . Ny a, ’ ' ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE Na, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vor. XXI, No. 21, pp. 259-276, pls. 11-15 APRIL 3, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION TO WESTERN POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN ISLANDS, 1933 No. 21 SOME MARINE PLANTS OF SOUTHEASTERN MELANESIA! BY WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL Department of Botany University of California The collections of marine plants made by the ‘‘Zaca’”’ Expedition during May, June, and July, 1933, were obtained from the Santa Cruz and Solomon islands, lying between latitudes 8° to 12° S. and longitudes 160° and 170° W. They originate, then, from south- eastern Melanesia, along the western boundaries of the Pacific Ocean but in direct eastward extension of the Indo-Malayan-Papuan seas. The collection, incidental to other work, is valuable chiefly for indi- cating certain distributional relations existing between the tropical algae of the Indo-Malayan-Papuan archipelagoes, bordering (east- erly) the Asiatic and Australian tropics and the Samoan-Tongan- Fijian groups, with their Polynesian and Micronesian affinities. In all, 31 species have been determined, while certain epiphytic forms (chiefly Melobesieae) remain still unnamed. Certain species of Sargassum, included in the collections, were of particular interest to the writer. A list of the species with critical and distributional notes seems desirable. The material was all preserved in alcohol. 1 See Science, 79: 344, 345, Apr. 13, 1934. April 3, 1935 260 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. MyxoOPHYCEAE Of the blue-green Algae, there was noticed, but not carefully determined, what seemed to be a unicellular type, probably a Dermo- carpa, forming patches on certain of the species of Halimeda. No gonidangia, however, were observed. 1. Lyngbya majuscula (Dillw.) Harv. Apparently abundant in floating (?) masses in Uras Cove of Tai Lagoon, on Malaita Island, on May 27 (No. 0642 B). The species is characteristic of tropical waters and of subtropical waters (in sum- mer or in shallow situations where the temperature is raised up to 25°C. or over). 2. Nostoc commune Vaucher f.? At Auki Bay, Malaita Island, on May 25, Norton Stewart col- lected a Nostoc (No. 0640 A), associated with a Scytonema and form- ing expanded thin and rather tough membranes, apparently pale yellowish-green (or pale bluish-green when living?). If marine, as seems probable, the occurrence is noteworthy. In general, the specimen seems more closely related to Nostoc commune than to any other, but the determination is not at all certain. Records of Nostoc in saline waters are almost wanting, but terrestrial species of the genus do seem, rarely, to exist just above high water mark, prob- ably in certain contact with salt water. 3. Scytonema polycystum Born. et Flah., f.? Closely associated with the preceding (No. 0640) was a loosely pannose Scytonema. The color is lost, the sheaths are thick, the trichomes are slender, and in general the plants seem altered from a possibly normal or juvenile state. In referring this plant to S. polycystum, as a doubtful form, there must be taken into account the fact that, at least, the specimens do not agree at all closely with the original description. The type locality of the species is Noumea in the New Caledonia group, consequently not far removed from Malaita Island. It has been credited also to Tahiti, in the Society Group of the eastern Pacific (see Setchell, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 12:67, 1926) and to the Netherlands East Indies (see Weber-van Bosse, Siboga Exp., Mon. LIX-a, 28, 1913). Dr. Anna Weber-van Bosse (loc. cit.) has expressed the opinion that the species may possibly be only a marine form of some fresh water species such as S. crispum (Ag.) Born. The Malaita specimens add little to our knowledge except as to an additional occurrence of a seemingly marine Scytonema in close association with a seemingly marine Nostoc. Vor. XXI] SETCHELL—MARINE PLANTS OF MELANESIA 261 CHLOROPHYCEAE The green Algae are usually represented in lagoons by members of the genera Halimeda (calcified) and Caulerpa (uncalcified). The representation of Halimeda is most satisfactory; that of Caulerpa is meager, suggesting that members of this genus were either not abundant or perhaps not conspicuously well developed in the areas chosen for collections. 4. Dictyosphaeria cavernosa (Forssk.) Boerg. A fragment (No. 0631 E) of a hollow plant, presumably of this species, was collected “inside the reef’’ on Sikaiana Island, on May 16. This is referred here, as probably being the plant commonly known as D. favulosa (Mert.) Decaisne, a name recently supplanted by the one given above. 5. Dictyosphaeria australis Setchell Two or three solid plants (No. 0631 F), associated with the above, seem to belong to D. australis Setchell, rather than to D. Versluysiz W.-v. Bosse. 6. Caulerpa racemosa (Forssk.) J. Ag. On Sikaiana Island, northeast of Malaita Island (Solomon Group) there were collected scanty specimens (No. 0631 H) belong- ing to var. clavifera f. macrophysa (Kuetz.) W.-v. Bosse, of this species. 7. Caulerpa peltata (Turn.) Lamour A single scrap, seeming clearly of this species, was collected in Mohawk Bay of Lomlom Island of the Swallow Group in the Santa Cruz Islands on June 10. 8. Caulerpa Fergusonii Murray? A single scrap (No. 0716 C), possibly of this species, was collected in Mohawk Bay, on Lomlom Island, Swallow Group, by Norton Stewart, on May 25. 9. Caulerpa cupressoides (Vahl.) C. Ag. The var. mamillosa (Mont.) W.-v. B. (No. 0631 A) was collected inside the reef of Sikaiana Island, on May 16, and the var. Lyco- podium (C. Ag.) f. alternifolia (Crouan) W.-v. B. (No. 0677) was collected on Bellona Island, south of the Solomon Islands, on June 21. The specimens are characteristic but in small quantity. 262 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 10. Caulerpa anceps Harv. ? A scrap (No. 0631 J), collected ‘inside the reef’? of Sikaiana Island, on May 16, is tentatively referred to this species. Halimeda The collection of species of Halimeda, characteristic of tropical seas of all oceans, is remarkably inclusive, considering that no ex- tensive search was possible along this direction. 11. Halimeda discoidea Decaisne A few well developed specimens (No. 0654 C) were found with other species of Halimedain Kunggawa Bay on Rennell Island, south- west of the southeastern extension of the Solomon Islands, on June 8. 12. Halimeda simulans M. A. Howe A number of specimens (No. 0716), of typical form, of this species were collected in Mohawk Bay on Lomlom Island in the Swallow Group of the Santa Cruz Islands on July 10. Halimeda simulans was described from the Caribbean region (Bahama Islands) where it is abundant. It was first credited to the Pacific Ocean from Tahiti (see Setchell, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 12:81, 1926), the identification being confirmed by M. A. Howe. The present collec- tion seems to be the second in the Pacific Ocean but extends the known distribution of the species to the extreme western limit of this ocean. 13. Halimeda Monile (Ell. et Sol.) Lamour Two well developed and characteristic specimens (No. 0631 B) of this species were collected ‘‘inside the reef’’ on Sikaiana, on May 16. This species, apparently frequent in the Caribbean region, is only occasional in the Indo-Pacific. It occurs at Vavauin the Tonga Islands and now far to the westward on Sikaiana Island. It seems clearly distinct from H. tridens (Sol.) Lamour [H. incrassata (Ell. et Sol.) Lamour]. Halimeda tridens (Sol.) Lamour Two varieties of this widespread and variable species occur among the collections: Vor. XXI] SETCHELL—MARINE PLANTS OF MELANESIA 263 14. Halimeda tridens var. ovata (J. Ag.) M. A. Howe This variety, originally described from Noukahiva in the Mar- quesas Islands (J. G. Agardh, Lund, Univ. Arssks., 23:86, 1887) has also been reported from Tahiti (see Setchell, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 12:81, 1926). It seems to be a very distinct form. It occurred in a number of specimens (No. 0654 B) among the collections of June 8 from Kunggawa Bay, Rennell Island, and (No. 0677 B) from Bellona Island, June 21, localities far west of any hitherto reported. 15. Halimeda tridens var. tripartita (Barton) Setchell, comb. nov. (Halimeda incrassata forma tripartita Barton, Siboga Exp., Mon. LX :27, fig. 43, 1901). Two specimens (No. 0654 A) were found among other Halimeda plants collected on June 8 at Kunggawa Bay, on Rennell Island. The variety was described from plants collected by Dr. Anna Weber-van Bosse of the Siboga Expedition (1899-1900) in the Netherlands East Indies. 16. Halimeda Opuntia f. typica Barton © Plants (No. 0631 C) of apparently the typical form were collected at Sikaiana Island, ‘“‘inside the reef,’ on May 16. 17. Halimeda Opuntia f. triloba (Zan.) Barton The trilobed form of Halimeda Opuntia occurred in two collections: No. 0631 D ‘‘inside the reef,’’ on Sikaiana Island, May 16; and No. 0654 D, in the form of a single fragment, from Kunggawa Bay, Rennell Island, June 8. MELANOPHYCEAE The brown Algae represent, as is natural, the more conspicuous forms of the Dictyotaceae and the Sargassaceae. The species col- lected are of decided interest from a critical point of view and from that of distribution. 18. Dictyota friabilis Setchell The collection (No. 0716 A) from Mohawk Bay, Lomlom Island, of the Swallow Group in the Santa Cruz Islands (July 10) consists of a somewhat extended mat of procumbent plants, thin, papery, and brittle (when fresh), which most closely approximate the Tahitian species (see Setchell, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 12:91, pl. 13, figs. 4-7; pl. 20, fig. 1, 1926). The surface is not areolate, there is 264 . CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. little evidence of either marginal or surface proliferations, but the tetrasporangia do tend, at least here and there, to arrange them- selves in horizontal lines. It may be close to D. lata Lamour, from the East Indies, but comparison with type is desirable before definite reference to that species can be made. It, also, has some agreement with the description of D. nigrescens Zan., of the Aru Islands, but again, comparison should be made with type specimens before cer- tainty of this name may be assumed. 19. Padina Commersonii Bory Two collections contain what seem to be typical, rather young plants of this species. No. 0641 B, from Auki Bay, Malaita Island, collected by Norton Stewart, on May 25, shows a few thin tetra- sporic plants. The fronds are composed of 2 unequal layers of cells, are about 250y thick, with the tetrasporangia in interrupted lines just above each successive arc of hair zone. No. 0716 B contains a few young plants, very similar to those of the preceding in general structure, but the organs in front of the hair zone arcs seem to be antheridia. The material, however, is too scanty for detailed investigation. 20. Hormophysa triquetra (L.) Kuetz At Uras Cove of Tai Lagoon, on Malaita Island, on May 27, Norton Stewart collected (No. 0642 C) a single young fragment of the plant which is variously placed in Cytoseira, Hormosira, Monil1- formia, and Hormophysa, and under species names of triquetra, articulata, prolifera, and latifrons. Kuetzing (Phyc. Gen., 359, 1843) created for it the generic name of Hormophysa, which may be retained for the present as most suitable. The species seems to be the same as that of the Red Sea and intervening areas, which Forsskal (1775) named Fucus articulatus. The fragment is of the “‘latifrons’’ type, but that is the usual form of the frond in young plants. 21. Turbinaria Murrayana Barton Two specimens of what seems to be this plant, short, stout, simple, and with massive triangular leaves, answering well to Barton’s description and figures (Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Bot., 3:218, pl. 54, f. 2, 1891) and showing close resemblances also to the more slender, branched, vesiculate T. decurrens. No. 0642 Disa single short plant from Uras Cove, Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island, May 27, collected by Norton Stewart, and No. 0676 A, also a single short specimen, from Bellona Island, June 20. The type collection is from Papua and the Siboga Expedition collected it at Makassar. Vor. XX]] SETCHELL—MARINE PLANTS OF MELANESIA 265 22. Turbinaria turbinata (L). O. Ktze Two collections of this species were made. No. 0642 E consisted of 2 plants from Uras Cove, Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island, May 27, collected by Norton Stewart; No. 0676 B included 4 fragments from Bellona Island (June 20). The species is found in all tropical oceans. 23. Turbinaria ornata (Turn.) J. Ag. This common species of the Indo-Pacific region is represented by a single specimen (No. 0641 A) from Auki Bay, Malaita Island, col- lected by Norton Stewart, May 25. Sargassum 24. Sargassum echinocarpum var. phyllocysta Grun. No. 0642 H, collected by Norton Stewart in Uras Cove, Tai Lagoon, on Malaita Island, May 27, seems to be a very distinct variety of this apparently wide-spread species of the Indo-Pacific oceans. The type of the species is from Hawaii, while that of the variety is from Tongatabu. The broadly foliaceous vesicles mark off the variety from the species, while the compact glomerules of spinose receptacles and the more obtuse, more rigid, more deeply dentate leaves with long cuneate bases distinguish it from S. Bindert. 25. Sargassum Binderi Sonder No. 0642 F, of the same collection from Uras Cove, Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island, as the last, seems nearer to the original plant of Sonder, than the one selected by J. G. Agardh (Spec. Alg., 1:328, 1848; see also Sonder, Abh. a. d. Geb. d. Naturw. herausgegeben v. d. Naturw. Ver. in Hamburg, 5, 2:43, 1871). Sonder (loc. cit.) divides his species between var. latifolium and (loc. cit., p. 44) var. angustz- folium. The former variety (from Onrust Island, near Batavia, Java) is the broader-leaved typical form, while the .narrow-leaved forms have been confused, both by J. G. Agardh and others, with S. Swarizit (Turn.) C. Ag. and with other narrow-leaved species. J. G. Agardh also discusses this question later (see K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., 23:87, 88, pl. 26, II, 1889). In the ‘‘Zaca’’ specimens the vesicles are ordinarily muticous but occasionally are long apiculate. 26. Sargassum cristaefolium C. Ag. No. 0642 G represents still a third species in the Uras Cove mix- ture of Sargassums. The several fragments seem to be typical an- theridial (male) plants, or at least those having receptacles are, of 266 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. this probably widely extended and somewhat variable Indo-Pacific species, whose variations have seemingly been described under several binomials. 27. Sargassum polycystum C. Ag. Under No. 0676 C, are two small fragments from Bellona Island (June 20), which on account of their more or less strongly muricate axes and small leaves and vesicles may be associated with this species, or possibly rather with S. myriocystum C. Ag. The species having the characters mentioned above are usually separated into two groups, according as to whether they have the receptacles unarmed, or spinulose dentate, and further as to whether the re- ceptacles are dioecious or androgynous. In dioecious species of this type the rule seems to be that the oogonial (female) receptacles are more or less spinulose dentate while the antheridial (male) may be devoid of lateral projections (‘‘unarmed’’). Such species are placed under the Acanthocarpicae biserrulae parvifoliae of J. G. Agardh (loc. cit., 1889, p. 37), while the smooth-receptacled but otherwise similar group were placed by J. G. Agardh (loc. cit., 1889, p. 39) under Malacocarpicae racemosae glandulartae. Grunow (Add. ad. cog. Sarg., 1915-1916) places the two groups nearer to one another, both under Acanthocarpicae, because the oogonial receptacles are spinulose-dentate, although the antheridial receptacles are unarmed, and makes distinctions in leaf characters, acute versus obtuse, percostate versus partially or completely ecostate. Our scanty specimens vary as to these; the larger has all the leaves ecostate, the smaller all percostate. The tips in each case are between acute and obtuse. It is therefore difficult to distinguish S. polycystum C. Ag. from S. myriocystum J. Ag. Very possibly the two species may be identical and very possibly also certain alleged closely related species may really belong to the same species-cycle. 28. Sargassum oligocystum Mont. Plates 11-15, figures 1-9 Two numbers from Bellona Island of Sargassum with flattened primary branches suggest that possibly this species of Montagne (Pl. Cell.,in Dumont D’Urville, Voy. au Pol. Sud., 1:67, 1845) from Sumatra may be the one represented, but also suggest S. porosum Grev., S. Grevillet J. Ag., and S. oligocystoides Grun. From the vegetative characters, the plants seem to fit descriptions of all four species, but the receptacles are described differently. Sargassum oligocystum was described from an oogonial (female) plant having flat or possibly triquetrous receptacles with spinulose-toothed margins. Whether the type of S. oligocystum may possibly be andro- Vor. XXI]] SETCHELL—MARINE PLANTS OF MELANESIA 267 gynous is not stated, but Grunow has referred to it, as possible varieties, plants with androgynous receptacles. Sargassum Greville J. Ag. and S. porosum Grev., proposed almost simultaneously, have somewhat elongated cylindrical, unarmed, androgynous receptacles, while S. oligocystoides Grun. is said to differ from S. Grevillez J. Ag. (and S. porosum Grev.) in having receptacles very similar to S. Grevillet but varying from unarmed, through sparingly spinulose, to dentate. No. 0676 D, Bellona Island, June 20, and No. 0680, Bellona Island, June 21, seem to be closely of the same vegetative form as these several proposed species, but almost dimorphic as to the receptacles. In certain plants the receptacles answer to those described for Sargassum oligocystum Mont. They are flat, with dentate margins. Their conceptacles are largely oogonial (female) but an occasional conceptacle, among the others, is antheridial (male). The plant is, then, androgynous, although preponderantly female. Other plants, agreeing perfectly with those just mentioned in vegetative characters, have slender, cylindrical, but torulose receptacles, predominantly male, but with occasionally one, or a very few, female conceptacles. While these plants with slender, cylindrical receptacles are unarmed, there are some with a few scattered spinulose teeth. Such specimens as these seem to indicate an incomplete dimorphism of the recep- tacles, those predominantly male tending towards being slender, cylindrical, with only traces of spinules, while those predominantly female tend to have flat, broad, dentate, receptacles. Because of their close association in habitat and vegetative form, it seems reason- able to regard them as presumably states of the same species and refer them to S. oligocystum Mont., the earliest species of the series to be described (1845). It also seems reasonable to suspect that S. Greviller J. Ag. (1848), S. porosum Grev. (1849), and S. oligo- cystoides Grunow (1916) are, likewise, simply names given to states of S. oligocystum Mont. Figure 1 of Plate 11 represents two plants of No. 0680, reduced to about 0.5 diam., from Bellona Island; that below (A), the more slender of the two, showing receptacles elongated, slender, cylin- drical, and slightly if at all spinulose (as seen enlarged 6 diameters in figure 2), and with their androgynous receptacles almost but not entirely antheridial. This plant falls under the description and figure of Sargassum porosum Grev., but which was slightly earlier described as S. Grevillei J. Ag. Figure 1 also shows above (B), a plant of the same collection, also reduced about 0.5 diameters, which is more robust in all its parts and, as shown in figure 3, Plate 12, en- larged 6 diameters, with broader, more congested, flattened, and dentate receptacles, which answer to those described for S. olzgo- cystum Mont. The conceptacles in this specimen are almost ex- clusively oogonial, but an occasional associated antheridial con- ceptacle is found. On this basis is suggested the uniting of S. porosum Grev. (1849) and S. Greviller J. Ag. (1848), as representing 268 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. the antheridially-(male-) dominated plants, with S. oligocystum Mont. (1845), the oogonially-(female-) dominated plants, as a single species under the last-mentioned name. Figures 4 to 7, Plates 12-14, show habit and some details of recep- tacular variation in No. 6076 D, also collected at Bellona Island. Figure 4, Plate 12, shows plants, reduced to about 0.5 diam., whose receptacles verge towards one or another of the sexes but whose conceptacles are mixed. Figure 5, Plate 13, shows slender, undulate receptacles with antheridial dominance, figure 6, Plate 13, shows some with oogonial dominance, while figure 7, Plate 14, shows receptacles almost balanced between the two sexes, all enlarged 6 diameters. The plant of figure 6, Plate 13, comes close to S. oligo- cystoides Grun. (figure 9, Plate 15), whose primary branches are more flattened and whose receptacles (figure 8, Plate 14, enlarged 6 diameters) are mixed as to sex and, while verging towards S. olzgo- cystum on the one hand and S. Greville: on the other, are really intermediate. It seems reasonable, then, to add S. olitgocystoides Grun. (as a sex state, or form?) to S. oligocystum Mont. It seems, therefore, that it is reasonable to assume that here, as in the fairly closely related group of species, the Sargassum stenophyllum J. Ag. (1848), S. lanceolatum J. Ag. (1848), and S. Skottsbergit Sjést. (1924), we may be dealing with a species cycle whose varying recep- tacular morphology is induced by the proportional representation of the one or the other sex-conceptacles, contained within it, constitu- ing polygamous species varying from almost (possibly absolute) dioecism to an almost equitable androgyny. The strongly male plants are more slender, the strongly oogonial plants more robust, while the intersex plants are intermediate in this respect. RHODOPHYCEAE Only a single non-calcified member of this group occurred in the collections. Several calcified members (Melobesieae and Corallineae) were found as epiphytes on the larger green and brown algae or on the sea grasses, but no identifications are attempted at the present time. 29. Laurencia mariannensis Yamada No. 0631 G, collected ‘‘inside the reef’’ on Sikaiana Island, seems to belong to this species, known hitherto only from the Marianne Islands. The tuft of plants has both the habit and the structural details given by Yamada for this species. Vo. XXI] SETCHELL—MARINE PLANTS OF MELANESIA 269 MoNOCOTYLEDONAE Two species of Sea Grasses, each with the leaves bearing Melo- besteae, were found among the ‘‘Zaca’”’ collections. 30. Thalassia Hemprichii (Ehrb.) Aschers No. 0677 A, occurred among the collections from Bellona Island (June 21). The plants are sterile but seem clearly of this species. Bellona Island is possibly as much as 200 miles eastward of its hitherto known range (see Ostenfeld, Die Pflanzenareale 1, 3: map 23; 1927). 31. Cymodocea ciliata (Forssk.) Ehrb. No. 0642 A was collected in Uras Cove, Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island, by Norton Stewart, on May 27. These plants are also sterile but the branches are fairly long, the teeth on the flat leaves are transparent, the nerves of the leaves 21 to 23, and the peripheral vascular bundles of the stems within the inner lacunose cortex. This locality extends the eastward confines of the Australio-Papuan area of the species by at least a couple of hundred of miles (see Osten- feld, loc. cit., map 36). 270 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 11. Sargassum oligocystum Mont. (in sens. ampl.) Fig. 1. (A). S. Grevillet J. Ag. (incl. S. porosum Grev.) habit (with antheridial dominance). X 0.5 diam. Fig. 1. (B). S. oligocystum Mont. (in sens. ang.). habit (with oogonial domi- nance). X 0.5 diam. Both from Bellona Island. No. 0680. Fig. 2. S. Grevillei J. Ag. Receptacles, leaves, and vesicles of Fig. 1, A. X 6. diam. PLATE 12. Sargassum oligocystum Mont. (in sens. ampl.) Fig. 3. S. oligocystum Mont. (in sens. ang.). Receptacles, leaves, and vesicles of Fig. 1, B. X 6. diam. Fig. 4. S. oligocystum Mont. (in sens. ampl.), habits of several plants of varying sexual dominance. Bellona Island, No. 0676 D. X 0.5 diam. PLATE 13. Sargassum oligocystum Mont. (in sens, ampl.) Fig. 5. S. Grevillei J. Ag. (incl. S. porosum Grev.) Receptacles, leaves, and vesicles of a plant shown in Fig. 4 (with antheridial dominance). X 6. diam. Fig. 6. S. oligocystum Mont. (in sens. ang.) Receptacles, leaves, and vesicles of a plant shown in Fig. 4, (with oogonial dominance). X 6. diam. PLATE 14. Sargassum oligocystum Mont. (in sens. ampl) Fig. 7. S. oligocystoides Grun. Receptacles and leaves of a plant shown in Fig. 4 (with nearly balanced dominance). X 6. diam. Fig. 8. S. oligocystoides Grun. Receptacles, leaves, and vesicles from syntype shown in Fig. 9 (with slight oogonial dominance). X 6. diam. PLATE 15. Sargassum oligocystum Mont. (in sens. ampl.) Fig. 9. S. oligocystoides Grun. Habit of a syntype from the E. coast of the Malacca Peninsula. X 0.5 diam. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No, 21 [SETCHELL} Plate 11 IG, PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 21 [ SETCHELL] Plate 12 = of = = i =a] 7 = PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 21 (SETCHELL ) Plate 13 FIG. 6 Fic. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 21 [ SETCHELS] Plate 14 = io) ceca 2 oe oF io te vga ee Fic. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 21 [SETCHELL] Plate 15 Fic. 9 = ap n } , ¥ ' 4 4 “ ae ‘ ~ PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXI, No. 22, pp. 277-284. SEPTEMBER 26, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 22 THE VASCULAR PLANTS FROM SAN NICOLAS ISLAND, CALIFORNIA BY JOHN THOMAS HOWELL Assistant Curator, Department of Botany, California Academy of Sciences INTRODUCTION So that the special botanical problems of each region can be properly emphasized and treated, it has appeared best to present the formal report on the vascular plants of the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences, 1932, in several papers, each dealing with the collections from a relatively limited, definite geographic area. The first of these deals with the small collection from San Nicolas Island, California, both the first and last place visited for scientific studies by the Templeton Crocker Expe- dition. San Nicolas Island lies nearly 70 miles west-southwest of San Pedro on the mainland of California, and is in the southern group of the Santa Barbara Islands. It is adjacent to the islet of Santa Barbara and to the larger islands of Santa Catalina and San Cle- mente. San Nicolas Island is a small island, about 10 miles long, a third as wide, and from 500 to 800 feet high along the mesa-like top. Although it lacks the interesting and varied vegetation of its larger neighbors, it is, nevertheless, the classic locality for a number of insular species, some of which are known in no other place. Most of these were described by Alice Eastwood in the only account of the flora of the island that has been published (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., September 26, 1935 278 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. ser. 3, Botany, 1: 89-120, 1898). Miss Eastwood’s report was based on the collection of 1897 of Mrs. Blanche Trask, intrepid and ingenious explorer of the southern members of the Santa Barbara Islands, where several rare endemic plants are named in her honor. The following account, taken from the botanical notebooks of the expedition, briefly describes the features and floral aspect of San Nicolas Island: March 12, 1932. ‘‘We arrived off San Nicolas Island about 3 P. M. The north end presented an uninviting expanse of barren sand-dunes. Midway down the island, patches of green could be seen on steep slopes between the beach and the summit of the island. The slopes were scoured and cut by gullies and arroyos. From the east, the island appeared like a mesa, its top being uniform and nearly flat. About 4 P. M., I landed at the south end where I col- lected on the lower slopes of the island. Lyczum was the character- istic shrubby plant, and, although it was not uncommon, at no place did it form a thicket extensive enough to impede one’s progress. Two species of Opuntia were also present but were not abundant. A shrubby Artemisia and Coreopsis gigantea were rare in the arroyos. Between these shrubby plants on flats and gentle slopes was her- baceous vegetation, many of the species being introduced weeds.”’ March 13, 1932. ‘Shortly after day-break, I landed and climbed to the top of the island which was buried in a heavy fog. The top of the island is an undulating plain, the edges of which are being dissected by raw-walled gullies. Only low herbaceous vegetation was seen on the plain, and grazing on it were numerous sheep. On the south wall of a canyon, I found three hepatics: Asterella, Tar- gionia, and Sphaerocarpus. I looked for Riccia but found none. Below the top of the mesa, the gullies and ravines give rise to bad lands. Here there is little or no vegetation to cover the eroding slopes. Still lower down is a terrace, probably an elevated beach, on which I collected last evening. The vegetation there was the most luxuriant seen on the island and there were the thickets of Lyctum and cacti. . . . This afternoon we sailed between Santa Catalina and San Clemente islands; and just before sunset, we could see Santiago Peak in the Santa Ana Range on the mainland, the characteristic saddle-back summit marking it.’’ On the homeward journey, the expedition again visited San Nicolas Island for two and a half days, August 26 to 28. The time was spent dredging, and, because of the heavy surf, no party was landed. The present collection of vascular plants from San Nicolas Island consists of 34 numbers representing 32 species and varieties, 7 of which were not reported in Miss Eastwood’s list. In that account, 82 species and varieties were listed, so that the present list brings the number of plants known from San Nicolas Island to 89. Vou. XXI] HOWELL—VASCULAR PLANTS FROM SAN NICOLAS ISLAND 279 LIST OF SPECIES 1. Bromus carinatus H. & A., Bot. Beechy Voy. 403 (1841) The determinations of this and the two other grasses found on San Nicolas Island have been checked at the Grass Herbarium of the United States Department of Agriculture through the kindness of Dr. A. S. Hitchcock. The present number is probably B. Hooker- zanus or B. virens of Miss Eastwood’s list. No. 8226. 2. Festuca octoflora subsp. hirtella Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 10: 12 (1906) This plant, not included in Miss Eastwood’s list, may be a more recent introduction from the mainland where it is widespread and rather common. WNo. 8222. 3. Hordeum murinum L., Sp. Pl. 85 (1753) Although this weedy foxtail was noted as ‘‘not common,’ two collections of it were made. WNo. 8211, 8218. 4. Brodiaea capitata Benth., Pl. Hartw. 339 (1857) This grew among protecting thickets of Opuntia and Lycium. The flowers were pale lavender-rose. No. 8225. 5. Parietaria floridana Nutt., Gen. Am. 2: 208 (1818) From a thicket of Lycitum. No. 8228. 6. Atriplex californica Mog. in DC., Prodr. 13, pt. 2: 98 (1849) Clay slopes and flats. No. 8209. 7. Abronia maritima Nutt. in Wats., Bot. Calif. 2: 4 (1880) Sand-dunes just back of the beach. No. 8230. The rarer A. alba Eastw., with type locality San Nicolas Island, was not found. 8. Lepidium nitidum Nutt. in T. & G., Fl. 1: 116 (1838) No. 8208A. 280 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. 9. Lepidium Robinsonii Thell., Gatt. Lepidium 255 (1906) This species, reported by Miss Eastwood as L. bipinnatifidum Desv., was common in open level places on the lower part of the island. No. 8208. 10. Tillaea erecta H. & A., Bot. Beechy Voy. 24 (1841) This low herb, which was not reported in Miss Eastwood’s list, was common on clay flats at the south end of the island. No. 8214. 11. Jepsonia sp. Specimens belonging to a species of this interesting genus were found on northern clay slopes near the south end of the island. The plants were in leaf and no flowers or fruits could be found. The leaves are orbicular and about 2 cm. in diameter. Thus it appears that the plants are nearer to J. Parryi (Torr.) Small (Bull. Torr. Club 23: 18, ——1896) than to /J. malvaefolia (Greene) Small (loc. cit., 19), a closely related species which is found on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa islands to the northward. Inthe latter species, the leaves are described as being longer than wide and ovate-orbicular. Jepsonia has not been reported heretofore from San Nicolas Island. No. 8210. 12. Medicago hispida Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 349 (1791) A common weed on clay flats. No. 8215. 13. Trifolium stenophyllum Nutt., Journ. Phil. Acad., n. ser., 1: 151 (1848) The plant on San Nicolas Island is referable to T. depauperatum Desv. var. stenophyllum (Nutt.) McDerm. f. franciscanum (Greene) McDerm. according to Miss McDermott’s North American Tri- foliums (p. 140). It would seem better to treat this variable group as Jepson has and consider the island plant a broad-leaved form of T. amplectens T. & G. var. stenophyllum (Nutt.) Jepson (Man. FI. Pl. Calif. 537). The plant was common on the mesa. No. 8212. 14. Erodium cicutarium L’Her. in Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 1, 2: 414 (1789) In Miss Eastwood’s list, this weedy species was reported as un- common. It is now abundant in areas visited near the south end of the island. No. 8217. Vou. XX]J HOWELL—VASCULAR PLANTS FROM SAN NICOLAS ISLAND 281 15. Erodium moschatum L’Her. in Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 1, 2: 414 (1789) This plant, although not uncommon, was less abundant than the preceding. It was not listed by Miss Eastwood. No. 8216. 16. Opuntia occidentalis Engel. & Bigel., Pacif. R. R. Rep. 4: 38 (1856); Proc. Amer. Acad. 3: 29 (1856) Forming low thickets about a meter tall on the lower slopes of the island. Two collections were prepared to show variation, No. 8204A and 8205A. Inthe first, the joints are elongate-obovate and yellow- green, the areoles bear 4 or more spines, and the fruits are sterile. In the second, the joints are rather broadly obovate and glaucous- green or bluish-green, the areoles bear 1-3 or occasionally 4 spines, and the fruits are fertile. This sort of variation is characteristic of the species as it occurs on the coast of Southern California. The plant was reported as “‘probably O. Engelmanni Salm. var. littoralis Engelm.”’ by Miss Eastwood who had only a single flower without an ovary for study. According to Britton and Rose in The Cactaceae, the dull brownish spines of the present collections mark them as nearer to O. occidentalis than to O. littoralis (Engelm.) Cockerell. 17. Opuntia prolifera Engelm., Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, 14: 338 (1852) This Opuntia was not as common as O. occidentalis. It was about a meter tall. No. 8206. 18. Apiastrum angustifolium Nutt. in T. & G., Fl. 1: 644 (1840) No. 8227. 19. Lomatium insulare (Eastw.) Munz, Man. S. Calif. Bot. 358 (1935) Euryptera insularis (Eastw.) C. & R., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 7: 243 (1900). Peucedanum insulare Eastw., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, Botany, 1: 106 (1898). This endemic species was rather common on the steep clay sides of arroyos just back of the beach. The leaves are somewhat glaucous and are variously cleft, the final segments sometimes being coarse and broad, sometimes finely divided and narrow. The flowers are bright yellow. No. 8207. 282 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER. 20. Sanicula arguta Greene in C. & R., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 7: 36 (1900) This is S. Menziesit of Miss Eastwood’s list. The plant was common around thickets of Opuntia and Lycium and on moist slopes in partially shaded places. No. 8201A. 21. Nemophila insularis Eastwood, spec. nov. Nana, prostrata, basi divaricati ramosa, ramis gracilibus, subglabratis; foliis 2-3 cm. longis, 5-7 pinnatifidis, segmentis rotundis, plerumque oppositis, 3-4 mm. diametro, laeviter hirsutis et minute pustulatis, petiolis aequilongis laminis, divari- cati-hirsutis; pedunculis subaequalibus petiolis, gracilibus, appresse hispidis; calycis segmentis subovatis, hispidis, auriculis minoribus; corolla caerulea, cam- panulata, circa 4 mm. longa, segmentis obtusis, ciliatis, inter staminibus prope basi minute atro-maculata et duobus, parallelis, hirsutis lineis; staminibus corolla brevioribus; capsula orbiculata, 3 mm. diametro, hispida, stylo bilobato, persistenti Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 206984, collected on March 13, 1932, on moist northern slopes of San Nicoras ISLanp, California, by John Thomas Howell, No. 8213. This belongs to the group of small-flowered species of Nemophila described and figured by the author in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 28: 137-160. The base of the corolla with the two rows of parallel hairs resembles Fig. 1a in Pl. 15, and the corolla is similar in shape to Fig. 6a on the same plate. The little black dots between the fila- ments above the base are unusual in these small-flowered species. Nemophila insularts is a low annual reclining on the ground with spreading stems and begins to flower and fruit soon after springing from the ground, often while the round cotyledons are still present. The leaves have from 5 to 7 round divisions, generally opposite and decurrent along the rhachis, and each is tipped with a weak mucro. The petiole, which is about as long as the blade, is pubescent with spreading hairs and the lobes are clothed with appressed hairs minutely pustulate at base. The slender peduncles are generally as long as the adjacent petioles, spreading and recurving in fruit. The little flowers are pale blue, with calyx about 1.5 mm. long, cor- olla bell-shaped, 4 mm. long, somewhat hairy externally, and ciliate on the margins of the rounded lobes. Within the corolla above the base and between each pair of filaments are two parallel lines of hairs and a small black dot. The seed-pod is orbicular and generally contains 4 orbicular, minutely papillose seeds, each with a stout calyptra resembling a little handle. 22. Cryptantha Traskae Johnston, Contrib. Gray Herb., n. ser., 74: 77 (1925) At the south end of San Nicolas Island, this local endemic was not common. It was reported by Miss Eastwood as C. Torreyana. No. 8223. Voi. XX]j HOWELL—VASCULAR PLANTS FROM SAN NICOLAS ISLAND 283 23. Lycium californicum Nutt. in Gray, Bot. Calif. 1: 542 (1876) This was the commonest woody species at the southern end of San Nicolas Island and formed broad low thickets 6 dm. tall and 5 m. or less across. The leaves were fleshy but distinctly flattened; the corollas were sordid-white with dashes of brownish-purple in the throat below the lobes. No. 8203A. 24. Galium Aparine L., Sp. Pl. 108 (1753) A widespread weedy species not reported heretofore from San Nicolas Island. No. 8224. 25. Marah major Dunn, Kew Bull. 151 (1913) This plant is not listed by Miss Eastwood but Dunn (loc. cit., 152) cites specimens of it from San Nicolas, Santa Catalina, and San Clemente islands. No. 8231. 26. Achillea Millefolium var. lanulosa (Nutt.) Piper, Fl. Palouse Reg. 196 (1901) No. 8231A. 27. Artemisia californica Less. var. insularis (Rydb.) Munz, Man. S. Calif. Bot. 575 (1935) Crossostephium insulare Rydb., N. A. Fl. 34: 244 (1916). A rare shrub in the arroyos, worthy of varietal recognition because of the leaves which are so different from those of typical A. calt- fornica. Miss Eastwood had only sterile shoots and wrote: “‘if an Artemisia, it is probably undescribed.’’ Hall and Clements in their monograph of the North American species of Artemisia discuss this interesting insular plant as minor variation number 7 under A. californica (Carn. Inst. Wash. Publ. No. 326: 54, —1923). Besides San Nicolas Island, it is known only from San Clemente Island, the type locality. No. 8219. 28. Baeria Palmeri var. clementina Gray, Syn. Fl. 1, pt. 2, ed. 2: 452 (1886) Found in open grassy places and about protecting shrubs. By Hall, it is called B. chrysostoma var. gracilis f. clementina in Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 3: 171 (1907) and simply B. chrysostoma F. & M. in N. A. Fl. 34: 77 (1914). 284 ‘ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY GF SCIENCES. [Proc. 4TH SER. 29. Coreopsis gigantea (Kell.) Hall, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 3: 142 (1907) Leptosyne gigantea Kell., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 4: 198 (1873). A single robust specimen of this was seen in an arroyo back from the beach. It was nearly 2 m. tall with a crown about as broad which carried hundreds of yellow heads. No. 8220. 30. Malacothrix implicata Eastw., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, Botany, 1: 113 (1898) M. saxatilis (Nutt.) T. & G. var. tmplicata (Eastw.) Hall, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 3: 269 (1907). Sterile specimens of this plant, first described from San Nicolas Island, were obtained from clay bluffs of an arroyo. No. 8228A. 31. Sonchus asper (L.) Hill, Herb. Brit. 1: 47 (1769) Only a single plant of this weed was found. No. 8221. 32. Sonchus oleraceus L., Sp. Pl. 794 (1753) No. 8229. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXI, No. 23, pp. 285-294, plates 16-17. SEPTEMBER 26, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 23 THE ROCCELLACEAE With Notes on Specimens Collected During the Expedition of 1905-06 to the Galapagos Islands BY OTTO VERNON DARBISHIRE Late Professor of Botany, University of Bristol, England PART I This portion of the paper deals with specimens collected by Alban Stewart during the 1905-1906 expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, and is based on material in the Farlow Herbarium of Harvard University and the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences. The numbers cited below are those of the Stewart collection. Roccella portentosa Mtg. Darbishire, O. V., Monographia Roccelleorum, Bibliotheca Botanica, p. 29, pl. 7-11, figs. 27-41, 1898; idem, Pflanzenareale 2 (part 1): p. 4, 1928; Farlow, W. G., Thallophytes and Musci of the Galapagos Islands, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 38: 83, 1902; Zahlbruckner, A., Cat. Lich. Univ. 2: no. 4187, 1924. The specimens were on the whole apparently very weather beaten and old, but in their general habit quite typical of the species. No. 393. Common on rocks, Barrington Island, October 20, 1905. No. 394. Common on the sides of cliffs, Hood Island, September 26, 1905. September 26, 1935 ner z 403% 286 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. Roccella Babingtonii Mtg. Darbishire, O. V., Monographia Roccelleorum, Bibliotheca Botanica, p. 47, pl. 18-19, figs. 83-85 and 87 and 88, 1898 (as R. peruensis Krphbr.); idem, Pflanzenareale 2:4, 1928 (as R. peruensis Krphbr.); Farlow, W. G., Thallophytes and Musci of the Galapagos Islands, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 38: 87, 1902; Wainio, E. A., Lichens. Catalogue of ‘‘Welwitsch’s African Plants,’’ part II, p. 434, 1901;' Zahlbruckner, A., Cat. Lich. Univ. 2: no. 4168, 1924. The specimens were all typical, exhibiting the characteristic yellow coloring of the medullary hyphae inside the attachment organ. No. 382. Abundant on trees and bushes on the lower and dryer parts of the island, Villamil, Albermarle Island, March 7, 1906. No. 386. Common on the branches of trees on the lower parts of Charles Island, October 4, 1905. No. 387. Common on dead bushes, Hood Island, September 26, 1905. No. 388. The same, collected September 25, 1905. No. 390. On dead bushes, Indefatigable Island, southeast side, October 27, 1905. No. 391. Common on trees of Bursera graveolens, Jervis Island, December 20, 1905. No. 392. The same, Barrington Island, October 26, 1905. Roccellodea nigerrima Darbishire Darbishire, O. V., A new genus of Roccellaceae. Ann. Cryptog. Exot. 5: 153, pli.8,:1932. The specimens in question were rather broken up. This is typical of the species. In form and anatomy too, the specimens correspond to the type. The apothecia however were old and blackened. The soralia were those typical of the species. The specimens were labelled Roccella portentosa Mtg. but certainly do not belong to that species. I do not really doubt that they belong to Rocellodea nigerrima. No. 395. Common on the sides of cliffs, Hood Island, September 26, 1905. No. 396. Covering the lower sides of projecting masses of lava, Charles Island, October 5, 1905. 1 Wainio looks upon R. peruensis Krphbr. as always soraliferous and R. Babingiontt Mtg. as not bearing soralia. VoL. XXT] DARBISHIRE—ROCCELLACEAE 287 PART II The specimens mentioned in the second part of this paper were collected, for the most part, during the Templeton Crocker Expedi- tion of the California Academy of Sciences in 1932. The specimens are deposited in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences and in the Fariow Herbarium of Harvard University. Dendrographa leucophaea (Tuck.) Darbishire Darbishire, O. V., Monographia Roccelleorum. Bibl. Bot., p. 65, pl. 27, fig. 121, 1898; Zahlbruckner, A., Cat. Lich. Univ. 2: no. 4159, 1924. (a) Collected on San Nicolas Island, California, J. T. Howell, March 13, 1932. These specimens were fully grown, exhibiting externally the char- acteristic smooth, though stringy appearance of the cortex. Anasto- moses between branches were not infrequent. Apothecia were plentiful and on the younger branches spermogonia also occurred. (b) Collected at the south end of Guadalupe Island, Lower Cali- fornia, H. L. Mason, April, 1925. These specimens were small and evidently represented young plants. The surface was smooth but in section showed the structure associated with Dendrographa leucophaea. Anastomoses were com- mon, but apothecia and spermogonia completely absent. Roccella fimbriata Darbishire, spec. nov. Plate 16, figures 1, 2; plate 17, figures 3, 4. Thallus fruticulosus, basi placenta substrato affixus. Placenta? bene evoluta, crassa margine crescens, strato corticali instructa ex hyphis formato rectis, strato gonidiali instructa et strato medullari, cuius hyphae internae intense luteae sunt sed externae et substrati propinquae nigrescentes. Podetia recta, basin versus constricta sed mox amplificata, complanata, ramosa, fimbriata, usque ad 6 et 10 mm. lata, et rarissime 15 mm., ad 10 cm. alta, apicibus angustioribus et paulo teretibus; stratum corticale ex hyphis formatum transversalibus, rectis; stratum gonidiale distinctum; gonidia Trentepohliae species; stratum medullare ex hyphis formatum longitudinalibus, conglutinatis, chondroideis. Apothecia lateralia, aut superficialia, basi paulo constricta et breviter stipitata, rotundata, 1 mm. lata, disco nigro instructa pruinoso, margine pallido, paulo elevato, laevi, deinde crenato, hypothecium nigrum, sub media parte ad 200 » crassum, parathecium versus 30 uw crassum, gradatim in parathecium transiens, tenue; amphithecium evolutum, marginem efficiens, gonidiis instructum; paraphyses ramosae, apici- bus fuscescentes (epithecium) et foris pruinam albidam efficientes; thecium 60 yu altum; asci 10 w crassi; sporae octonae, decolores, 28-32 x 5-8 u, quadriloculares, paulo arcuatae, fusiformes. Spermogonia (apotheciis propinqua) simplicia, im- mersa, sed ostiolo paulo elevato, perithecio instructa decolori; ostiolum decolor; spermatia bacillariformia, curvatula, 12-14 x 0.5 u. Soralia non visa. 2 The term ‘‘placenta” is due to Wainio (Lich. Welw. 1901, p. 443). It stands for ‘‘attachment organ”’ and it is to take the place of the “‘thallus’’ and ‘‘protothallus” of various authors, at any rate in the case of Roccella. It corresponds to the German term ‘‘Haftscheibe” (Lindau, Lich. Beitr. p. 59, 1895). 288 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Habitat ad saxa maritima, California Inferior, Americae borealis. Roccella fimbriata a R. fuciformi differt reactione chemica et morphologice et placentae medulla interna lutea; a R. Babingtoni differt hyphis placentae externis nigrescentibus; a R. Montagnei differt medulla placentae lutea; et a R. decipientz hyphis luteis placentae et thallo latiore. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 221700, collected at South Bay, Crepros Istanp, Lower California, Templeton Crocker, August 17, 1932. Also collected at south end of GuADALUPE ISLAND, Lower California, H. L. Mason, April, 1925. The material from both these localities was plentiful and thus it was easy to establish a new species. There is no doubt in my mind that the specimen identified as Roccella peruensis Krphbr. and figured in my Monograph on plate 19, fig. 86, is not an exceptionally broad specimen of R. peruensis (=R. Babingtoniit Mtg.) but that it belongs to the new species. It was collected by Dr. Eckfeldt in Lower California and sent to me in 1897 and it is now in my own herbarium. In the Farlow Herbarium there are also specimens belonging to Roccella fimbriata collected on Guadalupe Island by Dr. Edward Palmer in 1889 (Flora California, Guadalupe Island, No. 905c) and labelled Roccella leucophaea Tuck. and relabelled R. portentosa Mtg. Some specimens in the Herbarium of the University of Michigan from the same source (Flora of Southern California, Coronados Island, No. 260c) collected by Dr. Palmer in 1888, labelled Roccella leucophaea Tuck. are also Rocella fimbriata. These particular specimens showed a very large number of apothecia borne on the flat portion of the upright podetia. Roccella fimbrzata follows in the general differentiation of its thallus the usual type of the members of its genus such as Rocella fuciformis (L) DC., R. Montagnei Bel., and R. Babingtonit Mtg. in having a well developed attachment organ from which arise upright flat podetia. The attachment organ is firmly fixed to a rocky substratum. The outer tissues in immediate touch with the substratum consist of blackish hyphae, whereas the inner medullary hyphae are intensely yellowincolor. In addition, cortex and gonidial layers are seen. The whole attachment organ exhibits marginal growth and it is from the mature metathallus of the attachment organ that the upright podetia arise and in the end these stand so close together that little can be seen of the actual attachment organ. The cortex and gonidia together form a tissue about 120-140 win depth. The gonidia do not form a very dense layer but their Trentepohlia-branching is very clearly seen. The want of light at this point may affect the healthy development of the gonidia. The yellow hyphae of the medulla measure 2-3 win thickness and they possess a thin but hard Vor. XXI] DARBISHIRE—ROCCELLACEAE 289 wall. The black hyphae are slightly thinner and also show a firm wall. The upright flat podetia vary in breadth from 3-6 mm., with a height of about 10 cm. Occasionally the breadth may exceed 15 mm. The podetia are narrow just above the point where they are attached to the attachment organ. They then broaden out grad- ually. The branching seems to take the form of a splitting or lobing of the flat frond. Frequently numerous narrower portions arise on one or both sides of a flat podetium, thus producing a fimbriate appearance. The broadest portion is generally about 4-5 cm. above the attachment disk. In most of the specimens the branches seemed to bend over to one side but this may not be the case under natural conditions. In any case, branching seems to take place more or less in one plane. The side branches are always much narrower than the main stems. The color of the podetium is a faint yellowish or greenish-gray, merging sometimes into a deeper but faint reddish- brown. The color on one side is often darker than on the other. When the thallus is moistened, the color generally tends to become faintly greenish throughout. The upright thallus of this species is tough and hard and not easily bent. It is slightly brittle. In the metathallus of the podetium, the cortex in its structure to a certain extent resembles that of R. fuctformis, fasciated bundles of hyphae passing out into the cortex and then spreading out to make the cortical hyphae stand out at right angles to the outer surface. The separate hyphae are not, however, so closely cemented together as they are in R. fuciformis and they form a smooth outer surface. In the median portion of a flattened podetium the cortex is 40-50 u deep but groups of gonidia may push their way in between the hyphae bundles, often getting as near as 20 yw to the outside of the cortex. The cortical hyphae are 2-4 win diameter with a lumen of about 1.5 uw. Further inside, the hyphae have a smaller lumen. Between the gonidia, hyphae not passing out into the cortex are barely 2 win diameter. They are in touch with the gonidia by means of haustoria. The gonidia measure about 4 x 10 w and are oval in shape and belong to the algal genus Trentepohlia. The whole gonidial layer may be 40-50 » deep. The combined cortical and gonidial layers are deeper in the middle line of the flat podetium and much shallower at the edges. This is the case, too, with R. fuci- formis. It is at this edge that the lateral expansion of the podetium mainly takes place and it is where the new hyphae are actively push- ing their way into the cortex. Also, it is at this point that apothecia generally arise, and in R. fuciformis, also the soralia. In a younger portion of the podetium, the fasciated hyphae giving rise to the cortex are well seen. 290 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The medulla of the mature podetium is of the usual Roccella type. The hyphae run longitudinally in the main, and they are firmly cemented to form strands. These strands anastomose in the way characteristic of Roccella. The separate hyphae are about 6-7 yp in diameter with a lumen barely 1 uw across. There are thinner hyphae between the bigger ones. Towards the attachment organ, the medullary hyphae become more closely cemented together. Apothecia and spermogonia are found on the same podetia, often very close together, but in that case the latter are generally no longer active. Young spermogonia still containing spermatia are to be observed nearer the tips of the branches, where mature apothecia do not yet occur. The apothecia seem to arise mainly at the edges of the flat podetia. Many, however, are later formed on the flat surface, especially in the broadest specimens. This may in part be due to the apothecia gradually moving away from the edges as the fronds expand by active marginal growth. But that is not always so, and many apothecia certainly arise actually away from the edges. Apothecia appear to be mature when they are about 1 mm. in diameter, when they are circular in outline and have a black disc which is whitely pruinose. As the apothecia become older, their smooth and entire margin becomes crenate. These apothecia do not generally contain spores. As is the casein many species of Roccella, they just grow vegetatively and no longer function as apothecia. The epithecium consists of dark brown hyphae about 1-2 uw thick which end in the colorless tips forming the pruina. The whole epithecium is about 40 uw deep. The thecium is 60 uw deep and the narrow asci are 10 yw across, the spores measuring 28-32 x 5-8 y. They are in shape quadrilocular, cylindrical, slightly arcuate and colorless. The hypothecium is black and 200 y» deep under the center of the apothecium, tapering to 30 yw at the margin where it passes into the parathecium, which is thin and slightly brown. The hyphae of the hypothecium and parathecium are firmly united and thus form the usual air-tight cup in which the thecium rests. The amphithecium is well developed and contains gonidia. The whole apothecium is slightly raised above the level of the podetium and shows a constriction at that point. It therefore appears to be shortly stalked. The spermogonia are of the usual flask-shaped form, the narrow ostiole being slightly elevated. The whole spermogonium is 170-200 yu high and 100-120 » broad. The actual air-tight wall is colorless and about 25 uw thick. The spermatia are 12-14 uw long and about 0.5 yu thick. They are colorless and slightly curved. Soralia have not been observed. — 6 PROC. CAL, ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 23 [ DARBISHIRE] Plate Fig. 1. Roccella fimbriata Darbishire, sp. nov. X + // by, Fig. 2. Roccella fimbriata Darbishire, sp. nov. X “/1. [DARBISHIRE] Plate 17 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 23 ° = , ‘ , J Roccella fimbriata Darbishire, sp. nov. X ? Fig. 3. oar Fig. 4. Roccella fimbriata Darbishire, sp. nov. Vor. XXI] DARBISHIRE—ROCCELLACEAE 291 There is a certain resemblance. between R. fimbriata and R. Montagne Bel., R. fuctformis (L.) DC., and R. Babingtonit Mtg. The more or less uniformly broad and thick frond of the podetium of R. fucitformis separates this species from the new one. The gradual narrowing down from almost the base of the podetium of R. Montag- net and R. Babingtonit separates these two species. Of the four species, R. fimbriata and R. fuciformis are the hardest and toughest, though R. fuctformis is perhaps the more fragile. The medulla in the attachment organ of R. Montagne: and R. fuciformis is colorless, while yellow in the other two species. In addition, in R. fimbriata, the outer tissues of the attachment organ are black; the cortex of the podetium turns red with Ca ClO, in all cases except R. fuciformis. The podetia of R. dectpiens Darbishire are narrower than those of R. fimbriata and the inner medullary hyphae of the attachment organ are white in color, but those in touch with the substratum are black. > a PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXI, No. 24, pp. 295-300. SEPTEMBER 26, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 24 NEW SPECIES OF GRASSES FROM THE GALAPAGOS AND THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS BY ALBERT SPEAR HITCHCOCK Bureau of Plant Industry, United States Department of Agriculture (With an introductory paragraph by John Thomas Howell) During the course of the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences in 1932, more than 250 specimens of grasses were collected in Mexico, Central America, and the Gala- pagos Islands by Mr. John Thomas Howell, botanist of the expedi- tion. The entire collection was referred to Dr. A. S. Hitchcock, United States Department of Agriculture, who, with Mrs. Agnes Chase, kindly named the species. A full report on the grasses will accompany the account of the vascular plants of the expedition which is now being prepared. But, since several years will probably elapse before it is completed, descriptions of the new grasses found in the collection have been prepared for publication. The new species of Trisetum from the Galapagos Islands and the two new species of Aristida from the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, have been de- scribed by Dr. Hitchcock, while the new Galapagian species and variety of Paspalum have been named by Mrs. Chase. Boy i. September 26, 1935 . 4o3ab > 296 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Trisetum Howellii Hitchcock, spec. nov. Perenne; culmi laxe caespitosi, erecti, tenues, glabri, 70 cm. alti, nodis multis; vaginae glabrae vel paullum pilosae; ligula 1-2 mm. longa; laminae planae, laxae, glabrae, 10-15 cm. longae, 1-3 mm. latae; panicula angusta, laxiuscula, 10-15 cm. longa, ramis tenuibus, laxe appressis, paucifloris, 1-3 cm. longis; spiculae 2-florae; rachilla pilosa; glumae aequales, angustae, acuminatae, 4 mm. longae, prima 1- nervia glabra, secunda 3-nervia quam prima latior, carina scabra; lemmata glabra tenuiter 5-nervia, callo breviter piloso, apice acuta, primum 3-3.5 mm. longum, secundum quam primum paulo minus, 1 mm. infra apicem aristam geniculatam circa 5 mm. longam exserentia. Perennial; culms rather loosely cespitose, erect, slender, glabrous, several-noded, about 70 cm, tall; sheaths striate, glabrous or the lower sparingly short-pilose; ligule 1-2 mm. long; blades flat, lax, glabrous, or somewhat scaberulous on the upper surface, often somewhat bulged out on the margins at base, 10-15 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide; panicle erect, narrow, rather lax, brownish or greenish, 10-15 cm. long, the axis slender, scaberulous or nearly glabrous, the slender branches loosely appressed, 1-3 cm. long, loosely flowered; glumes equal in length, narrow, acuminate, about 4 mm. long, the first 1-nerved, glabrous or slightly scabrous on the keel near the slightly awn-pointed tip, the second a little broader than the first, strongly 3-nerved, scabrous on the keel; florets 2, the slender rachilla joint pilose, 1 mm. long; first lemma 3-3.5 mm. long, faintly 5-nerved, glabrous, short-pilose on the callus, the hairs less than 0.5 mm. long, the apex rather firm, acute, the awn from about 1 mm. below the tip, geniculate, about 5 mm. long; second lemma similar to the first, smaller, the hairs at the summit of the rachilla joint below about 1 mm. long, the rachilla extending above about 1 mm., pilose, the hairs at summit about 1 mm. long. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 211262, co-type in the U. S. National Herbarium, collected on Mt. Crocker, INDEFATIGABLE IsLAND, Galapagos Islands, March 9, 1932, J. T. Howell No. 9208. Aristida tenuifolia Hitchcock, spec. nov. Culmi dense caespitosi, tenues, 1 m. alti, nodis multis; ligula brevissima; laminae plerumque involutae, tenues, interdum basi planae (1-1.5 mm. latae), glabrae; panicula angusta, patula, 15-20 cm. longa, ramis ascendentibus, laxe paucifloris, inferioribus 5 cm. longis; glumae aequales, attenuatae, 10-12 mm. longae; lemma 1 cm. longum, apice minute scaberulo vix torto, callo 0.5 mm. longo dense et breviter piloso; aristae denique horizontaliter patulae, basi paulo tortae, laterales 1-1.5 cm. longae, media paulo longior. Culms densely cespitose, with numerous innovations, slender, many-noded, about 1 mm. thick, about 60 cm. tall; sheaths glabrous, not keeled, bearing a few long hairs at the summit on each side of the blade; ligule very short, scarcely measurable; blades at first flat below and involute above, as much as 20 cm. long, those of the innovations closely involute, the flat base as much as 1.5 mm. wide, firm, bearing a few scattering long hairs, otherwise glabrous on both surfaces and margin, the margins and center thickened; panicles narrow, somewhat condensed, 15-20 cm. long, the axis slightly scabrous, the branches ascending, rather loosely few- flowered, the lower about 5 cm. long; glumes equal, attenuate to an awn-point, 10-12 mm. long, the first 3-nerved, scabrous on the nerves, the second weakly 3-nerved, glabrous; lemma about 1 cm. long, glabrous, minutely scabrous near the scarcely twisted summit, the callus slender, 0.5 mm. long, densely short-pilose; awns finally strongly or horizontally divergent, somewhat contorted at base, the lateral 1-1.5 cm. long, the central a little longer. Vor. XXI} HITCHCOCK—NEW GRASSES OF THE CROCKER EXPEDITION 297 Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 211473, co-type in U. S. Na- tional Herbarium, collected among rocks on ridge above Sulphur Bay, CiarIion Istanp, Revillagigedo Islands, March 23, 1932, J. T. Howell, No. 8361. This species differs from A. vaginata, in its more slender culms about 60 cm. tall, its narrower mostly involute blades, with scatter- ing long hairs on the upper surface near the base, and looser, shorter panicles. The spikelets are similar, though the awns are somewhat shorter and are finally widely spreading. Aristida vaginata Hitchcock, spec. nov. Perennis; culmi caespitosi, erecti, robusti, 1 m. alti, nodis multis; vaginae numerosae, imbricatae; laminae durae, planae, elongatae, supra scabrae, subtus glabraé, 1-4 mm. latae, longe attenuatae; panicula angusta, condensata, 20-30 cm. longa, ramis appressis; glumae paulo inaequales, longe attenuatae, circa 1 cm. longae, prima scabra, secunda glabra; lemma glabrum, 10-15 cm. longum, apice (2-3 mm.) leviter torto et scabro, callo dense et breviter piloso; aristae aequales, aequaliter patulae, 2-3.5 cm. longae, basi paulo contortae. Culms cespitose, erect, many-noded, stout, about 2.4 mm. thick on the lower part, about 1 m. tall; sheaths overlapping, glabrous, tight, not at all keeled, broader than the base of the blade, the shoulder on each side obscurely pubescent and also villous with a few long hairs; ligule a firm short ciliolate membrane, less than 0.5 mm. long; blades of the culm firm, flat, glabrous beneath or obscurely pubescent near the base, strongly sulcate-striate and scabrous on the upper surface, elongate, as much as 4 mm. wide, long-attenuate and involute at tip; panicles narrow, con- densed, about 30 cm. long, the axis scabrous, the branches, branchlets, and spikelets all appressed, the branches 5-8 cm. long, overlapping; glumes narrow, somewhat unequal, gradually narrowed into an awn-tip, the first about 1 cm. long, 3-nerved, more or less scabrous on the nerves, the second a little longer, weakly nerved, less scabrous; lemma slender, 10-15 mm. long, glabrous on the lower half, scaberulous above, the upper 2 to 3 mm. long, rather weakly twisted and lighter in color, the callus rather blunt, about 0.5 mm. long, densely short-pilose; awns about equally divergent, ascending, about equal in length, 2-3.5 cm. long, more or less contorted at base. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 211474, co-typein U.S. National Herbarium, collected on dry slopes, north anchorage, Socorro IsLAND, Revillagigedo Islands, March 29, 1932, J. T. Howell No. 8448. No. 8386 collected on the same island at Benner’s Cove is some- what less robust. Paspalum galapageium Chase, spec. nov. Perenne, dense caespitosum; culmi 45-80 cm. alti, interdum basi racemos brevis- simos sessiles ferentes; laminae planae, 15-25 cm. longae, 3-8 mm. latae, utrinque dense canescentes; racemi 2-8, ascendentes vel patentes, 3-6.5 cm. longi; rachis 0.6-0.8 mm. lata, scabra; spiculae binatae, 2-2.8 mm. longae, 1.5-1.8 mm. latae, ellipticae, subacutae; gluma prima interdum extans; gluma secunda et lemma sterile subaequalia vel gluma quam lemma brevior, 3-nervia, glabra; fructus 2-2.3 mm. longus, 1.5 mm. latus, laevis, nitens. 298 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. Perennial, grayish-olivaceus; culms 45 to 80 cm. tall, simple, leafy to the summit or nearly so, sometimes with a few to several few-flowered racemes of cleistogamous spikelets in the basal sheaths; sheaths mostly overlapping, from glabrous to finely canescent toward the summit, the margin sometimes ciliate; ligule fragile, 2 to4 mm. long; blades flat, mostly 15 to 25 cm. long, 3 to 8 mm. wide, densely canescent on both surfaces, the pale midnerve prominent beneath; racemes 2 to 8, mostly 4 to 6, ascending to spreading, 3 to 6.5 cm. long, rather distant on a slender axis; rachis flexuous, 0.6 to 0.8 mm. wide, scabrous and with a tuft of long hairs at base; spikelets in pairs or the lower of the pair often undeveloped on flat scabrous pedicels, mostly not crowded, 2 to 2.8 mm. long (typically 2.3 to 2.8 mm.), 1.5 to 1.8 mm. wide, elliptic, subacute (the cleistogamous basal ones slightly larger, more turgid); first glume occasionally developed; second glume and sterile lemma subequal, or the glume somewhat shorter, 3-nerved, glabrous, mostly pale, sometimes obscurely speckled with pale brown; fruit 2 to 2.3 mm. long, about 1.5 mm. wide, pale, smooth and shining. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 211105, co-typein U.S. National Herbarium, collected 3 miles south of the Equator, east side of ALBEMARLE IsLANnD, Galapagos Islands, May 30, 1932, /. T. Howell No. 9612. In the type specimen the visible basal cleistogenes are only 3, and are 3 mm. long, the other spikelets are 2.5 to 2.8 mm. long and the first glume is developed in occasional spikelets. This species was described by Andersson as Paspalum canescens but since that name is preoccupied, Andersson’s specimen incomplete, and his description inadequate, Paspalum galapageium is based on a new type instead of on P. canescens Anderss. Paspalum canescens Anderss., Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh. 1853: 132. 1855. Not P. canescens Nees, 1826. ‘‘Hab. in insula Abemarle [Albemarle] locis siccissimis elevatis.”’ The type, collected by Andersson, was examined by A. S. Hitchcock in the Riksmuseets, Stockholm. Of the ten collections referred to this species only three, the type and Howell No. 8905 and No. 9375A, show the basal cleistogenes, but the Snodgrass & Heller and most of the Stewart collections show little or nothing of the base. The spikelets vary in size, even in individual plants, more than usual in Paspalum. In Andersson’s type and in the three Howell collections mentioned above the spike- lets range from 2.3 to 2.8 mm. long; in Howell No. 9531, and Stewart No. 1310 they range from 2 to 2.5 mm., and in Howell No. 9424 and No. 9508, and Stewart No. 1309 and No. 1319 from 2 to 2.3 mm. In all the blades are velvety-canescent. Known only from the Galapagos Islands. Albemarle Island: Tagus Cove, Howell No. 9508; Snodgrass & Heller No. 198. Tagus Cove Mountain, Howell No. 9531, Stewart No. 1309 and 1319. Iguana Cove, Howell No. 9424. East side, 3 miles south of the Equator, Howell No. 9612. Vor. XXI]_ HITCHCOCK—NEW GRASSES OF THE CROCKER EXPEDITION 299 Charles Island: Black Beach, Howell No. 8905. Post Office Bay, Howell No. 9375A. James Island: Sulivan Bay, Howell No. 10019. Narborough Island: north side, Stewart No. 1310. South side, Snodgrass & Heller No. 312. Paspalum galapageium var. minoratum Chase, var. nov. Laminae minores canescentes vel glabrescentes; racemi 2-6; rachis 0.5 mm. lata; spiculae 1.5-1.8 mm. longae, 1.3-1.4 mm. latae, obovatae. Culms ascending to spreading, 30 to 70 cm, tall; foliage mostly darker olivaceous, the blades less densely canescent to glabrescent; racemes 2 to 6, mostly arcuate- spreading, the rachis 0.5 mm. wide; spikelets 1.5 to 1.8 mm. long, 1.3 to 1.4 mm. wide, broadly obovate; glume and sterile lemma subequal, mostly more thickly spotted with pale brown. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 211101, co-typein U.S. National Herbarium, collected at Academy Bay, INDEFATIGABLE ISLAND, Galapagos Islands, May 2, 1932, /. T. Howell No. 9042. The type and most of the specimens assigned here might be con- sidered specifically distinct, but the differences are in degree. Since the spikelets of the species vary so greatly it seems more reasonable to regard these smaller plants with smaller spikelets as a variety. This form appears to be what Andersson (Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh. 1853:132. 1855) referred to Paspalum longepedunculatum LeConte, a very different species, known only from the United States. The Darwin and Macrae collections referred to P. longe- pedunculatum by Hooker (Linn. Soc. Trans. 20:171. 1847) may, judging from his discussion, have included P. galapageium. No basal cleistogenes are found in any of the specimens referred to the variety, and in only a few spikelets of Stewart’s No. 1317 is a first glume developed. Stewart's No. 1322, with spikelets 2 mm. long and glabrescent blades is intermediate. Known only from the Galapagos Islands. Albemarle Island: Iguana Cove, in bunches on sides of cliffs above the Cove, Stewart No. 1317 and 1318. Villamil, common at 3150 feet, Stewart No. 1311. Charles Island: north side of Floreana Peak, Howell No. 9321. Chatham Island: Wreck Bay, Stewart No. 1321 and 1322. Indefatigable Island: Academy Bay, Howell No. 9042; ‘50 to 75 feet, only 4 or 5 clumps,’’ Svenson No. 59; Mt. Crocker, Howell No. 9226. 300 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Paspalum redundans Chase, spec. nov. Perenne, dense caespitosum; culmi erecti vel ascendentes, 70-90 cm. alti, basi racemos brevissimos numerosos breviter pedunculatos spicularum cleistogamarum ferentes; laminae planae, 5-20 cm. longae, 3-7 mm. latae, utrinque pilosae; racemi paniculae terminales 2-4, erecti vel ascendentes, 2.5-6 cm. longi; rachis 1.1-3'mm. lata, scabra; spiculae binatae subcrebrae, 4-5 mm. longae, 2.5-2.8 mm. latae, obovatae; gluma et lemma sterile subequalia, 5-nervia, glabra; fructus 4 mm. longus, 2.3-2.5 mm. latus, laevis, nitens. Perennial; culms compressed, in dense tufts, erect or ascending, 70 to 90 cm. tall, simple, leafy nearly to the summit, with numerous short racemes of cleistogamous spikelets at base, some partly hidden in the basal bladeless sheaths, some on ped- uncles 1 to 7 cm. long; foliage olivaceous, somewhat purplish at base, the sheaths mostly overlapping, pilose toward the summit to nearly glabrous, the lower short, loose, bladeless; ligule fragile, about 2 mm. long; blades flat, 5 to 20 cm. long, 3 to 7 mm. wide (the uppermost much-reduced), finely papillose-pilose on both surfaces, the pale midnerve rather prominent beneath; racemes of the terminal panicles 2 to 4 (mostly 3), erect to ascending, 2.5 to 6 cm. long, on a slender but stiff channeled axis; rhachis flexuous, 1 to 1.3 mm. wide, scabrous and usually with a few long hairs at base; spikelets in pairs on short flat scabrous pedicels, somewhat crowded, 4 to 5 mm. long, 2.5 to 2.8 mm. wide, obovate, turgid; glume and sterile lemma rather firm, subequal, 5-nerved (the marginal nerves sometimes obscure), glabrous, tinged with purplish brown; fruit about 4 mm. long, 2.3 to 2.5 mm. wide, grayish-tawny, smooth and shining; basal racemes 1 or 2 on short peduncles, of 2 to 6 spikelets. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 211116, co-typein U.S. National Herbarium, collected on the north side of INDEFATIGABLE ISLAND, Galapagos Islands, June 9, 1932, J]. T. Howell No. 9902. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourRTH SERIES Vou. XXI, No. 25, pp. 301-328, plates 18 and 19, SEPTEMBER 26, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 25 THE RECENT PECTINIDAE BY LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN Assistant Curator, Department of Paleontology, California Academy of Sciences Eleven species of pectens are present in the collection made by the Templeton Crocker Expedition to the Galapagos Islands in 1932. The writer wishes to express his appreciation to Mr. Templeton Crocker whose interest and generosity provided the collection. Acknowledgment is also due Dr. G. Dallas Hanna for photography of the specimens illustrated in this paper. Mr. W. M. Grant also assisted with the preparation’ of certain of the photographs. The author also acknowledges the kindness of Dr. Alexander Wetmore, Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution, who furnished photo- graphs of certain specimens in the U. S. National Museum. The genus Pecten is attributed to Miiller whose valid usage of the name is rather generally accepted. The type species is Ostrea maxima Linnaeus. A few authors have accepted Osbeck’s! usage as valid, but that author’s use of the name has been discussed by Dall?, Iredale*, and by Winckworth’, all of whom rejected it. It is not definitely known what species was represented by Os- beck’s reference to ‘‘Pecten adscensionensis.”’ Iredale suggested it might even be a Spondylus, and Winckworth suggested it might be Spondylus powelli Smith. Under the circumstances it seems far better to accept Miiller as the author of the genus Pecten. 1See Grant IV, U.S., and H. R. Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, pp. 157, 158. 2 Dall, W. H., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 400. 3 Iredale, T., Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 49, pt. 3, 1915, p. 194. «Winckworth, R., Jour. Conch., vol. 20, no. 2, 1934, p. 51. September 26, 1935 302 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Pecten (Pecten) diegensis Dall Plate 19, figures 5, 6 Pecten floridus Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., pt. 3, 1844 [dated January, 1845 on cover of pt. 3], p. 60, pl. 17, figs. 6, 6a. ‘‘Inhab. San Diego, California. In five fathoms among mud.”’ Not Ostrea [=Pecten] florida Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., Ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6, 1790, p. 3330. “Habitat ....’’. (Reference given to Gaultieri, Test., T. 74, f. Q.).—Kobelt, Syst. Conchyl.-Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1887, p. 212, Taf. 57, fig. 2. Earlier record cited. Pecten (Pecten) diegensis Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898 p. 710. New name for P. floridus Hinds, not Ostrea [=Pecten] florida Gmelin.—Arnold, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 127, pl. 51, figs. 1, la, 1b. Pleistocene at San Diego, California. Recent from Monte- rey to San Diego, California.—I. S. Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ., Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci., vol. 1, no. 1, 1924, p. 51, pl. 29, fig. 5; pl. 41, fig. 3. Range: Monterey Bay, California to the San Benito Islands, Lower California. Fossil in the Pleistocene. A fragment of the right valve of Pecten diegensis was dredged by the Templeton Crocker Expedition at Loc. 27603 (C. A. S.) in 30 to 50 fathoms off San Nicolas Island, California. Mr. H. N. Lowe has collected the species at San Benito Islands, Lower California, at a depth of 10 fathoms. The stronger, squarer and slightly narrower ribs and the slightly narrower interspaces on the right valve, and the strongly rounded, and more closely spaced ribs in the adult stage of the left valve, separate this species from the more southern P. sericeus Hinds. The ribs and interspaces of P. diegensis are crossed by imbricating lamellae. The smaller numberand greater height of the ribs and the relatively longer hinge line separate P. diegensis from P. stearnsit Dall which occurs in the Pliocene. Related forms which occur as fossils, in- clude P. beali Hertlein, P. béset Hanna & Hertlein, and P. baker Hanna & Hertlein. The last two forms are quite distinct and not synonymous as indicated by Grant and Gale. Bavay® has mentioned a similarity between P. diegensis and a fossil form found in Patagonia. Pecten soror codercola Harris® from the later Tertiary of Venezuela, belongs to the present group. P. soror Gabb’ from the medial Tertiary of Santo Domingo, and P. hemicyclus Ravenel® from the 5 Journ. de Conchyl., vol. 54, no. 1, 1906, p. 10. 6Pecten soror codercola Harris, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 13, Bull. 49, 1927, p. 23, pl. 13, fig. 3; pl. 14, figs. 1,5; pl. 15, fig. 7. ‘‘Districts of Democracia and Colina, State of Falcén, locality numbers 69,123.’’ Vene- guela. ‘Miocene and Pliocene.’’ 7 Janira soror Gabb, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. 15, 1873, p. 257. Santo Domingo. Pecten soror Gabb, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 73, pt. 2, 1922, p. 410, pl. 44 figs. 1,2. 8 Janira hemicycla Ravenel, in Tuomey & Holmes, Pleiocene Fossils of South-Carolina, 1857, p. 25, pl. 8, figs. 1,2, 3,4. ‘Grove, Cooper River.” Pecten (Chlamys) kathrinepaimerae Tucker, (Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., vol. 40, 1931, p. 244, pl. 1, figs. 2,5. ‘Near Baileys Ferry, Fla.” ‘‘Chipola Miocene.’’) has been compared to P. hemicyclus, by Tucker. Vor. XXI] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 303 later Tertiary of South Carolina, also bear some resemblance to the present group. P. diegensis shows some resemblance to P. fraterculus Sowerby of the P. bessert group, which occurs in the later Tertiary of the Mediterranean region. Pecten (Pecten) sericeus Hinds Plate 18, figures 14, 15; plate 19, figures 3, 4 Pecten sericeus Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., pt. 3, 1844 [dated January, 1845 on cover of pt. 3], p. 60, pl. 17, figs. 1, la. ‘‘Inhab. Bay of Panama. In fifty fathoms, on a muddy floor.’’—Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, Pecten, 1852, sp. 23, pl. 5, fig. 23. ‘‘Bay of Panama (ona muddy floor at the depth of fifty-three fathoms); Belcher.’’—Kobelt, Syst. Conchyl.-Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1887, p. 211, Taf. 57, fig. 1. Original record cited.— Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 400. ‘‘Pan- ama Bay, 53 fathoms, Hinds.’’ Also ‘‘near Cocos Island, Gulf of Panama, in 66 fathoms, rocky bottom, temperature 58°.4F.”’ Not Pecten sericeus Verneuil, Keyserling, Wissenschaftliche Beobachtungen auf einer Reise in das Petschora-Land, im Jahre 1843, (St. Petersburg), 1846, p. 246, Tab. 10, fig. 12. ‘‘Aus den Permischen Schichten im grauen Mergelkalke an der Uchta des Wymm, und im Kalksteine am Wel bei dem Dorfe Kischerma.” (=Avicula sericea Verneuil, in Murchison, Verneuil & Keyserling, Geol. Russia, vol. 2, Aug. 1845, p. 321, Tab. 20, fige/5¢) Not Pecten sericeus Grénwall & Harder, Danmarks Geol. Undersog., ser. 2, vol. 18, 1907, p. 28.—Ravn, Mem. 1’Acad. Roy. Sci. et Lett. Danemark, Copen- hague, Sect. Sci., ser. 9, vol. 5, no. 2 (D. Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, Naturv. og Math., Afd. 9, Rekke 5, No. 2), 1933, p. 20. Den-. mark. Danian, upper Cretaceous. Range: Panama to Acapulco and Mazatlan, Mexico. Cocos Island; Lat?'23°°03'.¢0'23° 06'"N.;‘Wong. 109? 31°to 109% 36’ W.; and Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group, Mexico. Templeton Crocker Expedition: Loc. 27527 (C. A. S.), dredged in Acapulco Bay, Mexico. Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), dredgings about 10 miles due east of San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W. 20-220 fathoms. Also in the collections of the California Academy of Sciences: Loc. 23779 (C. A. S.), off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group, Mexico, in five to ten fathoms. G. D. Hanna & E. K. Jordan, colls. Loc. 27202 (C. A. S.), dredged in Acapulco Bay, Mexico. L. G. Hertlein, coll. Loc. 27223 (C. A. S.), Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico. L. G. Hertlein, coll. 304 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. The shell of P. sericeus resembles that of P. diegensis Dall. The right valve is usually somewhat less brightly colored than the left. The ribs on the right valve are somewhat lower and broader and separated by slightly wider interspaces than those of P. diegensis Dall. Young specimens of the two species are very similar. The development of stronger, narrower and more squarish ribs, crossed by sharp, concentric, raised lines, appears to take place earlier on the right valve of P. diegensis than on P. sericeus. According to Reeve, the ribs on the large left valve of the type specimen of P. sericeus are sharply triangular. The specimens of P. sericeus, at hand, are small forms, and the ribs on the left valves are not espe- cially triangular, but they are less prominent and wider spaced than those on P. diegensis. In very large specimens of P. diegensis, the ribs on the left valve show a slight tendency toward a triangular shape in the later stages of growth. It seems probable that P. sericeus, a southern species, intergrades with the northern P. dtegensts. The single, small valves found at Locs. 23779 (C. A. S.), from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, and 27223 (C. A. S.), Mazatlan, Mexico, seem referable to P. sericeus rather than to P. dtegensis. Pecten (Pecten) vogdesi Arnold Plate 19, figures 16, 17 ' Pecten dentatus G. B. Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 109. ‘‘Hab. ad Sanctam Elenam.” ‘‘Among sand and stones in twelve fathoms.’’— Kobelt, Syst. Conchyl.-Cab. Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1887, p. 155, Taf. 44, figs. 1,2. Original record cited.—Olsson, Nautilus, vol. 37, no. 4, 1924, p. 127. ‘‘Lobitos,’’ Peru. ‘‘Salinas,’’ Ecuador. Not Pecten dentatus J. Sowerby, Miner. Conch. Great Britain, vol. 6, 1829, p. 143, Tab. 574, fig. 1. Fossil at ‘‘Bugbrook and Staverton, in Northampton- shire.” Pecten (Pecten) excavatus Anton, Arnold, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 134, pl. 46, figs. 1, 1a, ib. Gulf of California. Recent. Not Pecten excavatus Anton, Verzeich. der Conchyl., 1839, p. 19, no. 710. China. Pecten (Pecten) vogdesi Arnold, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 100, pl. 33, figs. 1, 1a; pl. 34, fig. 1, ‘‘San Pedro formation (Pleistocene), San Pedro, Los Angeles County Calif.’’ Also other localities. Pecten (Euvola) cataractes Dall, Nautilus, vol. 27, no. 11, p. 121, 1914. New name for P. dentatus G. B. Sowerby, not P. dentatus J. Sowerby. Pecten (Janira) vogdest Arnold, Grant & Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, p. 228, pl. 3, figs. 3a, 3b. Range: Magdalena Bay, Lower California; Gulf of California and south to Paita, Peru. Pliocene and Pleistocene of California and Lower California. Vor. XXI] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 305 Templeton Crocker Expedition: Loc. 27581 (C. A. S.), between Isabel Island and Mazatlan, Mexico. Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), dredged about 10 miles due east of San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W. Also in the collections of the California Academy of Sciences from: Loc. 23802 (C. A.S.), San Luis Gonzaga Bay, Gulf of California. Loc. 27229 (C. A.S.), Bahia Honda, Veragua, Panama, in three to nine fathoms. L. G. Hertlein coll. Loc. 27827 (C. A. S.), Puerto Bellandra, Carmen Island, Gulf of California. Loc. 23779 (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group, Mexico. Pecten vogdesi is well known in the Recent fauna from Magdalena Bay, Lower California, and the Gulf of California, south to Peru. The highly arched right valve, which is ornamented by low rounded ribs, and the flat or concave lower valve easily distinguish this species from others in the Recent fauna of tropical North America. Exteriorly the shell is usually colored light brown or reddish brown. , The fewer ribs, and greater convexity of the right valve of P. hartmannt Hertlein from the Pliocene of Lower California, easily separate it from P. vogdest. P. vogdesi and P. hartmanni appear to belong to the P. benedictus group which occurs in the Miocene and Pliocene of the Mediter- ranean region. Pecten (Chlamys) amandi Hertlein, new name Pecten australis Philippi, Archiv f. Naturgesch., Jahrg. 11, Bd. 1, 1845, p. 56. “Patria: Insulae Chonos.”’ Not Pecten australis Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1, 1842, p. 76, pl. 19, figs. 210, 220. “Swan River,’’ Australia. Pecten rosaceus Stempell, Zool. Jahrb., Suppl.-Bd. 6, 1902 (Fauna Chilensis), p. 228. ‘‘Fundort: Calbuco,’’ Chile, Recent. New name for P. ausiralis Philippi, not P. australis Sowerby.—Dall. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, 1909, p. 256. ‘‘Calbuco, Chiloé, and the Chonos Islands.” Not Pecten rosaceus Deshayes, Conchyl. d. l’Ile d. Réunion, 1863, p. E-31. [No description. ] Not Pecien distortus Da Costa var. rosacea Locard, Contrib. a. 1. Faune Malacol. Franc., 11, Prod. Genr. Pecten, 1888, p. 46; not P. tigrinus var. rosacea Locard, p. 117; not P. laevis Pennant var. rosacea Locard, p. 120; not P. varius var. rosacea Locard, p. 34. Range: Calbuco; Chiloé; and the Chonos Islands (Dall). 306 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. This species is not present in the collection of the Templeton Crocker Expedition, but it is listed here because it is known farther south in the fauna of Chile and Peru. It was originally named Pecten australis by Philippi, but due to an earlier usage of that name by Sowerby, Stempell proposed P. rosaceus for Philippi’s species. Stempell’s name P. rosaceus is also preoccupied in the genus Pecten; therefore the name Pecten amandi is here proposed in honor of Dr. Rudolph Amandus Philippi’, in recognition of his work on the natural history of Chile. According to Philippi, the species bears some resemblance to the Caribbean P. ornatus Lamarck.!° Pecten (Chlamys) zeteki Hertlein, new name Plate 19, figure 9 Pecten digitatus Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., pt. 3, 1844, [date on cover given as January, 1845], p. 61, pl. 17, fig. 2. ‘‘Bay of Guayaquil. In twenty- three fathoms.’’—Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, 1853, Pecten, sp. 172, pl. 35, fig. 172. Hinds’ record cited.—Kobelt, Syst. Conchyl.-Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1888, p. 227, Taf. 60, fig. 8. Earlier record cited. — Paetel, Cat. Conch.-Samml., Ed. 4. Abt. 3, 1890, p. 229 ‘“‘Guayaq.’’—Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, 1909, p. 256. ‘Bay of Guayaquil.”’—Zetek, Los Mol. Republ. Panama. Revista Nueva, nos. 1 & 2, 1918, p. 52. Probably Panama. Not Pecten digitatum Perry, Conch., April, 1811, no. 2 on Expl. to pt 25 UDb oes, fig. 2. ‘‘A native of Amboyna and the Eastern Seas.” Range: Guayaquil, Ecuador (Hinds; Reeve); probably Panama (Zetek). This species is not present in the collection made by the Templeton Crocker Expedition. The valves of the species are said to be very similar and are ornamented by nine rounded, grooved ribs. Dall?! has mentioned that probably the species is only a young specimen of P. subnodosus Sowerby. A comparison of young specimens of P. subnodosus Sowerby with Hinds’ figure of P. ‘‘digitatus,’’ however, indicates that Sowerby’s species has a very much larger anterior ear on the right valve and the shell is rounder in outline. Zetek in 1918 cited the species as one which probably occurs at Panama. 9See Fiirstenberg, P., Verhandl. d. Deutschen Wiss. Ver. zu Santiago de Chile, Bd. 5, Heft 2, 1906, pp. 233-271.—Also, M. E. McLellan, Auk, vol. 44, 1927, pp. 158-159. 10 Pecten ornatus Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. 6, 1819, p. 176. ‘‘Habite l’Océan Atlantique austral.’”’—Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1, Pecten, 1842, [the date on the title page is 1847, but according to Sherborn this part was issued prior to November, 1842.] p. 72. pl. 14, figs. 77, 78, 79. ‘‘Atlantic Ocean.””— Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, Pecten, 1873, sp. 68, pl. 19, fig. 68. ‘‘Hab. Barbados.’’—Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 8, Bull. 34, 1920, p. 59 (27). North Carolina to Brazil. Pecten (Chlamys) ornatus Lamarck, Dall, Nautilus, vol. 38, no. 4, 1925, p. 118 [but probably not all of his synonymy]. 11 Dall, W. H., Nautilus, vol. 27, no. 11, March, 1914, p. 122. Vor. XXT] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 307 Dautzenberg and Bavay” have pointed out the great resemblance between P. digitatus Hinds and P. vexillus Reeve.13 The only dif- ferences noticed by them, in the two species, were the slightly less height of the shell, and the presence of nine ribs in Hinds’ species rather than ten in P. vexztllus. Possibly the locality “‘Bay of Guayaquil,’’ given by Hinds for P. digitatus, is incorrect, although that is not definitely known. P. vextllus Reeve is known from New Caledonia, Nouméa, Island of Nou, Lifou, Madagascar, and the Philippine Islands. Dautzenberg and Bavay pointed out that P. distans Reeve (not Lamarck), which was renamed P. janus Montrouzier™ (not Min- ster), can be considered to be a synonym of P. vexillus Reeve. The true P. distans of Lamarck! is considered to be a variety of P. glaber Linnaeus, a Mediterranean species. The name Pecten digitatus Hinds, is preoccupied by the earlier usage by Perry. In view of the conflicting evidence regarding this form, the name zetekz is substituted for the species described by Hinds. Possibly this species could be included in the subgenus Decado- pecten Riippell in Sowerby. Pecten (Chlamys) hastatus Sowerby Pecten hastatus Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1, 1842, [the date on the title page is 1847, but according to Sherborn this part was issued prior to November, 1842.], p. 72, pl. 20, fig. 236. [No locality given.]—Kobelt, Syst. Conchyl.- Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten 1888, p. 233, Taf. 62, figs. 1, 2. Northwest coast of North America, Pecten (Chlamys) hastatus Sowerby, Arnold, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 108, pl. 41, fig. 4; pl. 42, figs. 1, 1a, 2, 2a. Pliocene and Pleistocene. Recent, from Quatsino Sound, British Columbia to San Diego, Cal- ifornia.—I. S. Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ., Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci., vol. 1, no. 1, 1924, p. 53, pl. 29, figs. 1,3. Monterey Bay to San Pedro, California. 12 Dautzenberg, P., & A. Bavay, Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. 53b, Les Lamellibranches de L’Expédition du Siboga, Partie Syst. 1, Pectinidés, 1912, p. 26. 18 Pecten vexillum Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, Pecten, May, 1853, sp. 114, pl. 27, figs. 114a, 114b. “‘Hab. —?"” Pecten (Pallium) vexillum Reeve, Dautzenberg & Bavay, Siboga-Exped., Mon. 53b, 1912, p. 26. “Nouvelle Calédonie (Marie, Rossiter), Nouméa (Bougier, Culliéret, Rossiter), Ile Nou (Bougier), Lifou (Musée de Boulogne), Philippines (collect. Bavay).’’ Chlamys vexillum Reeve, Dautzenberg, Journ. de Conchyl., vol. 76, no. 1, 1932, p. 91. ‘“‘Diego- Suarez,’’ Madagascar. Recent. 14 Pecten distans Lamarck, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, Pecten, February, 1853, sp. 49, pl. 13, fig. 49. “Hab. Philippine Islands; Cuming.’”’ Pecten janus Montrouzier in Fischer, Journ. de. Conchyl., vol. 7, (ser. 2, vol. 3), 1858, p. 340. ‘“‘Hab- Ile Art. C. C.’’ Caledonian Archipelago.—Lischke (Jap. Meeres-Conchyl., Bd. 2, 1871, p. 159) pointed out that P. janus Montrouzier =P. distans cited by Reeve, not P. distans Lamarck. Not P. janus Miinster in G. A, Goldfuss, Petref. Germaniae, Bd. 2 (pt. 4), 1833, p. 62. ‘‘Findet sich im tertidren Sande zu Baden bei Wien.”’’ 45 Pecien distans Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. 6, 1819, p. 169. ‘‘Habite 1’ Océan atlantique.”’ —See also Bucquoy, Dautzenberg & Dollfus, Moll. Marins du Roussillon, vol. 2, fasc. 3, 1889, p. 88. 308 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Range: Monterey to San Pedro, California. Also fossil in the Pliocene and Pleistocene. A single left valve of Pecten hastatus was dredged by the Temple- ton Crocker Expedition at Loc. 27603 (C. A.S.), at the west end of San Nicolas Island, California, in 30 to 50 fathoms. P. hastatus is known from Pliocene to Recent. The right valve is characterized by about nine pairs of strongly individualized ribs which are ornamented by prominent spines. There are nine narrow, prominent spiny ribs on the left valve. The right valve of the northern species, hericius, is ornamented by fascicules of three spiny riblets which are nearly equal, although the central riblet is slightly more prominent and spiny; while in P. hastatus there is a central spiny rib, with from two to four small scaly riblets between the major rib and the central riblet of the interspace. P. hericius pugetensis I. S. Oldroyd,'* is close to P. hericius but it is a smaller form; it has fewer ribs, a broader, anterior ear on the right valve, and the notch on the anterior ear of the left valve is less developed. It has been recorded from Puget Sound, and it has been collected at Craig, and at Ketchikan, in southeastern Alaska by Mr. George Willett of Los Angeles, California. A subspecies, P. hastatus var. ingentosa Yokoyama,” has been described from the Pliocene of Japan. P. hindsii Carpenter is also related to P. hastatus but is easily distinguished by the character of the ribbing. Vaillant’s record of Recent P. hastatus from Suez, which was re- ferred to P. laetus by Fischer, has been referred by Lamy,'* who studied the original specimens, to P. squamosa var. decoriata Jousseaume. Pecten (Chlamys) lowei Hertlein, new species Plate 19, figures 1, 2, 7, 8 Shell moderately small, nearly equivalve, higher than long. Right valve with the exterior surface ornamented with 20 to 22 roundly triangular ribs; the ribs are crossed by strong imbricating lamellae which are fused to form a row of spinose nodes on the top of each rib; toward the ventral margin traces of small riblets appear on each side of the major ribs about halfway between the tops of the ribs and the bottoms of the interspaces; interspaces narrower than the ribs and in each, a 16 Pecten islandicus pugeiensis I. S. Oldroyd, Nautilus, vol. 33, no. 4, April, 1920, p. 136, pl. 4, figs. 5, 6. —I. S. Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ., Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci., vol. 1, no. 1, 1924, p. 55, pl. 12, figs. 4, 5. «Type locality, off San Juan Island, Washington.” Puget Sound. Pecten (Pecten) hastatus Sowerby var. pugetensis I. S. Oldroyd, Grant & Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, p. 168. Type locality cited. Also ? middle Pliocene, southeast of Pico Canyon, Los Angeles County, California. 17 Imper. Geol. Survey of Japan, Rept. 104, 1929, p. 5. pl. 6, fig. 2. ‘‘near Nanao.” Pliocene. 18 Lamy, E., Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., vol. 34, 1928, no. 2, p. 170.—See also Cox, Proc. Malacol. Soc. London, vol. 18, pt. 5, 1929, p. 204. Lischke (Jap. Meer. Conch., Th. 2, 1871, pp. 157-158) also pointed out that the Red Sea species could not be P. laetus Gould. Vor. XXI] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 309 spinose riblet is present. Ears unequal, the anterior ear large, ornamented by about four to five riblets which are crossed by imbricating spines; a distinct byssal notch is present and a ctenolium consisting usually of four to five spines; posterior ear very small and ornamented by four to six spinose riblets. Left valve orna- mented similarly to right; anterior ear with eight to ten spinose riblets, while on the posterior ear there are four to six riblets. The color in the living shells is generally gray toward the umbos flecked with brown spots, but grading to brown toward the ventral margin. Some specimens are reddish or orange brown. Type specimen, altitude 13.8 mm.; longitude 11.5 mm.; diameter of both valves 4.5 mm. Range: Gulf of California; Galapagos Islands. ?Catalina Island, California. Holotype: No. 6878 (Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo.); paratype, No. 6879 (Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo.), and paratypes in H. N. Lowe collection, from Carmen Island, Gulf of California, from a depth of 20 fathoms; H. N. Lowe collector. In the Lowe collection there were eight paired valves from Carmen Island and 16 unpaired valves of P. lowei from Angel de la Guardia Island in the Gulf of California; there are three specimens with paired valves from Loc. 27587 (C. A. S.) in the collection made by the Templeton Crocker Expedition, off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, in 20 to 25 fathoms; one left valve from Loc. 27232 (C. A. S.) was collected on the Hancock Expedition by L. G. Hert- lein at Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos Group. A single worn valve of this species in the collection at Stanford Uni- versity came from Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Group. One left valve is present from Loc. 25610(C. A.S.), said to have been dredged on the north side of Catalina Island, California, in 30 to 80 fathoms. There seems no reason to doubt this locality, although the range is longer than that of most west American pectens. The char- acters of the new species are rather constant in all the specimens, the largest of which attains an altitude of 14.5 mm. Pecten lowet is very close to Pecten sancti-ludovici Anderson & Martin!® from the upper Miocene Santa Margarita formation of San Luis Obispo County California, and from the Pliocene of Alver- son Cafion, Imperial County, California. Possibly the species here described as new, may be a living P. sancti-ludovici but on the adult fossil form there are three beaded riblets ornamenting the ribs and three in the interspaces. From the specimens of P. sancti-ludovici at hand, it appears that the development of the beaded riblets takes place earlier than on the corresponding forms of equal size in P. lowet. Furthermore P. lowet has much smaller posterior ears. P. collazoensis Hubbard?° from the Miocene of Porto Rico, 19 Pecten sancti-ludovict Anderson & Martin, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 4, December 30, 1914, p. 55, pl. 3, figs. 10a, 10b. .. . ‘‘from the Santa Margarita formation along the west side of the San Juan River about one half mile above the mouth of Navajoa Creek, northeastern San Luis Obispo County. California.”—G. D. Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 14, no. 18, 1926, p. 473, pl. 22, figs. 1, 2,3, Coral reef of Alverson Cation, Imperial County, California. Pliocene. ! 20 Pecten (Chlamys) collazoensis Hubbard, New York Acad. Sci., Sci. Surv. Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 2, 1920, p. 87, pl. 11, fig. 1, ‘‘Collazo Falls’’, ‘‘Lower? San Sebastian shale,”’ Porto Rico. Referred to lower Oligocene. 310 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER appears to have somewhat similar sculpture, but the scales on the ribs are apparently not fused into small spinose nodes as in P. lowe, and the form from Porto Rico has much larger posterior ears. Several species in the Miocene of the Caribbean region have orna- mentation similar to P. sancti-ludovict. P. sancti-ludovict resembles closely P. plurinominis Pilsbry & Johnson,”! from the Miocene of Santo Domingo. The subspecies Pecten plurinominis morantensis Woodring” from the Bowden Miocene, has also been questionably recorded by Trechtmann?* from beds referred to the Pliocene, on St. Kitts Island in the West Indies. Pecten oxygonus optimus Brown & Pilsbry*t from the Miocene of Costa Rica and Panama and P. oxygonus canalis Brown & Pilsbry?® from the Miocene of Panama, possess shells in which the ribs and interspaces are ornamented by spinose beaded riblets. In the Miocene of Venezuela, P. buchivacoanus F. & H. Hodson,”* P. buch- tvacoanus maracaibensis F. & H. Hodson,?? and P. buchivacoanus falconensis F. & H. Hodson,* likewise possess spiny beaded riblets. P. hodgiit Hubbard,?® from the Miocene of Porto Rico, has squarer ribs than P. sancti-ludovict. Pecten exasperatus Sowerby,*® now living in the Caribbean region has ornamentation similar to P. sancti-ludovict and others of that group. 21 Pecten plurinominis Pilsbry & Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 69, September, 1917, p. 193. New name for P. oxygonum Sowerby, Gabb, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. 15, 1873, p. 256. Not P. oxygonum Sowerby, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. 6, 1850, p. 52. San Domingo. Tertiary.—Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 73, pt. 2, 1922, p. 411, pl. 45, figs. 1, 2. Gabb’s collection from Santo Domingo. [According to Gardner (U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 142-A, 1926, p. 46) ‘‘Pecten pleuri- nominis Woodring = P. thetidus Dall.”’} 22 Chlamys (Aequipecten) plurinominis morantensis Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 366, May, 1925, p. 67, pl. 8, figs. 4,5. Bowden, Jamaica. Miocene. 23 Chlamys (Aequipecten) cf. plurinominis Woodring, Trechtmann, Geol. Mag., vol. 69, no. 816, 1932, pp. 249, 253, pl. 15, fig.3. Brimstone Hill, St. KittsIsland. Pliocene. % Pecien oxygonum optimum Brown & Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 64, January 30 1913, p. 511, pl. 24 [cited in text as pl. 23], fig. 2. ‘‘Reventazon River, Costa Rica.’”’ [Miocene]. (=P. paranensis d’Orbigny, Gabb. Not P. Paranensis d’Orbigny). This species has been recorded from the Miocene of Lower California by Dickerson (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 7, no. 8, 1917, p. 202.— Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 28, 1917, p. 231) and by Clark & Arnold (Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 28, 1917, p, 224). According to Woodring (Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 385, 1928, p. 95) Dickerson’s record probably refers to P. canalis Brown & Pilsbry. 26 Pecten oxygonum canalis Brown & Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 64, January 30, 1913, p. 511, pl. 24 [cited in text as pl. 23], fig. 3. ‘Tower N, Culebra Cut, Canal Zone.” 26 Pecten (Chlamys) buchivacoanus F. & H. Hodson, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 13, Bull. 49, October 1927, p. 29, pl. 16, figs. 6, 8, 10,11. ‘Districts of Buchivacoa, Miranda and Petit, State of Falcén”, Venezuela, “‘Oligocene.”” [Probably Miocene]. 27 Pecten buchivacoanus maracaibensis F. & H. Hodson, Bull: Amer. Paleo., vol. 13, Bull. 49, October, 1927, p. 30, pl. 17, fig. 6. “Districts of Democracia, Miranda, Colina and Acosta, State of Falcén’”’, Vene- zuela. ‘‘Miocene.” 28 Pecten buchivacoanus falconensis F. & H. Hodson, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 13, Bull. 49, October, 1927, p. 31, pl. 17, figs. 2,3,4,5,7. ‘‘Common in the state of Falcén”’, Venezuela. ‘‘Miocene.’’ 29 Pecten (Chlamys) hodgit Hubbard, New York Acad. Sci., Sci. Surv. Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 2, 1920, p. 93, pl. 12, fig. 5. ‘“‘Quebradillas limestone (rare)’”’, Porto Rico. Referred to upper Oligocene. [Probably Miocene]. 30 Pecien exasperatus Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1, Pecten, 1842 [on title page date given as 1847, but according to Sherborn, this part was issued prior to November, 1842], p. 54, pl. 18, figs. 183 to 186. ‘‘Medi- Vor. XX] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE SLL Pecten coccymelus Dall*! bears only a general resemblance to P. lowet, and has much narrower ribs, wider interspaces and a larger posterior ear, as well as differing in details of ornamentation. Pecten varius Linnaeus,*? common in northern Europe and in the Mediterranean region, possesses more ribs and lacks the interribs which are present in P. lowet. This new species is named for Mr. Herbert N. Lowe, of Long Beach, California, in recognition of his work on west American mollusks. Pecten (Plagioctenium) circularis Sowerby Pecten tumidus Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 109. ‘‘Hab. ad Sanctam Elenam et ad Salango, Columbiae Occidentalis.”” ‘‘Found in sandy mud at from six to ten fathoms.—G. B. S.” Not Pecten tumidus Turton, Conch. Insul. Brit., 1822, p. 212 ‘‘Taken from the Serpula tubularia, in Torbay.’’ (=Ostrea tumida Turton, Conch. Dict., 1819, p. 132). Not Pecien tumidus Hartmann in C. H. v. Zieten, Petrif. Wurt., (9), 1833, p. 68. Not Pecten tumidus Dujardin, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, II (2), 1832, p. 214 [accord- ing to Sherborn]. Pecten circularis Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 110. ‘‘Hab. ad Sinum Californiae (Guaymas).”’ ‘Found in sandy mud at a depth of seven fathoms.—G. B. S.’’—Li, Bull. Geol. Soc. China, vol. 9, no. 3, 1930, p. 254, pl. 2, figs. 9, 9a. Bay of Panama, Recent. Not Pecten circularis Goldfuss, Petref. Germaniae, Bd. 2 (pt. 5), 1836, p. 76, pl. 99, figs. 10a, 10b. ‘‘Ex arena viridi Westphaliae.’’ Cretaceous. Pecten ventricosus Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1, 1842 [the date on the title page is 1847, but according to Sherborn this part was issued prior to November, 1842], Pecten, p. 51, pl. 12, figs. 18, 19, 26. “St. Elena’’ [The record from the Philippines is erroneous]. New name for P. tumidus Sowerby, not P. tumidus Turton, nor P. tumidus Zieten, 1830.—Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, Pecten, 1852, sp. 31, pl. 7, figs. 31a, 31b. Earlier records cited.— Kister, Syst. Conchyl.-Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1859, p. 100, Taf. 28 [plate 28 issued 1858], figs. 1, 2. ‘‘West-Columbia.”’ [Fig. 3 is referred to P. ventricosus in the text, but in the explanation to the plate it is referred to P. gibbus, which it apparently represents.]— Olsson, Nautilus, vol. 37, no. 4, 1924, p. 128. ‘‘Negritos, Lobitos, Mancora, Zorritos,’’ Peru. ‘‘Salinas,’’ Ecuador. Pecten (Dentipecten) circularis Sowerby, Kobelt, Syst. Conchyl.-Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1887, p. 188, Taf. 51, figs. 5, 6, 7, 8. Cali- fornia to Mazatlan, Mexico. : terranean.” [Locality erroneous].—Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, Pecten, 1852, sp. 7, pl. 2, figs. 7, 8a, 8b; pl. 26, fig. 108; pl. 29, fig. 127. [pls. 26 and 29 issued in 1853]. “‘Hab. Island of St. John, West Indies.”— Brown & Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 65, 1913, p. 496. ‘‘Oyster-shell Layers from the Black swamp near Mount Hope”, Isthmus of Panama. Pleistocene.—Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 8, Bull. 34, 1920, p. 59 (27) Cape Hatteras to Guadaloupe Island; also Yucatan Strait. Pliocene to Recent. It has also been reported from the Bermuda Islands and Porto Rico. Also fossil at Barbados Island. 81 Pecten (Chlamys) coccymelus Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 741, pl. 34, fig. 1. ‘Miocene of Plum Point, Maryland; Clark.”—Glenn, Maryland Geol. Survey, Miocene, 1904, p. 374, pl. 99, fig. 3. Several localities in the Calvert formation, Maryland. Miocene. 82 It is interesting to note that Dautzenberg has recorded this species from the coast of Venezuela. (Mem. Zool. Soc. France, vol. 13, 1900, p. 224). “‘Golfe de Maracaibo, Stn. 39; ile Tortuga, Stn. 36.” 312 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. Pecten (Plagioctenium) circularis Sowerby, Arnold, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 125, pl. 42, figs. 3, 4, 5, 6; pl. 44, figs. 6, 6a, 6b, 7. Plio- cene and Pleistocene. Recent from the Gulf of California to Santa Elena, Ecuador. Pecten cf. circularis Sowerby, Li, Bull. Geol. Soc. China, vol. 9, no. 3, 1930, p. 255, pl. 1, fig. 8. Bay of Panama. ‘‘Probably Gatun formation.” [According to Pilsbry, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 83, 1931, p. 429) ‘‘Two right valves of P. ventricosus Sowb.’’] Pecten filitextus Li, Bull. Geol. Soc. China, vol. 9, no. 3, 1930, p. 255, pl. 2, fig. 10. Panama Bay. ‘Probably Gatun formation.’’ [According to Pilsbry (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 83, 1931, p. 429) ‘‘a left valve of Pecten ventricosus Sowb., in which the fine sculpture is well preserved.”’] Pecten purpuratus Lamarck, Pilsbry & Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 139. ‘‘San Juan del Sur and Montijo Bay.’’ ‘‘Taboga Island.” ‘‘Corinto.”” [Not P. purpuratus Lamarck.] For further synonymy of P. circularis, see Arnold, 1906, and E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 14, 1926, p. 439). See also remarks by Grant & Gale (Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Plist.; vot. 3, F95T,"p, 21s). Range: Monterey, California to Paita, Peru (Dall). Fossil in Pliocene and Pleistocene. This well known species was collected at a number of localities by the Templeton Crocker Expedition. Loc. 27527 (C. A. S.), dredged in Acapulco Bay, Mexico. Loc. 27557 (C. A. S.), dredged between Punta Arenas and Bat Island, just off Punta Arenas, Costa Rica. Loc. 27566 (C. A. S.), dredged in 35 fathoms in Lat. 14° 15’ N., Long. 92° 28’ W. Loc. 27568 (C. A. S.), dredged in 35 fathoms in Lat. 14° 52’ N., Long. 93° 04’ W. Loc. 27569 (C. A. S.), dredged in 28 fathoms in Lat. 15° 40’ N., Long. 93° 49’ W. Loc. 27571 (C. A. S.), dredged in Lat. 16° 38’ N. to 16° 39’ N., Long. 99° 24’ 30” to 99° 27’ 30” W. Loc. 27580 (C. A. S.), dredged one-half mile east of Isabel Island, between Isabel Island and Mazatlan, Mexico. Loc. 27581 (C. A. S.), dredged between Isabel Island and Mazat- lan, Mexico. Loc. 27583 (C. A. S.), dredged in 10-17 fathoms, Lat. 22° 44’ N., Long. 105° 59’ W. Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), dredged about 10 miles due east of San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W. The species was also collected in Braxilito Bay, Costa Rica, and as a fossil in the Pleistocene beds on Maria Madre Island, Mexico. In Vou. XX]J HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 313 the collections of the California Academy of Sciences, the species is present from many other localities. There appears to be all gradations between typical circularis and the form ventricosus Sowerby from western Colombia and Ecuador, with no practical method of separating the two forms, and Arnold, who studied a large series of the species in the U. S. National Museum, came to the same conclusion. Mérch** described a scarlet colored variety from Costa Rica, which can apparently be considered to be one of the variations of P. circularis. Records of P. circularis from the Asiatic region*4 can evidently be referred to some other species. The species described by Li from Panama Bay as P. filitextus, can apparently be referred to P. circularis. The subspecies P. circularis aequisulcatus Carpenter from southern California, and western Lower California, attains a larger size when adult, the shell is thinner and flatter, the ribs narrower, and the coloration is more subdued. P. abtetis E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, in the Pliocene of Maria Madre Island, and Lower California, is closely related to P. cir- cularis, but can be distinguished by the triangular shaped ribs. P. gibbus Linnaeus, found living along the Atlantic Coast of North America is also closely related to P. circularis. Members of the circularis group, also occur in beds referred to the Miocene and Pliocene in Venezuela. (See Bull. Amer. Paleo. vol. 13, Bull. 49, 1927. P. circularis venezuelanus F. & H. Hodson, p. 25, pl. 14, fig. 6; pl. 15-ches. 2:4, 5: pl. 17, fig. 1; P. cercularis:cornellanus F.. & FH. Hodson, p./26)(plo14) fie.-2; pl. 15, figs) 3. 202 pl. 16. fies 3; P: cxr- cularis caucanus F. & H. Hodson, p. 27, pl. 15 figs. 1, 8). P. demiurgus Dall®® from the upper Miocene of Trinidad is close to P. circularts. Zetek** has indicated that the east American P. gibbus ampli- costatus Dall, might occur in the fauna of western Panama, but it seems likely that this record can be referred to some of the numerous variants of P. circularis. 33 Pecten (Argus) ventricosus Sow. var. coccinea Mérch, Malakzool. Blatter, Bd. 7, 1861, p. 210. “Var. coccinea; valva dextra lituris atris, intus alba. Sow. thes. f. 26.—Puntarenas ad prof. 14 org. Long. 16, alt. 17 mill.” 34 Campbell, A. S., [Identification attributed to H. A. Pilsbry], Jour. Entomol. and Zool., vol. 15, no. 3, 1923, p.40. Near Canton, and at Chung Chow, Hong Kong territory, China. Recent. 38 Pecten (Plagioctenium) demiurgus Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 718, pl. 26, fig. 3. ‘‘From the Caroni Series of Trinidad at Savanetta; Guppy.”’ Miocene. 36 Zetek, J., Los Mol. Republ. Panama. Revista Nueva, nos. 1 & 2, 1918, p. 52. 314 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. Pecten (Leptopecten) latiauratus Conrad Pecten latiauratus Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 7, 1837, p. 238, pl. 18, fig. 9. ‘“‘Inhabits below the efflux of the tide near Sta. Diego and Sta. Barbara.’’—Kobelt, Syst. Conchyl.-Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1887, p. 203, Taf. 54, figs. 7, 8. West Coast of North America, especially California. Pecten (Chlamys) latiauritus Conrad, Arnold, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 115, pl. 46, figs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a. Monterey to San Diego, California. Also Pliocene and Pleistocene.—I. S. Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ., Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci., vol. 1, no. 1, 1924, p. 57, pl. 22, fig. 2 (under subgenus Chlamys, section Leptopecten). (Reproduction of Conrad’s type figure). Monterey, California, to the Gulf of California. See also remarks by Grant & Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, pp. 203-204. Range: Monterey, California to Gulf of California (I. S. Oldroyd); ?San Francisco Bay, California (Packard). Pliocene to Recent. One specimen of this species with both valves was dredged by the Templeton Crocker Expedition at Loc. 27600 (C. A.S.),in 25 fathoms off San Martin Island, Lower California. The exact locality is given as ‘“‘above long spit.”’ An inspection of Conrad’s original figures of latiauratus and monotimeris, indicates that lattauratus has more squarely shaped ribs, a longer hinge line, and acutely pointed ears. The longer hinge line and prominently lamellated interspaces distinguish the sub- species latiauratus delosi (Plate 19, figure 10) from Conrad’s species. P. latiauratus cerritensis Arnold in the Pleistocene has fewer ribs. P. andersoni Arnold in the Miocene of western North America is a related species. Pecten (Leptopecten) tumbezensis d’Orbigny Plate 19, figures 11, 12 Pecten aspersus Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 110. ‘‘Hab. ad Tumbez, Peruviae.”’ Not Pecten aspersus Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vol. 6, 1819, p. 167. ‘‘Habite .... Mon cabinet.”’ Peciten tumbezensis d’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. Mérid.,®” vol. 5, 1846, p. 663. Tumbez, Peru (Cuming). New name for P. aspersus Sowerby, not P. aspersus Lamarck.—Peile in Bosworth, Geol. N. W. Peru, 1922, p. 178, pl. 25, fig. 8. ‘‘Talara Tablazo” and “Lobitos Tablazo.”’ Quaternary, Peru.— Olsson, Nautilus, vol. 37, no. 4, 1924, p. 127. ‘‘Paita, Negritos, Lobitos, Jorritos,’”’ Peru. ‘‘Salinas,’’ Ecuador. Pecten sowerbyt Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, 1852, Pecten, sp. 4, pl. 1, fig. 4. ‘‘Tumbez, Peru.”’ New name for P. aspersus Sowerby, not P. aspersus Lamarck.— Kobelt, Syst. Conchyl.-Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1888, p. 229) Pats Ol} fige: 3) Peru: 37 For a collation of this work see Sherborn, C. D., and F. J. Griffin, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 13, no. 73, 1934, pp. 130-134. Vou. XXIJ HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 315 Pecten paucicostatus Carpenter, Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1863 [issued 1864.], p. 645. Neighborhood of Santa Barbara (Jewett).—Kobelt, Syst. Con- chyl.-Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1888, p. 281. Original record cited. Pecten (Plagioctenium) paucicostatus Carpenter, Arnold, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 137, pl. 39, figs. 3, 3a, 4. Gulf of California.—I. S. Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ., Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci., vol. 1, no. 1, 1924, p. 56, pl. 41, figs. 4, 5. ‘‘Santa Barbara, California, to the Gulf of Cali- fornia.”’ Pecten cf. latiauritus fucicolus Dall, Li, Bull. Geol. Soc. China, vol. 9, no. 3, 1930, p. 255, pl. 2, fig. 11. Mouth of the Rio Grande near La Boca about one mile from the mainland in Panama Bay. Recent. [Not P. latiauritus fuctcolus Dall. See Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 83, 1931, p. 429.] Pecten latiauritus Conrad indentus Li, Bull. Geol. Soc. China, vol. 9, no. 3, 1930, p. 256, pl. 2, fig. 13. Mouth of Rio Grande near La Boca about one mile from mainland in Panama Bay. [=P. tumbezensis d’Orbigny, according to Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 83, 1931, p. 429]. Pecten latiauritus Conrad splendens Li, Bull. Geol. Soc. China, vol. 9, no. 3, 1930, p. 256, pl. 2, fig. 12. Mouth of Rio Grande near La Boca, about one mile from the mainland in Panama Bay. Recent. [=P. tumbezensis d’Orbigny, according to Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Soc. Philadelphia, vol. 83, 1931, p. 429]. Pecten (Aequipecten) tumbezensis d’Orbigny, Grant & Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, p. 206. Earlier records cited. [Not P. palmeri Dall in the synonymy.] Range: Gulf of California to Tumbez and Paita, Peru. Also Quaternary of Peru. This interesting species was secured at a number of localities by the Templeton Crocker Expedition. Loc. 27527 (C. A. S.), dredged in Acapulco Bay, Mexico. Loc. 27558 (C. A. S.), dredged in 50 fathoms between Punta Arenas and Bat Island, about five to six miles off Delas, Costa Rica. Loc. 27569 (C. A. S.), dredged in 28 fathoms, Lat. 15° 40’ N., Long. 93° 49’ W. Loc. 27571 (C. A. S.), dredged off Mexico in 20-45 fathoms, Lat. 16° 38’ to 16° 39’ N., Long. 99° 24’ 30” to 99° 27’ 30” W. Loc. 27580 (C. A. S.), dredged one-half mile east of Isabel Island, between Isabel Island and Mazatlan, Mexico. Loc. 27583 (C. A. S.), dredged in 10-17 fathoms. Lat. 22° 44’ N., Long. 105° 59’ W. Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), dredged in 20-220 fathoms off Mexico, Lat. aa 05" 1025 -0e None, 109° 31° to. 1po. Se" W.. Loc. 27584A (C. A.S.), dredged about five miles west of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Lat. 23° 12’ N., Long. 106° 29’ W. Pecten tumbezensis d’Orbigny is known to range from the Gulf of California to Peru. It has been recorded from Santa Barbara, 316 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. California, but this is a very doubtful record. Arnold in referring to P. paucicostatus Carpenter, which can be regarded as a synonym of tumbezensis, stated that it undoubtedly came from the Gulf of California, and that no species with its characteristics is known out- side the tropics. P. tumbezensis possesses a rather small but fairly heavy shell. The largest specimen in the collection has an altitude of 30.4 mm. The shell is usually ornamented by about 14 ribs. The left valve usually shows a sprinkling of light bluish dots on a slate-colored or brownish background. Olsson has mentioned a similarity between P. tumbezensis and P. woodring: Spieker,** from the Miocene of Peru. Rutten’s record (Leid. Geol. Mededeel., Deel 5, 1931, p. 661) of ‘““Pecten sowerbyt Reeve” in the Quaternary of Surinam, South America, can apparently be referred to some other species. Pecten (Leptopecten) velero Hertlein, new species Plate 19, figures 13, 14 The type is a left valve with 16 strong ribs, of which every third rib is higher than the intervening ones; the two ribs on the margins are a little stronger than those on the middle; strong imbricating lamellae cross the ribs and interspaces and are especially prominent on the stronger ribs. The anterior ear is ornamented by about six to seven imbricated riblets and the posterior ear shows about five such riblets. The exterior of the shell is colored pink with whitish and brownish spots. The hinge line has transverse striations; and the ribs are shown on the interior of the shell by strong ridges and hollows. Other specimens sometimes have pairs of raised ribs instead of only one. Type, altitude approximately 6.4 mm.; length of hinge line approximately 6.2 mm. Range: Bahia Honda, Veragua, Panama; Mazatlan, Mexico; and Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group, Mexico. Holotype: Left valve No. 6857 (Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo.); paratype, left valve No. 6886, and plesiotype, right valve No. 6887 (Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. type coll.), Bahia Honda, Veragua, Panama, in three to nine fathoms, G. Allan Hancock Expedition; L. G. Hertlein, collector. P. velero is not present in the collection made by the Templeton Crocker Expedition, but is recorded here as a new species. The new species differs from P. latiauratus delos:1 Arnold, in the character of the ribs, of which every third one is raised and occa- sionally a pair is raised. Another left valve and a right valve, slightly worn, occurred with the type at Bahia Honda, Panama. The right valve has about 16 ribs, every third one is slightly raised, and 38 Pecten woodringi Spieker, Johns Hopkins Univ. Studies in Geol., no. 3, 1922, p. 125, pl. 7, figs. 4, 5. «‘Upper Zorritos. Quebradas Pantheon, del Toro, de las Alturas and del Grillo.’’-—Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 19, Bull. no. 68, 1932, p. 81, pl. 5, figs. 2, 5 (as Pecten (Plagioctenium) woodringi).”’ Tumbez formation, probably Que. Tucillal, Zorritos (Nelson).” VoL. XXT] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 317 it is presumably the right valve of the new species. Its general appearance is considerably like P. latiauratus Conrad, Recent west American species, and P. ischnon Pilsbry & Johnson *° from the Miocene of Santo Domingo. Several specimens of P. velero were collected by the author at Loc. 27,223 (C. A. S.), Mazatlan, Mexico. One left valve was collected by G. D. Hanna & E. K. Jordan at Loc. 23,779 (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group, Mexico, in ten fathoms. This new species is named for Captain G. Allan Hancock’s yacht, Velero III. Pecten (Lyropecten) subnodosus Sowerby Plate 19, figure 15 Pecten subnodosus Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 109. Var. brownish red with white striae, ‘‘ad Sinum Californiae.”” Var. variegated with brown and white patches, ‘‘ad Insulam Platae Columbiae Occidentalis.”’ Var. A more depressed shell of a bright orange color, ‘‘ad Sinum Tehuan- tepec, Mexicanorum.”’ ‘in sandy mud and coral sand in from ten to seventeen fathoms.’’—Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1, 1842, p. 65, pl. 15, figs. 97 and 112. Earlier records cited.—Kiister, Syst. Conchyl.- Cab., Bd. 7, Abt. 2, Spondylus und Pecten, 1859, p. 112, Taf. 32, fig. 3. ‘“‘Mexico und Westcolumbien.’’—Dall. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, 1909, p. 256. ‘‘Gulf of California to Guayaquil and the Galapagos Islands. —Olsson, Nautilus, vol. 37, no. 4, 1924, p. 127. ‘‘Negritos, Mancora,” Peru. ‘‘Salinas,’’ Ecuador. Lyropecten intermedius Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 3, 1867, p. 7. ‘‘Cape St. Lucas, California.” Pecten (Nodipecten) subnodosus Sowerby, Arnold, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 128, pl. 52, fig. 1; pl. 53, figs. 1, la. Recent from Coast of Lower California to Ecuador. Also Pliocene and Pleistocene. Pecten (Lyropecten) nodosus (Linnaeus) variety subnodsus Sowerby, Grant & Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, p. 180. ‘‘Panama and West Columbia.” Pecten (Lyropecten) nodosus (Linnaeus) variety intermedius (Conrad), Grant & Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, p. 181. Earlier records cited from Pliocene to Recent. Range: Scammon Lagoon, Lower California, and the Gulf of California, to Guayaquil, Ecuador (Dall and others). Also Pliocene and Pleistocene of Lower California and Pliocene of Imperial County, California. This well known species was collected at four localities by the Templeton Crocker Expedition. Loc. 27559 (C. A. S.), Braxilito Bay, Costa Rica. 38 Pecten ischnon Pilsbry & Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 69, 1917, p. 194. Santo Domingo. Miocene.—Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 73, pt. 2, January 18, 1922, p. 413, pl. 44, figs. 7, 8, (type) 9. Santo Domingo. Miocene. 318 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. Loc. 27562.(C. A. S.), Port Parker, Costa Rica. Loc. 27577 (C. A. S.), on south shore of Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Loc. 27578 (C. A. S.), San Juanito Island, Tres Marias Group, Mexico. Pecten subnodosus is quite variable in color. It may be red, variegated with red and brown or white, or orange in color. An excellent specimen from San Juanito Island has eleven ribs on the right valve and ten on the left. This, as well as specimens from the Gulf of California, does not substantiate Grant & Gale’s*® conclu- sion that the more northern forms described as intermedius by Conrad, can be recognized as a separate subspecies possessing one less rib than the Panama shells. P. nodosus Linnaeus,*! from the Caribbean region is a closely related species as is P. veatchit Gabb from the Pliocene of Cedros Island, Lower California. Related species such as P. peedeensis Tuomey & Holmes,” P. pernodosus Heilprin,*? P. pititert Dall,** P. pittieri collierensts Mansfield® and P. colinensis F. & H. Hodson,* occur in the Miocene and Pliocene of the Caribbean region. Pecten (Decadopecten) fasciculatus Hinds Plate 18, figures 1, 2 Pecten fasciculatus Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., pt. 3, 1844 [date on cover January, 1845], p. 61, pl. 17, fig. 4 ‘‘West coast of Veragua. In seventeen fathoms, among sandy mud.’’—Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, 1853, Pecten, sp. 171, pl. 35, fig. 171. Hinds’ record cited. Pecten (Palliium) miser Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 401 pl. 8, fig. 6. Gulf of Panama, in 182 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature: 54.1° F. | ?Pecten panamensis Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 696. 40 Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, p. 181. 41 Ostrea nodosa Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. 10, 1758, p. 697. ‘‘Habitat in O. Africano E Indico.” Pecten corallinus Chemnitz, Neues Syst. Conch.-Cab., Bd. 7, 1784, p. 306, pl. 64, figs. 609, 610, 611° St. Croix, St. Thomas and St. Jean, Danish West Indies. Pecien nodosus Linnaeus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 8, Pecten, 1852, sp. 15, pl.3, fig. 15. ‘“‘Hab. Gulf of Mexico.”’ 42 Pecten peedeensis Tuomey & Holmes, Pleiocene Fossils of South Carolina, 1857, p. 30, pl. 12, figs. 1,2,3,4,5. ‘Darlington District.” 43 Pecten pernodosus Heilprin, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 1, 1887, p. 131, pl. 160, figs. 69, 69a. Caloosahatchie, Florida. Pliocene. 44 Pecten (Lyropecten) piitieri Dall, Smithson, Misc. Coll., vol. 59, no. 2, March 2, 1912, p. 10. ‘‘Moin Hill, near Port Limon, Costa Rica, niveau a. H. Pittier. 1899.”-—Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 66, 1925, p. 23, pl. 17, fig. 6. 45 Pecten (Nodipecten) pittieri collierensis Mansfield, U. S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Paper 170-D, 1932, p. 47, pl. 16, figs. 3,5. ‘‘Tamiami trail, about 11 miles east by north of Marco, Collier County, Fla.” Pliocene. 48 Pecten (aff. Nodipecten) colinensis F. & H. Hodson, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 13, Bull. 49, October 7, 1927, p. 33, pl. 18, figs. 3, 6; pl. 19, fig. 4. ‘‘District of Colina, State of Falcén,”’ Venezuela. ‘‘Miocene- Pliocene.” Vou. XX]] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 319 Range: Panama. This species is not present in the Templeton Crocker Collection. Hinds illustrated only a left valve, and Dall a right valve, of species occurring off Panama. The number of ribs in each, is about the same, and the descriptions seem to indicate that Dall’s species will need to be placed in the synonymy of P. fasciculatus Hinds. This species appears to be the only representative of the subgenus Decadopecten, to be reported Recent or fossil from western North America. Recent and fossil forms of Decadopecten are represented in the Asiatic and Mediterranean regions. Dall in 1898 gave a brief description of a species cited as Pecten panamensis Dall. According to the description the species differs from P. plica Linnaeus, ‘‘by having the cardinal laminae obsolete and in the presence of a byssal sinus and ctenolium.”’ No locality is given for the species but the name suggests that it came from or occurs near Panama. Possibly this is the species later described by Dall as P. miser which in the present paper is referred to P. fascicu- latus Hinds. P. parmeleet Dall and related forms in the Pliocene belongs to the subgenus Swiftopecten Hertlein, the type of which is P. swifti Bernardi. Pecten (Cyclopecten) cocosensis Dall Plate 18, figures 7, 8 Pecten (Cyclopecten) cocosensis Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 405, pl. 6, figs. 1,3. ‘‘near Cocos Island Gulf of Panama, in 52 fathoms, rocky bottom, temperature 62°.2 F.’’—Zetek, Los Mol. Republ. Panama. Revista Nueva, nos. 1 & 2, 1918, p. 39. Range: San José Island, Gulf of California to Acapulco Bay, Mexico, and near Cocos Island, Costa Rica. This species was dredged at several localities by the Templeton Crocker Expedition. At some localities the species was represented only by small juvenile specimens. Loc. 27527 (C. A. S.), in Acapulco Bay, Mexico. Loc. 27581 (C. A. S.), between Isabel Island and Mazatlan, Mexico. Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), dredged about 10 miles due east of San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, in Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W., in 20 to 220 fathoms. Loc. 27587 (C. A. S.), off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, in 20 to 25 fathoms. 320 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. It is also present in the collections of the California Academy of Sciences from the following localities: Loc. 23779 (C. A. S.), in five to ten fathoms off Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias group, Mexico; G. D. Hanna & E. K. Jordan, colls. Loc. 23804 (C. A. S.), Amortajada Bay, San José Island, Gulf of California. F. Baker coll. The shell of this species has a subangular posterior margin, and a broad shallow sulcus occurs on the posterior fourth of the shell. The color of the exterior of the shell consists of white, red, and brown, occurring in lines, zigzags, or in clouded patches. P. catalinensis Willett,*” has more nearly equal ears and a different color pattern and lacks the sulcus on the posterior portion of the valves. Dall’s figures of P. guppy: Dall,** from the late Tertiary of the Caribbean region, show a resemblance to P. cocosensis. The Carib- bean shell apparently has a broad shallow sulcus on the posterior portion of the shell, and traces of coloration in blotches, is said to be present. P. subminutus Aldrich,** from the Tertiary of Mississippi is said to resemble P. guppyi but is smaller. Pecten aotus Olsson®® from the Miocene of Costa Rica, has, on the left valve, fine radial lines, which according to the description, occur in irregular streaks or blotches. Pecten (Cyclopecten) oligolepis Brown & Pilsbry*! bears some resemblance to P. cocosensis. Pecten (Cyclopecten) pernomus Hertlein, new name Plate 18, figures 11, 12, 13 Pecten (Cyclopecten) rotundus Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 404. ‘‘Panama Bay, in 2914 fathoms; also at station 2784, in 194 fathoms, mud bottom temperature 51°.9 F.’”’ ‘“‘A single valve from near the Straits of Magellan, apparently the same species.’’—Zetek, Los Mol. Republ. Panama. Revista Nueva, nos. 1 and 2, 1918, p. 39. Panama. 47 Pecten (Cyclopecten) catalinensis Willett, Nautilus, vol. 45, no. 2, 1931, p. 65, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2.... “‘in 100 fathoms off White’s Landing, north side of Catalina Island, California.” 48 Pecten (Pseudamusium) guppyi Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 718, pl. 34, figs. 12, 13. ‘‘Oligocene of the Bowden marl, Jamaica, and of the Alum Bluff sand at Oak Grove, Santa Rosa County, Florida, Burns; and in the Pliocene Marl of Port Limon, Costa Rica, Hill.” Chlamys (Palliolum?) guppyi (Dall), Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 366, 1925, p. 72, pl. 8, figs. 13, 14, 15, 16. ‘‘Bowden, Jamaica.”’ 49 Pecten (Pseudamusium) subminutus Aldrich, Nautilus, vol. 16, no. 9, January, 1903, p. 100, pl. 4, figs. 16,17. ‘‘Red Bluff, Miss., Jackson, Miss.” 50 Pecten aotus Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 9, Bull. 39, 1922, p. 376 (204), pl. 21 (18), figs. 17, 18. “Gatun Stage: Port Limon.’”’ ‘Coll. 5, Red Cliff Creek,’’ Costa Rica. Miocene. 51 Pecten (Cyclopecten) oligolepis Brown & Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 64, 1912, p. 512, text fig. 5. ‘‘From the excavation of the lower locks at Gatun.’’ Miocene. Vou. XXIJ HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 321 Not Pecten rotundus v. Hagenow, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., 1842, p. 554. ‘“‘Riigen, schen Kreide.”’ Range: Panama Bay (Dall). (?)Straits of Magellan (Dall). This species is not present in the Templeton Crocker Expedition collection. The name Pecten rotundus was used by von Hagenow much earlier than by Dall, and the name pernomus is here proposed for the West American species. According to Townsend,” No. 2799 U.S. B. F. Sta., is given as Lat. 8° 44’ 00” N., Long. 79° 09’ 00” W., at a depth of 29.5 fathoms, green mud, surface temperatures 75° F., March 6, 1888, and Dall in his original record of P. rotundus gave the locality as... ‘in Panama Bay, in 29% fathoms.”’ The specimens illustrated on plate 18, figures 11, 12, 13, are con- sidered in the present paper to be syntypes of Pecten rotundus Dall, due to the fact that the altitude given in the original description is 3 mm., and the altitude of the specimens illustrated in figures 11 and 13 are both 3 mm. From the present information it is not clear which specimen, if any, was selected as holotype by Dall. The photographs of the ‘‘types”’ of P. rotundus, were received from the U.S. National Museum, through the kindness of Dr. A. Wetmore. Additional collections may show that this is the young of P. cocosensis Dall, but for the present it is regarded as a separate species. Pecten (Delectopecten) zacae Hertlein, new name Plate 18, figures 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10 Pecten (Pseudamusium) panamensis Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 404, pl. 6, figs. 8and 10. ‘‘Gulf of Panama, in 322 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 56°F.”’ Not Pecten panamensis Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 696. No locality cited [? =P. fasciculatus Hinds]. Range: Cape San Lucas, Lower California to Panama. Holotype: No. 6880 (C. A. S. Paleo. type collection), from Loc. 27587 (C. A.S.), off Cape San Lucas, Lower California; paratypes: Nos. 6881, 6882 (C. A. S. Paleo. type collection), from Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), dredged in 20 to 220 fathoms from Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W.; Templeton Crocker collector. This species was dredged by the Templeton Crocker Expedition at two localities. Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), about 10 miles due east of San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, in 20 to 220 fathoms, Lat. 52 Townsend, C.H., Dredging and other records of the United States Fish Commission Steamer Albatross with bibliography relative to the work of the vessel, in Rept. U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, pt. 26. 1900 [issued 1901], p. 404. 322 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 23°03’ to" 23% O67 Ne’ Long? 10939’ to°109" \36 Wes: anid “Hoc! 27587 (C. A. S.), off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, in 20 to 25 fathoms. ; The thin, delicate forms of this species, collected by the Templeton Crocker Expedition, possess the shell characters of the species de- scribed by Dall as P. panamensis in 1908 (not P. panamensis Dall, 1898). Due to the fact that Dall has used the name panamensts for a species in 1898, the name zacae is here proposed for the present species. It is named for Mr. Templeton Crocker’s yacht, Zaca. Some specimens are nearly smooth, while others have 40 to 65 fine radial, minutely scaly threads. The whole surface externally, is covered by fine camptonectes striations. The more elongate form, fewer and more widely spaced ribs, the broader anterior ear of the right valve, and the squarer posterior margin of the posterior ears of both valves, separate the species from P. randolphi Dall and P. randolphi tillamookensis Arnold. Pecten lillisi Hertlein®? from the Kreyenhagen Shale (upper Eocene or lower Oligocene), appears to be a related species. 53 Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, Bull. South Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 33, pt. 1, January-April (issued February 28), 1934, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 1, pl. 2, figs. 2,3. ‘“‘diatomite, Kreyenhagen shale, from S. E. corner of Sec. 35, T. 6 S., R. 7 E., M. D. M., Stanislaus County, California; on the north side of Crow Creek road.” Vor. XXI] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 323 PLATE 18 Fig. 1. Pecten (Decadopecten) fasciculatus Hinds. A reproduction of the original figure of Pecten (Pallium) miser Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, pl. 8, fig. 6 ‘‘Gulf of Panama, in 182 fathoms.”’ P. 318. Fig. 2. Pecten (Decadopecten) fasciculatus Hinds. A reproduction of the original figure of Pecten fasciculatus Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., pt. 3, 1844 [date on cover given as January, 1845], pl. 17, fig. 4. ‘‘West coast of Veragua.” P. 318. Fig. 3. Pecten (Delectopecten) zacae Hertlein, new species. Altitude 12 mm.; longitude approximately 10 mm. Paratype, right valve, No. 6881 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.) from Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W., in 20 to 220 fathoms. P. 321. Fig. 4. Pecten (Delectopecten) zacae Hertlein, new species. Altitude 11 mm.; longitude 10.8 mm. Holotype, right valve, No. 6880 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from Loc. 27587 (C. A. S.), off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, in 20 to 220 fathoms; P))321: Fig. 5. Pecten (Delectopecten) zacae Hertlein, new species. Altitude approxi- mately 13.8 mm.; longitude approximately 13.8 mm. Paratype, left valve, No. 6882 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from same locality as specimen shown in figure 3. This valve shows stronger ribbing than that on the left valve of the holotype. By S24. Fig. 6. Pecten (Delectopecten) zacae Hertlein, new species. Holotype, left valve of specimen shown in figure 4. P. 321. Fig. 7. Pecten (Cyclopecten) cocosensis Dall. A reproduction of the original figure of the right valve given by Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, pl. 6, fig. 3.... ‘‘near Cocos Island, Gulf of Panama, in 52 fathoms.”’ P. 319. Fig. 8. Pecten (Cyclopecten) cocosensis Dall. A reproduction of the original figure of the left valve given by Dall, 1908, pl. 6, fig. 1. From same locality as specimen shown in figure 7. P. 319. Fig. 9. Pecten (Delectopecten) zacae Hertlein, new species. A reproduction of the original figure of the right valve of Pecten (Pseudamusium) panamensis Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, pl. 6, fig. 10. ‘“‘Gulf of Panama, in 322 fathomisene we. O21. Fig. 10. Pecten (Delectopecten) zacae Hertlein, new species. A reproduction of the original figure of the left valve of Pecten (Pseudamusium) panamensis Dall, 1908, pl. 6, fig. 8. Same locality as specimen shown in figure 9. P. 321. Fig. 11. Pecten (Cyclopecten) pernomus Hertlein, new name. Altitude 3 mm. Paratype, left valve Cat. No. 110708 (U. S. Nat. Mus.), from U.S. B. F. Sta. 2799, Lat. 8° 44’ 00” N., Long. 79° 09’ 00” W., at a depth of 29.5 fathoms. Figures 11, 12, 13 are photographs of Pecten (Cyclopecten) rotundus Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 404. [Not Pecten rotundus von Hagenow.] P. 320. Fig. 12. Pecten (Cyclopecten) pernomus Hertlein, new name. Altitude 3.5 mm. Holotype, right valve, Cat. No. 110708 (U. S. N. M.), from same locality as speci- men shown in figure 11. P. 320. Fig. 13. Pecten (Cyclopecten) pernomus Hertlein, new name. Altitude 3 mm. Paratype, left valve (Cat. No. 110708 U. S. N. M.), from same locality as speci- men shown in figure 11. P. 320. (Plate 18 continued on next page) 324 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. PLATE 18—Continued Fig. 14. Pecten (Pecten) sericeus Hinds. A reproduction of one of the original figures of Pecten sericeus Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., pt. 3, 1844, pl. 17, fig. 1a. “Bay of Panama. In fifty fathoms.’”’ P. 303. Fig. 15. Pecten (Pecten) sericeus Dall. A reproduction of the original figure of the left valve given by Hinds, 1844, pl. 17, fig. 1. Same locality as specimen shown in figure 14. P. 303. Fig. 16. Pecten (Delectopecten) liriope Dall. Altitude 7.5 mm.; longitude 8 mm.; length of hinge line 4.5 mm. Holotype, right valve of Pecten (Pseudamusium) liriope Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 402. Cat. no. 122,869 (U. S. Nat. Mus.), from ‘‘U. S.S. ‘Albatross’, station 3392, Gulf of Panama, in 1270 fathoms, hard bottom, temperature, 36°.4 F., U.S. N. Mus. 122, 869.”” This photo- graph was furnished through the kindness of Dr. A. Wetmore, Assistant Secretary Smithsonian Institution. Vor. XX] HERTLEIN—THE RECENT PECTINIDAE 325 PLATE 19 Fig. 1. Pecten (Chlamys) lowei Hertlein, new species. Altitude 13.8 mm.; longitude 11.5 mm. Holotype, right valve, No. 6878 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from Carmen Island, Gulf of California, from a depth of 20 fathoms; H. N. Lowe, collector. P. 308. Fig. 2. Pecten (Chlamys) lowei Hertlein, new species. Holotype, left valve. P. 308. Fig. 3. Pecten (Pecten) sericeus Hinds. Altitude approximately 17 mm.; longi- tude approximately 17.5 mm. Plesiotype, right valve of a juvenile specimen, No. 6876 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), dredged in 20 to 220 fathoms, Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W. P. 303. Fig. 4. Pecten (Pecten) sericeus Hinds. Left valve of specimen shown in figure 3. B..303. Fig. 5. Pecten (Pecten) diegensis Dall. Altitude approximately 25 mm.; longitude approximately 26 mm. Plesiotype, right valve of a juvenile specimen, No. 6875 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from Loc. 27824 (C. A. S.), Isthmus Cove, Santa Cata- lina Island, California, in 30-50 fathoms. P. 302. Fig. 6. Pecten (Pecten) diegensis Dall. Left valve of specimen shown in figure 5. BP. 302. Fig. 7. Pecten (Chlamys) lowei Hertlein, new species. A much less enlarged view of specimen shown in figure 1. P. 308. Fig. 8. Pecten (Chlamys) loweit Hertlein, new species. A much less enlarged view of specimen shown in figure 2. P. 308. Fig. 9. Pecten (Chlamys) zeteki Hertlein, new name. A reproduction of the original figure of Pecten digitatus Hinds (not P. digitatus Perry), Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., pt. 3, 1844, pl. 17, fig. 2. ‘‘Bay of Guayaquil.’’ P. 306. Fig. 10. Pecten (Leptopecten) latiauratus delosi Arnold. Altitude approximately 7.5 mm.; longitude approximately 7.8 mm. Plesiotype, left valve No. 6885 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from San Benito Island, Lower California, in ten fathoms; H. N. Lowe, collector. P. 314. Fig. 11. Pecten (Leptopecten) tumbezensis d’Orbigny. Altitude approximately 18.4 mm.; longitude approximately 20 mm.; diameter (both valves) approximately 8.2 mm. Plesiotype, right valve No. 6883 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.) from Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.), Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W., in 20) t0,.220) fathomse VPS si. Fig. 12. Pecten (Leptopecten) tumbezensis d’Orbigny. Left valve of specimen shown in figure 11. The left valve shown in this figure has more white marking than the other specimens in the collection. Usually they are ornamented by smaller white patches, or in some specimens only by light bluish dots on a brownish or slate colored background. P. 314. Fig. 13. Pecten (Leptopecten) velero Hertlein, new species. Altitude approxi- mately 6.1 mm.; length of hinge line approximately 5.9 mm. Plesiotype, right valve, No. 6887 (C.A.S. Paleo. type coll.), from Loc. 27229 (C. A. S.), Bahia Honda, Veragua, Panama, in three to nine fathoms. P. 316. (Plate 19 continued on next page) 326 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. PLATE 19—Continued Fig. 14. Pecten (Leptopecten) velero Hertlein, new species. Altitude approxi- mately 6.4 mm.; length of hinge line approximately 6.2 mm. Holotype, left valve, No. 6857 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from Loc. 27229 (C. A. S.), Bahia Honda, Veragua, Panama, in three to nine fathoms. P. 316. Fig. 15. Pecten (Lyropecten) subnodosus Sowerby. Altitude 37.2 mm.; longitude 36.5 mm. Plesiotype, right valve (left ear imperfect), No. 6884 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from Loc. 27577 (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico. P. 317. Fig. 16. Pecten (Pecten) vogdesi Arnold. Altitude approximately 37.4 mm.; longitude approximately 41 mm. Plesiotype, left valve No. 6877 (C. A. S. Paleo. type coll.), from Loc. 27584 (C. A. S.). Lat. 23° 03’ to 23° 06’ N., Long. 109° 31’ to 109° 36’ W., in 20 to 220 fathoms. P. 304. Fig. 17. Pecten (Pecten) vogdest Arnold. Right valve of specimen shown in figure 16. Convexity of valve approximately 13.1 mm. P. 304. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 25 [HERTLEIN] Plate 18 PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXI, No. 25 [HERTLEIN] Plate 19 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXI, No. 26, pp. 329-336. SEPTEMBER 26, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 26 NEW FLOWERING PLANTS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS BY JOHN THOMAS HOWELL Assistant Curator Department of Botany, California Academy of Sciences In the course of my studies on the rich collections of flowering plants of the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences, 1932, from the Galapagos Islands, a number of plants have appeared to be new and undescribed. Although some of these must await further study or comparison with critical historical] specimens and types, a few have seemed undoubtedly new and worthy of taxonomic recognition. Descriptions of these new plants from the Galapagos Islands are given herewith. Drymaria monticola Howell, spec. nov. Herba glabra; caulibus decumbentibus, radicantibus, lignescentibus in senectute; foliis 1-2.5 cm. longis, late ovatis, suborbicularibus, subsessilibus, basi rotundis vel subcordatis, ex basi 3 nervis prominentibus et nonnullis minoribus, abrupte acutis et cuspidatis, integris, stipulis numerosis, filiformibus, subcaducis; in florescentia pauciflora, pedicellis 2-5 mm. longis, glabris; sepalis 4, 6 mm. longis, elliptico- lanceolatis, 3-nervatis, subcarinatis, acutis; petalis 4 vel 5, 4-5 mm. longis, fissis 3-3.5 mm., lobis circa 1 mm. latis, obtusis, ungui angustissimo; staminibus 5, ovarium subaequantibus, filamentis glabris, antheris oblongis; stylo 1 mm. longo, trifido, capsula vix angulata supra, dura et nitenti, glabra; seminibus 16, muri- culato-tuberculatis. September 26, 1935 10) la 330 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SER. Creeping, glabrous plant, the old stems becoming woody, rooting; leaves broadly ovate, nearly round, subsessile, subcordate or rounded at base, with 3 prominent and several less prominent nerves, 1-2.5 cm. long, shortly acute and cuspidate, entire; stipules numerous, filiform, more or less cauducous; inflorescence few- flowered, pedicels 2-5 mm. long, glabrous; sepals 4, 6 mm. long, elliptic-lanceolate, 3-nerved, somewhat carinate along midrib, acute; petals 4 or 5, 4-5 mm. long, cleft 3-3.5 mm., the lobes about 1 mm. wide, obtuse, the claw very narrow; stamens 5, about equalling the ovary, filaments glabrous, anthers oblong; style 1 mm. long, 3-parted 14-4 length, capsule scarcely angled above, hard and shining, glabrous, 16-seeded; seeds muriculate-tuberculate. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 213492, collected on the summit of Mt. Crocker, INDEFATIGABLE ISLAND, Howell No. 9243. This Drymaria is related to D. macrantha Gray but the entire plant is glabrous and the flowers are only % to % as large. The collection of Drymaria made by Miss Rorud on Indefatigable Island at Hacienda Fortuna and doubtfully referred by Christo- phersen to D. cordata (Nyt. Mag. Naturvid. 70:75) may be D. monticola. The two species can be readily separated by the pedicels which in D. cordata are closely glandular-papillose. Euphorbia bisulcata Howell, spec. nov. Herba annua glabra; caulibus 6-8 dm. altis, erectis, ramulis numerosis, sub- divaricatis; foliis oppositis, oblongo- vel lineari-lanceolatis, 0.2-1.5 cm. longis, 0.5-2 mm. latis, integris, subacutis, basi obliquis et auriculatis, cinereo-viridibus vel rufescentibus, utrinque subsimilibus, petiolis brevissimis, stipulis parvis, circa 0.5 mm. longis, filiformibus, basi plus minusve coalescentibus; involucris axillaribus, brevissime pedicellatis, campanulatis, 0.5-0.75 mm. longis, lobis involucralibus triangulari-subulatis, sparse ciliatis, glandulis transverse oblongis, atropurpureis, appendicibus non evidentibus vel angustissimis; ovario glabro; stylis brevibus, bifissis ad medium; capsula depresso-globosa, circa 1.5 mm. longa et 2 mm. lata, basi rotundata, apice trilobata, dorso carpelli late bisulcato, sulcis carina abrupta acuta separatis, sulcis carpellorum contiguorum carina lata, plana, septali separatis; seminibus quadrangularibus, suboblongis, 1 mm. longis, cinereis, profunde propinque et transverse rugosis, rugis plus minusve fractis et muriculatis. Annual, glabrous, herb; stems 6-8 dm. tall, erect, branchlets numerous, somewhat divaricate; leaves opposite, oblong- or linear-lanceolate, 0.2-1.5 cm. long, 0.5-2 mm. broad, entire, subacute, oblique and auriculate at base, gray-green or reddish- brown, the upper and lower surfaces nearly the same, petioles very short, stipules small, circa 0.5 mm. long, filiform, more or less coalescent below; involucres axillary, very shortly pedicellate, campanulate, 0.5-0.75 mm. long, involucral lobes tri- angular-subulate, sparsely ciliate, gland transversely oblong, purplish-black, ap- pendage not evident or very narrow; ovary glabrous; style short, cleft to the middle into 2 broad branches; capsule depressed-globose, about 1.5 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, rounded at base, 3-lobed at summit, back of each carpel broadly bisulcate, the grooves on the carpels separated by an abrupt sharp ridge, the grooves of ad- jacent carpels separated by a broad, flattened, septal ridge; seeds quadrangular, oblongish, 1 mm. long, ashy, deeply and closely transversely wrinkled, the wrinkles more or less broken and muriculate. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220745, north side, INDEFaT- IGABLE ISLAND, Howell No. 9880, June 9, 1932. * by ; os) ee Vor. XXT] HOWELL—NEW PLANTS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS oS This Euphorbia is most closely related to E. diffusa Hook. f. but it differs from this and all the other Galapagian species of Euphorbia in the bisulcate backs of the carpels which together form the peculiar 6-ridged fruit. Malvastrum dimorphum Howell, spec. nov. Planta herbacea, perennis (?); caulibus erectis, 2 m. altis; foliis ovatis, dentatis vel crenato-dentatis, acutis, latissime cuneatis vel subcordatis basi, cinereo-viridibus supra, pallidioribus incanisque subter, foliis primariis magnis, 4-7 cm. longis, 3-5.5 cm. latis, petiolis 3-5 cm. longis, foliis superioribus et secundis parvis, 1.5 cm. longis, 1 cm. latis, petiolis 2-4 mm. longis; floribus primo solitariis in pedicellis longis ex axillis foliorum magnorum primariorum, pedicellis 1-2 cm. longis, vel tardius sub- sessilibus congestis solitariisve in ultimis caulibus vel in ultimis ramulis contractis axillaribus peduncularibus; bracteolis 3, filiformibus, 0.5 cm. longis; calyce 1.5-2 cm. lato, in fructu stellato-rotato, fisso infra medium, lobis ovato-lanceolatis, sub- acuminatis, utrinque pubescentibus; corolla lutea, 1-5 cm. diametro, petalis sub- integris, late obovatis basi barbatis; tuba staminali stellato-pubescenti; stylis staminibus aequilongis; carpellis circa 12, stellato-depressis, 4 mm. longis, in ex- teriore angulo cornibus 2, gracilibus, prominentibus, horizontalibus, radialiter extendentibus et in interiore angulo puncta brevissima erecta, pubescentibus circum undique, dense supra; seminibus oblique reniformibus, subopacis, laevibus. Plant herbaceous, probably from a perennial base, clothed with dense, close stellate pubescence; stems erect, 2 m. tall; leaves ovate, dentate or crenate dentate, acute, very broadly cuneate to subcordate at base, gray-green above, paler and incanous below, primary leaves large, 4-7 cm. long, 3-5.5 cm. wide, petioles 3-5 cm. long, the upper leaves and secondary leaves small, 1.5 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, petioles 2-4 mm. long; flowers at first solitary on long pedicels from the axils of the large primary leaves, pedicels 1-2 cm. long, or later subsessile congested or solitary near the ends of stems or at the ends of abbreviated peduncle-like axillary branchlets; bractlets 3, filiform, 0.5 cm. long; calyx 1.5-2 cm. broad, subrotate in fruit, cleft to below the middle, lobes ovate-lanceolate, subacuminate, pubescent above and below; corolla yellow, 1.5 cm. in diameter, petals subentire, obovate, bearded at base; stamen-tube stellate-hairy; styles equalling stamens; carpels 4 mm. long with 2 prominent horizontal, outwardly pointing horns at outer angle and a very short, inconspicuous, erect point at the inner angle; pubescent on all sides, densely so above; seed obliquely reniform, somewhat dull, smooth. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220768, Academy Bay, INDE- FATIGABLE ISLAND, Howell No. 9294, May 13, 1932. Other collec- tions, all from Indefatigable Island: southeast side at 600 ft., Stewart No. 2014 and No. 2015 (reported as M. spicatum); Academy Bay, Schimpff No. 35 (determined as M. scoparioides). Almost without doubt, the flowering collection reported by Dr. H. K. Svenson as ?Sida sp. (Amer. Journ. Bot. 22: 244, —1935) is to be referred here. This Malvastrum, whose name connotes the diverse aspect of habit, leaves, and inflorescence in youth and age, is related to M. scoparium (L’Her.) Gray and to M. scoparioides Ulbr. (Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 11: 525, —1932). Like the latter, M. dimorphum 332 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. differs from M. scorpartum in the much larger flowers and fruit, but M. dimorphum appears very distinct from M. scoparioides in the dimorphic characters of leaves and inflorescence and in the very different carpellary horns. A specimen of M. scoparium (Chosica, Peru, Macbride & Featherstone No. 531) and a photograph of the type of M. scoparioides (Peru, Weberbauer No. 3196, ex Mus. Bot. Berol.) were kindly loaned for study by the Field Museum of Nat- ural History. Salvia floriana Howell, spec. nov. Perennis, suffrutescens, humilis; caulibus 1.5-9 dm. altis, puberulis, erectis; foliis deltoideo-ovatis, 1-2.5 cm. longis, 0.5-2 cm. latis, obtusis subacutisve, truncatis vel late rhomboideis basi, prominenter crenato-serratis, petiolis 0.5-1.5 cm. longis; verticillastris 7-20-floris, racemosis, distantibus subter, contiguis supra, bracteis deciduis, oblongo-linearibus, pubescentibus, 1.5 mm. longis, pedicellis canescentibus, circa 2 mm. longis; calyce tubulato-campanulato, subturbinato, subtruncato supra, 3 mm. longo in flore, 4-5 mm. longo in fructu, striate 13-nervato, pubescenti, glan- duloso, ciliato, bilabiato, labio superiore late subquadrilaterali et vix apiculato, in- feriore bilobato, lobis asymmetricis late ovato-triangularibus, breviter acutis; corolla alba, conspicue exserta, labio inferiore 4 mm. longo, trilobato, lobis laterali- bus 2, parvis, medio magno, subquadrangulato, labio superiore obcordato, 1.5 mm. longo; filamentis subglabris, connectivo longe producto, filamento longiore, rudi- mentis staminum superiorum parvis; stylo clavellato, lobo inferiore obsoleto; nuculis subobovatis, opacis, brunneis, trigonis, dorso plano-convexo, faciebus ventralibus planis. Low suffrutescent perennial; stems 1.5-9 dm. tall, puberulent, erect; leaves deltoid- ovate, 1-2.5 cm. long, 0.5-2 cm. wide, brownish-green and minutely pubescent above, incanous and subtomentose below, finely but definitely rugulose, obtuse or sub- acute, truncate or broadly rhomboidal at base, prominently crenate-serrate; petioles 0.5-1.5 cm. long; flowers verticillate, the verticils 7-20-flowered, racemose, distant below, forming a continuous inflorescence above, subtended by early deciduous, oblong-linear, pubescent bracts 1.5 mm. long, pedicels canescent and about 2 mm. long; calyx tubular-campanulate, subturbinate, subtruncate above, 3 mm. long in anthesis, 4-5 mm. long in fruit, striately 13-nerved, pubescent, glandular, ciliate, 2-lipped, the upper lip broadly subquadrilateral and scarcely pointed, the lower lip 2-lobed, the lobes asymmetrical, broadly ovate-triangular, shortly acute; corolla white, conspicuously exserted, the lower lip 4 mm. long, with 2 small lateral lobes and large expanded subquadrangular middle lobe, the upper lip obcordate, 1.5 mm. long; filaments subglabrous, connective long-producéd, longer than the free part of the filament, rudiments of upper stamens present; style clavellate, the lower lobe obsolete; nutlets subobovate, dull, brown, trigonous, plano-convex dorsally, the inner faces plane. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220744, from the summit of Floreana Peak, CHARLES ISLAND, Howell No. 9336, May 15, 1932. This is the plant collected by Stewart (No. 3339 and 3340) and reported by him as S. prostrata (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 1: 135); andit is probably the plant collected by Darwin and reported by Hooker f. as S. tiliaefolia (Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 200). In habit Vou. XX]] HOWELL—NEW PLANTS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 333 and foliage, S. floriana looks like a xerophytic form of S. tiliaefolia but in the characters of the flower it is very different. The style appears especially remarkable. Elvira atripliciformis Howell, spec. nov. Herba annua, caulibus strigosis, decumbentibus, 2-5 dm. longis, raro radicanti- bus; foliis ovatis, 1-5 cm. longis, 0.5-2.5 cm. latis, acutis, serratis, subflaccidis, sparse pubescentibus et minute scabridulis, petiolis brevibus, 2-5 mm. longis, subcuneate marginatis subter basi rotunda folii; capitulis 1 vel 2 in axillis foliorum, compressis vel saepe tripteris, brevissime pedunculatis, floribus 2 vel 3; bracteis involucralibus 3, bractea exteriori maxima, foliacea, sparse pubescenti, 5-9 mm. _ lata, 3-5 mm. longa, truncata vel obcordata, breviter et abrupte acuminata, basi truncata vel tenuiter et late cordata, basi conjuncta cum bracteis minoribus, margini- bus bractearum volutis et basi involucri induratis in senectute; flore pistillato 1, corolla ligulata, albida, parva, 1.5 mm. longa, bidentata; floribus staminalibus 1 vel 2, tubulatis, 4-dentatis, 1.5 mm. longis; acheniis nigrescentibus, 2 mm. longis, obovato-cuneatis, superne puberulis, valde compressis, latere exteriori plano- convexo, interiori costato vel carinato, cum involucro purpurascenti deciduis. Annual herb with spreading stems 2-5 dm. long, sparsely rooting, strigose; leaves ovate, 1-5 cm. long, 0.5-2.5 cm. wide, acute, serrate, subflaccid, sparsely pubescent and minutely scabridulous, shortly petiolate, petiole 2-5 mm. long, subcuneately winged below the rounded base of the blade; heads 1 to several in the axils of the leaves, compressed or commonly tripterous, very shortly pedunculate, 2- or 3- flowered, involucral bracts 3, more or less united at base, the exterior one largest, foliaceous, 5-9 mm. broad, 3-5 mm. long, truncate or obcordate and shortly and abruptly acuminate, the base truncate or shallowly and broadly cordate, thinly pubescent, more or less united at the base with the smaller bracts, the edges of the bracts becoming folded and the base of the involucres becoming indurated in age; pistillate flower 1, corolla whitish, minute, 1.5 mm. long, bidentate; staminate flowers 1 or 2, tubular, 4-toothed, 1.5 mm. long; achene slaty-black, 2 mm. long, obovate-cuneate, puberulent above, strongly flattened, exterior face plano-convex, interior face ridged orsharply carinate, deciduous together with the involucre which becomes purplish in age. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220339, in sandy soil near the beach, James Bay, JAMES IsLAND, Howell No. 9635, June 4, 1932. In morphology, E. atripliciformis closely resembles E. repens (Hook. f.) Rob. but it is adequately distinct in its more robust habit and in the larger size of all its parts. The peculiar winged involucre enveloping the solitary achene is reminiscent of the ripened fruit and persistent bracts of certain western American species of Atriplex, notably A. canescens (Pursh) James. Pectis glabra Howell, spec. nov. Herba annua; caulibus 0.5-2.5 dm. longis, diffuse ramosis et decumbentibus, glabris puberulisve, purpureo-fuscis; foliis linearibus, 0.5-2 cm. longis, 0.5-1.5 mm. latis, glabris vel minute scabrido-ciliatis margine et basi, apicibus mucronatis vel setigeris, margine 2 vel 3 setis remotis utrinque ciliata, subtus glanduloso-punctatis, 334 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. glandulis subbiserialibus; capitulis in pedunculis bracteatis 0.5-2.5 cm. longis; bracteis involucralibus 5, oblongo-oblanceolatis, serrulatis, obtusis subacutisve, 5 mm. longis, 1.5 mm. latis, purpurascentibus, glanduloso-punctatis, carinatis sub medio et rotundatis basi; ligulis 4-5 mm. longis, 1-1.5 mm. latis, luteis super, rufes- centibus subter; floribus disci 8, corollis 3-3.5 mm. longis; acheniis 2-3 mm. longis, sparse pubescentibus superne, pappo radii nullo vel minute paleaceo-disciformi vel raro 1-2-setoso (in f. setuloso multisetoso), disci 20-30-setoso, setis gracilibus, inaequalibus, 2-3 mm. longis, saepius brevioribus quam corolla disci. Annual herb; stems 0.5-2.5 dm. long, diffusely branching and spreading, glabrous or minutely puberulent, purplish-brown; leaves linear, tapering from the base to a mucronate or setigerous tip, 0.5-2 cm. long, 0.5-1.5 mm. wide, glabrous or minutely scabrous-ciliate on the margin and near the base, bearing 2 or 3 pairs of bristles on the margin, glandular-dotted, the glands nearly biserial; heads on slender bracteate peduncles terminating branches, 0.5-2.5 cm. long; involucral bracts 5, oblong- oblanceolate, serrulate, obtuse or subacute, 5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, purplish and gland-dotted, keeled below the middle and rounded at base; ligules 4-5 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide, yellow above, ruddy-brown below; disk-flowers 8, corolla 3-3.5 mm. long; achenes 2-3 mm. long, lineate, sparsely hairy above; pappus of ray-achenes none or a minute paleaceous disk, or rarely 1 or more bristles, pappus of disk-achenes of 20-30 slender bristles, the bristles unequal, 2-3 mm. long, generally a little shorter than the disk-corolla. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220743, Sulivan Bay, JAMES IsLanpD, Howell No. 10040, June 13, 1932. Pectis glabra is most nearly related to P. tenuifolia Hook. f. from which it differs not only in its annual habit but in its smaller flower parts and shorter pappus. Pectis tenuifolia is apparently an evolu- tionary modification adapted to the rigorous conditions of its home on relatively fresh lava flows, while P. glabra is an annual adapted for rapid growth in loose alluvial and volcanic soils during a brief rainy season. Field observations and herbarium studies indicate beyond doubt that these plants do not represent different habital aspects of the same species but rather two distinct entities admirably adapted for special situations. Pectis glabra f. calvescens Howell, f. nov. Pappo acheniorum radii et disci nullo vel brevissimo et paleaceo-squamulato. Pappus of both ray-achenes and disk-achenes none or reduced to minute pale- aceous scales. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220740, Conway Bay, INDE- FATIGABLE ISLAND, Howell No. 9870, June 8, 1932. Plants of the type collection have achenes without pappus but in a collection made at Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, Howell No. 8615, a few minute paleaceous scales are frequently present on the disk- achenes. Voi. XXI]J HOWELL—NEW PLANTS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 335 Pectis glabra f. pubescens Howell, f. nov. Caulibus retrorse puberulis; foliis scabrido-pubescentibus supra et in costa subter; bracteis involucralibus acutis vel breve acuminatis, subglabris; pappo acheniorum radii 1-2-paleaceo-aristato vel obsoleto. Stems retrorsely puberulent; leaves scabrous-pubescent above and on the midrib below; pappus of ray-achenes of 1 or 2 paleaceous awns or obsolete. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220739, north side of INDE- FATIGABLE ISLAND adjacent to South Seymour Island, Howell No. 9897, June 9, 1932. Pectis glabra f. setulosa Howell, f. nov. Herba humilis foliosa; pappo acheniorum radii setoso et simili ei disci. Low leafy herb; pappus of ray-achenes bristly and similar to that of disk-achenes. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220742, NortH SEYMOUR IsLAND, Howell No. 9991, June 11, 1932. Not only does this form differ from the species in the critical character described but it has a different aspect due to the more condensed habit and more leafy stems. In fact, it looks more like a glabrous form of P. Hookeri Rob. since the leaves are a trifle broader in proportion to length than is usual in P. glabra. Pectis Hookeri f. stellulata Howell, f. nov. Pappo acheniorum disci brevi, paleaceo, squamulato vel disciformi, disco stellato- dentato vel brevi-setoso, radii simili vel nullo. Pappus of disk-achenes reduced to a few small scales or to a minute stellate- dentate or short-bristly paleaceous disk; pappus of ray-achenes similar or none. Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 220741, Jervis Istanp, Howell No. 9740, June 6, 1932. The following key, based on the collections of the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences (except for data relating to P. subsquarrosa (Hook. f.) Sch. Bip. and P. Anderssonit Rob.), indicates characters by which the species and forms of Pectis in the Galapagos Islands may be distinguished: 336 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. A. Pappus of disk-achenes of numerous straight bristles or reduced to minute scales or none; rays conspicuous; endemic species. B. Plants perennial, the lower stems distinctly woody. C. Leaves narrowly linear, glands more or less biserial. D. Heads terminating similar stems and branches; peduncles LON AMPH PME 8s 1, eT Me OLE P. tenusfolia D!. Heads terminating short, fasciculate-leafy, lateral branches; peduncles short (exsenar,)\) i742. 3 2h P. subsquarrosa C!, Leaves linear-lanceolate, glands scattered irregularly (Ex: Chars) ees a ich cee a ean ee P. Anderssontt B!, Plants annual, the stems herbaceous throughout. E. Leaves and stems cinereous, hispidulous (see also P. glabra f. pubescens) ; leaves linear-oblong to lanceolate; pappus generally a little longer than the disk-corolla (except in P. Hookeri f. stellulata). F. Pappus of disk-achenes of numerous bristles.............. P. Hookeri F!. Pappus of disk-achenes reduced to a minute stellate-dentate or short-bristly palea- ceous disk, rarely a longer bristle PECRENE OS Se eee ete minitets aie eee ete P. Hookeri f. stellulata E!. Leaves glabrous (except in P. glabra f. pubescens), mostly narrowly linear; pappus equalling or shorter than the disk-corolla. G. Pappus of disk-achenes present and conspicuous. H. Pappus of ray-achenes of 1 or 2 paleae or none. To Leaves RIBDSOUs hsbc ecipiieie ta wes 10. 3) “cei eee eRe eer P. glabra Ti. Leaves pubescent: tiacnie c mioevt slosh: -iorye P. glabra f. pubescens H!. Pappus of ray-achenes of numerous bristles. .P. glabra f. setulosa G1. Pappus of disk-achenes none or reduced to very minute scales or bristles......... P. glabra f. calvescens A}. Pappus of disk-achenes generally present, of 2 or 3 divergent, curved awns; rays short and inconspicuous; widespread in the Ameriean firepcs.,. ws )ci. an.) ei eee P. linifolia “4 ASU MAR LASTS a ggi¥> Ni PROCEEDINGS 2 ewe OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES VoL. XXI, No. 27, pp. 337-378, plates 20 to 23. OcToBER 23, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION TO WESTERN POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN ISLANDS, 1933 No. 27 FISHES BY ALVIN SEALE Superiniendent Steinhart Aquarium, California Academy of Sciences FOREWORD The Templeton Crocker Expedition of 1933 to the Polynesian and Melanesian islands of the Western Pacific returned with a col- lection of fishes numbering 1830 specimens representing 248 species. Eight of these seem to be new to science, and specimens of a number of rare species were taken. Fishes were collected at the following islands: PALMYRA ISLAND SAMOAN GROUP Tutuila Island at Pago Pago. Frj1 GRoupP Viti Levu Island at Suva. SANTA Cruz GROUP Vanikoro Island at Tevai Bay, Lomlom Island at Mohawk Bay, Anuda (Cherry) Island, Matema Island, Tucopia Island. October 23, 1935 (es) Geo Co CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER. SOLOMON GROUP Rennell Island at Kungava Bay, Bellona Island, Santa Ana (Owa Reha) Island, Malaita (Mala) Island at Auki Harbor, Uras Cove, Tai Lagoon, Florida Island at Tulagi, Gavutu Island at Gavutu Harbor, Guadalcanar (Guadalcanal) Island at Aola Bay, Kau Kau, Sikaiana Island, Stewart Islands, Ugi Island, San Cristoval at Star Harbor. The following species are described as new in this report: Muraenichthys malaita (Echelidae). Callechelys fijiensts (Ophichthyidae). Cypselurus zaca (Exocoetidae). Cypselurus crockeri (Exocoetidae). Amza asaede (Apogonidae). Abudefduf atrapinna (Pomacentridae). Thalassoma herrei (Coridae). Hypleurochilus samoensis (Blenniidae). ELOPIDAE Elops saurus Linnaeus. Ten-pounder Pago Pago, Samoa (1)*, April 16, 41 mm. The young of this species probably has a larval transformation from young to adult similar to that of Albula. This specimen is almost translucent with a number of dark dots at the posterior edge of the opercle. The teeth are strong and well developed. CHANIDAE Chanos chanos (Forskal). Bangos. Milk Fish Suva, Fiji (2), April 29, 98-99 mm. CLUPEIDAE Spratelloides delicatulus (Bennett). Sprat Uras Cove, Malaita Island (1), May 27, 48 mm.; Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island (6), May 30, 28-45 mm.; Tai Lagoon, Malaita Is- land (12), May 29, 26-45 mm.; Kau Kau, Gaudalcanar Island (1), *Number in parenthesis indicates the number of specimens from the given locality. Vou. XX]] SEALE—FISHES 339 May 22, 29 mm.; Auki, Malaita Island (4), May 25, 25-45 mm.; Santa Ana Island (68), June 30, 26-45 mm.; Rennell Island (1), June 12, 30 mm.; Pago Pago, Samoa (5), April 12, 28-31 mm. --Many of these little sprat were taken at night around the strong electric light lowered into the water. Spratelloides gracilis (Schlegel). Graceful Sprat Tulagi Island (12), May 19, 34-40 mm.; Anuda Island (2), August 15, 23-34 mm. This species has a bright silvery stripe on the side. Dussumieria acuta Cuvier and Valenciennes Sharp-nose Sprat Pago Pago, Samoa (9), April 14, 45 mm. Dussumieria hasseltii Bleeker. Hasselt’s Sprat Auki, Malaita Island (1), May 25, 24 mm.; Vanikoro Island, Santa Cruz group (3), July 12, 23-24 mm. Sardinella sirm (Riippell). Sardine Pago Pago, Samoa (1), April 15, 51 mm. Harengula gibbosa (Bleeker). Herring Pago Pago, Samoa (35), April 16, 23-45 mm. In these young specimens the scutes are quite distinct. The origin of the anal is under the fourth dorsal ray. Anal rays 16. Harengula melanura (Cuvier). Black-tail Herring Uras Cove, Malaita Island (1), May 27, 115 mm. Bluish above, silvery on sides with 2—3 indistinct stripes, caudal broadly black. Harengula pinguis Giinther. Herring Tai Bay, Malaita Island (3), May 29, 30-34.mm. Harengula fimbriata (Cuvier and Valenciennes). Herring Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island (18), May 30, 35-60 mm. In these young the origin of the dorsal is distinctly nearer the tip of snout than caudal fin. Origin of ventrals under fourth ray of dorsal. Depth 3.5 in length (without caudal). Color brownish above, otherwise silvery—a rather narrow line separating the two colors. 340 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. ENGRAULIDAE Anchovia apiensis Jordan and Seale. Apia Anchovy Pago Pago, Samoa (3), April 14, 38 mm.; Tai Bay, Malaita Island (2), May 29, 79-80 mm.; Tulagi Island (1), May 19, 43 mm. Anchovia evermanni Jordan and Seale. Evermann’s Anchovy Suva, Fiji Islands (2), April 24, 81-86 mm. Anchovia commersonii Lacépéde. Anchovy Tulagi Island (1), May 19, 32 mm.; Kau Kau, Guadalcanar Island (11), May 22, 32-33 mm. Anchovia purpurea (Fowler). Anchovy Kau Kau, Guadalcanar Island (13), May 21, 25-44 mm. GONOSTOMIDAE Diplophos pacificus Giinther Bellona Island (1), June 22,43 mm. The type of this rare species was taken by the ‘‘Challenger’’ expedition near the mid-Pacific. It measured 37 mm.in length. This seems to be the second specimen taken. It agrees very well with Giinther’s description and figure. (Challenger Report, Vol. 31, pt. 2, p. 33, pl. 4, fig. B.) ANGUILLIDAE Anguilla australis Richardson. Australian Eel _ One fine specimen from Tevai Bay, Vanikoro Island, May 6, 340 mm., also a fine series of larval specimens which seem to be of this species. Anguilla mauritiana Bennett. Fresh-water Eel Suva, Fiji Island (1), April 28, 460 mm. MoRINGUIDAE Moringua javanica (Kaup). Java Worm Eel Suva, Fiji Islands (3), April 30, 75-245 mm. These specimens have the dorsal and anal fins reduced to a mere fold of skin with a few rays at the tip of the tail only. Depth about 70 in total length. Vou. XX] . SEALE—FISHES 341 ECHELIDAE Muraenichthys gymnopterus (Bleeker). Worm Eel Pago Pago, Samoa (2), April 18, 65-127 mm.; Rennell Island (1), June 14,52 mm.; Auki, Malaita Island (1), May 25,112 mm. In this species the origin of the dorsal fin is nearer the origin of the anal than to gill openings. Muraenichthys macropterus Bleeker Suva, Fiji Islands (3), April 28, 48-80 mm.; Pago Pago, Samoa (2), April 18, 118 mm. In this species the origin of the dorsal fin is nearer the gill openings than to origin of anal. Muraenichthys macrostomus (Bleeker) Kau Kau, Guadalcanar Island (1), May 21, 77 mm.; Suva, Fiji Islands (1), April 23, 34.mm. In this species the origin of the dorsal fin is almost directly above or very slightly behind the origin of the anal. Muraenichthys malaita Seale, sp. nov. Plate 20, fig. 1 This species differs from all other members of the genus in having the origin of the dorsal fin posterior to the origin of the anal by more than the length of the head. Head 3.5 in body to anal pore, 9.5 in total length, depth about 3.8, snout projecting. Eye located above posterior half of mouth, its width 2.5 in length of snout, anterior nostril tubular, posterior one a slit on upper lip. Teeth small in two or more rows. No pectoral fin. Origin of anal anterior to middle of body. Origin of dorsal more than the length of the head behind origin of anal. Color yellowish with dark punctulations above. Holotype: No. 5499. Mus. Cal. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol. Malaita Island. Length 116 mm. Muraenichthys gymnotus (Bleeker) Pago Pago, Samoa (3), April 13, 85-104 mm. Origin of dorsal posterior to origin of anal. M. cooket Fowler may be a synonym of this species. 342 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 41TH Ser. OPHICHTHYIDAE Leiuranus semicinctus (Lay and Bennett) Half-banded Snake Eel Suva, Fiji (1), April 26, 176 mm.; Uras Cove, Malaita Island (1), May 27, 150 mm. In this species the tip of the tail is pointed and bare; the upper jaw projecting, with tubular nostril. Body with numerous incomplete black bands. Sphagebranchus bicolor (Kaup). Two-colored Snake Eel Uras Cove, Malaita Island (2), May 27. Origin of dorsal on a line with the gill openings, which are ventral. Color dark above, light below, dark bands on the throat. Sphagebranchus lumbricoides (Bleeker). Worm-like Eel Suva, Fiji Islands (4), April 30, 165-202 mm. Origin of dorsal ¥% length of head posterior to gill openings. Callechelys fijiensis Seale, sp. nov. Fiji Snake Eel Plate 20, fig. 2 Suva, Fiji Islands (4), April 29, 1933. 298-350 mm. Head 10 in trunk, 21 in total length. Depth 3.5 in head, 38 in trunk, 68 in total length. Anal opening midway between tip of snout and tail. Origin of dorsal midway between gill opening and eye. No pectoral or vestige of same. Dorsal and anal not confluent around the bare pointed tail. Snout projecting, lower jaw short, extending slightly posterior of eye. Anterior nostril tubular, posterior nostril a tube extending down from upper lip. Teeth small, sharp pointed in a single row with a few additional teeth anteriorly. Color uniform brownish above, pale yellowish below. In life this eel is of a dis- tinctly red color. This species is related to C. filaria (Giinther), differing in the entire absence of pectorals, arrangement of teeth and in color. Holotype: No. 5500, Mus. Cal. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., from Suva, Fiji Islands. Length 350 mm. Three paratypes, Nos. 5501, 5502, 5503. MvuRAENIDAE Gymnothorax boschi (Bleeker). Bosch’s Moray Rennell Island (2), June 13, 101-175. Head 6.7, depth 12. Teeth and coloring well shown in Dr. Bleeker’s figure. Vor. XX]] SEALE—FISHES 343 Gymnothorax chilospilus Bleeker. Moray Rennell Island (1), June 13, 168 mm. Gymnothorax marmorata Lacépéde. Marbled Moray Sikaiana Island (1), May 16, 123 mm. Gymnothorax undulatus (Lacépéde). Moray Sikaiana Island (1), May 16, 323 mm. This is the form called M. isingleenoides by Dr. Bleeker and is well figured in his Atlas, Vol. 4, pl. 33, fig. 1. Echidna nebulosa Ahl. Clouded Eel Tulagi, Florida Island (1), June 26, 328 mm.; Suva, Fiji Islands (1), April 30, 134 mm. This species, well marked by its blunt teeth, is widely distributed over the Pacific. Strophidon brummeri (Bleeker). Brummer’s Moray Suva, Fiji Islands (1), April 30, 398 mm. Dorsal fin very high, no rim to posterior nostril. Color uniform with black specks on anterior portion of head. Larval Eels This collection contains several fine specimens of larval eels repre- senting a number of different species of which brief descriptions are given. All are flat, thin forms. (a) Sikaiana Island (3), May 14, 77-88 mm. These have large canines in lower jaw. No pectorals. Two distinct rows of 17 round black dots along the middle of body, and an additional row of dots along ventral edge alternating with the median spots. (b) Sikaiana Island (1), May 16, 100 mm. A row of 6 black spots along the ventral margin except on the posterior third of body, where they are on middle of sides and are 4 in number. (c) Kau Kau, Guadalcanar Island (1), May 21, 45 mm. A single row of 8 large round spots along the middle of side from head to tail. (d) Suva, Fiji Islands (1), April 28, 88 mm. Thickly pigmented with light brown spots entirely covering head and body. Perhaps it is the young of G. flavomarginatus. 344 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. (e) Ugi Island (1), June 23, 55 mm. Entirely white except the anterior portion of head, which is thickly pigmented with black. i (f) Aola Bay, Guadalcanar Island (1), May 23, 54 mm. White » with a row of.26 small black dots near ventral surface and about 14 on the middle of side from head to tail. A very short deep larva, depth 5.5 in length. (g) Star Harbor, San Cristoval Island (4),-June 29, 54-59 mm. White without markings. Caudal large, no canine teeth. SYNODONTIDAE Saurus myops Bloch and Schneider. Lizard-fish Tulagi, Florida Island (7), May 19, 40-45 mm.; Kau Kau, Guad- alcanar Island (11), May 21, 30-45 mm.; Rennell Island (12), June 12, 40-46 mm.; Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island (1), May 30, 45 mm. These are all larval forms but are easily distinguished by the black patches on the ventral surface as follows: 1 pair between pectorals and ventrals, 4 pairs between ventrals and anal. Saurus variegatus (Lacépéde). Variegated Lizard-fish Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island (5), May 30, 37-45 mm.; Tulagi, Florida Island (1), May 19, 33 mm.; Santa Ana Island (1), June 30, 40 mm.; Kau Kau, Guadalcanar Island (4), May 21, 36-47 mm.; Aola Bay, Guadalcanar Island (1), May 18, 45 mm.; Rennell Island (4), June 12, 38-53 mm.; Suva, Fiji Islands (3), April 28, 40-46 mm. The larval form of this species is distinguished by the presence of 2 pairs of dark patches between the pectorals and ventrals and 9 pairs between ventrals and anal. MyYcTOPHIDAE Myctophum dumerili (Bleeker). Dumeril’s Lantern-fish Suva, Fiji (1), April 30,99 mm. Anal photophores 4 + 5. Myctophum evermanni (Gilbert). Evermann’s Lantern-fish Suva, Fiji (6), April 23, 19-56 mm. Anal photophores 8 + 5. Myctophum punctatum Rafinesque. Punctated Lantern-fish Vicinity of Suva, Fiji (1), September 29. Length 26mm. Scales ctenoid, anal photophores 7 + 9. Vor. XX]J SEALE—FISHES 345 Myctophum pristilepis (Gilbert and Cramer) Solomon Island Lantern-fish Kau Kau, Guadalcanar Island (4), May 22, 32-77 mm.; Sikaiana Island (8), May 11, 56-80 mm.; Bellona Island (1), June 22, 67 mm.; Rennell Island (1), June 17,80 mm. Anal photophores 7 + 4. Myctophum coccoi (Cocco). Cocco’s Lantern-fish Bellona Island (2), June 20, 60-65 mm. In this species the scales are smooth. The caudal peduncle is long and slim. Anal photophores 6 + 10 (6 + 11). BELONIDAE Tylosurus indica Le Sueur. Salt-water Gar Bellona Island (1), June 20, 442 mm.; Pago Pago, Samoan Islands (1), April 14, 103 mm.; Kau Kau, Guadalcanar Island (1), May 21, 18 mm. We give a short description of the fine large specimen from Bellona Island. Dorsal 2.21. Anal 2.20. Head 3.2 in length to end of vertebrae. Interorbital widening anteriorly; a patch of scales on its middle. Origin of ventrals midway between caudal and nostrils. No gill rakers. Fig. 3. Hypleurochilus samoensis Seale, sp. nov. Type t4 ae 2S SaepuiAe LEST IIA AW eam, 1) w yp i \ 2. OCT.3.1) 1935 wi) Y ye Agi” Ww aS PROCEEDINGS. v4, ¢ OWAL wiute OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Voi. X XI, No. 28, pp. 379-382 OcToBER 23, 1935 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 28 THE CARPENTER BEES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS BY T. D. A. COCKERELL Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Colorado The only bee known from the Galapagos Islands is Xylocopa darwinit Cockerell, which is endemic. It is very closely related to X. carbonaria Smith, which was described from Tapajos, ‘Brazil, where it was collected by H. W. Bates. A specimen from Mexico appears to be referable to the same species. The presence of Xylo- copa in the Galapagos Islands cannot be regarded as evidence in favor of a past continental connection, as these bees nest in wood, and may occasionally be carried across the sea in drifting trees. Enough collecting has been done in the islands to make it seem improbable that there are other endemic bees, though their absence is surprising, considering the varied character of the flora. The type material of X. darwini came from Chatham Island. Miss Cheesman (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, LX XVII, 1929, p, 143) described the male, and figured the coxa and trochanter. She found the species on all four islands visited, namely Charles, James, Indefatigable and Albemarle. Williams (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4 ser. Vol. II, Pt. 2, 1926, p. 356) had previously given a good account of the species, erroneously calling it X. colona Lepeletier, which is a species from Cayenne, the wings (female) moderately brown, with a beautiful shining golden color, and a noticeable violet reflection. Williams October 23, 1935 380 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH SEr. tried to determine whether the specimens from the different islands were all alike. He examined the male genitalia and found them to ‘“‘vary to a small extent.’”’ The most noticeable difference was in the color of the female wings, these showing a greenish-blue irides- cence on Charles, Chatham and James islands, and a bluish-purple on Albemarle, Indefatigable and South Seymour. Miss Cheesman, however, stated that the form of the female with greenish-blue iridescent wings occurred on Charles, James, Inde- fatigable and Albemarle, and that with bluish-purple iridescence on Charles, Indefatigable and Albemarle. Thus it did not seem possible to distinguish insular subspecies. I have thought it worth while to review the matter with the aid of the series obtained by Mr. Maurice Willows, Jr. on the Templeton Crocker Expedition, these specimens being in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, along with those earlier recorded by Williams. In addition J have had access to a smaller series collected by John S. Garth on the Hancock Expedition, and now in the Los Angeles Museum. The specimens may be divided into three groups, as follows: (1) Female wings dark, with greenish-blue iridescence; length of wings 17-17.5 mm. Chatham Island. One male and four females (Williams); one female from Wreck Bay. Two females, Crocker Expedition. Charles Island. Five males (Williams), four being from Post Office Bay. Nineteen females, variable in size, the wings 15.5 mm.toi7 mm. Special localities are Post Office Bay (Williams) and Cormorant Bay (Willows). The Willows specimens are larger than the average Williams ones. (2) Like the last but abdomen more densely and strongly punc- tured. James Island. Two males (Williams). Eight females (Willows, Williams and Garth), the wings 16 to 18 mm. long. Gardner Island (near Hood Island). Two females (Williams): Wing 16 mm. (3) Wings dark fuliginous, suffused with rosy; no red hair at tip of abdomen (none in var. 2, sometimes a little on var. 1). S. Albemarle Island (Williams), five males and seven females. Female wings 16.5-17.5 mm. long. There are also two males collected by Williams at Sappho Cove, Chatham Island. One female (Williams). Indefatigable Island. Two males (Williams). Two females col- lected by Williams, one over 900 ft. alt., two collected by Wil- lows. Length of female wings 16-18 mm. Vou. XX]] COCKERELL—CARPENTER BEES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 381 The Williams specimens have the rosy wings typical of this variety, but one of the Willows specimens has the wings as in var. 1, and the other is intermediate, with much rosy purple. In addition to the above, J. S. Garth obtained one female on Dun- can Island; it has the wings 17.5 mm. long, labrum with three evident tubercles, tergites more densely punctured than in Charles Island specimens. The wings are violaceous, blackish beyond the cells, but outer margin violaceous. Compared with a James Island specimen, the second cubital cell is shorter, its sides on marginal less than half length of second intercubitus (over half length of second inter- cubitus on James Island specimen). On comparing a cotype of X. darwini (Chatham Island) with a female collected by Garth on Charles Island, they appear different. The X. darwini cotype has subtranslucent strongly reddish wings, with feeble iridescence (style of X. carbonaria from Mexico); the Charles Island one has very dark, brilliantly blue-green wings. The abdomen is more closely punctured in the cotype. The abdomen is described as very closely punctured in the type of X. carbonaria. Wishing to assemble all the available evidence, I asked Mr. Robert B. Benson to kindly look at the series in the British Museum. This he did, reporting as follows: “T have looked over our long series of Xylocopa darwini from Galapagos Islands. Specimens from Charles Island certainly are less punctured than those from James, Indefatigable and Albemarle islands, but I am not able to recognize any differences in the size, as all forms seem to vary. In the wing coloring, likewise a lot seems to depend on whether the specimens are fresh or not, and I should not like to say that the Charles Island forms were darker than the others. Neither do I feel willing to say for certain that forms can be dis- tinguished on wing iridescence until I have seen a very long series of perfect specimens from each of the islands. For example, we have forms from James Island with dark wings, showing green iridescence, and also with paler wings showing a purple iridescence.”’ (Litt. April 15, 1935.) ; To a taxonomist, it would seem agreeable, and to accord with expectation, to find distinct if closely allied races inhabiting the severalislands. But Miss Cheesman suggests that the bees occasion- ally wander from one island to another, and reports seeing a female out at sea, eight miles from Albemarle Island. We may conclude, I think, that there is a tendency to develop insular races, which is checked from time to time by the appearance of immigrants from the other islands. Hence the incipient races, differing in sculpture and wing-color sufficiently to deserve names, were they constant, but 382 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. actually too variable for precise definition. According to this view, one might expect that on the larger islands some localities would be inhabited by characteristic types, while at other points, owing to crossing with immigrants, the distinctions would fail to hold. This seems to accord with the facts, as shown for instance on Indefatigable Island, which from its central position might receive immigrants from several directions. To the biologist, these facts are full of interest and the carpenter bees may be said to have done their part, along with the rest of the fauna, to illustrate the processes of evolu- tion. 7% PROCEEDINGS “Ona must OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FOURTH SERIES Vor. XXI, No. 29, pp. 383-396 AvcustT 12, 1936 THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932 No. 29 NEW AND NOTEWORTHY FISHES BY H. WALTON CLARK Curator of Ichthyology, California Academy of Sciences The scientific collection of fishes consists of 3216 tagged specimens and perhaps as many more too small for individual tags, representing 92 families divided into 230 genera of which there are 304 species. The majority of these species having been previously recorded for the area in question, no mention will be made of them, and this report will be confined to the consideration of noteworthy exten- sions of range of known species and descriptions of these believed not to have been hitherto described. Family ToRPEDINIDAE: Electric Rays 1. Narcine ommata Clark, new species Total length 160 mm.; body 140 mm.; width of disk 74 mm.; length of disk about the same; posterior end of slit-like vent equidistant from end of caudal and end of nasal flap. Spiracles comma-shaped, forming the posterior border of the eyes, the tail of the comma pointing forward along the lateral margin of the eye, their margins beset with low tubercles. Interorbital width 1.5 in snout. Dorsal fins nearly equal, origin of first nearly over end of ventral base. Caudal somewhat fan-shaped, its ventral edge nearly straight. August 12, 1936 4. 9@ 108 384 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. Color in spirits: Upper parts light brown, an irregular paler area across disk in front of eyes, with a dusky blotch each side of central anterior edge of disk. Leopard-like spots consisting of clusters of dots, one on each side of disk just over gill-slits; strongly marked ones in axils of pectorals, a faint one in middle of back between these; one on each side of mid-dorsal line of middle of ventrals, and one on each side middle of dorsals; a faint one on each side base of caudal. In middle of back an ocellated marking consisting of (1) small black dot at center; (2) rather narrow yellow ring; (3) broad black ring; (4) narrow bright halo; (5) row of black dots a little larger than central one, these each surrounded by a lighter margin. Color markings strikingly similar to those of Discopyge ommata Jordan and Gilbert, but ventral fins not united into a continuous disk below the tail as in Discopyge. Holotype and only specimen: No. 5444 Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., obtained in dredging off the Pacific coast of Central America, exact location unknown, field tag having become loose in transit. Family MuRAENIDAE. The Morays 2. Rabula rotchii Clark, new species Total length about 235 mm.; head 3.5 in trunk, depth about 14.7 in length; eye 1.5 in snout, over about middle of gape, which is about 2.5 in head; teeth all conical, those of both jaws and vomer largest and strongest in front; posterior nostril minute, close to eye and nearly above it; anterior nostril tubular, near end of snout. Dorsal posterior, its distance from vent less than head. Color, black, with numerous sharply marked white spots, smaller than pupil, scattered along sides of body in 3 rows. Species apparently most nearly related to Rabula davist Fowler = Rabula aquae-dulcis Jordan and Davis, nec Cope, but differing in pro- portions and color. Named for the genial captain of the Zaca, Garland Rotch. Holotype: No. 4964 Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., from tide- pools, Black Beach Anchorage, Charles Island, Galapagos, May 14, 1932. Family BELonIDAE. The Needle-fishes 3. Belone platyura Bennett A noteworthy extension of range of a species hitherto known to inhabit the region from the Red Sea to Hawaii. One specimen was secured at Gardner Bay, Hood Island, April 2, and 2 from off Cape San Lucas August 5. They agree with the description of B. platyura in the Hawaiian Report, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. XXIII, part I, 1903; p: 1122. Family ExocoreTiIpDAE. The Flying-fishes 4. Parexocoetus papilio Clark, new species Length of body 19 mm.; head 4.5 in body; depth 4.75; eye about 2.2 in head, about twice as long as the short snout; a short thickish black barbel one side of chin, doubtless the remainder of a pair; pectorals reaching to origin of dorsal; Vou. XXI] CLARK—NEW AND NOTEWORTHY FISHES 385 ventrals broad, wing-like, reaching to middle of anal; dorsal elevated, its longest rays reaching beyond base of caudal, conspicuous by its dark tip; lower lobe of caudal much the longer, longer than head; lower jaw the longer, chin thick, mouth oblique. D. 9; A. 10, mouth small, teeth undeveloped. Scales undeveloped, but a somewhat more advanced specimen had faint signs of about 40. Body and pectorals mottled, the mottling in the form of bars; ventrals and dorsals black; caudal pale, with black dots along the rays of the long lower lobe; body coarsely punctate, but pale. Holotype: No. 5262, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., from Braxi- lito Bay, Costa Rica. Four specimens were obtained from among schools of little flying fishes crowding about the submerged light at Braxilito Bay, July 1, and off Bat Islands the next evening. The holotype is from the former locality, the three paratypes 5496, 5496a, 5496b, from the latter. With the exception that they lacked its brilliant coloration our fishes remind one somewhat of Beebe’s colored drawing of the “Butterflying Fish,’ plate II, opp. p. 68, of the ‘“‘Arcturus Ad- venture,” and there identified as Cypselurus furcatus Mitchill. Our little fishes, with their moderate pectoral fins, elevated dorsals, long ventrals and other characteristics represent the genus Parexocoetus, “‘small fishes of tropical coasts, widely distributed.” One of the paratypes, No. 5426 of our collection, 22 mm. long, standard length and favorable for examination, had pectorals with 14 rays, the first 3 unbranched, the 4th and 5th longest and forked at tip; middle rays of dorsal longest, reaching well beyond base of caudal; ventrals long, expanded, reaching nearly to end of anal base, their insertion about midway between gill-opening and base of caudal. Markings like those of holotype. The fin membranes of these little fishes are very frail, making examination without mutila- tion very difficult. Family BoTHIDAE 5. Monolene asaedae Clark new species Four specimens obtained, three, Nos. 4727 to 4729 inclusive being dredged from off Port Angeles Light July 14, and one, No. 4805, from Latyi8° 147 N2;\.103°..23' W.,,in 60 fathoms,iJuly 17. Exceedingly thin flat-fishes, translucent, the interneural and interhaemal areas set off sharply in their transparency from the rest of the body, the neural, inter- neural, haemal and interhaemal slender spines showing through. The gills and viscera also show through the thin skin, as do the muscular bands of the body. Fins all black; lateral line of left or colored side, which has a marked curve, running far out on pointed caudal, and hardly perceptible, if present at all, on right or blind side. Fugaceous scales nearly all lacking on left or colored side of all specimens where they appear to be cycloid; persistent on the blind side where they are marked- ly so. Outline of body ovate-lanceolate and much like that of a leaf. The following is a more detailed description of the specimen chosen as holotype: Length of body 69 mm.; head 3.35 in body; depth 2.5, the greatest depth well forward, over about the end of the opercle, from which both dorsal and ventral 386 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. outlines proceed almost straight to the caudal; eye 3.5 in head; maxillary from tip of snout 3.5, reaching about to middle of pupil. D. 75; A. 61; scales 15-75-18; pectoral 2 in head, of 10. rays; interocular ridge narrow, rather high and sharp; chin with a symphyseal knob; teeth very small in a single row in jaws; a sharp but small spine before vent. Gill rakers 3+5, remote from each other, triangular, smooth, and rather short. Fin membranes naked. Holotype: No. 4729, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., dredged off Port Angeles Light, Oaxaca, Mexico. Our No. 4727 has the dorsal rays 78, anal 56, and scales 14-67-13. Our specimens are all unlike either of the two species of Monolene described by Garman 1899 from the Pacific coast of Mexico, the only Pacific species heretofore described. Named for Toshio Asaeda, the clever and accomplished artist of the expedition. Family CyNoGLossIDAE. Tongue-fishes 6. Symphurus melanurus Clark, new species Total length 169 mm.; body 155 mm.; head 5.16 in body; depth 3.22; eye 6.5 in head; maxillary 4.2, reaching about to middle of eye; snout 4.2; D. 100, not counting half of caudal which is continuous with it, the fin beginning slightly in advance of eye, the first rays somewhat produced, the fin highest about middle of body, but always low, the longest rays about length of snout. A. 35, similar to dorsal. Scales ctenoid, in longitudinal series 89, transversely 39. Color uniform brown except dorsal and anal, which are pale anteriorly, gradually darkening posteriorly, the last third of each and the caudal black. Holotype: No. 4401, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., dredged off Acapulco, Mexico, 18° 49’ N., 99° 05’ W. July 15, 1932. A paratype, No. 4423, 166 mm. long was partly dissected: Verte- brae 9+39=48; gillrakers minute tubercles, 0 +10; lower pharyn- geals narrow, with one irregular row of sharp teeth; upper pharyn- geals rounded pads. An examination of 3 additional specimens gave D. 100 to 105; A. 83 to 87. Most nearly like atricaudus, from which it differs in having uniform coloration and fewer scales. Family ACHIRIDAE. The Broad Soles 7. Achirus zebrinus Clark, new species Total length 118 mm.; body 94 mm.; head 3.4 in body; depth 1.66; upper eye 5 in head; snout 4; mouth on colored (right) side extending to below pupil, short and much curved downward on blind side; lips on colored side much fringed; a hard blunt spine on upper lip. D. 53; A. 41; left V. 2, rudimentary; right V. 4, adnate to anal. Caudal rounded, with rough scales; dorsal and anal rays broad, densely clothed with rough scales, the dorsal rays divided into closely parallel branches. Scales 30-77-39 on blind side, about 75 on colored side, very rough ctenoid on colored side, those on blind side of head produced into filaments. Anterior dorsal and anal rays on blind side clad in similar filaments; scales of nape and chin en- larged, those of upper lip and chin developed into lacerate flabellae resembling ~I Vor. XXTJ CLARK—NEW AND NOTEWORTHY FISHES 38 minute barbels. Teeth minute, in a small villiform patch on mandible of blind side. Gillrakers almost rudimentary. General color blackish or dark brown with numerous narrow white bars about 1g or 4 as wide as interspaces, 13 crossing the body, 6 irregular and broken on head, those on the caudal becoming 9 horizontal parallels posteriorly. Holotype and only specimen: No. 4448 Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., dredged in 15° 40’ N., 93° 49’ W. In general shape this fish reminds one of the common hog-choker of the Atlantic (A. fasciatus) but is somewhat shorter, and has many of the scales of the eyed side with hair-like appendages, as in A. barnhartt or A. mazatlanus, but more irregularly scattered than in the last named species, from which it is strikingly distinguished by its zebra-like markings and the absence of a pectoral fin. Family NOMEIDAE 8. Nomeus gronovii (Gmelin). Portuguese Man-of-War Fish; Harder; Pastor A single specimen of what was identified as this species was taken at the surface around the light by means of a dipnet at Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, on the night of May 3, by Frank Taiga. On account of its apparent rarity in the Pacific, as well as dis- crepancy of descriptions by various authors, our specimen, which was in a condition of extreme inanition when it died, is thus de- scribed: Head large, 3.2 in body; depth at deepest portion (about the nape) 3.2; eye large 2.5 in head; snout 4.5; maxillary short, 3.5 in head, reaching anterior margin of orbit; D. XII, 26; A. II, 26; scales cycloid, 3-66-14, the lateral line high along back; cheeks scaly, nape with small scales. Pectorals 20, caudal rather deeply forked, the lobes sharp, about equal. A row of small incurved canine-like teeth in jaws; premaxillaries not protractile; gill membranes free from the isthmus; branchi- ostegals 6; pseudobranchiae well developed; gillrakers about X+14, slender, the longest about as long as the pupil. Color in spirits brownish. The following is a description of the living fish shortly after capture and during its sojourn in an aquarium where attempts were being made to keep it alive. “A small slender dainty blue fish, rather compressed. Azure blue with darker blue bars on sides. A remarkable feature is the united ventral fins, which are a little in advance of the pectorals and are spread out in a fan-shaped form, more hyaline at base between rays, rays and distal margin deeper blue, forming the appearance of a lace collar.” Next morning by daylight the following notes were added: “Middle line of back, pectoral and deeply forked caudal entirely dark blue; four blue blotches, narrowing downward, extend from back down on sides; rest of side silvery. Snouth blunt; eye large. The expanded (united) motionless ventrals seem to be used as a sort of parachute.” Of the genus Nomeus, to which the specimen appeared to belong, the original brief description of Cuvier fits very well. That of Goode and Bean enumerates among other particulars ‘“‘caudal not deeply forked,’’ and in this particular they are followed by Jordan and 388 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [PRoc. 4TH SER. Evermann. Goode and Bean’s figure however, show the caudal of their specimen to be fairly well forked, and Meek and Hildebrand say ‘‘caudal fin forked, the lobes of about equal length.”’ As to color, most descriptions give the color as brown, but Goode and Bean describe it as blue. As to distribution, the species was originally described as ‘‘Tropi- cal America,’ Jordan and Evermann give its range as ‘‘Tropical parts of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans in rather deep water swim- ming near the surface, very abundant in the Sargasso Sea, common north to Florida and Bermuda; occasionally farther; Woods Hole, Mass., also recorded by Eigenmann from Panama.’’ Eigenmann’s reference is to a collection of fishes in Cornell University, mostly from Brazil, in which he reports 5 specimens of N. gronovit from “rocky pools at Panama” (Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7, 1894: 629). The next record is that of Snodgrass and Heller who obtained ‘‘a few small specimens taken with Portuguese Men-of-War about Lat. 7° 26’ N., Long. 100° 36’ W., in open sea’’ considerably to the north and west of the Galapagos. Fowler reports 4 specimens in very poor condition in the Bishop Museum from Oahu, and one from Lat. 6° N. Long. 162° W. at surface, near Christmas Island. Our specimen was taken when and.where there was an unusual assemblage of fishes about the light, with them a school of jelly- fishes and a small Portuguese Man-of-War. It is difficult to imagine how the Portuguese Man-of-War and its companion fish, both feeble swimmers and confined to the surface of tropical waters, could find any passage-way from the Atlantic to the Pacific. Atlantic and Pacific specimens of both these species ‘should be carefully compared. Family PRIACANTHIDAE. The Catalufas 9. Pseudopriacanthus lucasanus Clark, new species Holotype and only specimen: total length 73 mm.; body 56 mm.; head 2.4 in body; depth 2; eye 2 in head; snout 4.3; maxillary 2, oblique, extending nearly so far as to middle of pupil; interorbital width 4 in head, or about 2 in eye; D. X, 11, the spines strong and strongly fluted; A. II, 10, similar to dorsal; pectoral rays 16, the fin short, 1.5 in head; ventrals long, reaching beyond origin of anal. Scales small, very rough, 8-48-14. Teeth in several rows along edge of jaws, the outer somewhat enlarged, none on vomer or palatines; preorbital very narrow, rough; preopercle serrate, its arms straight at an obtuse angle; opercle narrow; branchi- ostegals 4; pseudobranchiae well developed; gillrakers long and numerous. Color bright yellow; the only touches of color except the yellow being the black tips of the caudal, ventral and anal, and soft dorsal fins. Holotype: No. 2708, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., from dredge haul among rocks off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, August 5, 1932. ee Vor. XX] CLARK—NEW AND NOTEWORTHY FISHES 389 Family OPLEGNATHIDAE. The Stonewall Perches 10. Oplegnathus insigne (Kner) Stonewall Perch Three specimens collected, one young 15 mm. long, west side of Albemarle Island near the lava fields, May 22, with 5 black cross- bars almost identical in markings with young example No. 1, de- scribed by Snodgrass and Heller, and another still smaller and more faintly marked from about the light, Tagus Cove, May 26. The third specimen, 350 mm. long, was one of the most strikingly marked of all fishes taken on the cruise. The general color was dark brown, almost black, except the breast and belly, the body and fins being covered thickly with white spots and vermiculations a little narrower than the diameter of the pupil. The general appearance was so unusual that the only clue to the family was the remarkably thick upper lip with the teeth coalesced into a continuous but weakly serrate plate in each jaw, much like those of the parrot fish. The species was assumed to be that of dissimilarly marked specimens recorded for the region. Family PoMAacENTRIDAE. The Demoiselles 11. Demoisellea peregrina Clark, new species The following is a description of our largest and most mature specimen. Total length 18 mm.; head 2.57 in body; depth 2; eye 2.3 in head; snout 3.6; maxillary reaching nearly to pupil. D. XIII, 13; A. II, 12; scales 3-27-9, ctenoid, 18 pores, the lateral line ending under the dorsal; a low sheath of scales along base of dorsal and anal, an enlarged axillary scale at base of ventral; fin membranes naked; preorbital narrow, entire, only partly sheathing the maxillary; preopercle entire; teeth in jaws minute, conical. Gill membranes free from the isthmus, branchiostegals 6; pseudobranchiae well developed; gillrakers slender, about as long as pupil. Soft dorsal and anal rounded, the rays higher than the spines, the longest (middle) of the dorsal reaching nearly to the end of the short caudal ped- uncle; caudal emarginate. Origin of ventrals under that of the pectorals, both fins about 1.4 in head, first ray of ventral produced, reaching anal. Color a rather uniform brown, except pectoral, tip of soft dorsal, soft anal, and all of caudal, which are white. Holotype: No. 5437, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., attracted by submerged light, Bat Islands, Costa Rica, July 2, 1932. Two examples were obtained among the small fishes crowding about the submerged light at Albemarle Island, May 29, and 14 from Bat Islands, July 2, along with the holotype. 390 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. 12. Eupomacentrus beebei Nichols A sharp lookout was kept for this brilliantly colored little fish, hitherto known from only one specimen, body length 15 mm., ob- tained by Beebe in 1923, described by Nichols, and illustrated in a colored plate in Beebe’s ‘‘Galapagos; World’s End.”’ One was obtained at the north end of Indefatigable Island, not far from Seymour Island, and in the vicinity of Eden Island, the type locality. A brilliant example was seen in a tidepool on Charles Island, but it escaped into a rock crevice, and eight were taken from tidepools along the west side of a lagoon near the lava fields of Albemarle Island between Iguana and Tagus Coves. As there was sufficient material at hand one specimen was partially dissected for a fuller description than any available. Body length 15 mm.; head 2.5 in body; depth 1.9; eye 3 in head; D. X, 14; A. II, 11; pectoral rays 20; ventrals with an accessory scale between them; gill membranes free from isthmus; pseudobranchiae large, well developed; gillrakers rather slender, remote, X +10; scales 2-23 (19 pores)—9; lower pharyngeals a solid triangular piece with concave sides; intestine somewhat elongate, vertebrae 10+14=24. The most striking feature about the little fishes is that the teeth are emarginate as in Abudefduf, but the preopercles are serrate as in Eupomacentrus; a connecting link between these two genera is thus suggested. Family CorIDAE 13. Julidio maculosus Clark, new species Total length 44 mm.; body 37 mm.; head 3.4 in body; depth 3.75; eye 3.6 in head; = snout; maxillary hidden under the rather narrow preorbital; interorbital slightly concave, its width nearly equal to diameter of eye; D. IX, 11, A. III, 9; the spines in both dorsal and anal difficult to distinguish from rays; scales 3-36-7, all thin and cycloid. Ground color white, covered with large irregular black or deep brown blotches of irregular size, an irregular white line, about 2 scales wide, along middle of side dividing dorsal set of blotches from ventral; pectoral and caudal colorless, the other fins mottled, middle of dorsal with an occellated oval black spot about as large as eye. Holotype: No. 3156 Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island. More thorough examination was made of a paratype which was partially dissected with the following results: D. IX, 12; A. II, 14; anterior enlarged incisors 2/4, no posterior canines; vertebrae 9+16=25. These strikingly piebald black and white wrasse fishes were all small, the longest being 43 mm. long. Two were obtained from tidepools along James Bay, James Island, June 4, ten from Conway Vou. XXI] CLARK—NEW AND NOTEWORTHY FISHES 391 Bay, Indefatigable Island June 8, and four from tidepools of the same island the next day. Family GOBIOIDIDAE 14. Gobioides peruvianus (Steindachner) The fish tentatively identified with this and taken up near the head of Pedregal River, Honduras, was so far out of its previously recorded range ‘‘Shores of Ecuador and Peru, entering rivers’’ that it is deemed best to give a brief description. Total length 350 mm.; head 6.5 in body; D. VI, 16; A. 16, the spines and rays hidden in thick membrane so that their character and exact count is uncertain; ventrals united into a cup-shaped sucker, as is common with gobies. An eel-shaped fish with minute eyes nearly on top of head; posterior nostril slit-like, midway between eye and tip of snout; anterior nostril round, small, near lip. Mouth very oblique, armed with a row of sharp fangs. Gill membranes united to isthmus. Family CLINIDAE. The Scaled Blennies Crockeridius, new genus Blennies, apparently closely related to Mnzierpes or to Emnzion, genera rather midway between the Clinidae and the scaleless blen- nies. They differ from Mnvzerpes in having a small orbital tentacle and in dentition, and from Emnion in the character of the lateral line and in conformation of head. Type, Crockeridius odysseus, the genus named for Mr. Templeton Crocker. 15. Crockeridius odysseus Clark, new species Total length 78 mm.; body 65 mm.; head 5.4 in body; depth 8; eye large and prominent, 3.5 in head; snout 4, the upper lip forming a peculiar upturned ridge; interorbital narrow, concave, less than half eye; maxillary to tip of snout and in- cluding projecting upturned lip 2.5 in head; gape not quite reaching to middle of pupil; cheeks puffed and tumid; gill membranes free from isthmus, forming a fold across it; branchiostegals 5. D. XXIV, 14, the spinous portion low and even, the spines a little shorter than diameter of eye and about 1.75 in length of rays; A. I, 26, similar in shape to soft dorsal, but membrane between rays incised to near base, leaving a triangular flap of membrane from tip of each ray posteriorly. Ventrals I, 3, the short spine and stout long first ray in a common integument, separated by a deep incision from the other two rays, the fin inserted a short distance behind gill-membrane fold and slightly in advance of origin of pectorals, their longest ray about 1.5 in head and their tips reaching about two-thirds way to vent; pectoral somewhat acutely rounded, with 13 rays, the longest about as long as head, the tips reaching to vent; caudal rays 13, the fin pointed and free from dorsal and anal, whose tips reach its base; caudal peduncle very short. Scales about 7-53-7, lateral line forming an arch of about 17 scales above the pectoral, thence descending to the middle of side. From the end of the curve it almost disappears, being represented by an occasional almost imperceptible ridge without any sign of tubes. Head, breast, and belly naked. 392 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The scales are peculiar structures, hardly showing at all on moist specimens; on alcoholic specimens allowed to dry the scales curl up, resembling loosened patches of skin, so that it was at first thought they were the anterior flaps of scale pockets from which deciduous scales had been shed, as has been described and figured for Emnion bristolae Jordan (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 19: 454, 1897). It is only by some effort that these seeming flaps of skin can be loosened and pulled from the body, when they show the fluting and radiating lines characteristic of the point of attachment of many scales. Holotype: No. 2806, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., from pot- holes, Duncan Island, Galapagos, June 7, 1932. Details of dentition, gill structure, skeleton and the like were best made out by a dissection of one of the paratypes, (No. 2809) with the following results: Upper jaw with a row of stout canines and several rows of minute teeth behind them; lower jaw with only the row of canines; no teeth on palatines, a small patch of minute granules on vomer. Gills 3%, a small slit behind the last; gillrakers a few wide-set short tubercles. Stomach short and curved, no coecae noted; contents a small bristle-bearing worm. Another con- tained insect remains. Vertebrae 40. The examination of a female revealed a large number of minute eggs. All our specimens are much alike in color, nearly black, the caudal marked with white spots producing a barred appearance. The history and habits of this species are more remarkable than their appearance. The first example seen was noticed on the top of a rock along the shore of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, April 18. It looked very much like a curled up salamander, with black, smooth, glistening skin and prominent beady, watchful eyes. Upon approach- ing with a dipnet it sprang into the water. From time to time about a dozen more were seen coiled up on rocks, and it was then ascer- tained that they were fish. They were seen from time to time mak- ing quick jumps from and over rocks into deeper water. From their alertness and activity and their unexpected position they were ap- parently the most elusive of fishes and probably absent in collec- tions. Beebe had apparently caught glimpses of them, for he re- marks (Galapagos, p. 112): ‘‘Blennies climbed out and flicked here and there upon tide-soaked rocks.” The capture of the first specimen was due to the skill of Frank Taiga, a Samoan with unusual ability in the capture of fishes. Several were seen curled up on a rock on the shore of Indefatigable Island at Academy Bay; by carefully stalking them from behind the rocks and making swift strokes with the landing net one after another was secured until we had 9 specimens. One, seen in a tide- pool, was of a beautiful emerald green color, but it escaped. On a trip along the shore of Duncan Island, June 7, was dis- covered what appeared to be the home of the rock-springers. They seem to be neither ocean nor tidepool fishes but rather pot-hole inhabitants, living, along with suck-fishes (Gobiesocidae), in deep depressions back some distance from all but the highest tides. Un- Vou. XX]] CLARK—NEW AND NOTEWORTHY FISHES 393 like the suck-fishes they have no means of attaching themselves firmly to rocks against the dash of surf. They showed great alacrity in climbing out of the steep sided pools and it was only by administer- ing poison and keeping them down in the pools that they could be collected in such situations. They were indeed able to ascend the smooth vertical side of the enameled collecting can. Later on (July 3), in small alga bottomed pools back from the shore of Murcielago Bay, near Bat Islands, the newly-born or newly- hatched young were found, their parents about the pool edges. Notwithstanding their climbing ability it is apparently not by this means that they attain their positions on the tops of the rocks. They were observed, time after time, hurled from height to height by successive surges to their final perch where they lay, apparently panting for breath, awaiting the dashing spray. It is probable that their peculiar scale structure, presenting a great expansion of sur- face, is an adaptation for respiration by means of the skin, as in salamanders. It is probably only adventurous individuals which leave their native pools and pioneer down to the edge of the surging ocean, that one finds coiled upon rocks, and that is to these ad- venturers that the wide distribution of the species as well as its in- tegrity is due. Specific name for Ulysses in commemoration of the character of his arrival at the land of the Phezacians. 16. Scartella atrimana Clark, new species Total length 18 mm.; body 16; head 3.2 in body; depth 3.55; eye 2.5 in head; snout 3.3; maxillary about 3.3, reaching to anterior border of eye; D. XII, 11, the second spine highest, others gradually decreasing, giving the spinous portion a wave-like form; A. 15 or II, 13, the spines hardly or not distinguishable from rays; V.I, 2, the small spine in the same integument as the first ray, rays in thick integu- ment, not forked; P. 13; caudal truncate, well separated from dorsal and anal by a slender peduncle; no scales; a faint lateral line arching over the pectoral. Teeth a comb-like row, solid in jaws, acute. Branchiostegals 5; gill-membranes attached to isthmus a little below base of pectoral, but a peculiar fold across isthmus; pec- toral broad and conspicuous, pointed, about 1.2 in head, its tip reaching to base of 4th anal ray; ventral inserted before pectoral, 1.5 in head, the tip reaching about 24 way to anal; nostrils rather wide apart, the lower with a filament; a short simple supraocular filament; preopercle with a short, flat spine-like extension. Color: nape, upper part of head, cheeks, top of back up to middle of spinous dorsal with punctate blotches; lower part of pectoral black; a black spot in axil of pectoral; a small black spot in each anal ray; remainder of body cream color. Others agree fairly well with this. Holotype: No. 3988, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., about sub- merged light, Albemarle Island. Paratype examined for fuller details gave gillrakers mere tubercles; pseudo- branchiae present, very small; vertebrae 8+16 =24. Our specimens differ from S. brevirosiris, with which it was at- tempted to identify them, by general difference in physiognomy. 394 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. The interorbital space, instead of being narrow is rather broad, there being a brow-like projection above the eyes which are not notably high and close together. The caudal is truncate, at times with a very slight emargination. A feature that first catches the eye is the black of the lower half of the pectoral. The following will indicate its abundance and distribution: Socorro Island, March 27, one; Postoffice Bay, Charles Island, April 23, one; Black Beach Anchorage, April 25, twenty-two; Acad- emy Bay, Indefatigable Island, May 1, one; Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, May 24 and 25, six; same island off Vilamil April 29, fifty- seven; James Bay, James Island, June 3, two; Braxilito Bay, July 1, seven; off Bat Islands, July 2, ten; Navidad Bay, July 18, one; Banderas Bay, July 20, one; and off Maria Madre, July 23, one. Total 100 specimens. It is noteworthy that, although these specimens were taken over much of the area investigated and during much of the time of the investigation, there is little change of size or appearance of increased maturity. Family CERDALIDAE 17. Cerdale bilineatus Clark, new species Total length 39 mm.; body 35 mm.; head 7 in body; depth 10.1; eye 5 in head; gape very short, sub-vertical, not nearly reaching eye; lower jaw projecting, enter- ing into the rounded profile. D. about XXII, 25, the spines gradually passing into simple but articulate rays, the low fin not notched, but apparently lower about the point of transition, the dorsal beginning a short distance behind nape. A. II, 26, beginning about middle of body; caudal rounded, its rays about 5, 18, 5, free from dorsal and anal. Ventrals apparently I, 2, or 2, the spine uncertain, one ray forked, its longest part about 1.5 in head, the fin inserted under origin of pectorals; pectorals acutish, of 9 rays, a little longer than ventrals. Gill opening a small pore before base of pectorals. Teeth a double row of strong rounded incisors in jaws. Apparently 3 branchiostegals. Most of the body naked, but with small circular non-imbricate scales scattered along middle of sides. Color, a long narrow black line along each side of dorsal beginning near tip of snout, a somewhat broader line extending from the very tip of snout across cheek and along middle side to tip of caudal. Near its posterior end there is a dusky extension like a blot passing down over the end of base of anal. Holotype: No. 3245, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ichthyol., Indefati- gable Island, June 9. Examples were occasionally seen among rocks in the tidepools, exceedingly elongate, brightly striped fishes, very active and flexuous and able to escape the landing net, so that only the holotype was captured. The color markings were strikingly similar to that of Petroscirtes tapeinosonoma of which we secured a few specimens, but the fish was much more elongate. The reader will at once be struck by the great disparity between the number of species (304) taken during the expedition and the Se eee eee ee Vou. XX]] CLARK—NEW AND NOTEWORTHY FISHES 395 species discussed (17) in this report. All of the 3216 specimens repre- sent a valuable addition to our scientific collection, even the ones too immature for certain identification; for juvenile forms are too little known, and further collecting may, in time, make their position certain. Along with the specimens are 150 colored drawings repre- senting about 170 species, and a few duplicates showing color varia- tions, drawn from life by the artist, Toshio Asaeda, which it is hoped may be published some time in the future. The greater number of species not mentioned in the report for lack of space have been already reported for the region under dis- cussion, and the mere giving of a list of names would add nothing to our knowledge, and as the area covered does not represent a definite biological area, a check-list would be of little significance. A few additional notes may be of interest. (1) Although no living hammerhead sharks, Sphryna zygaena, were seen during the cruise, a great pile of skins and remains were seen on the beach of Isabel Island, where they had apparently been tried out for oil. (2) A great school of rays, probably eagle rays, were seen swim- ming at the surface in shallow water near Hood Island, their ex- panded ventrals beating the water surface and making a striking spectacle. No specimens were taken, however. (3) A large specimen of the spotted eagle ray, Stoasodon narinart, was seen at the shore of Wreck Bay, and a pair were seen at North Seymour, but none was taken. (4) Our collection indicates that the flying fishes, of which we secured a goodly number, may need revision. A species described as callopterus, distinguished by having the pectorals covered with small, round, dark spots, is said to be ‘‘common at Panama, but not yet seen elsewhere’’ (Jordan and Evermann 1896). Beebe reported it at Hood Island under that name, remarking that ‘‘about one in every 50 had wings densely covered with round black spots,” (Arcturus Adventure, p. 106). At Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, Revillagigedos, we found some specimens with many, some with a fair number, some with few, and some with no black spots, all ap- parently the same species. They were crowded with eggs which oozed out at a touch (March 28). It was at first thought that the black spots were characteristic of one of the sexes, but examination showed it not to be the case. Toshio Asaeda made a beautiful draw- ing of one of the spotted-winged specimens. Extensions of range, hitherto unrecorded but to be more or less expected, is that of Pet- roscirtes tapeinosoma Bleeker, from the South Seas to the Galapagos, where one was captured in a tidepool of Indefatigable Island near Seymour Island, June 9, and three more at Sulivan Bay, James Island, June 13. One might possibly expect in the colder, deeper waters an extension of members of a fauna found nearer the surface farther north; and so we found by dredging about San Nicolas and San Martin Islands numerous examples of Chitonotus pugetensts, 396 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. whose range had been given as San Francisco to Puget Sound, Icelinus quadriseriatus in colder deeper water as far as Cape San Lucas and Cedros Island, its previous range reported as ‘‘off San Francisco, between Point Reyes and Golden Gate.” Our collection is unusually rich in the little cling-fishes, or Go- biesocidae, of all ages and sizes, as these had been previously neg- lected and the tidepools were thoroughly searched for them. These minute creatures are difficult of identification, and there was a na- tural hesitancy upon deciding upon any of them being new. A noteworthy event of the cruise was the receipt of a radiogram from San Francisco by the Zaca, in search of a surgeon to care for a man who had been attacked by what appears to have been a king- fish, or Wahoo, Acanthocybium solandri, which was at first reported as a barracuda. The Zaca left Wreck Bay and travelled back all night until about 8:30 next morning, when we made connections with the tuna boat where the accident occurred. According to ac- counts the fish had leaped up two fathoms above the water surface and gashed the man’s throat, which was attended to promptly on our arrival. The boat contained anchovies for bait, and they were in the habit of grinding up tuna for ‘‘chum”’ to attract fish to their nets. It is prohable the odor of ground fish or anchovies had mad- dened the kingfish. Anyone noting the Wahoo’s arrowy dashes after fish fry or observing the row of sharp incisors could easily understand how such an accident might occur. In reporting upon the scientific collection, the collection of living fishes brought back to the Steinhart Aquarium is naturally ignored, as the identification is in many cases uncertain and the certainty of the place of collection soon lost. Among them, however, was a handsome snake eel, Quassiremus evionthas (Jordan and Bollman), the only specimen known except the type described in Proc. U. 5S. Nat. Mus. 1889: 154, from Hood Island, Galapagos. INDEX TO VOLUME XxXI FOURTH SERIES New names in bold-face type aberrans, Trichoglossus haematodus, 192 abingdonensis, Amaranthus sclerantoides forma, 92, 94 Abronia maritima, 279 Abudefduf antjerius, 367 atrapinna, 367 azysron, 367 bonang, 367 glaucus, 367 leucozonus, 368 septemfaseiatus, 366 sexfasciatus, 367 uniocellatus, 366 Acanalonia clarionensis, 38 excavata, 38 Aecanthuridae, 363 Acanthurus lituratus, 363 acapulecana, Hindsia, 119 acapulcanum, Lioglyphostoma, 119 acapulcensis, Nuculana, 118 acaulis, Alternanthera, 97 Achillea Millefolium var. lanulosa, 283 Achiridae, 386 Achirus zebrinus, 386 Achyranthes echinocephala, 110 flavicoma, 107 galapagensis, 108 glaucescens, 104, 105 Helleri, 109 Hookeri, 102 nudicaulis, 101 rugulosa, i111 strictiuscula, 105 Snodgrassii, 109 vestita, 108 Acromyrmex octospinosus, 63 aculeoutus, Balistapus, 376 acuta, Dussumieria, 339 acutinoda, Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma) arcuata var., 180 (Adrana) sowerbyana, Nuculana, 118 adria, Clathurella, 118 adscendens, Physcia, 218, 221 Physeia hispida var., 218 aduncus, Condylostylus, 66 Aédes taeniorhynchus, 149 aegilata, Physcia, 218, 221 aenescens, Anthomyia, 164 Ophyra, 164 aequinoctialis, Platymetopius, 30 (Aequipecten) plurinominis, Chlamys, 310 plurinominis morantensis, Chlamys, 310 tumbezensis, Pecten, 315 aesia, Oxyna, 158 aesia, Paroxyna, 158 aethiopicus pygmaeus, Threskiornis, 191 afelei, Eviota, 371 affinis, Caranx, 357 Agraulis vanillae galapagensis, 141 Agromyza M—nigrum, 162 Agromyzidae, 163 aipolia, Physcia, 219, 221 alata, Froelichia juncea, 116 albemarlensis, Amaranthus sc¢lerantoides forma, 93 Camponotus (Pseudocolobopsis) ma- cilentus var., 60 Dorymyrmex pyramicus, 59 albicans, Cyclodictyon, 86 albidum, Octoblepharum, 81, 86 albifaseiata, Bursa, 118 albipennis, Lynchia, 134 Olfersia, 134 albomaculatus, Syrphus, 155 alecestis, Clavus (Clathrodrillia), 118 Alectis ciliaris, 357 Alectoria sarmentosa, 215 Aligia plena, 37 Allograpta, 153 splendens, 153 Alternanthera, 88, 99 acaulis, 97 echinocephala, 101, 110 ficoidea, 101, 111 filifolia, 100, 102 filifolia glauca, 103 filifolia margaritacea, 102, 104 filifolia subsquarrosa, 103 filifolia sylvatica, 102, 104 filifolia typica, 102 flavicoma, 100, 107 [397 ] OCT 3 7 1959 398 ; CALIFOENIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ae As, d ‘ 4 > fa A ™ tle 4 Ah ¥Mitexnain thera flosculosa, 100, 107 galapagensis, 100, 108 - glaucescens, 100, 104 glaucescens forma strictiuscula, 105 gliaucescens forma typica, 105 halimifolia macrophylla, 101, 112 Helleri, 100, 109 Helleri forma obtusior, 110 Helleri forma typica, 109 nesiotes, 100, 110 nudicaulis, 100, 101 radicata, 97 Tigida, 98 rugulosa, 101, 111 Snodgrassii, 100, 109 subscaposa, 97 vestita, 100, 108 amandi, Pecten (Chlamys), 305 Amaranthaceae of the Galapagos Islands, The, by J. T. Howell, 87-116 . Amaranthus, 88, 89 Anderssoni, 89, 95 Anderssoni forma erectus, 95, 96 Anderssoni forma typicus, 95 caracasanus, 90 celosioides, 89, 90 dubius, 89, 90 furcatus, 89, 94 gracilis, 89, 91 quitensis, 89, 90 sclerantoides, 89, 91, 93 sclerantoides forma abingdonensis, 92, 94 sclerantoides forma ablemarlensis, 93 sclerantoides forma chathamensis, 92,93 sclerantoides forma hoodensis, 93 sclerantoides forma rugulosus, 92, 94 sclerantoides forma typicus, 92, 93 spinosus, 89, 91 squamulatus, 89, 95 squarrulosus, 95 urceolatus, 95 viridis, 89, 91 Ambassidae, 358 Ambassis interrupta, 358 vaivasensis, 359 Amblogyna urceolata, 95 Amblogyne squarrulosa, 95 americanus, Ornithoponus, 134 amoena, Haleyon chloris, 193 pes! | 2 amosi, Metula, 119, 122 Amphiprion percula, 365 Anacolia Menziesii, 77 Anaptychia ciliatomarginata, 217, 221 Anartia jatrophae, 142 venusta, 142 anceps, Caulerpa, 262 papuanus, Iridomyrmex, 178 Anchineura tibialis, 151 Anchovia apiensis, 340 commersonii, 340 evermanni, 340 purpurea, 340 Anderssoni, Amaranthus, 89, 95 forma erectus, Amaranthus, 95, 96 forma typicus, Amaranthus, 95 Anderssonii, Campylopus, 79, 86 Meteoriopsis, 86 Pectis, 336 andromache var. nesiotis, Polyrhachis (Myrma) relucens, 179 anema, Petroscirtes, 373 Anguilla australis, 340 mauritiana, 340 Anguillidae, 340 angustata, Telanthera, 105 angusticollis, Termopsis, 236 Zootermopsis, 234, 236 angustifolia, Melluge flavescens, 18 angustifolium, Apiastrum, 281 anjerensis, Gnatholepis, 371 annae, Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma), 180 anolis, Leiolopisma, 185 Anapolepis longipes, 63, 178 Antennariidae, 378 Antennarius commersonii, 378 antjerius, Abudefduf, 367 Anthoceros simulans, 204 vegetans, 205 Anthocerotaceae, 203 Anthomyia aenescens, 164 Anthrax primitiva, 151 tincta, 151 aotus, Pecten, 320 Aparine, Gallium, 283 Aphaenogaster patruelis willowsi, 64 Aphrosylus setosus, 152 Apiastrum angustifolium, 281 apiensis, Anchovia, 340 Aploactidae, 365 Aploactis milesii, 365 [ Proc. 47TH SER. Vou. XXI] Aplonis cantorides cantorides, 194 metallica nitida, 194 tabuensis fortunae, 194 Apogon asaedae, 358 lateralis, 358 novemfasciatus, 357 orbicularis, 357 savayensis, 357 Apogonidae, 357 aporos, Ophiocara, 370 Aporosa tibialis, 148 Area aviculoides, 118 labiosa, 118 nux, 118 sp., 118 Architectonica granulata, 118 archon, Conus, 118 arcuata var. acutinoda, Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma), 180 arenarium, Camptothecium, 77 argante, Catopsilia, 140 argentea, Telanthera, 110 bracteata, Telanthera, 110 nudifiora, Telanthera, 110 robustier, Telanthera, 110 argentum, Bryum, 77 (Argus) ventricosus var. coccinea, Pec- ten, 313 arguta, Sanicula, 282 Aristida tenuifolia, 296 vaginata, 297 armillata, Terebra, 119 Arphnus tripunctatus, 36 Artemisia californica var. insularis, 283 aruanus, Dascyllus, 368 asaedae, Apogon, 358 Monolene, 385 ascensionis, Caranx, 356 Ascia monuste, 140 asper, Sonchus, 284 aspera, Terebra, 119 asperus, Pecten, 314 Asyndetus interruptus, 152 versicolor, 152 Athlennes hians, 345 Atherina forskali, 354 lacunosa, 354 temmincki, 355 uisila, 354 valenciennesi, 355 Atherinidae, 354 INDEX 399 Athysanus digressus, 32 atrapinna, Abudefduf, 367 atriceps, Hydrophis faciatus, 187 atrimana, Scartella, 393 Atriplex californica, 279 atripliciformis, Elvira, 333 atrocostata, Emoia, 185 atrovirens, Tortula, 76 attenuata, Mitra, 119 aulicus, Camponotus (Myrmocladoecus) rectangularis var., 64 Aulostomidae, 354 Aulostomus valentini, 354 auritus, Searichthys, 370 aurolineatus, Pentapus, 361 australis, Anguilla, 340 Dictyosphaeria, 261 Enygrus, 186 Pecten, 305 autocles, Papilio thoas, 140 aviculoides, Area, 118 Azteca velox, 63 azysron, Abudefduf, 367 Babingtonii, Roccella, 286 Baecha, 153 clavata, 154 Baccinum metula, 122 Baeria Palmeri var. clementina, 283 Balistapus aculeatus, 376 undulatus, 376 Balistes conspicillium, 376 flavimarginatus, 375 papuensis, 375 Balistidae, 375 barberinus, Pseudupeneus, 362 Barbula brachyphylla, 76 barnesii, Enaeta, 119 Bartram, E. B., Mosses of the Templeton Crocker Expedition and List of Mosses Known from the Galapagos Islands and from Cocos Island, 75 Bathygobius fuscus, 371 bauri, Odontomachus haematoda, 58 bedoti, Camponotus (Myrmamblys) reti- culatus, 179 beebei, Eupomacentrus, 390 Bees of the Galapagos Islands, The Car- penter, by T. D. A. Cockerell, 379 bellus, Fusus, 122 Belone platyura, 384 Belonidae, 345, 384 400 Bequaert, J. C., The Hippoboscidae of the Galapagos Archipelago, with an Appendix on the Tabanidae, 131 berenice, Danais, 141 bergii cristata, Sterna, 191 Bernoullii, Syrrhopodon, 86 biaculeatus, Premnas, 365 bicolor, Callyodon, 370 Phillonotus, 119 Sphagebranchus, 342 bifasciatus, Pomacentrus, 366 Pseudupeneus, 362 bilineatus, Cerdale, 394 bilobatus, Cypselurus, 347 Binderi, Sargassum, 265 biocellatus, Glassogobius, 371 bipinnulatus, Elagatis, 357 biplagiata, Victorina steneles, 142 Birds, Notes on the, by M. E. McLellan Davidson, 189 bispora, Pertusaria, 213, 221 bispora, Pertusaria leioplaca forma, 213 bisulcata, Euphorbia, 330 bitaeniatus, Chromis, 368 Blenniidae, 373 bohar, Lutianus, 360 Boiga irregularis, 186 Bolanderi, Funaria, 76 Bombyliidae, 151 bonang, Abudefduf, 367 bonita, Calliostoma, 118, 121 Berboridae, 158 boschi, Gymnothorax, 342 Bothidae, 385 boutonii poecilopleurus, Cryptoblepharus, 185 bouveri, Microcerotermes, 234, 251, 252 Brachycereus Thouarsii, 52, 53 Brachymenium imbricatum, 86 brachyphylla, Barbula, 76 brachypterus, Parexocoetus, 347 brachyrhynchus, Cynoglossus, 351 (Brachytoma) nigerrimus, Clavus, 118 bracteata, Telanthera argentea, 110 Telanthera echinocephala, 110 Brandesia echinocephala, 110 breviceps, Philates, 33, 35 brevicornis, Chrysotus, 68, 69, 151 brevispina, Chrysotus, 68, 69, 151, 152 brevispinosa chathamensis, Cremato- gaster (Orthocrema), 58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER. var. minutior, Crematogaster (Orthoerema), 62 broderipiana, Natica, 119 Brodiaea capitata, 279 Bromus earinatus, 279 brummeri, Strophidon, 343 brunneipes, Polyrhachis (Myrma) labella Var, ao Bryum argenteum, 77 caespiticum, 77 Buceinum clathratus, 122 buchivacoanus faleonensis, Pecten, 310 moracaibensis, Pecten, 310 Pecten (Chlamys), 310 Bucholtzia filifolia, 102 glaucescens, 104, 105 nudicaulis, 101 bufoniformis, Rana, 184 bullata, Cancellaria, 118, 119 Bursa albifasciata, 118 Butorides striatus macrorhynchus, 190 caeruleicpes, Trichoglossus haematodus, 192 caeruleomaculata, Liza, 355 caeruleus, Chromis, 368 caespiticum, Bryum, 77 eaespitosa, Tortella, 86 calcitrans, Conops, 165 Stomoxys, 165 calcicaris var. canaliculata, Ramalina, 215, 221 Ramalina, 215, 221 californica, Atriplex, 279 Grimmia, 76 var. insularis, Artemisia, 283 ealiforicum, Lycium, 283 Callechelys fijiensis, 342 eallianira, Clavus (Clathrodrillia), 118 callicomata, Pitar, 118 » Callicostella depressa, 86 Calliostoma bonita, 118, 121 leanus, 118 rema, 118, 121 Callocardia citharia, 118 callozoensis, Pecten (Chlamys), 309 Callyodon bicolor, 370 Caloplaca cirrochroa, 217, 221 murorum, 217, 221 Caloplacaceae, 217 calvescens, Funaria, 86 calvescens, Pectis glabra forma, 334, 336 Vou. XXT] ealydonia, Itaballia, 140 Calymperes Donnellii, 82, 86 Richardi, 85 Camponotus (Myrmamblys) reticulatus bedoti, 179 (Myrmaphaenus) cocosensis, 61 (Myrmobrachys) senex, 63 (Myrmocladoecus) planus var. heph- aestus, 59 (Myrmocladoecus) planus var. isabel- ensis, 59 (Myrmocladoecus) planus var. pere- grinus, 59 (Myrmocladoecus) planus var. santa- eruzensis, 59 (Myrmacladoecus) rectangularis, 63 (Myrmacladoecus) rectangularis var. aulicus, 64 (Myrmacladoecus) rectangularis var. willowsi, 63 (Myrmothrix) sp., 63 (Pseudocolobopsis) macilentus var. albemarlensis, 60 (Pseudocolobopsis) macilentus var. narboroénsis, 60 (Tanaemyrmex) picipes var. ?, 61 Camptopleura theramenes, 145 Camptothecium arenarium, 77 Campylopus Anderssonii, 79, 86 introflexus, 81, 86 Sprucei, 86 subleucogaster, 79, 86 Camyplopus (Eucampylopus) insularis, 79, 86 cana, Prosthetocirea, 168 Canace, 160 Canaceidae, 160 canaliculata, Ramalina calicaris var., 215, 221 canalis, Pecten oxygonum, 310 Cancellaria bullata, 118, 119 indentata, 118 tuberculata, 119 tubereulosa, 119 ventricosa, 118 canescens, Zanclus, 363 Cantharus pallidus, 118 vibex, 118 Canthigaster margaritatus, 377 striolatus, 377 cantorides, Aplonis cantorides, 194 cantorides, Aplonis, 194 INDEX 401 capitata, Brodiaea, 279 caracasanus, Amaranthus, 90 carallinus, Pecten, 318 Carangidae, 356 Caranx affinis, 357 ascensionis, 356 marginatus, 356 sexfasciatus, 357 carbonaria, Xylocopa, 379, 381 cardinalis pulcherrima, Myzomela, 196 sanctaecrucis, Myzomela, 197 sanfordi, Myzomela, 196 Cardium obovale, 118 Cardium (Fragrum) graniferum, 118 (Loevicardium) cumingii, 118 carinatus, Bromus, 279 Enygrus, 186 carinenta, Libythea, 143 Caroli, Squamidium, 82, 86 caryae, Vanessa, 142 castaneum, Creontiades, 27 catalinensis, Peecten (Cyclopecten), 320 eataractes, Pecten (Euvola), 304 Catopsilia argante, 140 eubule, 140 stetira, 140 caudimaculatus, Holocentrus, 352 caudovittata, Kuhlia, 359 Caulerpa anceps, 262 cupressoides, 261 Fergusonii, 261 peltata, 261 racemosa, 261 cavernosa, Dictyosphaeria, 261 celosioides, Amaranthus, 89, 90 Centrifuga leeana, 120 (Centrifuga) leeana, Purpura, 120 Cephalacanthidae, 365 Cephalacanthus orientalis, 365 Cephalopholis urodelus, 359 cephalota, Ramalina ceruchis forma, 216, 221 ceramensis, Liza, 355 Ceratobatrachus guentheri, 184 Ceratopogon galapagensis, 149 Ceratopogonidae, 149 Cerdale bilineatus, 394 Cerdalidae, 394 Cereus, 52 galapagensis, 52 nesioticus, 52, 53 402 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Cereus sclerocarpus, 52 Thouarsii, 52 Cerithium stercus-muscarum, 118 Cerodontha dorsalis, 163 eeruchis forma cephalota, Ramalina, 216, 221 Ramalina, 215, 221 cerviana, Mollugo, 14, 15 cervianum, Pharnaceum, 15 Cetraria scutata, 214, 221 Chaetodon lunula, 363 flavirostris, 363 Chaetodontidae, 363 Chanidae, 338 Chanos chanos, 338 chanos, Chanos, 338 (Chariomyrma) arcuata var. acutinoda, Polyrhachis, 180 kaipi, Polyrhachis, 180 rere, Polirhachis, 180 chathamensis, Amaranthus sclerantoides forma, 92, 93 chathamensis, Crematogaster (Ortho- erema) brevispinosa, 58 Cheilinus undulatus, 369 (chicoreus) leeanus, Murex, 120 chilospilus, Gymnothorax, 343 Chione compta, 118 kellettii, 118 chiron, Megalura, 142 Chironomidae, 148 Chironomus sp., 149 Chlamys vexillum, 307 Chlamys (Aequipecten) plurinominis, 310 (Aequipecten) plurinominis moran- tensis, 310 (Palliolum) guppyi, 320 (Chlamys) amandi, Pecten, 305 buchivacoanus, Pecten, 310 coccymelus, Pecten, 311 callozoensis, Pecten, 309 hastatus, Pecten, 307 hodgii, Pecten, 310 kathrinepalmerae, Pecten, 302 latiauratus, Pecten, 314 lowei, Pecten, 308 ornatus, Pecten, 306 zeteki, Pecten, 306 ehlorinde, Gonepteryx, 140 Chlorippe kallima, 143 chloris amoena, Haleyon, 193 solomonis, Halcyon, 193 [ Proc, 4TH SER. Chlorophyeceae, 261 Chloropidae, 159 Chlosyne sp., 142 Chromis bitaeniatus, 368 caeruleus, 368 cinerascens, 368 Chrysosoma latiapicatum, 67 Chrysotus brevicornis, 68, 69, 151 brevispina, 68, 69, 151, 152 latifacies, 69, 151 cicutarium, Hrodium, 280 ciliamarginata, Anaptychia, 217, 221 ciliaris, Alectis, 357 ciliata, Cymodocea, 269 eincta, Sarothromyiops, 168 cinerascens, Chromis, 368 cinerea, Philates, 35 eircularis, Pecten, 118, 311 Pecten (Dentipecten), 311 Pectent (Plagioctenium), 311 Cirrepidesmus moengolus mongolus, 191 Cirrhilabrus jordani, 370 solorensis, 370 Cirrhitidae, 363 Cirrhitus marmoratus, 362 cirrochroa, Caloplaca, 217, 221 citharia, Callocardia, 118 citrinus, Gobiodon, 372 clarionensis, Acanalonia, 30 Theela melinus, 143 Clark, H. W., The New and Noteworthy Fishes, 383-396 clathratus, Buccinum, 122 Clathrodrilla nautica, 118 (Clathrodrillia) aleestis, Clavus, 118 callianira, Clavus, 118 heliplexa, Clavus, 118 Clathurella adria, 118 claudia, Euptoita, 141 Clava gemmata, 118 elavata, Baecha, 154 Clavatula (Knefastia) tuberculifera, 118 elavatus, Syrphus, 154 Clavus (Brachytoma) nigerrimus, 118 (Clathrodrillia) alcestis, 118 (Clathrodrillia) ecallianira, 118 (Clathrodrillia) heliplexa, 118 (Cymatosyrinx) ianthe, 118 (Cymatosyrinx) pallida, 118 (Cymatosyrinx) pudica, 118 (Cymatosyrinx) rosea, 118 (Cymatosyrinx) rugifera, 118 Vou. XXI]} clementina, Baeria Palmeri var., 283 Clinidae, 391 Clupeidae, 338 coccinea, Pecten (Argus) ventricosa var., 313 coccoi, Myctophum, 345 coccymelus, Pecten (Chlamys), 311 Cochliomyia, 165 macellaria, 166 Cockerell, T. D. A., The Carpenter Bees of the Galapagos Islands, 379-382 cocoensis, Glossadelphus, 86 cocoensis, Hookeriopsis, 86 cocosensis, Camponotus (Myrmaphaenus), 61 Pecten (Cyclopecten), 319 Cactaceae of the Galapagos Islands, The, by John Thomas Howell, 41-54 codercola, Pecten soror, 302 Coelonotus leiaspis, 354 Colaenis delila, 141 colinensis, Pecten (Nodipecten), 318 Collemaceae, 212 collierensis, Pecten (Nodipecten) pittieri, 318 Collocalia fuciphaga vainkorensis, 193 colona, Xylocopa, 379 colubrina, Laticauda, 186 combeoides, Ramalina, 216, 221 commersonii, Anchovia, 340 Antennarius, 378 Commersonii, Padina, 264 commune, Nostoe, 260 complanata, Romalina, 216, 221 compta, Chione, 118 comptus, Conus, 118 concinnatus, Sphenomorpha, 185 conchaphila, Ostrea, 118 Condylostylus aduneus, 66 dentaticauda, 66, 151 erectus, 66 purpureus, 66 confine, Orthodontium, 86 Conops ¢caleitrans, 165 conspersa, Parmelia, 214, 221 conspicillium, Balistes, 376 Conus archon, 118 comptus, 118 emarginatus, 118 sp., 119 ximines, 119 INDEX 403 convexus, Hemirhamphus, 346 cookii, Scorpaenopsis, 365 Coracina luneata gracilis, 193 corallicola, Epinephelus, 359 Coralliophila hindsii, 119 coralloides, Sphaerophorus, 212, 221 Corbula ovulata, 118 Coreopsis gigantea, 284 Coridae, 369, 390 Coris gaimardi, 369 cornutus, Ostracion, 377 Coryphoenas ecrassirostris, 192 Corythoichthys crenulatus, 353 fasciatus, 353 Cosmioconcha palmeri, 119 costalis, Diastata, 162 Rhicnoéssa, 162 costatus Willowsi, Xiphomyrmex, 177 costellata, Nuculana, 118 Crassatellites gibbosus, 118 crassisetum, Lepidopilum, 86 crassirostris, Coryphoenas, 192 Crassispira erebus, 119 Crematogaster (Orthocrema) brevispinosa chathamensis, 58 (Orthocrema) brevispinosa var. minu- tior, 62 crenata, Harpa, 119 Lecidea (Psora), 212, 221 crenulatus, Corythoichthys, 353 Creontiades castaneum, 27 willowsi, 28 Crepidula nummaria, 118 onyx, 118 criniger, Rhinogobius, 372 crispus, Dendroceros, 207 cristaefolium, Sargassum, 265 cristata, Sterna bergii, 191 Crocker, Templeton, Introductory State- ment, 3-12 crockeri, Cypselurus, 350 Diaphnidia, 29 Dohrniphora, 70, 152 Laticauda, 186 Mesogramma, 154 Mollugo, 15, 20 Paroxyna, 157 Crockeridius, 391 odysseus, 391 Crossidium desertorum, 76 Crossomitrium Oerstedianum, 84, 86 404 Crossostephium insulare, 283 Crucibulum imbricatum, 119 spinosum, 119 cruentatus, Priacanthus, 360 erumenophthalma, Trachurops, 357 Cryptotermes (subgenus), 242 Cryptotermes occidentalis, 234 sp., 245 (Cryptotermes) darwini, Kalotermes, 234, 235, 242, 243, 244 fatulus, Kalotermes, 234, 235, 245, 246 occidentalis, Kalotermes, 245 Cryptantha Traskae, 282 Cryptoblepharus boutonii poecilopleurus, 185 Cryptocerus minutus, 63 Culex taeniorhynchus, 149 Culicidae, 149 cumingii, Cardium (Laevicardium), 118 cupressoides, Caulerpa, 261 Curran, C. H., Diptera, 147 curta, Froelichia nudicaulis, 114, 115 curtula, Holecoponera, 62 cuspidatifolium, Leucomium, 86 cuspidatum var. serrulatum, Sphagnum, 77, 86 eyanogaster, Emoia, 185 cyanopterus, Ptilinopus rhodostictus, 192 eyanura, Emoia, 185, 187 Cyclinella subquadrata, 118 Cyclodictyon albicans, 86 (Cyclopecten) catalinensis, Pecten, 320 cocosensis, Pecten, 319 oligolepis, Pecten, 320 pernomus, Pecten, 320 rotundus, Pecten, 320 (Cymatosyrinx) ianthe, Clavus, 118 pallida, Clavus, 118 pudieca, Clavus, 118 rosea, Clavus, 118 rugifera, Clavus, 118 Cymodocea ciliata, 269 Cynoglossidae, 351, 386 Cynoglossus brachyrhynchus, 351 Cypselurus bilobatus, 347 crockeri, 350 hexazona, 350 naresi, 348 oligolepis, 348 opisthopus, 348 oxycephalus, 349 poecilopterus, 347 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. rondeletii, 348 simus, 348 speculiger, 348 zaca, 349 dactylatra personata, Sula, 190 Daltonia Lindigiana, 86 longifolia, 86 Danaidae, 141 Danais berenice, 141 Darbishire, O. V., The Roccellaceae with Notes on Specimens collected dur- ing the Expedition of 1905-06 to the Galapagos Islands, 285-294 darwini, Kalotermes (Cryptotermes), 234, 235, 242, 243, 244 darwini, Xylocopa, 379 Dawinii, Pleuropetalum, 89 Dasecalia tumida, 39 Dascyllus aruanus, 368 melanurus, 368 Dasia smaragdina perviridis, 185 Dasyhelea galapagensis, 149 Davidson, M. E. MeLellan, Notes on the Birds, 189-198 ; (Decadopecten) fasciculatus, Pecten, 318 deceptor, Viridinsula, 166 decussata, Distortio, 119 (Delectopecten) liriope, Pecten, 324 zacae, Pecten, 321 delicatulus, Spratelloides, 338 delila, Colaenis, 141 delosi, Pecten (Leptopecten) latiauratus, 325 Deltocephalus insularis, 30 deltoides, Gnatholepis, 371 demiurgus, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 313 Demoisellea peregrina, 389 Dendroceros crispus, 207 Dendrographa leucophaea, 287 Dentalium oerstedii, 118 dentaticauda, Condylostylus, 66, 151 dentatus, Pecten, 304 (Dentipecten) cireularis, Pecten, 311 Demigretta sacra, 190 depressa, Callicostella, 86 desertorum, Crossidium, 76 Desmometopa M-nigrum, 162 devia, Xenocoenosia, 164 diadema, Holocentrus, 352 Diaphnidia crockeri, 29 Diaphorus interruptus, 152 Diastata costalis, 162 Vou. XXI] dichroa, Nylanderia, 181 Dichonema sericeum, 220 Dictyonema sericeum, 220 Dictyota friabilis, 263 Dictyosphaeria australias, 261 cavernosa, 261 diegensis, Pecten (Pecten), 302 diffusa, Hookeriopsis, 86 digitatum, Pecten, 306 digitatus, Peceten, 306 digressus, Athysanus, 32 dimorphum, Malvastrum, 331 Dinomyia, 160 Diodon hystrix, 378 Diodontidae, 378 diomedeae, Olfersia, 133 Pseudolfersia, 133 Diplophos pacificus, 340 Diptera, by C. H. Curran, 147 discalis, Secaphoideus, 31 discoidea, Halimeda, 262 dispar, Willowsiella, 175 distans, Pecten, 307 Distortio decussata, 119 distortus, Pecten, 305 divaricata, Phora, 152 Dohrniphora crockeri, 70, 152 venusta, 152 willowsi, 70 Dolichoderinae, 178 Dolichopidae, 151 Dolichopodidae and Phoridae, by M. C. Van Duzee, 65 domestica, Musea, 165 Donnellii, Calymperes, 82, 86 dorsalis, Cerodontha, 163 Odontoeera, 163 dorsata, Strombina, 119 Dorymyrmex pyranticus albemarlensis, 59 Drapetis zonalis, 151 Drosophila immigransg, 162 Drosophilidae, 162 Drymaria monticola, 329 dubia, Pelagomyia, 150 dubius, Amaranthus, 89, 90 dumerili, Myctophum, 344 dumontii sanfordi, Mino, 194 dupetit-thouarsii, Pusinus, 119 duplicata, Mesogramma, 154 duriuscula, Usnea, 217, 221 dussumieri, Hemirhamphus, 346 INDEX Hepatus, 364 Dussumieria acuta, 339 hasseltii, 339 Echelidae, 341 Echeneidae, 372 Echidna nebulosa, 343 echinocarpum var. phyllocysta, Sargas- sum, 265 echinocephala, Achyranthes, 110 Alternanthera, 101, 110 bracteata, Telanthera, 110 Brandesia, 110 nudiflora, Telanthera, 110 robustier, Telanthera, 110 Telanthera, 110 Echios, Opuntia, 43, 49 gigantea, Opuntia, 51 typica, Opuntia, 51 Eclectus pectoralis salomonensis, 192 Eetatomma ruidum, 62 edentula, Strombina, 119 Edmonstonei, Iresine, 96 Elagatis bipinnulatus, 357 Eleotris fusca, 371 Elliottii, Riccia, 200 ellops, Zaretes, 143 Elopidae, 338 Elops saurus, 338 elva, Microtia, 142 Elvira atripliciformis, 333 emarginatus, Conus, 118 Emoia atrocostata, 185 eyanogaster, 185 cyanura, 185, 187 nigra, 185 werneri, 185 Empidae, 151 Enaeta barnesii, 119 Engraulidae, 340 Enneapterygius pardochir, 374 Enygrus australis, 186 carinatus, 186 Eos grayi, 192 epidaus, Papilio, 140 Ephydridae, 161 Epinephelus corallicola, 359 merra, 359 erebus, Crassispira, 119 erecta, Tillaea, 280 erectus, Amaranthus Anderssoni forma, 95, 96 erectus, Condylostylus, 66 405 406 Erodium cicutarium, 280 moschatum, 281 Erycinidae, 143 ; erythrocalyx, Sphagnum, 77, 86 erythropsis, Olfersia, 132, 133 eubule, Catopsilia, 140 (Eucampylopus) insularis, Campylopus, 79 (Eucola) cataractes, Pecten, 304 Eudamus galapagensis, 144 Euidella grossa, 39 Euleptorhamphus longirostris, 346 Eunica modesta, 142 Euphorbia bisulcata, 330 (Euphyscia) Howellii, Physcia, 219 Eupleura muriciformis, 119 Eupomacentrus beebei, 390 Euptoita claudia, 141 Eupytcha hermes, 141 Euryptera insuralis, 281 (Eurytellina) panamaensis, Tellina, 118 Euxesta, 156 galapagensis, 156 nitidiventris, 156 notata, 156 Euxolus sclerantoides, 93 evermanni, Anchovia, 340 Myctophum, 344 Eviota apelei, 371 Evolantia microptera, 347 exasperatus, Pecten, 310 excavata, Acanalonia, 38 excavatus, Pecten, 304 Pecten (Pecten), 304 Exocoetidae, 346, 384 Exocoetus volitans, 346 faciatus atriceps, Hydrophis, 187 falconensis, Pecten buchivacoanus, 310 Fannia, 163 sp., 164 far, Hemirhamphus, 346 farinacea, Ramalina, 216, 221 fasciatus, Corythoichthys, 353 fasciculatus, Pecten, 318 Pecten (Decadopecten), 318 fatulus, Kalotermes (Cryptotermes), 234, 235, 245, 246 feminina, Pachycephala pectoralis, 196 Fergusonii, Caulerpa, 261 Feronia, 131 spinifera, 132 ferrocyanea malaitae, Myiagra, 195 Festuca octoflora hirtella, 279 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH Ser. ficoidea, Alternanthera, 101, 111 Gomphrena, 111 Telanthera, 111 fijiensis, Callechelys, 342 filamentosus, Gerres, 361 Petroscirtes, 373 filifolia, Alterananthera, 100, 102 filifolia, Bucholtzia, 102 filifolia glauca, Alternanthera, 102, 103 margaritacea, Alternanthera, 102, 104 subsquarrosa, Alternanthera, 102, 103 sylvatica, Alternanthera, 102, 104 filifolia, Telanthera, 102 filifolia typica, Alternanthera, 102 filitextus, Pecten, 312 fimbriata, Harengula, 339 fimbriata, Roccella, 287 Fishes, by Alvin Seale, 337 Fishes, The New and Noteworthy, by H. W. Clark, 383 Fistularia petimba, 354 Fistulariidae, 354 Fissidens Garberi, 86 (Semilimbidium) Howelli, 78, 86 flavescens, Mollugo, 14, 17, 18 angustifolia, Mollugo, 18 intermedia, Mollugo, 18 typica, Mollugo, 18 flavescens var. floriana, Mollugo, 21 flavicans, Theloschistes, 217, 221 flavicoma, Achyranthes, 107 flavicoma, Alternanthera, 100, 107 flavicoma, Telanthera, 107 flavimarginatus, Balistes, 375 flavirostris, Chaetodon, 363 floriana, Mollugo flavescens var., 21 floriana, Mollugo, 14, 21 gypsophiloides, Mollugo, 21 typica, Mollugo, 21 Salvia, 332 florida, Usnea, 217, 221 Ostrea [= Pecten], 302 floridana, Parietaria, 279 floridus, Pecten, 302 flosculosa, Alternanthera, 100, 107 fo, Foa, 358 Foa fo, 358 Foreword, by C. EH. Grunsky, 1 forskali, Atherina, 354 Formicidae, 173 of the Templeton Crocker Expedition, by W. M. Wheeler, 57-64 Vou. XXI] Formicidae of the Templeton Crocker Bx- pedition, 1933, by W. M. Wheeler, 173-181. Formicinae, 178 forsteri, Sphyraena, 356 fortunae, Aplonis tabuensis, 194 Fosbergii, Pottia, 76 fossulata, Olfersia, 132 Pseudolfersia, 132 fragile, Micromitrium, 86 (Fragum) graniferum, Cardium, 118 obovale, Cardium, 118 friabilis, Dictyota, 263 Froelichia, 88, 114 juncea, 114, 116 juneea alata, 116 juncea typica, 116 lanata, 115 lanigera, 114, 115 lanigera scoparia, 115, 116 lanigera typica, 115 nudicaulis, 114 nudicaulis curta, 114,115 nudicaulis longispicata, 114, 115 nudicaulis typica, 114 nudicaulis var. longispicata, 115 scoparia, 116 fucicolus, Pecten latiauritus, 315 fuciphaga vainkorensis, Collocalia, 193 fulva nesiotis, Nylanderia, 61 Fulvius geniculatus, 29 Funaria Bolanderi, 76 calvescens, 86 hygrometrica, 77 funeralis, Thanaos nr., 145 furcatus, Amaranthus, 89, 94 fusea, Eleotris, 371 fuscipennis, Odontomachus haematoda, 174 fuscus, Bathygobius, 371 Fusinus dupetit-thouarsii, 119 Fusus bellus, 122 gaimardi, Coris, 369 galapageia, Opuntia, 43 galapageium, var. minoratum, Paspalum, 299 Paspalum, 297 galapagensis, Achyranthes, 108 Agraulis vanillae, 141 galapagensis, Alternanthera, 100, 108 galapagensis, Ceratopogon, 149 Cereus, 52 Dasyhelea, 149 INDEX 407 Eudamus, 144 galapagensis, Euxesta, 156 galapagensis, Gigantotheca, 169 Jasminocereus, 52 galapagensis, Notothylas, 203 Oliarus, 33 Pipunculus, 152 Procanace, 160 Sceatella, 161 Sphaerocera, 158 galapagensis, Telanthera, 108 Galapagomyia longipes, 148 Galapagosia, 171 minuta, 172 galipense, Sematophyllum, 82, 85, 86 Galium Aparine, 283 Garberi, Fissidens, 86 garmani, Salarias, 374 gaudens, Phos, 119 Gehyra oceanica, 184, 187 Gekko vitattus, 184 geminata, Solenopsis, 61, 62 gemmata, Clava, 118 gemmulosus, Nassarius, 119 geniculatus, Fulvius, 29 georgii, Hemirhamphus, 346 Geotomus murinus, 26 Gerres filamentosus, 361 poeti, 361 Gerridae, 361 gibberula, Strombina, 119 gibbosa, Harengula, 339 Nuculana, 118 gibbosus, Crassatellites, 118 gibbus, Litianus, 360 gigantea, Coreopsis, 284 Leptosyne, 284 gigantea, Opuntia Echios, 51 Gigantotheca galapagensis, 169 glabra forma calvescens, Pectis, 334, 336 Pectis, 333, 336 forma pubescens, Pectis, 335, 336 forma setulosa, Pectis, 335, 336 Glossadelphus cocoensis, 86 longisetus, 86 truneatulus, 86 glauca, Alternanthera filifolia, 102, 103 glaucescens, Achyranthes, 104, 105 glaucescens, Alternanthera, 100, 104 glaucescens, Bucholtzia, 104, 105 glaucescens forma strictiuscula, Alternan- thera, 105 408 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES glaucescens, Telanthera, 104, 105 glaucescens forma typica, Alternanthera, 105 glaucus, Abudefduf, 367 globifera, Lecidea (Psora), 213, 221 Glossogobius biocellatus, 371 Glyecymcris tessellata, 118 Gnatholepis anjerensis, 371 deltoides, 371 puntangoides, 371 Gobiidae, 370 Gobiodon citrinus, 372 rivulatus, 372 Gobioides peruvianus, 391 Gobioididae, 391 Gobius ornatus, 371 godeffroyi, Gonocephalus, 184 Gomphrena ficoidea, 111 Gonepteryx chlorinde, 140 maerula, 140 goniocyma, Mactra, 118 Gonocephalus godeffroyi, 184 Gonostomidae, 340 gracilis, Amaranthus, 89, 91 Coracina luneata, 193 var. mexicana, Pseudomyrma, 62 Mollugo, 16 Spratelloides, 339 gracillima latifolia, Mollugo, 17 Mollugo, 14, 15 Philonotis, 81, 86 typica, Mollugo, 16 grandoculis, Monotaxis, 361 graniferum, Cardium (Fragum), 118 granulata, Architectonica, 118 Grasses from the Galapagos and the Re- villagigedo Islands, New Species of, by A. S. Hitcheoek, 295-300 grayi, Eos, 192 Grimmia ealifornica, 76 leucophaea, 77 pulvinata, 77 gronovii, Nomeus, 387 grossa, Euidella, 39 Grunsky, C. E., Foreword, 1-2 guamensis, Sebastopsis, 365 Guadichaudii, Syrrhopodon, 81, 86 guatemalae, Nasutitermes (Nasuti- termes), 234, 249 guatemalensis var. itinerans, Nylanderia vividula, 60 [ Proc. 4TH Ser. guineense, Tetramorium, 59, 177 guentheri, Ceratobatrachus, 184 gintheri, Hepatus, 364 guppyi, Chlamys (Palliolum), 320 Lepidodactylus, 185 Pecten (Pseudamusium), 320 Rana, 184 gymuopterus, Muraenichthys, 341 Gymnothorax boschi, 342 chilospilus, 343 marmorata, 343 undulatus, 343 gymuotus, Muraenichthys, 341 gypsophiloides, Mollugo floriana, 21 haematoda bauri, Odontomachus, 58 var. fuscipennis, Odontomachus, 174 Odontomachus, 173 haematodus aberrans, Trichoglossus, 192 eaeruleiceps, Trichoglossus, 192 Hageni, Lecanora, 214, 221 Haleyon chloris amoena, 193 chloris solomonis, 193 sancta, 193 Halimeda, 262 discoidea, 262 incrassata forma tripartita, 263 Monile, 262 Opuntia forma triloba, 263 Opuntia forma typica, 263 simulans, 262 tridens, 262 tridens var. ovata, 263 tridens var. tripartita, 263 halmifolia macrophylla, Alternanthera, 101, 112 hamlini, Pinarolestes, 194 Hanna, G. D., Strong, A. M., and Hertlein, L. G., see Strong, A. M. Harengula fimbriata, 339 gibbosa, 339 melanura, 339 pinguis, 339 Harpa crenata, 119 hasseltii, Dussumieria, 339 hastatus, Pecten, 307 Pecten (Chlamys), 307 hawleyi, Xenophora, 124 (Hedromyrma) annae, Polyrhachis, 180 Heliconidae, 141 Heliconius petiverena, 141 heliplexa, Clavus (Clathrodrillia), 118 Vou. XXT] Helleri, Achyranthes, 109 Helleri, Alternanthera, 100, 109 forma obtusior, Alternanthera, 110 Helleri var. obtusior, Telanthera, 110 Opuntia, 43, 44 Telanthera, 109 Helleri forma typica, Alternanthera, 109 hemicyela, Janira, 302 Hemigymnus melapterus, 369 Hemiproene mystacea woodfordiana, 193 Hemiptera from the Galapagos Islands and the Coast and Islands of Cen- tral America and Mexico, Char- acters of Twenty-four New Species of, by E. P. Van Duzee, 25-40 Hemirhamphidae, 346 Hemirhamphus convexus, 346 dussumieri, 346 far, 346 georgii, 346 Hemprichii, Thalassia, 269 Heniochus varius, 363 Hepatus dussumieri, 364 giintheri, 364 triostegus, 364 Hepaticae (chiefly Riccia and Anthocero- taceae) of the Galapagos Islands and the Coast and Islands of Cen- tral America and Mexico, The, by M. A. Howe, 199-210 hephaestus, Camponotus (Myrmocladoe- cus) planus var., 59 hermes, Eupytcha, 141 herrei, Thalassoma, 369 Hertlein, L. G., The Recent Pectinidae, 301-328 Hertlein, L. G., Strong, A. M., and Hanna, G. D., see Strong, A. M. Hesperidae, 144 Heteractitis incanus, 191 Heteropia sp. nr. imalena, 144 Heterotermes, 247 orthognathus, 234, 235, 248 pallidus, 234, 247 hexataenia, Pseudocheilinus, 370 hexazonia, Cypselurus, 350 hexaphthalma, Parapercis, 372 hians, Athlennes, 345 Hindsia acapuleana, 119 hindsii, Coralliophila, 119 Metula, 122 INDEX 409 Hippelates, 159 pallidus, 159 Hippoboscea nigra, 134 Hippoboscidae of the Galapagos Archi- pelago, with an Appendix on the Tabanidae, The, by J. C. Bequaert, 131-138 hirtella, Festuca octoflora, 279 hispida, Medicago, 280 var. adscendens, Physcia, 218 hispidus, Tetrodon, 378 Hitchcock, A. S., New Species of Grasses from the Galapagos and Revilla- gigedo Islands, 295-300 hodgii, Pecten (Chlamys), 310 Holeoponera ecurtula, 62 Holocentridae, 351 Holocentrus caudimaculatus, 352 diadema, 352 opercularis, 351 punctatissimus, 352 sammara, 352 spinifer, 352 homalea, Ramalina, 216, 221 hoodensis, Amaranthus selerantoides forma, 93 Hookeri, Achyranthes, 102 Pectis, 336 forma stellulata, Pectis, 335, 336 Hookeriopsis cocoensis, 86 diffusa, 86 Hordeum murinum, 279 Hormophysa triquetra, 264 Horsburgh, D. B., A Revision of Two * Species of Vinciguerria, a Genus of Deep Sea Fishes, 225-232 Howe, M. A., The Hepaticae (chiefly Ric- cia and Anthocerotaceae) of the Galapagos Islands and the Coast and Islands of Central America and Mexico, 199-210 Howell, J. T., The Amaranthaceae of the Galapagos Islands, 87-116 The Cactaceae of the Galapagos Islands, 41-54 The Genus Mollugo in the Galapagos Islands, 13-23 New Flowering Plants from the Gala- pagos Islands, 329-336 The Vascular Plants from San Nico- las Island, California, 277-284 410 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Howelli, Fissidens (Semilimbidium), 78, 86 Physcia (Euphyscia), 219, 221 Riccia, 202 Trisetum, 296 howensis, Monacanthus, 376 hubbardi, Kalotermes, 234, 236 Hydrophis faciatus atriceps, 187 ornatus, 187 hydrometrica, Funaria, 77 Hyla thesaurensis, 184 Hymenolichens, 220 Hypophila Tortula, 81, 86 Hypleurochilus samoensis, 374 hystrix, Diodon, 378 ianthe, Clavus (Cymatosyrinx), 118 Ieosta, 134 illecebrum, Scleropodium, 77 imalena, Heteropia near, 144 imbricatum, Brachymenium, 86 Crucibulum, 119 immaculatus, Tetrodon, 377 immigrans, Drosophila, 162 Kalotermes, 234, 235, 236 implicata, Malacothrix, 284 incanus, Heteractitis, 191 ineisus, Tylosurus, 345 incompletus, Syrrhopodon, 86 incongrua, Semele, 118 incrassata forma tripartita, Halimeda, 263 indentata, Cancellaria, 118 indentus, Pecten latiauritus, 315 indica, Tylosurus, 345 indicus, Pseudupeneus, 362 Varanus, 186 inoa, Opsophytopsis, 167 Sarcophaga, 167 Wohlfahrtia, 167 insigne, Oplegnathus, 389 insignis, Recluzia, 119 insulare, Crossostephium, 283 Lomatium, 281 insularis, Artemisia californica var., 283 insularis, Campylopus (Eucampylopus), 79, 86 Deltocephalus, 30 insularis, Euryptera, 281 insularis, Merosargus, 150 Mollugo, 15, 19 Nemophila, 282 | Proc. 47TH SER. insularis, Opsophytopsis, 167 Opuntia, 43, 44 intermedia, Mollugo flavescens, 18 intermedius, Lyropecten, 317 Pecten (Lyropecten) nodosus var., Bly interrupta, Ambassis, 358 interruptus, Asyndetes, 152 Diaphorus, 152 intertropica, Ornithomyia, 134 intertropicus, Ornithoponus, 134 Introductory Statement, by Templeton Crocker, 3-12 introfiexus, Campylopus, 81, 86 involvens, Thuidium, 85, 86 iodocheila, Riccia, 200 Tresine, 88, 96 Edmonstonei, 96 radicata, 97 subscaposa, 97 Iridomyrmex anceps papuanus, 178 myrmecodiae, 178 irregularis, Boiga, 186 isabelensis, Camponotus (Myrmocladoe- cus) planus var., 59 ischon, Pecten, 317 isla, Sarcophaga, 168, 169 islandicus pugetensis, Pecten, 308 Isopterygium tenerum, 82, 85, 86 Itaballia calydonia, 140 ithonus, Polirhachis (Myrma) relucens, 179 itinerans, Nylanderia vividula guate- malensis var., 60 Itinerary of the Templeton Crocker Expe- dition of the California Academy of Sciences, 1932, by Captain Gor- land Rotch, 8 Jamesoni, Schlotheimia, 86 Janira hemicyela, 302 soror, 302 (Janira) vodgesi, Pecten, 304 janus, Pecten, 307 japonicus, Scomber, 356 Jasminocereus galapagensis, 52 jatrophae, Anartia, 142 javanica, Moringua, 340 Jepsonia sp., 280 jordani, Cirrhilabrus, 370 jouteli, Kalotermes, 234, 237 Julidio maculosus, 390 Vou. XXTI] juncea alata, Froelichia, 116 Froelichia, 114, 116 typica, Froelichia, 116 kaipi, Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma), 180 kallima, Chlorippe, 143 Kalotermes, 236 hubbardi, 234, 236 immigrans, 234, 235, 236 jouteli, 234, 237 marginipennis, 234, 237 minor, 234, 237 montanus, 237 pacificus, 234, 235, 237 tabogae, 237, 239 tubereulifrons, 237 Kalotermes (Cryptotermes) darwini, 234, 235, 242, 243, 244 (Cryptotermes) fatulus, 234, 235, 245, 246 (Cryptotermes) occidentalis, 245 Kalotermes (Neotermes) larseni, 234, 235, 239, 241 (Rugitermes) rugosus var. oeciden- talis, 245 kasmira, Lutianus, 360 kathrinepalmerae, Peeten (Chlamys), 302 keiferi, Lygus, 36 kellettii, Chione, 118 (Knefastia) tubereulifera, Clavatula, 118 koelreuteri, Periophthalmus, 373 krefftii, Rana, 184 Kuhlia caudovittata, 359 taeniura, 359 Kuhliidae, 359 kuperi, Rhipidura rufifrons, 196 Kyphosidae, 361 Kyphosus vaigiensis, 361 labella var. brunneipes, Polyrhachis (Myrma), 179 labiosa, Area, 118 lacunosa, Atherina, 354 (Laevicardium) cumingii, Cardium, 118 lanata, Froelichia, 115 lanigera, Froelichia, 114, 115 scoparia, Froelichia, 115, 116 typica, Froelichia, 115 lanulosa, Achillea Millefolium var., 283 laotale, Sebastapistes, 364 larseni, Kalotermes (Neotermes), 234, 235, 239, 241 lateralis, Apogon, 358 INDEX 411 latiapicatum, Chrysosoma, 67 latiauratus delosi, Peeten (Leptopecten), 325 Peeten, 314 Pecten (Leptopecten), 314 latiauritus fucicolis, Pecten, 315 indentus, Pecten, 315 Pecten (Chlamys), 314 splendens, Pecten, 315 Latieauda colubrina, 186 crockeri, 186 latifacies, Chrysotus, 69, 151 latifolia, Mollugo gracillima, 17 Latirus sp., 119 Laurencia miriannensis, 268 leanus, Calliostoma, 118 Leeanora Hageni, 214, 221 Lecanoraceae, 214 Lecidea (Psora) crenata, 212, 221 (Psora) globifera, 212, 221 Lecideaceae, 212 leeana, Centrifuga, 120 Purpura (Centrifuga), 120 leeanus, Murex (chicoreus), 120 leiaspis, Coelonotus, 354 Leiolopisma anolis, 185 noctua, 185, 187 leioplaca forma bispora, Pertusaria, 213 Leiuranus semicinctus, 342 lenis, Pitar, 118 Lepidanthrax tincta, 151 Lepidium nitidum, 279 Robinsonii, 280 Lepidodactylus guppyi, 185 lugubris, 187 Lepidopilum crassisetum, 86 Lepidiptera of the Expedition, The Diur- nal, by BE. P. Van Duzee, 139-146 Leptecheneis naucrates, 372 Leptogium mollucanum, 212, 221 sp., 212 (Leptopeecten) latiauratus delosi, Pecten, 325 latiauratus, Pecten, 314 tumbezensis, Pecten, 314 valero, Pecten, 316 Leptosyne gigantea, 284 Leptotes parrhasioides, 143 Lethrinidae, 361 Lethrinus leutjanus, 361 reticulatus, 361 412 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Leucomium ecuspidatifolium, 86 leucophaea, Dendrographa, 287 Grimmia, 77 leucophrys melaleuca, Rhipidura, 195 leucostegium, Stereophyllum, 85 leucotrichum, Squamidium, 81, 82, 86 leucozonus, Abudefduf, 368 leutjanus, Lethrinus, 361 Libythea carinenta, 143 Libythidae, 143 Lichens, by D. H. Linder, 211-224 licisea, Pellicia, 145 Light, S. F., The Termites, 233-258 ligyrus, Terebra, 119 Limnophora, 163 Limonia (Geranomyia) tibialis, 148 Linder, D. H., Lichens, 211-224 Lindigiana, Daltonia, 86 lingualis, Terebra, 119 linifolia, Pectis, 336 Lioglyphostoma acapulcanum, 119 liriope, Pecten (Delectopecten), 324 Lispe, 163 sp., 165 Lithophila, 88, 97 radicata, 97 rigida, 98 subseaposa, 97 lituratus, Acanthurus, 363 lividus, Pomacentrus, 365 Liza caeruleomaculata, 355 ceramensis, 355 troscheli, 355 waigiensis, 355 Lomatium insulare, 281 longicornis, Paratrechina, 60, 181 longifolia, Daltonia, 86 longifolium, Macromitrum, 86 longipes, Anoplolepis, 178 Anopolepis, 63 Galapagomyia, 148 longirostris, Euleptorhamphus, 346 Oxymonacanthus, 376 longisetus, Glassodelphus, 86 longispicata, Froelichia nudicaulis, 114, 115 louti, Variola, 359 lowei, Pecten (Chlamys), 308 lucasanus, Pseudopriacanthus, 388 lucetia, Vinciguerria, 227 lucetius, Maurolicus, 227 Zalarges, 227 { Proc. 4TH SER, (Lucilia) pionia, Musca, 166 lugubris, Lepidodactylus, 187 lumbricoides, Sphagebranchus, 342 lunare, Thalassoma, 369 lunaris, Spheroides, 377 luneata gracilis, Coracina, 193 lunula, Chaetodon, 363 Lutianidae, 560 Lutianus bohar, 360 gibbus, 360 kasmira, 360 marginatus, 360 semicinctus, 360 Lycaenidae, 143 lyeidice, Mechanitis, 141 Lycium ealifornicum, 283 lydia, Terias, 141 Lygus keiferi, 36 Lynchia, 134 albipennis, 134 nigra, 134 pusilla, 135 Lyngbya majuscula, 260 Lyropecten intermedius, 317 (Lyropecten) nodosus var. intermedius, Pecten, 317 nodosus var. subnodosus, Pecten, 317 pittieri, Pecten, 318 subnodosus, Pecten, 317 macellaria, Cochliomyia, 166 Musea, 166 Macoma panamensis, 118 macilentus var. albemarlensis, Campo- notus (Pseudocolobopsis), 60 var. narboroénsis, Camponotus (Pseudocolobopsis), 60 Macrocallista squalida, 118 macrolepis, Myripristis, 352 Macromitrium longifolium, 86 mucronifolium, 81, 86 macrophylla, Alternanthera halimifolia, 101, 112 macropterus, Muraenichthys, 341 macrorhynchus, Butorides striatus, 190 macrostomus, Muraenichthys, 341 Mactra goniocyma, 118 maculosus, Julidio, 390 maerula, Gonepteryx, 140 major, Marah, 283 Philates, 35 majuscula, Lyngbya, 260 Vou. XXII] Malacothrix implicata, 284 saxatilis, 284 malaita, Muraenichthys, 341 malaitae, Myiagra ferrocyanea, 195 Malea ringens, 119 Malvastrum dimorphum, 331 mancus, Platophrys, 351 manillensis, Tetrodon, 377 Marah major, 283 Marchantiaceae, 203 marginatus, Caranx, 356 Lutianus, 360 marginipennis, Kalotermes, 234, 237 margaritacea, Alternanthera filifolia, 102, 104 margaritatus, Canthigaster, 377 Salarias, 374 mariana, Turritella, 119, 123 mariannensis, Laurencia, 268 maritima, Abronia, 279 marmorata, Gymnothorax, 343 marmoratus, Cirrhitus, 363 maroubrae, Petroscirtes, 373 maura, Turricula, 119 mauritiana, Anguilla, 340 Maurolicus lucetius, 227 Mechanitis lycidice, 141 Medicago hispida, 280 megacephala, Pheidole, 174 Megalopterus minutus minutus, 191 Megalura chiron, 142 peleus, 143 megasperma, Opuntia, 43, 46 orientalis, Opuntia, 47, 48 typica, Opuntia, 47 melaleuca, Rhipidura leucophrys, 195 melanocephalum, Tapinoma, 178 melanogyna var. pallidiventre, Tetra- morium, 177 Melanophyceae, 263 melanosomus, Paragobiodon, 372 melanostictus, Myripristis, 352 melanura, Harengula, 339 melanurus, Dascyllus, 368 melanurus, Symphurus, 386 melapterus, Hemigymnus, 369 meleagris, Salarias, 374 Tetrodon, 377 melinus clarionensis, Thecla, 143 Melitaea theona, 142 Menziesii, Anacolia, 77 merra, Epinephelus, 359 INDEX 413 Merosargus insularis, 150 Mesogramma, 153 crockeri, 154 duplicata, 154 metallica nitida, Aplonis, 194 Meteoriopsis Anderssonii, 86 patula, 82, 86 metopias, Nemipterus, 361 Metopiidae, 165 Metula amosi, 119, 122 hindsii, 122 metula, Baccinum, 122 mexicana, Pseudomyrma gracilis var., 62 mexicanus, Termes, 237 Microcerotermes, 150 bouverl, 234, 251, 252 struncki, 234, 250, 251 microlepidotus, Scomber, 356 Microlynchia, 135 pusilla, 135 Micromitrium fragile, 86 microptera, Evolantia, 347 Microtermes (Microtermes) panamaensis, 234 (Microtermes) panamaensis, Microtermes, 234 Microtia elva, 142 milesii, Aploactis, 365 militaris, Turricula (Pleurofusia), 119 Millefolium var. lanulosa, Achillea, 283 Mino dumontii sanfordi, 194 minor, Kalotermes, 234, 237 minoratum, Paspalum galapageium var., 299 minuta, Galapagosia, 172 minutior, Crematogaster (Orthocrema) brevispinosa var., 62 minutus, Cryptocerus, 63 Megalopterus minutus, 191 minutus, Megalopterus, 191 Mirmicinae, 174 miser, Nassarius, 119 Pecten (Pallium), 318 Mitra attenuata, 119 sp., 119 zaca, 119, 120 M-nigrum, Agromyza, 162 Desmometopa, 162 modesta, Eunica, 142 Modiolus pallidus, 118 mollucanum, Leptogium, 212, 221 414 Mollugo, 138 Cerviana, 14, 15 Crockeri, 15, 20 flavescens, 14, 17, 18 flavescens angustifolia, 138 flavescens var. floriana, 21 flavescens intermedia, 18 flavescens typica, 18 floriana, 14, 21 floriana gypsophiloides, 21 floriana typica, 21 gracilis, 16 gracillima, 14, 15, 16 gracillima latifolia, 17 gracillima typica, 16 in the Galapagos Islands, The Genus, by J. T. Howell, 13-23 insularis, 14, 15, 19 Snodgassii, 15, 22 Snodgassii var. santacruziana, 22 striata, 14, 15,19 Mollusea from Acapulco, Mexico, with Notes on other Species, Marine, by A. M. Strong, G. D. Hanna and L. G. Hertlein, 117-130 Monacanthidae, 376 Monacanthus howensis, 376 Monarcha ugiensis, 195 vidua, 194 mongolus, Cirrepidesmus mongolus, 191 mongolus, Cirrepidesmus, 191 Monile, Halimeda, 262 Monocotyledonae, 269 Monolene asaedae, 385 Monotaxis grandoculis, 361 montanus, Kalotermes, 237 monticola, Drymaria, 329 monuste, Ascia, 140 moracaibensis, Pecten buchivacoanus, 310 morantensis, Chlamys (Aequipecten) plurinominis, 310 Morellia ochricornis, 165 Moringua javanica, 340 Moringuidae, 340 moschatum, Erodium, 281 Mosses of the Templeton Crocker Expedi- tion and List of Mosses known from the Galapagos Islands and from Cocos Island, by E. B. Bart- ram, 75-86 mucronifolium, Macromitrium, 81, 86 Mugilhidae, 355 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4TH SER. Mullidae, 362 Mulloides samoensis, 362 Muraenichthys gymnopterus, 341 gymnotus, 341 macropterus, 341 macrostomus, 341 malaita, 341 Muraenidae, 342, 384 muralis, Tortula, 76 Murex (chicoreus) leeanus, 120 rectirostris, 119 muriciformis, Eupleura, 119 murinum, Hordeum, 279 murinus, Geotomus, 26 murorum, Caloplaca, 217, 221 Murrayana, Turbinaria, 264 Musea, 163 domestica, 165 macellaria, 166 oceidua, 167 ochricornis, 165 (Lucilia) pionia, 166 Muscidae, 163 mutilatus, Peropus, 187 mycone, Nymphidium, 143 Myctophidae, 344 Myctophum ecoccoi, 345 dumerili, 344 evermanni, 344 pristilepis, 345 punctatum, 344 Myiagra ferrocyanea malaitae, 195 myops, Saurus, 344 myriacantha, Opuntia, 49 Myripristis macrolepis, 352 melanostictus, 352 (Myrma) labella var. brunneipes, Poly- rhachis, 179 relucens andromache var. nesiotis, Polyrhachis, 179 relucens ithonus, Polyrhachis, 179 (Myrmamblys) reticulatus bedoti, Campo- notus, 179 (Myrmaphaenus) cocosensis, Camponotus, 61 (Myrmatopa) osae, Polyrhachis, 181 myrmecodiae, Iridomyrmex, 178 (Myrmobrachys) senex, Camponotus, 63 (Myrmocladoecus) planus, Camponotus, 59 rectangularis, Camponotus, 63, 64 (Myrmothrix) sp., Camponotus, 63 VoL. XXI] mystacea woodfordiana, Hemiproene, 193 Myxophyceae, 260 Myzomela cardinalis puleherrima, 196 cardinalis sanctaecrucis, 197 cardinalis sanfordi, 196 nigrita tristrami, 197 narboroénsis, Camponotus (Pseudocolo- bopsis) macilentus var., 60 Narcine ommata, 383 naresi, Cypselurus, 348 naso, Nysius (Ortholomus), 27 Naso unicornis, 363 Nassarius gemmulosus, 119 miser, 119 pagodus, 119 versicolor, 119 Nasutitermes (Nasutitermes) guatemalae, 234, 249 Natica broderipiana, 119 naucrates, Leptecheneis, 372 nautica, Clathrodrilla, 118 nebulosa, Echidna, 343 Nemophila insularis, 282 Nemipterus metopias, 361 neophytus, Rhinogobius, 372 (Neotabanus) vittiger, Tabanus, 136 Neotermes (subgenus), 239 (Neotermes) larseni, Kalotermes, 234, 235, 239, 241 nesiotes, Alternanthera, 100, 110 nesioticus, Cereus, 52, 53 nesiotis, Nylanderia fulva, 61 Polyrhachis (Myrma) relucens andro- mache var., 179 nigerrima, Roccellodea, 286 nigerrimus, Clavus (Brachytoma), 118 nigra, Emoia, 185 Hippobosea, 134 Lynchia, 134 nigrella, Riccia, 200 nigrescens, Papillaria, 82, 86 nigricans, Pomacentrus, 366 Squamidium, 86 nigrita tristrami, Myzomela, 197 nigropunctatus, Tetrodon, 378 nimbaria, Vinciguerria, 230 nimbarius, Zalarges, 230 nitida, Aplonis metallica, 194 nitidiventris, Euxesta, 156 nitidium, Lepidum, 279 noctua, Leiolopisma, 185, 187 (Nodipecten) colinensis, Pecten, 318 INDEX 415 pittieri collierensis, Pecten, 318 subnodosus, Pecten, 317 nodosa, Ostrea, 318 nodosus var. intermedius, Pecten (Lyro- pecten), 317 Pecten, 318 var. subnodosus, ten), 317 nodulosa, Turritella, 119 Nomeidae, 387 Nomeus gronovii, 387 Nostoe commune, 260 notata, Euxesta, 156 Notothylas galapagensis, 203 novae-guinae, Scorpaenopsis, 365 novemfasciatus, Apogon, 357 Nuculana acapuleensis, 118 costellata, 118 gibbosa, 118 sp., 118 (Adrana) sowerbyana, 118 nudicaulis, Achyranthes, 101 Aiternanthera, 100, 101 Bucholtzia, 101 nudicaulis curta, Froelichia, 114, 115 Froelichia, 114 longispicata, Froelichia, 114, 115 Telanthera, 101 typica, Froelichia, 114 nudiflora, Telanthera argentea, 110 Telanthera echinocephala, 110 nummaria, Crepidula, 118 nux, Area, 118 Nylanderia dichroa, 181 fulva nesiotis, 61 obseura, 181 vaga, 181 vividula guatemalensis var. itinerans, 60 Nymphalidae, 141 Nymphidium mycone, 143 Nysius (Ortholomus) naso, 27 obovale, Cardium (Fragum), 118 obscura, Nylanderia, 181 obtusatum, Pilotrichum, 84, 86 obtusior, Alternanthera Helleri forma, 110 Telanthera Helleri var., 110 occidentalis, Cryptotermes, 234 Kalotermes (Cryptotermes), 245 Kalotermes (Rugitermes) rugosus var., 245 Opuntia, 281 Pecten (Lyropec- 416 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES occidua, Musca, 167 Sarcophagula, 167 oceanica, Gehyra, 184, 187 ochricornis, Morellia, 165 Musea, 165 Octoblepharum albidum, 81, 86 octoflora hirtella, Festuca, 279 octospinosus, Acromyrmex, 63 Odinia williamsi, 163 Odontocera dorsalis, 163 Odontomachus haematoda, 173 haematoda bauri, 58 haematoda var. fuscipennis, 174 odysseus, Crockeridius, 391 Oecophylla smaragdina subnitida, 179 Oerstedianum, Crossomitrium, 84, 86 oerstedii, Dentalium, 118 oleraceus, Sonchus, 284 Olfersia, 131 albipennis, 134 diomedeae, 133 erythropsis, 131, 133 fossulata, 132 spinifera, 132 Oliarus galapagensis, 33 oligocystum, Sargassum, 266 oligolepis, Cypselurus, 348 Pecten (Cyclopecten), 320 Oliva spicata, 119 ommata, Narcine, 383 onyx, Crepidula, 118 opercularis, Holocentrus, 351 Ophichthyidae, 342 Ophiocara aporos, 370 Ophyra, 163 aenescens, 164 opisthopus, Cypselurus, 348 Oplegnathidae, 389 Oplegnathus insigne, 389 Opsophytopsis, 165 inoa, 167 insularis, 167 optimum, Pecten oxygonum, 310 Opuntia, 42 Echios, 43, 49 Echios gigantea, 51 Echios typica, 51 galapageia, 43 Helleri, 43, 44 insularis, 43, 44 megasperma, 43, 46 megasperma orientalis, 47, 48 [ Proc. 47TH Ser. megasperma typica, 47 myriacantha, 49 occidentalis, 281 prolifera, 281 saxicola, 43, 45 Zacana, 43, 48 Opuntia forma triloba, Halimeda, 263 forma typica, Halimeda, 263 orbicularis, Apogon, 357 Platax, 353 orientalis, Cephalacanthus, 365 orientalis, Opuntia megasperma, 47, 48 ornata, Pachycephala pectoralis, 196 ornata, Turbinaria, 265 ornatus, Gobius, 371 Hydrophis, 187 Pecten, 306 Pecten (Chlamys), 306 Ornithomyia intertropica, 134 Ornithoponus, 134 americanus, 134 intertropicus, 134 (Orthoerema) brevispinosa chathamensis, Crematogaster, 58 brevispinosa, Crematogaster, 62 Orthodontium confine, 86 orthognathus, Heterotermes, 234, 235, 248 (Ortholomus) naso, Nysius, 27 osae, Polyrhachis (Myrmatopa), 181 Oscinella, 159 Ostraciidae, 377 Ostracion cornutus, 377 Ostrea conchaphila, 118 nodosa, 318 Ostrea [= Pecten] florida, 302 ovata, Halimeda tridens var., 263 ovulata, Corbula, 118 oxycephalus, Cypselurus, 349 oxygonum canalis, Pecten, 310 optimum, Pecten, 310 Oxymonacanthus longirostris, 376 Oxyna aesia, 158 oxytropis, Turris, 119 pachycentron, Petrometopon, 359 Pachycephala pectoralis feminina, 196 pectoralis ornata, 196 pacifica, Turneria, 178 pacificum, Tetramorium, 177 pacificus, Diplophos, 340 Kalotermes, 234, 235, 237 Padina Commersonii, 264 pagodus, Nassarius, 119 Vou. XXI]} pallida, Clavus (Cymatosyrinx), 118 Pseudomyrma, 62 pallidiventre, Tetramorium melanogyna var., 177 pallidus, Canetharus, 118 pallidus, Heterotermes, 234, 247 pallidus, Hippelates, 159 Modiolus, 118 Prohippelates, 159 (Palliolum) guppyi, Chlamys, 320 (Pallium) miser, Peeten, 318 vexillum, Pecten, 307 Palmeri var. clementina, Baeria, 283 palmeri, Cosmiconcha, 119 panamaensis, Microtermes (Miecro- termes), 234 Tellina, 118 Tellina (Eurytellina), 118 panamensis, Macoma, 118 Pecten, 318 Pecten (Pseudamusium), 321 panamensis, Procanace, 161 panamensis, Terebra, 119 pantherinus, Platophrys, 351 paphia, Terebra, 119 Papilio epidaus, 140 philenor, 139 photinus, 139 thoas autocles, 140 papilio, Parexocoetus, 384 Papilionidae, 139 Papillaria nigrescens, 82, 86 papuanus, Iridomyrmex anceps, 178 papuensis, Balistes, 375 Paracleius pusillus, 152 Paragobiodon melanosomus, 372 xanthosomus, 372 Parajalysus punctipes, 35 Parapercidae, 372 Parapercis hexophthalma, 372 parasiticus, Syrrhopodon, 81, 86 Paratrechina longicornis, 60, 181 pardochir, Enneapterygius, 374 Parexocoetus brachypterus, 347 papilio, 384 Parietaria floridana, 279 Parmelia conspersa, 214, 221 perforata, 215, 221 perlata, 215, 221 physodes, 215, 221 Parmeliaceae, 214 INDEX 417 Paroxyna ?aesia, 158 crockeri, 157 parrhasioides, Leptotes, 143 Paspalum galapageium, 297 galapageium var. minoratum, 299 redundans, 300 patruelis willowsi, Aphaenogaster, 64 patula, Meteoriopsis, 82, 86 paucicostatus, Pecten, 315 Pecten (Plagioctenium), 315 Pecten aotus, 320 asperus, 314 australis, 305 buchivacoanus falconensis, 310 buchivacoanus moracaibensis, 310 circularis, 118, 311 corallinus, 318 dentatus, 304 digitatum, 306 digitatus, 306 distans, 307 distortus, 305 excavatus, 304 exasperatus, 310 fasciculatus, 318 filitextus, 312 floridus, 302 hastatus, 307 ischnon, 317 islandicus pugetensis, 308 janus, 307 latiauratus, 314 latiauritus fucicolus, 315 latiauritus indentus, 315 latiauritus splendens, 315 nodosus, 318 ornatus, 306 oxygonum canalis, 310 oxygonum optimum, 310 panamensis, 318 paucicostatus, 315 peedeensis, 318 pernodosus, 318 plurinominis, 310 purpuratus, 312 rosaceus, 305 rotundus, 321 sancti-ludovici, 309 sericeus, 118, 303 soror, 302 soror codercola, 302 418 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Pecten sowerbyi, 314 subnodosus, 317 timidus, 311 tumbezensis, 118, 314 ventricosus, 311 vexillum, 307 woodringi, 316 Pecten (Aequipecten) tumbezensis, 315 (Argus) ventricosus var. coccinea, 313 (Chlamys) amandi, 305 (Chlamys) buchivacoanus, 310 (Chlamys) callozoensis, 309 (Chlamys) coccymelus, 311 (Chlamys) hastatus, 307 (Chlamys) hodgii, 310 (Chlamys) kathrinepalmerae, 302 (Chlamys) latiauratus, 314 (Chlamys) lowei, 308 (Chlamys) ornatus, 306 (Chlamys) zeteki, 306 (Cyclopecten) catalinensis, 320 (Cyclopecten) cocosensis, 319 (Cyclopecten) oligolepis, 320 (Cyeclopecten) pernomus, 320 (Cyclopecten) rotundus, 320 (Decadopecten) fasciculatus, 318 (Delectopecten) liriope, 324 (Delectopecten) zacae, 321 (Dentipecten) circularis, 311 (Euvola) cataractes, 304 (Janira) vodgesi, 304 (Leptopecten) latiauratus, 314 (Leptopecten) latiauratus delosi, 325 (Leptopecten) tumbezensis, 314 (Leptopecten) velero, 316 (Lyropecten) nodosus var. inter- medius, 317 (Lyropecten) nodosus var. subno- dosus, 317 (Lyropecten) pittieri, 318 (Lyropecten) subnodosus, 317 (Nodipecten) colinensis, 318 (Nodipecten) pittieri collierensis, 318 (Nodipecten) subnodosus, 317 (Pallium) miser, 318 (Pallium) vexillum, 307 (Pecten) diegensis, 302 (Pecten) excavatus, 304 (Pecten) hastatus var. pugetensis, 308 (Pecten) sericeus, 303 | Proc. 47H SER. (Pecten) vogdesi, 304 (Plagioctenium) paucicostatus, 315 (Plagioctenium ) cireularis, 311 (Plagioctenium) demiurgus, 313 (Pseudamusium ) guppyi, 320 (Pseudamusium ) lillisi, 322 (Pseudamusium ) panamensis, 321 (Pseudamusium) subminutus, 320 [= Pecten] florida, Ostrea, 302 (Pecten) diegensis, Pecten, 302 excavatus, Pecten, 304 hastatus var. pugetensis, Pecten, 308 sericeus, Pecten, 302 vogdesi, Pecten, 304 Pectinidae, The Recent, by L. G. Hertlein, 301-328 Pectis Andersonnii, 336 linifolia, 336 glabra, 333, 336 glabra forma calvescens, 334, 336 glabra forma pubescens, 335, 336 glabra forma setulosa, 335, 336 Hookeri, 336 Hookeri forma stellulata, 335, 336 subsquarrosa, 336 tenuifolia, 336 pectoralis feminina, Pachycephala, 196 ornata, Pachycephala, 196 salomonensis, Eclectus, 192 peedeensis, Pecten, 318 Pelagomyia dubia, 150 peleus, Megalura, 143 Pellicia licisea, 145 peltata, Caulerpa, 261 Pempheridae, 360 Pempheris vanicolensis, 360 Pentapus aurolineatus, 361 percula, Amphiprion, 365 peregrina, Demoisellea, 389 peregrinus, Camponotus (Myrmocladoe- cus) planus var., 59 perforata, Parmelia, 215, 221 Periophthalmus koelreuteri, 373 perlata, Parmelia, 215, 221 pernodosus, Pecten, 318 pernomus, Pecten (Cyclopecten), 320 Peropus mutilatus, 187 persius, Thanaos, 145 personata, Sula dactylatra, 190 Pertusaria bispora, 213, 221 leioplaca forma bispora, 213 Pertusariaceae, 213 Vou. XXT] peruvianus, Gobioides, 391 perviridis, Dasia smaragdina, 185 petimba, Fistularia, 354 petiverena, Heliconius, 141 Petrometopon pachycentron, 359 Petroscirtes anema, 373 filamentosus, 373 maroubrae, 373 tapeinosoma, 373 Pharnaceum Cerviana, 15 Pheidole megacephala, 174 Philates breviceps, 33, 35 cinerea, 35 major, 35 productus, 35 servus, 34, 35 vicinus, 34, 35 philenor, Papilio, 139 Philonotis gracillima, 81, 86 Philoxerus, 88, 98 rigidus, 98 Phora divaricata, 152 venusta, 152 Phoridae, 152 Phoridae, Dolichopodidae and, by M. C. Van Duzee, 65 Phos gaudens, 119 veraguensis, 119 photinus, Papilio, 139 phyHocysta, Sargassum echinocarpum var., 265 Phyllomyzidae, 162 Phyllonotus bicolor, 119 Physcia adscendens, 218, 221 aegilata, 218, 221 aipolia, 219, 221 hispida var. adscendens, 218 picta, 220, 221 stellaris, 220, 221 Physcia (Euphyscia) Howellii, 219, 221 Physciaceae, 217 physodes, Parmelia, 215, 221 picipes var. ?, Camponotus (Tanae- myrmex), 61 picta, Physcia, 220, 221 Turris, 119 Pieridae, 140 Pilotrichum obtusatum, 84, 86 rugifolium, 83, 86 Pinarolestes hamlini, 194 pinguis, Harengula, 339 INDEX 419 pionia, Musea (Lueilia), 166 Viridinsula, 166 Pipunculidae, 152 Pipunculus galapagensis, 152 Pitar callicomata, 118 lenis, 118 pittieri collierensis, Pecten (Nodipecten), 318 Pecten (Lyropecten), 318 Plagiochasma sp., 203 (Plagioetenium) cireularis, Pecten, 311 demiurgus, Pecten, 313 paucicostatus, Pecten, 315 Plants from the Galapagos Islands, New Flowering, by J. T. Howell, 329-3365 from San Nicolas Island, California, The Vascular, by J. T. Howell, 277-284 of Southeastern Melanesia, Some Marine, by W. A. Setchell, 259-276 planum, Taxithelium, 85, 86 planus var. hephaestus, Camponotus (Myrmacladoecus), 59 var. isabelensis, Camponotus (Myrmocladoecus), 59 var. peregrinus, Camponotus (Myrmocladoeecus), 59 var. santacruzensis, Camponotus (Myrmocladoecus), 59 Platacidae, 353 Platax orbicularis, 353 teira, 353 Platophrys mancus, 351 pantherinus, 351 Platymetopius aequinoctialis, 30 Platystomidae, 156 platyura, Belone, 384 plena, Aligia, 37 (Pleurofusia) militaris, Turricula, 119 Pleuronectidae, 351 Pleuropetalum, 88, 89 Darwinii, 89 pleurostigma, Pseudupeneus, 362 plinthopyga, Sarcophaga, 168, 169 plurinominis, Chlamys (Aequipecten), 310 morantensis, Chlamys (Aequi- pecten), 310 Pecten, 310 poecilopleurus, Cryptoblepharus boutonil, 185 poecilopterus, Cypselurus, 347 420 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Poeciloscytus vegatus, 28 poeti, Gerres, 361 Polinices uber, 119 polyacanthus, Pseudogramma, 360 polycystum, Sargassum, 266 Scytonema, 260 Polyrhachis (Chariomyrma) areuata var. acutinoda, 180 (Chariomyrma) kaipi, 180 (Chariomyrma) rere, 180 (Hedomyrma) annae, 180 (Myrma) labella var. brunneipes, 179 (Myrma) relucens andromache var. nesiotis, 179 (Myrma) relucens ithonus, 179 (Myrmatopa) osae, 181 Pomacentridae, 365, 389 Pomacentrus bifasciatus, 366 lividus, 365 nigricans, 366 prosopotaenia, 366 Ponerinae, 173 portentosa, Rocella, 285 Pottia Fosbergii, 76 Premnas biaculeatus, 365 Priacanthidae, 360, 388 Priacanthus cruentatus, 366 primitiva, Anthrax, 151 Villa, 151 pristilepis, Myctophum, 345 pristiphora, Tellina, 118 Procanace, 160 (genus) galapagensis, 160 panamensis, 161 productus, Philates, 35 Prohippelates, 159 pallidus, 159 prolifera, Opuntia, 281 prosopotaenia, Pomacentrus, 366 Prosthetocirea, 165 cana, 168 (Pseudamusium) guppyi, Pecten, 320 lillisi, Pecten, 322 panamensis, Pecten, 321 subminutus, Pecten, 320 Pseudocheilinus hexataenia, 370 Pseudochromidae, 360 (Pseudocolobopsis) macilentus, Campo- notus, 60 Pseudogramma polyacanthus, 360 Pseudolfersia, 131 diomedeae, 133 fossulata, 132 spinifera, 133 Pseudomyrma gracilis mexicana, 62 pallida, 62 sp., 62 Pseudopriacanthus lucasanus, 388 Pseudupeneus barberinus, 362 bifasciatus, 362 indicus, 362 pleurostigma, 362 (Psora) crenata, Lecidea, 212 globifera, Lecidea, 213 Psorotichia squamulosa, 212, 221 Ptilinopus rhodostictus cyanopterus, 192 rhodostictus rhodostictus, 192 pubescens, Pectis glabra forma, 335, 336 pudica, Clavus (Cymatosyrinx), 118 pugetensis, Pecten islandicus, 308 Pecten (Pecten) hastatus var., 308 pulcherrima, Myzomela ecardinalis, 196 pulvinata, Grimmia, 77 punctatissimus, Holocentrus, 352 punctatum, Myctophum, 344 punctipes, Parajalysus, 35 puntangoides, Gnatholepis, 371 Purpura (Centrifuga) leeana, 120 purpuratus, Pecten, 312 purpurea, Anchovia, 340 purpureus, Condylostylus, 66 pusilla, Lynchia, 135 Microlynchia, 135 pusillus, Paracleius, 152 pygmaeus, Threskiornis aethiopicus, 191 pyramicus albemarlensis, Dorymyrmex, 59 Pyrenopsidaceae, 212 quadricornis, Salarias, 374 quadriforceps, Sarcophaga, 169 quitensis, Amaranthus, 89, 90 Rabula rotchii, 384 racemosa, Caulerpa, 261 radicata, Alternanthera, 97 Tresine, 97 Lithophila, 97 radula, Turritella, 124 Ramalina ecalicaris, 215, 221 ealicaris var. canaliculata, 215, 221 ceruchis, 215, 221 ceruchis forma cephalota, 216, 221 combeoides, 216, 221 complanata, 216, 221 farinacea, 216, 221 [ Proc. 49TH SER. ——- Vou. XXI] Ramalina homalea, 216, 221 usneoides, 216, 221 Rana bufoniformis, 184 guppyi, 184 krefftii, 184 solomonis, 184 Recluzia insignis, 119 rectangularis var. aulicus, Camponotus (Myrmocladoecus), 64 Camponotus (Myrmocladoecus), 63 var. willowsi, Camponotus (Myrmo- cladoecus), 63 rectirostris, Murex, 119 recurva, Strombina, 119 redundans, Paspalum, 300 relucens andromache var. nesiotis, Polyr- hachis (Myrma), 179 ithonus, Polyrhachis (Myrma), 179 rema, Calliostoma, 118, 121 rennelliana, Rhipidura, 195 Reptiles and Amphibians, with the De- scription of a New Species of Sea- Snake, Notes on the, by J. R. Slevin, 183-188 rere, Polirhachis (Chariomyrma), 180 reticulatus, Lethrinus, 361 bedoti, Camponotus (Myrmamblys), 179 : reversa, Sarcophaga, 168 Rhicnoéssa costalis, 162 Rhinogobius criniger, 372 neophytus, 372 Rhipidura leucophrys melaleuea, 195 rennelliana, 195 rufifrons kuperi, 196 Rhizogonium spiniforme, 82, 86 Rhodophyceae, 268 rhodostictus cyanopterus, Ptilinopus, 192 Ptilinopus rhodostictus, 192 rhodostictus, Ptilinopus, 192 Riccia Elliottii, 200 Howellii, 202 iodocheila, 200 nigrella, 200 sorocarpa, 199 sp., 200 trichocarpa, 200 Ricciaceae, 199 Richardi, Calymperes, 85 rigida, Alternanthera, 98 Lithophila, 98 Trigidus, Philoxerus, 98 INDEX 421 ringens, Malea, 119 rivulatus, Gobiodon, 372 Siganus, 364 Robinsonii, Lepidium, 280 robusta, Sarcophaga, 169 Xenophora, 124 robustier, Telanthera argentea, 110 Telanthera echinocephala, 110 Roceella Babingtonii, 286 fimbriata, 287 portentosa, 285 Roccellaceae, The, by O. V. Darbishire, 285-294 Roccellodea nigerrima, 286 rondeletii, Cypselurus, 348 rosaceus, Pecten, 305 rosea, Clavus (Cymatosyrinx), 118 Roteh, Garland, Itinerary of the Temple- ton Crocker Expedition of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, 1932, 8 rotchii, Rabula, 334 rotundus, Pecten, 321 Pecten (Cyclopecten), 320 rubescens, Tellina, 118 rufifrons kuperi, Rhipidura, 196 rugifera, Clavus (Cymatosyrinx), 118 rugifolium, Pilotrichum, 83, 86 (Rugitermes) rugosus var. occidentalis, Kalotermes, 245 rugosus var. occidentalis, Kalotermes (Rugitermes), 245 rugulosa, Achyranthes, 111 rugulosa, Alternanthera, 101, 111 rugulosa, Telanthera, 111 rugulosus, Amaranthus sclerantoides forma, 92, 94 ruidum, Eectatomma, 62 ruralis, Tortula, 76 sacra, Demigretta, 190 Salarias garmani, 374 margaritatus, 374 meleagris, 374 quadricornis, 374 sealei, 374 salomonensis, Eclectus pectoralis, 192 Salvia floriana, 332 sammara, Holocentrus, 352 samoensis, Hypleurochilus, 374 samoensis, Mulloides, 362 sancta, Haleyon, 193 sanctaecrucis, Myzomela cardinalis, 197 422 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES sancti-ludovici, Pecten, 309 sancti-petri, Scomberoides, 356 sanfordi, Mino dumontii, 194 Myzomela cardinalis, 196 Sanicula arguta, 282 santacruzensis, Camponotus (Myrmo- cladoecus) planus var., 59 santacruziana, Mollugo Snodgassii, 22 sanzoi, Vinciguerria, 230 Sarcophaga, 165, 168 inoa, 167 isla, 168, 169 plinthopyga, 168, 169 quadriforceps, 169 reversa, 168 robusta, 169 taitensis, 168 violenta, 168, 169 williamsi, 168, 170 Sarcophagula, 165 occidua, 167 Sardinella sirm, 339 Sargassum, 265 Binderi, 265 cristaefolium, 265 echinocarpum var. phyllocysta, 265 oligocystum, 266 polycystum, 266 ‘sarmentosa, Alectoria, 215 Sarothromyiops cincta, 168 Satyridae, 141 saurus, Elops, 338 Saurus myops, 344 variegatus, 344 savayensis, Apogon, 357 saxatilis, Malacothrix, 284 saxicola, Opuntia, 43, 45 Scaphoideus discalis, 31 Scarichthys auritus, 370 Searidae, 370 Seartella atrimana, 393 Seatella galapagensis, 161 Schlotheimia Jamesoni, 86 schwanefeldii, Thalassoma, 370 Sciaridae, 149 sclerantoides forma abingdonensis, Amaranthus, 92, 94 Amaranthus, 89, 91, 93 Euxolus, 93 forma albemarlensis, Amaranthus, 93 forma chatamensis, Amaranthus, 92, 93 | Proc. 47H SER. forma hoodensis, Amaranthus, 93 forma rugulosus, Amaranthus, 92, 94 forma typicus, Amaranthus, 93 sclerocarpus, Cereus, 52 Scleropodium illecebrum, 77 Scleropus squamulatus, 95 squarrulosus, 95 urceolatus, 95 Scomber japonicus, 356 microlepidotus, 356 Scomberoides sancti-petri, 356 Scombridae, 356 scoparia, Froelichia, 116 scoparia, Froelichia lanigera, 115, 116 Scorpaenidae, 364 Scorpaenopsis cookii, 365 novae-guineae, 365 scutata, Cetraria, 214, 221 Scytonema polycystum, 260 Seale, Alvin, Fishes, 337 sealei, Salarias, 374 Sebastapistes laotale, 364 Sebastopsis guamensis, 365 Sematophyllum galipense, 82, 85, 86 Semele incongrua, 118 semicinctus, Leiuranus, 342 Lutianus, 360 semidoliatus, Zonogobius, 371 (Semilimbidium) Howelli, Fissidens, 78 senex, Camponotus (Myrmobrachys), 63 septemfasciatus, Abudefduf, 366 sericeum, Dichonema, 220 Dictyonema, 220 sericeus, Pecten, 118, 303 Pecten (Pecten), 303 Serranidae, 359 serrulatum, Sphagnum cuspidatum var., 77, 86 servus, Philates, 34, 35 Setchell, W. A., Some Marine Plants of Southeastern Melanesia, 259-276 setosus, Aphrosylus, 152 setulosa, Pectis glabra forma, 335, 336 sexfasciatus, Abudefduf, 367 Caranx, 357 Siganidae, 364 Siganus rivulatus, 364 tetrazonus, 364 simiensis, Xenophora, 124 similis, Thyanta, 26 simillimum, Tetramorium (Tetroginus), 59 simulans, Anthoceros, 204 Vou. XXI] simulans, Halimeda, 262 simus, Cypselurus, 348 sirm, Sardinella, 339 Slevin, J. R., Notes on the Reptiles and Amphibians, with the Description of a New Species of Sea-Snake, 183-188 smaragdina perviridis, Dasia, 185 subnitida, Oecophylla, 179 Snodgrassii, Achyranthes, 109 Snodgrassii, Alternanthera, 100, 109 Snodgrassii, Mollugo, 15, 22 santacruziana, Mollugo, 22 Telanthera, 109 Solenopsis geminata, 61, 62 sp., 62 solomonis, Halcyon chloris, 193 Rana, 184 solorensis, Cirrhilabrus, 370 Sonchus asper, 284 oleraceus, 284 soror codercola, Pecten, 302 Janira, 302 Pecten, 302 sorocarpa, Riccia, 199 sowerbyana, Nuculana (Adrana), 118 sowerbyi, Pecten, 314 Turricula, 119 Sparidae, 361 speculiger, Cypselurus, 348 Sphaerocera galapagensis, 158 Sphaerophoraceae, 212 Sphaerophoria splendens, 153 Sphaerophorus coralloides, 212, 22 Sphagebranchus bicolor, 342 lumbricoides, 342 Sphagnum cuspidatum var. serrulatum, 77, 86 erythrocalyx, 77, 86 Sphenomorphus concinnatus, 185 Spheroides lunaris, 377 Sphyraena forsteri, 356 Sphyraenidae, 356 spicata, Oliva, 119 spicifer, Syngnathus, 353 spinifer, Holocentrus, 352 spinifera, Feronia, 132 Olfersia, 132 Pseudolfersia, 133 spiniforme, Rhizogonium, 82, 86 spinosum, Crucibulum, 119 INDEX 423 spinosus, Amaranthus, 89, 91 splendens, Allograpta, 153 Pecten latiauritus, 315 Sphaerophoria, 153 Syrphus, 153 Spratelloides delicatulus, 338 gracilis, 339 Sprucei, Campylopus, 86 squalida, Macrocallista, 118 Squamidium Caroli, 82, 86 leucotrichum, 81, 82, 86 nigricans, 86 squamulatus, Amaranthus, 89, 95 Scleropus, 95 squamulosa, Psorotichia, 212, 221 squarrulosa, Amblogyne, 95 squarrulosus, Amaranthus, 95 Scleropus, 95 stellaris, Physecia, 220, 221 stellulata, Pectis Hookeri, 335, 336 steneles biplagiata, Victorina, 142 stenophyllum, Trifolium, 280 stercus-muscarum, Cerithium, 118 Stereophyllum leucostegium, 85 Sterna bergii cristata, 191 stetira, Catopsilia, 140 stocki, Xenophora, 124 Stomoxys, 163 ealcitrans, 165 Stratiomyidae, 150 striata, Mollugo, 14, 15, 19 striatus macrorhynchus, Butorides, 190 strictiuseula, Achyranthes, 105 strictiuscula, Alternanthera glaucescens forma, 105 strictiuscula, Telanthera, 105 striolatus, Canthigaster, 377 Strombina dorsata, 119 edentula, 119 gibberula, 119 recurva, 119 Strong, A. M., G. D. Hanna and L. G. Hertlein, Marine Mollusea from Acapuleo, Mexico, with Notes on Other Species, 117-130 Strophidon brummeri, 343 struncki, Microcerotermes, 234, 250, 251 subleucogaster, Campylopus, 79, 86 subminutus, Pecten (Pseudamusium), 320 subnitida, Oecophylla smaragdina, 179 424 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES subnodosus, Pecten, 317 Pecten (Lyropecten), 317 Pecten (Lyropecten), nodosus var., 317 Pecten (Nodipecten), 317 subquadrata, Cyclinella, 118 subscaposa, Alternanthera, 97 Iresine, 97 Lithophila, 97 subsquarrosa, Alternanthera filifolia, 102, 103 Pectis, 336 Sula dactylatra personata, 190 superciliosa, Woodfordia, 198 sylvatica, Alternanthera filifolia, 102, 104 Symphurus melanurus, 386 Synanceja verrucosa, 364 Syngnathidae, 353 Syngnathus spicifer, 353 uncinatus, 353 Synodontidae, 344 Synthesiomyia, 163 Syrphidae, 153 Syrphus albomaculatus, 155 clavatus, 154 splendens, 153 Syrrhopodon Bernoullii, 86 Guadichaudii, 81, 86 incompletus, 86 parasiticus, 81, 86 Tabanidae, 150 Tabanus vittiger, 136, 150 Tabanus (Neotabanus) vittiger, 136 tabogae, Kalotermes, 237, 239 tabuensis fortunae, Aplonis, 194 Tachinidae, 171 taeniorhynchus, Aédes, 149 Culex, 149 taeniura, Kuhlia, 359 Tagelus violescens, 118 taitensis, Sarcophaga, 168 (Tanaemyrmex) picipes, Camponotus, 61 tapeinosoma, Petroscirtes, 373 Tapinoma melanocephalum, 178 Taxithelium planum, 85, 86 teira, Platax, 353 Telanthera angustata, 105 argentea, 110 argentea bracteata, 110 argentea nudifiora, 110 argentea robustier, 110 echinocephala, 110 echinocephala bracteata, 110 echinocephala nudiflora, 110 echinocephala robustier, 110 ficoidea, 111 filifolia, 102 flavicoma, 107 galapagensis, 108 glaucescens, 104, 105 Helleri, 109 Helleri var. obtusior, 110 nudicaulis, 101 rugulosa, 111 Snodgrassii, 109 strictiuseula, 105 vestita, 108 Tellina (Eurytellina) panamaensis, 118 panamaensis, 118 pristiphora, 118 rubescens, 118 temmincki, Atherina, 355 tenerum, Isopterygium, 82, 85, 86 tenuifolia, Aristida, 296 Pectis, 336 Terebra armillata, 119 aspera, 119 ligyrus, 119 lingualis, 119 panamensis, 119 paphia, 119 sp., 119 varicosa, 119 Terias lydia, 141 westwoodi, 141 Termes mexicanus, 237 Termites, The, by S. F. Light, 233-258 Termopsis angusticollis, 236 tessellata, Glyecymeris, 118 Tetramorium guineense, 59, 177 melanogyna var. pallidiventre, 177 Tetramorium pacificum, 177 (Tetroginus) simillimum, 59 tetrazonus, Siganus, 364 Tetrodon hispidus, 378 immaculatus, 377 manillensis, 377 meleagris, 377 nigropunctatus, 378 Tetrodontidae, 377 (Tetroginus) simillimum, Tetramorium, 59 [ Proc. 4TH SER. Vou. XXI] Thalassia Hemprichii, 269 Thalassoma herrei, 369 lunare, 369 schwanefeldii, 370 Thanaos sp. nr. funeralis, 145 persius, 145 Theela melinus clarionensis, 143 Theloschistaceae, 217 Theloschistes flavicans, 217, 221 theona, Melitaea, 142 theramenes, Camptopleura, 145 thesaurensis, Hyla, 184 thoas autocles, Papilio, 140 Thouarsii, Brachycereus, 52, 53 Cereus, 52 Threskiornis aethiopicus pygmaeus, 191 Thuidium involvens, 85, 86 Thyanta similis, 26 tibialis, Anchineura, 151 Aporosa, 148 Limonia (Geranomyia), 148 Tillaea erecta, 280 timidus, Pecten, 311 tincta, Anthrax, 151 Lepidanthrax, 151 Tipulidae, 148 Torpedinidae, 383 Tortella caespitosa, 86 Tortula atrovirens, 76 Hypophila, 81, 86 muralis, 76 ruralis, 76 Trachyrops crumenophthalma, 357 tragula, Upeneus, 362 Traskae, Cryptantha, 282 Trichoglossus haematodus aberrans, 192 haematodus caeruleiceps, 192 trichocarpa, Riccia, 200 tridens, Halimeda, 262 var. ovata, Halimeda, 263 var. tripartita, Halimeda, 263 Trifolium stenophyllum, 280 triloba, Halimeda Opuntia forma, 263 triostegus, Hepatus, 364 tripartita, Halimeda incrassata forma, 263 tripartita, Halimeda tridens var., 263 tripunctatus, Arphnus, 36 triquetra, Hormophysa, 264 Trisetum Howellii, 296 tristrami, Myzomela nigrita, 197 troscheli, Liza, 355 INDEX 425 truncatulus, Glassidelphus, 86 Trypaneidae, 157 tuberculata, Cancellaria, 119 tuberculifera, Clavatula (Knefastia), 118 tuberculifrons, Kalotermes, 237 tuberculosa, Cancellaria, 119 tumbezensis, Pecten, 118, 314 Pecten (Aequipecten), 315 Pecten (Leptopecten), 314 tumida, Dascalia, 39 Turbinaria Murrayana, 264 ornata, 265 turbinata, 265 turbinata, Turbinaria, 265 Turneria pacifica, 178 Turricula maura, 119 sowerbyi, 119 Turricula (Pleurofusia) militaris, 119 Turris oxytropis, 119 picta, 119 sp., 119 Turritella mariana, 119, 123 nodulosa, 119 radula, 124 Tylosurus incisus, 345 indica, 345 typica, Alternanthera filifolia, 102 Alternanthera glaucescens, 105 Alternanthera Helleri forma, 109 Froelichia juncea, 116 Froelichia lanigera, 115 Froelichia nudicaulis, 114 typica, Halimeda Opuntia forma, 263 typica, Mollugo flavescens, 18 Mollugo floriana, 21 Mollugo gracillima, 16 Opuntia Echios, 51 Opuntia megasperma, 47 typicus, Amaranthus Anderssoni forma, 95 Amaranthus sclerantoides, 92, 93 uber, Polinices, 119 ugiensis, Monarcha, 195 uisila, Atherina, 354 uncinatus, Syngnathus, 353 undulatus, Balistapus, 376 Cheilinus, 369 Gymnothorax, 343 unicornis, Naso, 363 uniocellatus, Abudefduf, 366 Upeneus tragula, 362 vittatus, 362 426 CALIFORNIA ACABEMY OF SCIENCES urceolata, Amblogyna, 95 urceolatus, Amaranthus, 95 Seleropus, 95 urodelus, Cephalopholis, 359 Usnea duriuseula, 217, 221 florida, 217, 221 Usneaceae, 215 usneoides, Ramalina, 216, 221 vaga, Nylanderia, 181 vaginata, Aristida, 297 vaigiensis, Kyphosus, 361 vainkorensis, Collocalia fuciphaga, 193 vaivasensis, Ambassis, 359 valenciennesi, Atherina, 355 valentini, Aulostomus, 354 Van Duzee, E. P., Characters of Twenty- four New Species of Hemiptera from the Galapagos Islands and the Coast and Islands of Central America and Mexico, 25-40 The Diurnal Lepidoptera of the Expedition, 139-146 Van Duzee, M. C., Dolichopodidae and Phoridae, 65-74 Vanessa caryae, 142 vanicolensis, Pempheris, 360 vanillae galapagensis, Agraulis, 141 Varanus indicus, 186 varicosa, Terebra, 119 variegatus, Saurus, 344 Variola louti, 359 varius, Heniochus, 363 vegatus, Poeciloscytus, 28 vegetans, Anthoceros, 205 velero, Pecten (Leptopecten), 315 veliferum, Zebrasoma, 364 velox, Azteca, 63 ventricosa, Cancellaria, 118 ventricosus var. coccinea, Pecten (Argus), 313 Pecten, 311 venusta, Anartia, 142 Dohrniphora, 152 Phora, 152 veraguensis, Phos, 119 verrucosa, Synanceja, 364 versicolor, Asyndetus, 152 Nassarius, 119 Vesicularia vesicularis, 86 vesicularis, Vesicularia, 86 vestita, Achyranthes, 108 vestita, Alternanthera, 100, 108 | Proc, 4TH SER. vestita, Telanthera, 108 vexillum, Chlamys, 307 Pecten, 307 Pecten (Pallium), 307 vibex, Cantharus, 118 vicinus, Philates, 34, 35 Victorina steneles biplagiata, 142 vidua, Monarcha, 195 Villa primitiva, 151 Vinciguerria, a Genus of Deep Sea Fishes, Revision of the Species of, by D. B. Horsburgh, 225-232 Vinciguerria lucetia, 227 nimbaria, 230 sanzoi, 230 violenta, Sarcophaga, 168, 169 violescens, Tagelus, 118 Viridinsula, 165, 166 deceptor, 166 pionia, 166 viridis, Amaranthus, 89, 91 viridula, Weisia, 76 vittatus, Gekko, 184 Upeneus, 362 vittiger, Tabanus, 136, 150 Tabanus (Neotabanus), 136 vividula guatemalensis var. itinerans, Nylanderia, 60 vogdesi, Pecten (Pecten), 304 volitans, Exocoetus, 346 waigiensis, Liza, 355 Weisia viridula, 76 werneri, Emoia, 185 westwoodi, Terias, 141 Wheeler, W. M., Formicidae of the Tem- pleton Crocker Expedition, 57-64 Formicidae of the Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1933, 173-181 williamsi, Odinia, 163 williamsi, Sarcophaga, 168, 170 willowsi, Aphaenogaster patruelis, 64 Camponotus (Myrmocladoecus) rectangularis var., 63 Creontiades, 28 Dohrniphora, 70 Xiphomyrmex costatus, 177 Willowsiella, 174 dispar, 175 Wohlfahrtia inoa, 167 Woodfordia superciliosa, 198 woodfordiana, Hemiprocne mystacea, 193 woodringi, Pecten, 316 f Vou. XXT] INDEX 427 Xanthandrus, 153 Mitra, 119, 120 sp., 155 zacae, Pecten (Delectopecten), 321 xanthosomus, Paragobiodon, 372 Zacana, Opuntia, 43, 48 Xenocoenosia, 163 Zalarges lucetius, 227 devia, 164 nimbarius, 230 Xenophora hawleyi, 124 Zanclidae, 363 robusta, 124 Zanclus canescens, 363 simiensis, 124 Zaretes ellops, 143 stocki, 124 Zebrasoma veliferum, 364 zitteli, 124 zebrinus, Achirus, 386 ximines, Conus, 119 zeteki, Pecten (Chlamys), 306 Xylocopa colona, 379 zitteli, Xenophora, 124 carbonaria, 379, 381 zonalis, Drapetis, 151 darwini, 379 Zonogobius semidoliatus, 371 Xyphomyrmex costatus willowsi, 179 Zootermopsis, 236 zaca, Cypselurus, 349 angusticillis, 234, 236 ERRATA Page 3. Line 5 from top: for pp. 3-9 read pp. 3-12. ° Page 83. Line 5 from top: for recollected read re-collected. Page 89. Last Line: for Andersson read Anderssont. Page 168. Line 14 from bottom: for violens read violenta. Page 178. Line 9 from bottom: for Formicidae read Formicinae. Page 221. Line 5 from bottom: for corralloides read coralloides. Page 233. Line 15 from bottom: for Captain read Mr. Page 345. Line 12 from bottom: for Beauford read Beaufort. Page 346. Line 2 from top: for Hemiramphidae read Hemirhamphidae. 3 ; a = £ == —— Se > i < | . . a 5 : % 1 ~ - % S r f 4 ~ - - = r